Oy Foe et Bene Gq. Beliplotete Bee te ee Oe ee ee. ks Sites ene ene ane. apd Ha” ante Orta see oo Om prin a phtat- Lise Heh Bee~ to A- US 8 pet OR wet eee Rade tet ane COME Ae = we at eon re aes - hte Palais a Poems ee ee MSs Re pak. coMadat sAlathed -icRae cah: «yee Voted Par ant =Gn Carel Ga 2-9 ee Hy beter eee ae te ee en a a a % © a éns te 0 Re ee en a eth OSS RA ES AR DR a ee etait AMER? @ sjatehs Pores go ve baligeceractgh: & Oe alae 4 a Aes oh Se Setet tom wade tment tel Ramadi te Sat a al a AD eg hele Se A Re ik be Me Oe bee Me Meine ast Oh Lee ne Nie ee emp ee Pee wer ear ames Seen ee ee ee de ge 6 me a gt eget iy PSP A te en weet RG “SSAA SS C8 afr te age Nurs heen ot Sil gap LE Canoe tet af He Rete." Sartat steP en telat a “wh S- Bn ete ae be SR eR Ee Re RT Ee Bye ar eee SEER AP = * + « OR A mg eRe mm OE ee DA ee te nt © RL Oe Lm ee teen coe meee he alee Ge a SPO Ore 0h Reta smo beep Rwewhienn Se binte® Sime >: Qateee eta bes eeteeg hs Sadia a18ge Motte + Oe On tes. Ow Se haba S ee eae Re Be a i et ee ee em Fe ee ei A et a le ee OR RRA Re Mt Oe ee ee ee Ae Seah on 8 an ati ed A Fe Re Rete SS eae aed eee — at On nD at OS te ges ee Rent ee MRE Rake gS leh gee R mee eetetnar nem arm <9 eute ee eee hed ene SRS te terete te eer ee ee ee open Fe O02 4S? Ss eels) eee eee Ree Ree i Pt A ee Oe 8 + ee eee NE at Bt Se Eee Mee oe le fet aR he Oni Red er Rotages Tee neces tobe heatabgiy seb aaa Fieret: net esret WR Sotet teat Sate tot@ 10 B-~ I Oated Mem He ws Rew a ee AS ee eee Rw Re et ted OOS EN EO BIEN Oe me O00 watt SPE A AE A al Oe OL 8 one mie Seen 8 ae te A Ee ne ee See ete Dr pe Dae NIP UAE eo HOPE He aba hier aster te tuts Rinw atoGiaM= 5 oe tegitine= tine tet att ot lle pt eR rong eee NAH ONO Some ~—ROK NAS Se Ten hae me cata ta athe ee hye ee se Mh teeth a ee YT a ee me frm vee ee 1 BR AF a Se eta at eee Oe Veet Dae Cth w ) Seen Ta A Pgh ten SHAG Sem - mpd dere bnn ab oesemminyneuigraitet ses decked nes onteOys at NsAGIR EME RADE ICs oP OS AF AOR e Fees ee erate Mh eee ele we RO ae A a NO Nee ae Sb is ene +e ae? see eat Boece ante Rr tet BD NIG ARI Rc Det Mate: OS ORD at RIS en Bat he eee We BPs SS sage tebe MaROR yin had ors need Pahoa ne a Ratns meee Sahel Paw Re sgoty — SM Onl awed cele Neen aie OA te be Oe ee Ea Ee Ae eRe ARO ONS Hey Mm ee ee me a aes th phn iste Bet eh BA ee © teh Ae ol ee Fe OR RA Pe ely a Bet tat 8 RE et eS RNR me Kee Mae!) deg agin Aee et ele Rediny te cene en gated Hinde meh ne ek ay he Lege He BENE Rg et Bal Sem Soh Se BO eT A enh © Oe» tw ~* —-* + o- _* niet h owe —_ ee ee * * 5 Ot Le Ge Rees Fe sR CR ee Rt eee Sr eee wn Sti Aamean ReeeP bet rat 900 P enh RR age, nt HSE WE EO aed bene PAPER Sete nto meat, tak WP ORR wk Ber oF oh Me -R he PLP Ant Often PO PIER Bes ENE 6 Pen a ee er re nn eee = eee See ee ie ee ae ie ed geen ye tee ee eS a ett \ Dads Gee menen? macmapemnte tp - - ‘ - Fe wae 8 em Ry Agee ee 7 utente ta ye An Te Seer ry ce hie hee ; a : : 6 ss > Sa aa Oe 7 i to & == a = * fete : ete RO ame te ee tae tet 5 a Beare tated te ae eh s = - - ite } a = : ae ae eager Pe ge Raevig et Hoh ee Res Set — ee ee - “- > * -\=4@ we ok oe c* a4 aoe Mee - Ot ge Sew et Hatt Ciatiecead ebm SEIS Te SE a ; . < : hau - tek 2 - : “ +* ~ Ose © tas ne ee - a a Oe weg OnE gH Be aw tls Dame 2-H ee tere Reet OS. Re FER Be ea are se © = eke he a ee al == as ie ze — 7 : eon x = SS cae - - rere ~ Hee a a mow # : a 7 : 7 - 5 _ wee ‘a=, lite Oghate RGA] bONESO RE he ute Pe Pee Re tet ee. Oe he ran ’ . 1x e - ~_* 7 7 a ae whe nee rte ee ee a - —— = we 3 - /- — 5 - ela. Pe 7 Oe bet = dnt —bbge. ee wt etaru As = a to 5 | beet Me ¥ cas * = : 4 . is “ - ke dee. : ~+* a Fey = om _ — he en -, a “ Pe dee ge eee Fe ete ee ET Pe . Pn or ee ls Mn © as . — . bbe a ptstart Bho’ : : = = dan my a Gare my re ee i -a" =+ amat g* ORS tana het ne MEET IES Oe Sipe be, aoe we be een 0h a gee iet Sm Mee te! Me 7 oOo ” = . - . = . is a stokes * _= s} ae eter ys es - oe " a eee age = en ee etl ee ae ee ee me: BBS =s 2 ow a. ee a ie een me - : . s2- Pee wics ee 7 7 = ce aa “ sean " + om ~~ pos - wa Les _ se eam A met ee ee eee ewe et etn Sh ee ot icra = Fee x mya . ’ a - : 7 ar) . - a " ’ - - 7 ee er ots wa we eet om eee were ee ae , te e+ | « = 7 ’ pub ate dle ae 7 er ore a or a er eee a 88 Oe 8 ot tte ee 5 et ere om : bacare - - - : 7 : ca : ; er ne ar e - ~ ne: 7 ; = : ; me Pee ee eee os ee Se * - ay Cs _ 7 : : a Ber pte Baty: tee ‘ > -. © ake cS : ss 7 2 : set @ Qe a wstah ee oS ke i are ede . “ se a 7 . 7 7 : 7 = a i eomrLece. aoene ns = ihe “= a a a a . - — = ae - ‘ . - - ~ ‘ ot == - = = Atee Bete - tek eh ee Saree ee = “ “ . 2 . 7 ee ee : 7 : : : ; a, ne : aie ote tae ete _~- - os = % oad § mal . q : - - . : a a ; os ; a Rieing he ic gh dm Stet ete en owes 3 We = 4 ‘ ade =« ; 7 1 pee veces meh ch on : - — wm ote es a . reeme « = é - . . = . — » Wa <6 oS -_ ser ete te Oe =_ whee at _ ve asd inal 7 : a 7 * 5 . oo as ere = i -* - : : y oe : : ee ee es | se aa ~ nas! _ :. ne ae oe oT enbrina ee. ie = ont a : : ~ : . r ; a - eee _ one , 4 5 . 7 : aes é Pe <= & etd oo - ied 7 - _~ ; : 7 _ : : eee ey - - ‘ 4 3 & e . : ae : a ; “ ‘ < : 7 - * - a® +o oo < ote = 7 : i 7 7 7 we “eee - 7 - = a i : : on-s* => . avele = : = >. Pi = a = ueee » -* - " * * “ = - = - i ‘ : : : : : 2 - oa 7 ages iatbas = a. a ae 4, : : a 7 oe ea i : oa - - ‘ t rr = im . 7 ~* ‘ . = : : = “ - - -‘ - = 7 ~ - = - ~_- ~ 7 - diate 7 5 4 ‘ — 7 7 Bo te - .- * . 7 ss a . = 7 7 7 - 7 . - - - # : : “aes = - - : we ie a ‘i 2, 3 ae =a * aay Date . = . = + * ee - * ‘. a ‘ =” Toes - - - a - ‘ 3 : 7 - > 4 . 7 7 ’ ® : . + Ea oF a x] = Be Wilham Healey Dall Division of Mollusks Sectional Library eee 0 OE MARAE \\ a y N\ 1 ys AN x AN NAA AW. ay — Ve ¢. ¥ y Z q K N Pa Z O ~Y s Ww a Z uw r WY 4 O Oo 2 c Z > x 2) el ae i? are F 42p ee SENATE. Mis. Doc. 2d Session. . No. 61. UNITED STATES COMMISSION OF FISH AND FISHERIES. oH ~ Be } hig PeAcre ds + 4. i a ’¢ 7 7 } : Ln Drie: REPORT Sectign Mon, Libr ON THE CONDITION OF THE SEA FISHERIES OF THE SOUTH COAST OF NEW ENGLAND 1871 AND 1872. BY SPRACHE FF. BAIRD, } COMMISSIONER. WITH SUPPLEMENTARY PAPERS, WASHINGTON: GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE. 1873. FORTY-SECOND CONGRESS, SECOND SESSION. IN THE SENATE OF THE UNITED STATES, February 6, 1872. Ordered to lie on the table and be printed. IN THE SENATE OF THE UNITED STATES, February 19, 1872. Resolved by the Senate, (the House of Representatives concurring,) That five thousand extra copies of the report of the Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries be printed, one thousand five hundred for the use of the Senate, three thousand for the use of the House of Representatives, and five hundred for the use of the Commissioner. Attest : GEO. C. GORHAM, Secretary. In THE HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES, March 5, 1872. Resolved, That the House concur in the foregoing resolution of the Senate to print extra copies of the “ Report of the Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries.” Attest : EDW. McPHERSON, Clerk UNITED STATES COMMISSION, FISH AND FISHERIES, Washington, January 31, 1872. Sir: In pursuance of a joint resolution of Congress, I have the honor to present herewith a report of operations and inquiries prosecuted dur- ing the year 1871 in reference to the decrease of the food-fishes on the Sea-coast and in the lakes of the United States. | Very respectfully, your obedient servant, SPENCER IF. BAIRD, ; Commissioner. Hon. SCHUYLER COLFAX, | President of the Senate. a ee, r : os ari? i) _ : , wn “7 ? i , Vy 4 a iY i Mal : Ae a) i? aa =e Ue lea ac <0) SPR EEE 35 oie ; | | , ri i a rite r A Alkire 2 ae i E ; re } : | | 4 : ; Ho . a | ; 4 ‘ 6g HiT. ¢Fes 3 ees . a i PRTC ERR CEE , | ig r A” - ~ } oe ate ine F vey , ess | ' gala ey re Sea i> «a F Zann oe | h | . * “th 1 - is ; *, 4 A ray a 1 voy | ‘ ae 5 | me ' , ' ' ory, *~ : he hy a! “ > { ; hi . = ; : By +4 ar " \/ es qt » ¥ Py ] uf e | i : 5 | ‘ ¥ | - (tee hd 1s i 1 P al . y ~ vo" ‘ . Th a Letina Alia +9 ay . ; ane Rs yay waa ae hey af mF ‘GAR ris iw » 7 Det ie es eule.of hep ee Nes rade ‘eine take “i ee v ia, ; . ord | a | | ~ are Sao a. . we) pele. OF ont ; 5 : ; : . 7 he anna eae ey > Boo = a is : ; wn Z 1 ros heh oF Poly : _ - d ; as 0 ' mh . : hi re hes “ued ined ond Y . i) lait 1h) . bo ae tis ‘a eo a ft ane ry ; | : - *) hg ~ | len « j 7 : { ) . / i ny / é - > | _o 7) in hee | =e 7 yet CONTENTS REPORT OF THE COMMISSIONER. a PRELIMINARIES TO THE OFFICIAL INQUIRY ON THE PART OF THE UNITED 27 TUBS 2:seces be eteisee 4 Gb ceca Sa GeO = A SOR OAS SEIS icq ore General considerations as to value of fisheries to a nation.........-...- Alleged decrease of fisheries on the south side of New England.........- Official inquiries into the subject— eye SP ASSACHHSEUM: ooo ~ Sees ece See este Se See nee Estee I ys ee eae ce eae. 2 se eS Se cine, wcicles o ye ONMCehICIt) = Basen ne sits oc os So SS ee EN KIGL GS. AIT RLAN bye bMeEU ULES SEMUE RN ee Seles Sets ae. 6 tes eee cles seacoe Passage of the bill directing an inquiry..---..-..-. Sgt SP. 8) aorta Selection of Wood’s Hole, Massachusetts, as a base for the sea-coast PCR MONE Sth eve Pe eh ee a Oe ae eulae wocboe ate Ua to dese Caucurrent action on the lakes. = 222).2 5.2 os. tt dees = Spee aes a CHARACTER AND PROGRESS OF THE INVESTIGATION ..-... .----.---s-2eeee se MEE CMD CN e aieiY ACO PLC 22 (siya cic absolute necessity to preserve the balance of life under the water. The exes and the young fish furnish the appointed food to an immense variety of animals, many species of fish as well as crustaceans and other animals depending entirely upon them for their support. Among the particular enemies of the eggs and the young fry may be enumerated the smail minnows or cyprinodonts, the atherinas, silver-sides or friars, the cunners or chogset, the young of many larger fish, the different kinds of minute crustaceans, including also the lobsters, &c. These are notin- * terfered with to any material extent by any form of net, as they are too small to furnish profitable employment in their capture, and they pass readily through the meshes of any nets that would be set for other purposes. Although, therefore, the amount of spawn and of young fish may be materially less than a previous average, the predacious animals just referred to will probably still destroy as many as ever, since they have every opportunity for picking up their prey at all times; and what- ever the scarcity at first, they are likely to get all they require. For this reason, we cannot count upon the increase of the fish that escape the perils of their journey to furnish a sufficient supply, since if half the young brood is lost by means of the capture of the parents through human agencies, before and during the spawning season, a very large percentage of the remainder is prevented from attaining maturity by other enemies. . As most fish require from three to five years of growth before they are capable of reproduction, and in many cases remain in the open sea until this period is reached, it will follow that for several years after the estab- lishmentof an exhausting fishery the supply may appear to be but little interfered with, since there are several successive crops of fish to come on at the annual intervals, and not until the entire round has been com- pleted do these injurious agencies begin to present the evidence of their severity. It is easy, therefore, to understand why, after five or ten years’ ‘fishing, the supply of fish in a given bay, or along a certain stretch of the coast, will be reduced to avery considerable degree, and although it may be perfectly true that the seais practically inexhaustible of its fish, yet if the fish of a particular region are cleaned out, there is no hope that others will come in from surrounding localities to take their places, since those already related to a given undisturbed area continue in that relationship, and have no inducement to change their ground. It should therefore be understood that the exhaustion of a local fishery is not like dipping water out of a bucket, where the vacancy is immedi- ately filled from the surrounding body; but it is more like taking lard out of a keg, where there is a space left that does not become occupied by anything else. These considerations also furnish a sufficient answer to the objection XXX REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. against the necessity for any protection of the fisheries from disturbance during the spawning-season ; namely, for instance, that should Massachu- setts pass laws for their protection, it would be of no avail so long as Rhode Island and Connecticut failed to do the same. The practical re- sult of protection on the one hand and of license on the other, probably would be, that after a few years’ interval fish would be as abundant as ever on the Massachusetts coast, and would be almost exhausted on those of the adjacent States, and an important market would be furnished to the Massachusetts fishermen outside of the limits of their own State. Another fallacy, which vitiates much otherwise sound argument on the question of protection, is in confounding regular shore-fish, that come in from the deep seas to the coast to spawn, with the outside fish that come and go with more or less irregularity, and usually feed and swim near the surface. In the one category we may enumerate the porgies or scup, tautog or black-fish, and the sea-bass; while the other includes such fish as the sea herring, blue-fish, mackerel, Spanish mack- ere], and some others. ‘he occurrence of the latter group is, to a large extent, determined by the presence of the former. Should the first mentioned be decreased materially in number, it becomes necessary for their pursuers to seek other waters for their proper supply of food. The ease of the cod, that feeds largely upon ground-fish, as well as upon the more surface-loving herring, is another instance in which the scarcity or abundance of ‘one fish is influenced by that of others. - It was formerly supposed that certain fish, as the herring, the shad, — and the alewives, with others of like habits, prosecuted an extensive migration along the shores of the ocean, covering, sometimes, thousands of miles in the sweep of their travels ; and much eloquent writing has been expended by such authorsas Pennant and others in defining the starting- point and terminus, as well as the intermediate stages of the voyage. The shad, too, which, as is well known, occupiesall the rivers of the Atlan- tic coast from Florida to the Gulf of Saint Lawrence, was thought to begin its course in the West Indies, and in an immense body, which, going northward, sent a detachment to occupy each fresh-water stream as it was reached, the last remnant of the band finally passing up the Saint Lawrence, and there closing the course. We now, however, have much reason to think that in the case of the herring, the shad, the alewife, and the salmon, the journey is simply from the mouths of the rivers by the nearest deep gully or trough to the outer sea, and that the appear- -anee of the fish in the mouths of the rivers along the coast, at succes- sive intervals, from early spring in the South to near midsummer in the North, is simply due to their taking up their line of march, at successive epochs, from the open sea to the river they had left during a previous season, induced by the stimulus of a definite temperature, whieh, of course, would be successively attained at later and later dates, as the distance northward increased. The principle may safely be considered as established that line-fish- _ ‘REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. XXXI ing, no matter how extensively prosecuted, will never materially affect the supply of the fish in the sea. Asa general rule, fish, when engaged in the function of reproduction, will not take the hook, whatever be their abundance; but, as soon as the critical season has passed, they feed very voraciously, and then can be readily caught by skilled fisher- men. Ittherefore would be no evil should every fully grown fish of three to five years old and upward be lifted from the sea after the close of the spawning season, in the course of a season, since the following year we may look for a new generation coming into exercise the function of re- production; and ample provision will thus exist for a renewed supply from year to year. As already explained, the case is entirely different when these fish are caught before they spawn, all the evils that we have depicted following in the train of such thoughtless destruction, precisely equivalent to killing of all the mature hens in aifarm-yard hese they have laid their eggs, and then expecting to have the stock continued in- definitely. As well might the farmer expect to keep up his supply of wheat, year by year, while he consumed all his grain, reserving none for seed, and without the possibility of obtaining it from any other source. Objections have been made to the use of what is called the trawl- line, trot-line, bultow, &c., in capturing fish of the cod family. This consists of a strong cord of 18 or 24 thread, sometimes of several hundred fathoms in length, fo which are attached at intervals of about six feet short lines of nearly three feet in length, having hooks at the end. These, to the number of four or five hundred or more upon a single line, are baited and sunk to the bottom by anchors, and at regu- lar distance, the ends of the main line being buoyed sq as to show their locality. At intervals throughout the day these lines are examined, being taken up and carried across a boat, the fish captured re- moved and the empty hooks rebaited, and the whole again replaced. Immense numbers of fish are taken by this method, especially on the coast of England and on the banks of Newfoundland, as likewise along various parts of the New England coast. Although this practice has excited the animadversions of some on account of its supposed destructive nature, it seems hardly possible that it can be really injurious, since it does not take the spawning fish, and merely represents the result of an increased number of hand- lines. Our remarks have been hitherto directed toward the practice of the destruction of the pareut fish before the. function of spawning has been properly accomplished. Itis equally reprehensible to interfere in any Way with or destruy the spawn after they have been laid, or the young fry after they are hatched. This result is said to follow the use of the trawl-net, which, dragged carefully and sedulously, day by day, over that portion of the sea-bottom which constitutes the great nursery of fish, bruises the eggs and harrows up the sea-weed or grass to which the eggs have been attached, or among which the young fish are play- AXXIT REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. ing, and gathers it inside of the net, involving the destruction of all life that may be inclosed. This evil has not manifested itselfin America, owing to the almost entire absence of trawl-net fishing, as it has in Europe, where it is considered as doing much more mischief than all other modes of fishing put together. Should this engine of destruction come into general use on our coast and add its agency to those already referred to in connection with the pounds and weirs, the diminution of the supply may continue to go on in a vastly greater ratio than ever. We have now considered at considerable length the influences sepa- rately exerted by the blue-fish and by human agencies upon the number -of food-fishes on our coast; and we next proceed, as a sixth division of the subject, to discuss the result of their combined action, especially in view of the great destruction of the spawning fish. While, perhaps, in view of the wonderful fecundity of fishes, the blue- fish alone, or*the traps alone, might not produce any serious consequences upon the general supply, their combination in any locality cannot fail to have a very decided effect; as what the one spares the other destroys in large part; and in the enormous consumption in addition of the eggs and young fish by the minor inhabitants of the water, we can easily imagine how speedily an approximation toward extermination may be effected. My explorations, as already referred to, have shown the existence in the waters, in addition to the larger kinds and their young, of immense numbers of small species of fish, such as the friar or atherina, the vari- ousspecies of cyprinodonts, &c., occurring in great numbers, and feeding almost exclusively upon the spawn and youngof fish. These, it has been shown, are not affected by any modes of fishing, and in fact, if anything, are moreabundantthan ever, in consequence of the diminution of larger fish by which they are devoured in turn. Some are resident in particular places along the shore, while others move along the coast in large bodies. Being always on the grounds and congregating upon the spawning-beds, they areengaged in acontinual work of destruction, and when the ordinary ratios, have not been disturbed they simply tend to prevent an overpro- duction of the different species of fish; but if other causes of diminu- tion co-operate when they have devoured their share, and the different crustaceans, star-fishes, &c., have been kept supplied, the percentage of eggs left for development and of young fish for attaining maturity becomes less year by year until practical extermination may follow. As far as the blue-fish is concerned, however, if it were even possible to drive it off by any human ageney, the fishermen of the south coast of New England would strenuously object, since, after its appearance on the coast, in May or June, it is the most important food-fish to be taken; and, as will be observed by the testimony presented, it was as much the diminution of the blue-fish as of any other species that ex- cited the apprehension and alarm of the fishermen. It is, however, in all probability, the increasing scarcity of the shore-fishes that has in- 4 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. XXXIII volved the reduction in addition of the blue-fish, since these require food in large amount and of easy access, and they would naturally leave for more favorable localities. During the season of 1871, while blue-fish and Spanish mackerel were comparatively rare in Vineyard Sound and the adjacent waters, they abounded to an enormous extent in localities farther to the west, the coast of Long Island Sound and the coast of New Jersey being supplied with them to an unprecedented degree. Itis nota little suggestive that while traps are scarcely known in the waters referred to, there has been no complaint in regard to the scarcity of the shore-fishes, nor but little of that of such species as the menhaden, blue-fish, &c. MEASURES SUGGESTED FOR RELIEF. In view of all these circumstances, therefore, the conclusion appears warranted that if measures can be taken to prevent the present great destruction of spawning-fish, the supply will again increase before long, and with the increasing abundance of the shore-fishes, the blue-fish will also increase in number. At the same time, I am not prepared to advocate the abolition of traps and. pounds, as without them it would probably be extremely difficult to furnish fish in sufficient quan- tity to meet the present and increasing demand of the country. Nor is it probably desirable to suppress them during the whole of the spawning-season, as it is in consequence of the profits made during that time that the fishermen are enabled to meet their expenses, and very few would put down and maintain their traps for the summer-fish. ing alone. The traps and pounds also perform an important service in the capture of bait, especially of herring, alewives, and menhaden, for the spring mackerel-fisheries, without which it is alleged that this latter industry could not be successfully prosecuted. In this connection, how- ever, it should be stated that the practice of carrying seines or gill-nets, and of catching herring and menhaden for themselves on the mackerel grounds, is rapidly increasing with the mackerel fishermen, who, conse- quently, do not depend to the same degree as formerly upon the pounds. There is, however, no reason why there should not be occasional in- termission during the six weeks when most of these fish deposit their eggs, of sufficient length of time to allow a certain percentage to pass through to their breeding-ground; and, after consultation with various persons interested, I have come to the conclusion that if the capture of fish in traps and pounds be absolutely prohibited, under suitable penal- ties, from 6 o’clock on Friday night until 6 o’clock on Monday morning, even during a season of six weeks only, (thus requiring a close time of three nights and two days, to enable the fish pass and perform their natural function of reproduction,) the interest of all parties would be subserved. Indeed, it would seem to be decidedly to the advantage of the owners of the pounds to enter heartily into such an arrangement, as it is well known that in the height of the season the supply of fish S. Mis. 61——111 XXXIV REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. thrown into the market is so great as very materially to reduce the : price paid the fishermen. This, however, does not affect the consumer in the least, as the fish are all sold to middle-men, who keep up the re- tail price. Large numbers of fish, however, at this season become spoiled, and are either thrown overboard or converted into manure. By intermitting the catch as suggested, there is a greater certainty that the entire supply will be put to its legitimate use as food; and it is probable that, while less money may be made by the middle-men referred to, the owners of the pounds and traps would receive quite as large an amount of money for less labor and for three-fourths the same weight of fish. This arrangement would also furnish an opportunity for persons connected with the fisheries to repair their apparatus, or attend to other duties. I have, indeed, been assured by many persons engaged in this business that they are fully aware that it would be for their in- terest, in every way, to have the close time specified, and that they will gladly welcome a law to that effect, if it be made universal in its application. In view of all these considerations, J have draughted a bill, which has been presented to the consideration of the commissioners of several States, and to several eminent lawyers, well versed in the local laws of their respective States, and corrected to their satisfaction. A copy of this bill, as finally modified, is given on page 132. Isincerely trust that this, or a somewhat similar bill, may become a law in the States of Rhode Island, Massachusetts, Connecticut, and New York, as I am sat- isfied it would be for their benefit. Although there may be no serious question as to the right of the General Government to make enactments in regard to the common waters of the United States, it is possible that any attempt on its part, at the present time, to pass this law would meet with considerable opposition; and it would be extremely difficult for the United States to enforce any specia] requirement or penalty connected with a close season. } The plan of licensing the pounds, so as to give the State more efficient control, is considered one of great importance, and will, I believe, be acceptable to the owners of these establishments, a8 it would give them a security against interference from other parties that they do not at present possess. | The penalty attached to fishing without a license, and the ability of a State the more readily to punish an offender by depriving him of his permission to fish, will render parties careful how they offend; and by giving to the informer, in consequence of whose complaint the license is withdrawn, the first choice of taking the station forfeited, an intense vigilance will be induced on the part of those who may desire to secure a favorite location, and. thus supersede the necessity of an expensive surveillance on the part of the State. : In the event, however, of the refusal of the States mentioned to establish the very limited close time suggested, | would recommend the REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. XXXV passage by the United States of a law absolutely prohibiting, until _ further notice, the erection of fixed apparatus for taking fish, after a period of one or two years, on the south side of New England and on the shores of Long Island, which constitute the spawning-grounds of the shore-fishes referred to. Although this would be a serious blow to the pound and trap interest, yet the grace allowed would permit the owners to use up their material in the way of nets, and render the en- forcement of the law less onerous. The restoration of the fish to their original abundance would be thus accomplished in a much: less time than by any merely palliative measures; and there is no reason to an- ticipate that there would be, in the mean time, any material decrease in the supply, or any rise in the price of fish to the consumer. There would still be open to the fishermen the use of seines, gill-nets, &c., which would capture fish in large quantity without overstocking the market ; and the inducement to the use of the hook and line would furnish em- ployment to large numbers of persons now needing it, while the markets would be more regularly and equally supplied. The wholesale cost of fish would probably be somewhat increased, but the competition being distributed among a large number of persons would prevent an exces- Sive charge by the retail dealers; and the only difference would be that a few men would not make large fortunes in a short time, as they are now in the way of doing. The erection of fixed apparatus requires a considerable amount of time, generally several days, and, once set, its presence along the coast could readily be determined by an occasional patrol by vessels of the Revenue Department, any violation of the law to be met by confiscation of all apparatus, including nets, piles, boats, &c. It would therefore be comparatively easy to prevent, at little or no expense to the Government, the infringement of the law of absolute prohibition, while it would be impossible to exercise a sufficient oversight as to the violation of the regulation in regard to close time, this requiring a multiplication of officers to be had only from among the regular authorities of the States themselves. _ As already explained, the suggestions and reasonings here are re- stricted exclusively to the capture of fish by means of fixed apparatus in the waters on the south side of New England. Whether it is ex- pedient to enact regulations in reference to taking menhaden and other fish in the waters of Long Island Sound, and elsewhere, by means of nets, or of herring, &c., on the eastern coast of New England, I hope to make the subject of a subsequent inquiry and report. A potent objection to the abolition of pounds is the service they render during the spring in procuring bait (alewives, herring, mahaden, &e.) for mackerel-fishing. I am assured, however, that this can be done to a sufficient extent by seines or gill-nets, especially since the dis- covery that the true herring can be taken in the coast of Maine and in the Bay of Fundy in the spring, apparently to an unlimited extent. Hf, SXXVI REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. however, the States will pass the regulation requiring a close time of two days and three nights, and for six weeks only, from the 20th of April to the 15th of June, as proposed in the bill, severer measures will, I trust, be unnecessary, and we shall probably find a gradually increas: ing supply of valuable food. RESULT OF INQUIRIES IN 1872. in consequence of an unavoidable delay in the publication of the present report, I have been enabled to include in it the results of inquiries respecting the fisheries on the south coast of New England during the season of 1872, having revisited many of the localities of the investiga- tions of 1871, and sending an assistant to others. I found what I had expected, that with the exception of the scup, fishes of all kinds in Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay were as much scarcer in 1872, compared with 1871, as they had been in that year com- pared with the preceding one. (See pages 183-194 et seq.) The testi- mony everywhere, with scarcely an exception, both from line-men and trappers, was that the whole business of fishing was pretty nearly at an end, and that it would scarcely pay parties to attempt to continue the work on a large scale in 1873. } The pounds of Messrs. Jason Luce & Co., at Menemsha, took a larger number of fish, as shown by their statement of catch kindly furnished to me, (p. 173,) but only by increased exertion, and this during a very short period. The other pounds, according to testimony taken by Mr: Edwards, scarcely met their expenses in any single case. At Nantucket most of the fishermen estimated the decrease at from one-half to three fourths, compared with last year. Very few blue-fish were taken on the north side of the island with the line, the supply being furnished by means of gill-nets alone. According to some the supply was rather greater on the south side; but the differ- ence between the two seasons was the greater, as the period for fishing was longer this year than the last, and was less obstructed by stormy weather. Several of the fishermen at Nantucket (all, however, personally inter- ested in gill-nets) contested the statements of others as to the decrease of fish, while many, both pound and line fishermen, stoutly maintained the fact. : At Edgartown and Hyannis the testimony was absolutely unanimous as to the fact of a woful diminution and the doubtful future of the entire fishery interest. At various places on Martha’s Vineyard, as already remarked, the evidence was in the same direction from both net and line men, Captain Hinckley, of Wood’s Hole, testified that fish were never so searce at his pound as this season, with the exception of menhaden, ale- wives, and dog-fish. These he found it difficult to dispose of on account of their numbers, and was obliged to turn many out of his nets unsold. ~ REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. XXXVII He considered the number of blue-fish scarcely one-fourth as great as usual, and these were of small size. Squeteague, also, were much scarcer. - At Newport the testimony was conflicting. Some persons, princi- pally, however, fish dealers and trappers, maintained that fish were as plenty as last season, or even more so; this being based, however, upon _ the number of small scup and an unusual run of Spanish mackerel. Such assertions were, on the other hand, strongly denied by numerous line-men; and some of these testified that fish were never so scarce; and others admitted that they were no more plenty than last year, with the exception of the catch in the traps, which was quite equal to the usual average. There was, however, no exception to the impression that blue-fish were much scarcer this year than last; this substantiating the opinion that they have been gradually diminishing for many years past. (See the article on blue-fish.) Tautog and sea-bass were also scarcer. The scup were perhaps less numerous than last season, but made more show, as the small fish so plentiful in 1871 had attaimed a larger size, and were in a certain degree marketable. These, according to the testimony of some, were as plenty as ever they had been before; but this was certainly not the case in Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay. It is also noteworthy that whatever may have been the causes which produced so large a crop of young fishin 1871, they were not persistent, since comparatively few were taken in 1872 of the same dimensions as last year. Upon the whole, the decrease in the fish appeared to be more marked in Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay than about Newport; and this fact may be of much significance, when we remember that the pounds have multiplied much more rapidly in this locality than about Newport, where, indeed, as Iam informed, the number was about the same in 1872 as in 1871. In 1871 the number was thirty-five. There were four new ones at Menemsha Bight, one at Lombard’s Cove, and one at Paintville, on the north side of Martha’s Vineyard; two or more in Kettle Cove, and one on the north side of Nashawena; making at least nine in all, in addi- tion to the number there in previous seasons. The general result, as already stated, was that scarcely one made sufficient proiit to pay for the outlay and labor. The New York markets, as might be expected, were fully supplied with fish during the season of 1872, no appreciable difference being re- alized by the wholesale dealers. If anything, however, striped bass and blue-fish were scarcer, while the small scup, from the waters south of Massachusetts and Rhode Island, were shipped in large numbers, al- though scarcely of a size to render them marketable, their average weight being little more than from a quarter to half a pound. In view, therefore, of all these facts I have no hesitation in saying that all the arguments presented in the earlier part of this report, in XXXVITII REPORT OF COMMISSIONER ue FISH AND FISHERIES. favor of regulating ie fisheries on the south side of New —— by law, are enforced by the experience of the season of 1872, and that it is too evident that, unless some protective measures be adopted, the fish- eries in these waters will be practically deStroyed in a very short time. This result will, of course, bring its own relief in time, since the ces- sation of trapping will permit the fish to recover their ground; but — several years will be required for this, and doubtless as soon as there is any Show of increase the traps will be again brought into use. For several days during the present season Spanish mackerel were extremely abundant, so much so, in fact, that for a time they were sold in Newport at fifteen cents per pound. At Wood’s hole pound five hundred and ninety-three were taken in one day, (August 23,) being a larger number than the entire catch of 1871. The total catch at this Dene amounted to nine hundred and sixty-four. Tautog, as already stated, were scarcer, and fewer striped bass were captured. A few salmon were taken at Seaconnet and at Menemsha. A marked increase in the abundance of shad and alewives was noticed, the shad especially being so plentiful about Newport that, according to Governor Stevens, they could not be sold in New York. When cap- tured they appeared to be moving eastward. Alewives, too, were in unusually large numbers, this being the natural result of the opera- tions of the fish-commissioners of New York, Connecticut, Rhode Island, and Massachusetts in protecting the alewives and opening the rivers for their entrance, while the abundance of shad was doubtless due to the enormous number hatched out under the direction of the Connecticut and New York commissioners and allowed to escape into the water. This certainly is a speedy realization of all the anticipations for the increase of shad, since fish, usually selling at a dollar a pair, be- came so abundant as not to be worth taking to market. This abun- dance, while rather unsatisfactory to the fishermen and dealers, is of great moment to the consumer. Of mackerel none were taken off the south coast of New England, as in 1871. Messrs. Jason Luce & Co. secured a larger number of squeteague than in any previous year, and the testimony in regard to them else- where varied considerably, some maintaining that they were more abundant, others that they were scarcer. GENERAL SUMMARY OF RESULTS. The general conclusions at which I have arrived as the result of my investigations of the waters on the south side of New England during 1871 and 1872 may be briefly summed up as follows: I. The alleged decrease in the number of food-fishes in these waters within the past few years has been fully substantiated. II. The shore-fishes have been decreasing during the past twenty years, eradually at first, but much more abruptly from about the year 1865, the reduction by the year 1871 being so great as entirely to prevent any REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. XXXIX successful summer-fishing withthe hook and line, and leaving to the traps and pounds the burden of supplying the markets. This state- ment applies also, but perhaps to a certain extent, to the blue-fish. The decrease in their numbers first manifested itself about ten years ago, and is going on quite rapidly until now. Ill. This period of decrease represents the time during which the traps and pounds have been well established, their operations increasing year by year, and their catch, especially in the early spring, being always very great. IV. In 1871 and 1872 the decrease in the number of fish has been so ereat as to reduce very largely the profit formerly derived by the traps. V. The appearance, in 1871, of an unusually large number of young fish spawned in 1870 is a phenomenon only to be explained by the prob- able escape of a larger number of breeding-fish than usual during the previous season, an abrupt decrease in the ravages of blue-fish and other species, or else by a spontaneous movement northward of newly- hatched fish that ordinarily would have remained on a more.southern coast. While these fish will probably, for several years, constitute a marked feature in the fisheries, there is no evidence of the existence of a second erop of young fish corresponding to the one in question. VI. The decrease of the fish may be considered as due to the com- bined action of the fish-pounds or weirs and the blue-fish, the former destroying a very large percentage of the spawning fish before they have deposited their eggs, and the latter devouring immense numbers of young fish after they have passed the ordinary perils of immaturity. VII. There are no measures atour command for destroying the blue-fish, nor would it be desirable to do this, in view of their value as an article of food. The alternative is to regulate the action of the pounds so as to prevent the destruction of fish during the spawning-season. VIII. The quickest remedy would be the absolttte abolition of the traps and pounds. This, however, would be a harsh measure, and their proper regulation will probably answer the purpose of restoring the supply, although a greater number of years will be required. Such reg- ulation may consist either in prohibiting the use of traps or pounds during the entire season of the spawning of the fish, or for a certain number of days in each week during that season. 1X. As the principal profit of the pounds is derived from the catch of fish during the spawning season, it will probably be sufficient to try the experiment of prohibition of the use of nets from Friday night until Monday morning of each week of the spawning-season, and after that no restriction need be imposed. X. It is desirable that the regulation for a close time during each week be passed by the several States; and if this cannot be effected, then the General Government should enact absolute prohibition, or at least during the spawning-season, as it possesses no officers who could XL REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. exercise the supervision required to enforce the partial closure, or be- fore whom complaints could be entered and the penalty exacted. XI. Any marked increase in the number of the shore-fishes, resulting from their protection during the spawning-season, will probably tend to restore the blue-fish to their original numbers. XII. As there is reason to believe that scup, and toa less degree other shore-fishes, as well as blue-fish, have several times disappeared at inter- vals toa greater or less extent, within the historic period of New England, we cannot be certain that the use of traps and pounds within the last ten years has actually produced the scarcity complained of. The fact, how- ever, that these engines do destroy the spawning fish in so great numbers renders it very probable that they exercise a decided influence. No vested interest or right will suffer by the experiment of regulating the period of their use, as we have attempted to show that a better price will be obtained from a smaller number of fish, by preventing the glutting of the market, and the consequent waste of so perishable an article as fresh fish. | ) XIII. A feeling of bitterness entertained by the line-fishermen and the general public against traps and pounds, and those who own and profit by them, will in a measure be aliayed if the experiment of regu- » lation and restriction be tried, at least for a few years. CONCLUSION. In preparing the present report, my object has been to consider the subject of the New England shore-fisheries in a strictly dispassionate manner, not taking side with any of the different parties on the ques- tion as a special advocate, and attempting to draw such general conclu- sions only as the facts seemed to warrant. With the view, however, of enabling any one interested to review the ground for himself, I have given in detail the testimony (principally phonographic) collected dur- ing the inquiry in which I have been engaged, and added the special arguments of representative men on the opposing sides, prepared and furnished at my request, or else reprinted from official sources. To these I refer for the more local details and considerations of the subject, and especially in regard to the movements of scup in the Rhode Island waters. As the entire questions at issue are most nearly related to the scup and the blue-fish, I have given on pages 228 and 235 respectively as com- plete an account of their habits and peculiarities as the material at my command will allow. For a detailed account of the principal methods in use for capturing fish in the United States by lines, nets, or otherwise, I refer to the article in the appendix. The subject is by no means exhausted, and I hope to refer to if again, and to include some important forms of such appa- ratus used in other countries and especially applicable to our own, to- REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. XLI gether with some account of improved methods of curing fish for the market as yet unknown in the United States. | In addition to a list of the fishes found at Wood’s Hole, amounting to the large number of 116 species, I give a complete list of all the fishes known to occur on the eastern coast of North America, as prepared and furnished by Professor Theodore Gill. I am collecting materials for full descriptions and biographies of these species, to be published here- after, with appropriate figures, should such a work be called for. The account of the natural history of the south shore of New England is rendered much more complete by the memoir of Professors Verrill and Smith on the marine invertebrates, with its excellent illustrations, all executed in relief by the method of Jewett & Co., of Buffalo. The list of the alge, by Dr. Farlow, will also furnish an important indica- tion in reference to the distribution of this group of plants. _ An accompanying map of the south shore of Massachusetts and Rhode Island is intended to show more particularly the distribution of animal life—the fish-food—along the coast by indication of the results of sound- ings, dredgings, and temperature observations, made by Professor Ver- rilland myself during the season of 1871. On this same map is recorded likewise the position of all the traps and pounds in use in 1871, as far as I could ascertain their situation. There is also a separate diagram of the traps at Seaconnet, where are taken, as is said, nearly nine-tenths of all the fish caught by fixed apparatus in Rhode Island. I have also given a diagram of the weirs on Cape Cod Bay, as furnished by Captain Crowell. SPENCER F. BAIRD, : Commissioner. SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, December 2, 1872. S. Mis. 61 IV + ) * ae Oi , a | rh a } + : i cae - 4 ot Cre ie \ { | AI . ra - i ‘ ' : ey * ‘ . a } i al #) nick rn en oe We (ae oil Bd a hee : Miko eae aay ie wT he eek bats wt liv f 7 euTT (te Ae A ps Mi. LD a ae a Vebai ita Fiy Testi ee | sel f i OH NE 7 j 4 4] wa es Baan og, i ee a Gly cb GY ty boa eer f F c Aes . # ; an sf 7: baeee ‘bien oP ta he eae le? a eet ae ae ’ Ee a ee eth bs tit Sent i f a " i BA fi Nile nr Hii Foe wile th, Ys hity mare ae eee i lady ( | Me th tet SPS ; hohe 4 ‘4 + i eens if : Pia } al fi >| J ; é r % ( a ¥. ; i ‘ s \ “ om : . 1 Ko a ’ * ‘ os " t R a ° : = ‘ ‘ 2 - § Z | / } . fa sd § : CON TEN TlS.. I. REPORT OF THE COMMISSIONER.* ECE nb CHM LEGES 62k eek Ak Ge de ee SU Dae Shea Ses 3. ele im GENERAL PLAN OF INQUIRIES. PROSEGUTED . . . 200 -2c2ce0 = sa nscie cece soee seccee Memoranda of inquiry relative to the food-fishes of the United States....... Questions relative to the food-fishes of the United States .........-.. eae III. TesTIMONY IN REGARD TO THE PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES, TAKEN gE ieee ae eae le nla ait ye of ee Stale Mie Satote stapale, sjaleRvem = ails Gaius, arran Saint Newport, Rhode Island ........-.--. nooce + bo esses SO ne ee ee Naushon Island, Massachusetts........---..---.. RUBE Pest OR) siege UID Rael Be A Pasquelsland, Massachusetts 22.2.0 sccc6 2 betel tee Se Bats PES R ee at ; Meuemshay bieht, Marthars Vineyard, ..- ci. < ass ooo. Goce es Se ee ea oi ek Pie muowl, Marchiais Vineyard. — 225 62-22 oe ie ciecml-mninhe soe sani tiscem omnis Permunnewet, MASKAPINUSGULS)2=--s--+ oo. - 5 Ste sileln awasaicicceei ie oh alate oe iggy, ETSSACHNSEUES) sah oe sesh ciate bel oe elo Sakete Shia Saebbialcighcueh s Dede Wood’s Hole, Massachusetts ...--- Ba Se eae ae ergs See eee Pe Ombre Zaldis bayer an noe) wi tsetse 2). ale ale Lee e ie LO cee tole cie dies Melee aLlOWs. 4525 joes She Mote eee CIMT POL e isk gold bate IV. SPECIAL ARGUMENTS IN REGARD TO REGULATING THE SEA-FISHERIES BY LAW. Samuel Powel,of Newport. Delivered in the Rhode Island legislature. (Urg- ing the necessity of a scientific inquiry into the subj cr) wo rel i 5 Ya J. M. K. Southwick, of Newport. (Against protective legislation) ..... onea- Geo. H. Palmer, of New Bedford. (In favor of protective legislation). ...... Y. REPORTS oF STATE COMMISSIONS IN REGARD TO REGULATING THE SEA-FISH- BSL SUE Sue Ea MaN ETON tone Bk ot ool alee eo an Naess wlio gee Becta ere os ais Maia ayaa) ore Report of committee of Rhode Island legislature, made at Newport, June 15, iO ear oils Raptor ele eid cc hte moe, sea arsiese Aiea esine ign ace ohsicta Legislative enactment recommended... - 2... - aac ve woes one oie dstelsiots Extract from report for 1871 of Theodore Lyman, Massachusetts commissioner of inland fisheries, on the possible exhaustion of sea-fisheries --..-...----. Remarks of Mr. Atwood, of the Cape district, before the Massachusetts senate, in relation to the petition to prohibit net and seine fisheries..-.-....-.... VI. REPORT OF CONFERENCE OF THE UNITED STATES COMMISSIONER WITH COM- MISSIONERS OF RHODE ISLAND AND MASSACHUSETTS, HELD OCTOBER 5, 1871.... VII. DRAUGHT OF LAW PROPOSED FOR THE CONSIDERATION OF, AND ENACTMENT BY, THE LEGISLATURES OF MASSACHUSETTS, RHODE ISLAND, AND CONNECTICUT. A bill to regulate the use of stationary apparatus in the capture of fish...--. VILL. MiscELLANEOUS CORRESPONDENCE AND COMMUNICATIONS ON THE SUBJECT OF THE SEA-FISHERIES GIN BE 2 St ig: hte i cele a eek ill i patie i ai ie ee Copy of memorial of citizens of Hyannis, addressed to Congress, praying that laws. may be passed prohibiting the use of fixed apparatus for capturing fish "eset te ee ww wwe ee we wee ee we eee eee eee ewe ee eee ee ee ee eee eee ee eee ewe 104 104 110 112 117 125 * For detailed table of contents of the report of the commissioner see p. v. XLIV CONTENTS. Page. IX. EUROPEAN AUTHORITIES ON THE SUBJECT OF REGULATING THE FISHERIES BY TGAW (oc wie oo in wie olen ee ee ee ean nite iets feelcfabeie tela (= siete atet Siee le 2 ain al(s = 139 On the fisheries of the Gulf of Naples, by Achille Costa .......-...----..---. 139 On the possibility of exhausting the sea-fisheries, by James G. Bertram, - aden (OEE Extract from the London, Wield esta ari eicieeie os nie aie Se eee oe ee 144 Extract from the report of the commissioners appointed to inguire into the sea-fisheries of the United Kingdom, presented to both houses of Parliament Dy Command Oteler Majesty cera Melee l= = oar eine cn aie ale ee 145 X. NOTICES IN REGARD TO THE ABUNDANCE OF FISH ON THE NEW ENGLAND COAST ION SE ORINGHIR MLENUES jeesarelerapaicieipiei oleae te fay ate tormian!faba loll ohe lalate mine treba neat ote ete a LESS 149 XI. STATISTICS OF FISH AND FISHERIES ON THE SOUTH SHORE OF NEW ENGLAND. 173 Table Il. Amount of fish taken at Menemsha Bight, Martha’s Vineyard-..---. 173 able Il. General return of the Waquoit weir for 1871..--....--.- See 174 Table III. Return of dog-fish and blue-fish at Waquoit weir for seven years.. 175 Table IV. Consolidated returns of alewives, shad, menhaden, bass, blue-fish, and dog-fish, at Waquoit weir, for seven years ..---. Vewcee sc hes 176 Table V. Days of first appearance of alewives, scup, blue-fish, saa menhaden, ab Wagiuoit weir, for thirteen years... -- 2. .5--- s2-.5---6- = ee 176 Table VI. Account of blue-fish caught with a line by Josiah C. Pease about Hdeartown, Massachusetts, 1865-18712 --..... 2-0 2 ee eee 177 Table VII. Account of fish landed at Baxter’s Wharf, Hyannis, in 1870 and lio’ 2 ee eae oe SNA AAU eM Sn ae Se ae 178 Table VIII. Account of Austin Taylor, Hyannis, for 1870 and 1871. ....-..... 178 Table 1X. Account of Timothy Crocker, Hyannis, 1867-1871. ......-......--. 179 Table X. Account of J. G. Loring, Hyannis, 1867-1871 .............--....-- - ee Table XI. Shipment of fish by railroad from Hyannis, monthly to New York, MEOOALST A cic ee ects oes oid Ec See eee ee er 179 Table XII. Statement of fish caught at Wood’s Hole, Massachusetts, in 1872.. 180 Table XIII. Catch of fish at West Falmouth Pound.......-...-.....--.----6 1381 Table XIV. Date of first appearance of fish at the pounds and weirs on the south side of New England... ....,.0-> s-5ssenieces o- ees sede oe 181 XII. SUPPLEMENTARY TESTIMONY AND INFORMATION RELATIVE TO THE CONDI- TION OF THE FISHERIES ON THE SOUTH SIDE OF NEW ENGLAND IN 1872........ 182 Notes taken by the Commissioner... 0222052222. Bese ee eee 183 Newport, Rhode Island........-. (econ e ee eee Clan a er 183 Wiood’s Hole, Massachusetts .. 5. 0.005203 020 p- couse ee ee eee 183 NEW MOT Kono oo one moc aleciccs ne nccimbecoes Gece ne pe ee ee 186 Report of Vinal. N. Edwands...... occ cieas wee cee ceeeeee eee 187 am GiekOt oo. ode = oe ens wen seca) 6 ce cel eee ie eee 187 EA ATEO WH). See (ale Bie eb a keer ie me adie Se ht Rone ere ne ee 188 lokich htt 2 ems ea MN Ee 190 Marihars Vin@yard 0.020 we. tee cen mudece meme place erie ean 191 igamibert(s Cove... 22. ole win Bowe sae cine Cm elemiele tse eile emit ann 191 MMO ATUL WHY OW Weise niche a ka ese ews see iee eee wale od. Soe rr 192 Additional notes taken by the Commissioner .......-.--. -.---0 --cece we eeee 193 XIII. PLEADINGS BEFORE THE SENATE COMMITTEE ON FISHERIES OF THE RHODE ISLAND LEGISLATURE, AT ITS JANUARY SESSION OF 1872....-.----.--c--------- 196 Argument of J. Talbot Pitman in favor of a law prohibiting the use of traps BDO mounas am Thode Island ... 2. ....00 ss cee saeemettee eels os sien 196 Abstract of an address by Captain Nathaniel E. Atwood in opposition to leg- LUO TUE autis)0: un pith nid ie'y ae mW WMib in im inte nnn wn mim io emi eee ea eel 223 CONTENTS. XLV Page. XIV. NATURAL HISTORY OF SOME OF THE MORE IMPORTANT FOOD-FISHES OF THE erly PES Err OR NI EYNGILANED: S60. Cocccccetace meee seed eree deed cocctecumenne 228 eRe Mee ee helt k ee Sa ac aie re SoG, ams mat dyenee cae a Sen eR eee 228 li Cid VP Les oa ae ees A ee ee ee os 235 XV. DESCRIPTION OF APPARATUS USED IN CAPTURING FISH ON THE SEA-COAST AND “UTS OF TERUG ee a a ne 253 (03 OL GENT RT TS: Reng ak See a ee ee ee ee a 253 EEMCCHICH, GEPIOSIVES, ANG POISOW. 22.6 sacs ena sen smcae ssc ee ence 253 LATDOE hes SS Pe A a a IO pl Oe ee Ae Ope ee 254 EGER thee Se eee I 2 RE ie ee eae ber nes Se el ee) 255 Reins. werd) pounds, amd fyices.. 9 2-26 so ce eee ceca ed 259 Location of traps, weirs, and pounds in the United States.......-. een See XVI. LIST OF PATENTS GRANTED BY THE UNITED STATES TO THE END OF 1872 FoR INVENTIONS RELATIVE TO THE CAPTURE, UTILIZATION, OR CULTIVATION OF FISH DMIPBNEARLEN ED: ANIMALS. 15.045 0525-< 20%) scseoscc esc cue SNe ates Mase os ate Beto 275 PET Mente saan s 32 Sener et TNs SUG Se Nee oe Se Le eee 275 penance. cramples, traps, ce sess a chen se age alSe ols toes a beseas tae ane 276 CONG ene foe ee ee Soa cto Ue be a kL Ne ee COA sateen Ooee.ctleds 276 2, LACUS Se SES eee ierete se OC eleanor 276 Pe OGS, SHAKES. ANC SWIVOIS «522 uc25bete ans2 soe eacce ctew eae sen poee ewe 277 PREM CEINGR pony s cy ce eee es Seek SLE e ee Ne ek ee eee 277 BPmIetre HOM MOMIS. 2.5 522 ates scetee ste hss SRA SR de oe ee ee ce 278 SRCustet Ciipire and exbhmerime ool 02- oe Pe ek el ek ek re ee ve we 278 PIRECSELV AION and. Wiilizabion. Of figh.-2.52.52- 55246-2252. se. ccc cece eetep were ke RUS M-CIDMMILG oc sc noon esa ANU Rc cub eso ueetR as MEPS Baek aes eee 279 Bee MES EI Le PLIOE GO) LOa055 4. 5545 h2.44245 5 G50 UE eet e eek ances oe 279 XVII. List OF THE SEA-WEEDS OR MARINE ALGH. OF THE SOUTH COAST OF NEW emeree orate ty Ve tal SO! Mc Se ee ee Ds oe Sees bce woe ae)vleon « COE XVIII. REPORT UPON THE INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND AND THE ADJACENT WATERS, WITH AN ACCOUNT OF THE PHYSICAL CHARACTERS OF THE REGION, BY A. E. VERRILL. (For a more detailed index of this article see ge VES EE ART Eee Re Rae le ls Me aaa rec ) eae a, O G e 295 A.—Habits and distribution of the invertebrate animals.......--.-.---.---. 295 PG ish te SOM yids oa eee 2a eee NR eu Og och 2 295 Pee ie ee He Days amie SOMMES: oS LoS soe ek Sele reer Moo ewelndee ceed 300 PRC FOCI ANOEGG 2 ote es <2 35d ck els pie Reg ts Ls Ls ae 303 POSIT EINDIC ENC Sy cto gel nse as he Dag cca ag a het eS a ook PERO ALCAN NOLES Its eee ee ee Rake Boalt Soe bok Wee 2 334 LSU SCULE GUISES CIs jae ce EST an ee a © emi 364 PEMPHeP ERIN CU CMOTER ext) sO w a Oat See Ree ch SRN all 366 TST TBS Tha 6h CE Ey EADS 2 ne GCA ee mee re Se Re ee OnE 4, The piles and timbers of wharves and bridges, bottoms of vessels, buoys, and other submerged wood-work .--.--..-.---_..------ 378 List of species. ..-.. ... Tt AGI foals ES UT Ee es ee 392 CHEN DOUNOMIS 2 508.0 op tere i a ede gow So Bl aaiisn Uae 25 coke 394 ea eS NCCIC Mr Son, ce ta ene ie fo ee SS 409 Pek neni ely Stell y MGkbOUIG sc 2520 25.5 soe aje lb ADESSO GRRL BT gh ae os a ee oa oe ee 430 CUS S CEST ETT SIS 2 AE II eg ae 434 9. The free-swimming and surface animals........--i0..-+--+----- 436 XLVI CONTENTS. XVIII. REPORT UPON THE INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS, &C.—Continued. bish @fisperies . 2 on ec aceite me pda sw pax avce Peete Eee 10. Animais,iparasitic, on fishes, &¢.......--.2 -..-=--.---2 oe ASbOMSWECIES . Sion so tee kee ise ooo wane ee ek eer III. Fauna of the estuaries, harbors, ponds, and marshes..--........---- 1. The sandy shores and bottoms of brackish waters............-- MisOOMISHECIES ©. 222 .5e0 isc. ocl. tt blo eee eee ee aint See 2. The muddy shores and bottoms of brackish water a beech eee inistiOr SPECIES 3.2 2) 722 cid. ees en cee ee eee > 3: Phe-oyster-veds in brackish water --..0.025.23---- sooo eeeeeee rsixof species: ip252222c.52002. 5... 2 eae 4, ‘The-eel-grass im brackish waters .....-.. 2-22 25-26 ose =e IMIS OL SPCCIEs sy 8. Oe abo. ele ae ce ee ee eee Soa 5. The piles of wharves, bridges, floating timber, rocks, &c., in brackishvwatersicc.. wi... neeciccenink ssh ee pase EIStONSDECIES eos ee cee wl le Sok ht kee tmaicie =a de Se IV. Fauna of the ocean shores and outer colder waters.....-..--------- 1. The rocky shores off the open coast...--.---.---.---- dav aac List'of species... aoc slice sss cece oot ec eos oe oe 2. The sandy shores off the open coast..---..----.-----.---« see List of species... 2.c<0 panes, cee eteSedee dee ee eee 3. The rocky bottoms off the open coast.....-.--- ----o«'--s-eseees List of species 2-3. 0. s3e)se oo cereale baccus Uline er . The sandy and gravelly bottoms off the open coast.....--..--. List of species. .---. beiheeb dole eee eek! Settee Se eae 5. The muddy bottoms off the open coast....-.-..---...----.---- . List‘of species 2. PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. A9 I have seen plenty of little ones here in September and October. We do not get any mackerel here with the hook. We used to get a great many striped bass in the bay here in the month of May. They do not stay here in the winter, and are only caught in May and June, and then again in September. It is not true that the more pounds there are the more fish; the more pounds the less fish. There is not a boat fisherman in Hyannis but knows that pounds are the cause of the fish being so scarce here. I think they catch our secup about Saughkonet, in Rhode Island. They get them sooner at Saughkonet than at Vineyard Sound, and about a week earlier at Waquoit than here. This year the scup came here first, on the 22d day of April, which was about two weeks earlier than usual. We send most of the fish caught here away to market. The blue-fish are sent to New York. Many people around here have not had a scup this year. A few Spanish mackerel are caught here in the fall in nets; they are never caught with the hook. None were caught until within five or six ears. ‘ Vhere are no skip-jacks here. I have not seen any stingarees here HYANNIS, MASSACHUSETTS, June 29, 1871. ALEXANDER CROWELL: The fishing business has gone down so that it is not more than one- fourth of what it was four years ago. The pounds take the whole schools. They are killing all the spawn and will thus kill the breed. I am quite sure it is the pounds ; it is plain enough. The fish all come here from the west through Vineyard Sound. Six or seven years ago, the New London smacks would come here and eighteen men would load a vessel every day, carrying about five thousand pounds—about one thousand five hundred fish. They have now given up the business, they get so few. ' The scup used to stay till the lastof July and then go away, and come again in September; but the big ones did not come again till the next spring. The blue-fish came here about thirty-five years ago. We catch sea- bass here, but very few compared with what we used todo. The pogies have gone also. We get very few Spanish mackerel. The menhaden are also more scarce. The blue-fish feed on menhaden. The scup spawned in the Sound here. HYANNIS, MASSACHUSETTS, June 29, 1871. JOSEPH G. LORING: The number of fish has decreased here very*much within the last ten _ years, since I first began todeal inthem. The fish taken here are princi- pally caught with the hook; never takenin pounds. We think that the pounds keep the fish from the shores; we do not get fish in-shore as we used to. Pretty soon after the pounds were first put down we began to notice a decrease in the fish, and whether the pounds break up the schools or what the trouble is, we do not know; but we know the fish are much more scarce than they used to be. S. Mis. 61 4 a0 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. Scup we used to get in the Bay, generally full of spawn in the spring, and in old times we could get them till October; but now it would be about impossible for a man to get half a dozen, where ten years ago he could get two or three hundred. They have become less and less every year. This year, as compared with last, I do not think there is more than half a crop. For the last six years they have grown less and less. We think the pounds cause the trouble. We think these grounds are the place for the fish to spawn. This seems to be the home of the secup, on this sound here. They are never caught in Barnstable Harbor; but the pounds off that harbor get bass and blue-fish. The general impres- sion about here is that the pounds injure the fishing; and if the ques- tion of having pounds or not was put to vote in this county, seven- eighths of the people would vote against them. Shad used to be taken in the pounds, but for some years I have not seen a box of shad on the shore. There are not more than one-third as many persons employed in con- nection with the fisheries on the shore as there were five years ago. Those who have lost their business of fishing have gone away. There are three places in the village of Hyannis where the fishermen bring in their fish to be sent to New York to market; and they now bring in at each place about a tona day. At each place about sixteen boats are employed. We give twocents a pound this year, but vary some accord- ing to the market. We used to give three and four cents a pound. HYANNIS, September 18, 1871. CHARLES H. WALLEY: I have always lived here, and have followed fishing the last three years, with a boat. _ Blue-fish have not been caught more than half as plenty this year as last. The highest price paid by dealers here for blue-fish was two cents a pound, unless for a few days they may have paid three cents. Very few blue-fish are caught now; only one or two in a day. Of bottom-fish (scup, tautog, and bass) they get from twenty-five to seventy-five pounds a day, in good weather. Very few rock-bass are caught here. Scup have not been near as plenty this year as last. June is the best time for scup, but this season there were very few. TrimotHy CROCKER, (a dealer in fish: ) Blue-fish have not fallen off in number as much as other fish. I think the pounds have had a tendency to make fish scarce; also traps and seines. Ido not think blue-fish will trouble scup or rock-bass very much. We used to find menhaden and squid in- the blue-fish in the spring. Scup and sea-bass have fallen off very much within the last five years. I have not seen any more show of little scup this year than last. Four years ago Mr. Loring and I loaded a vessel with sea-bass in one day, and had fifty barrels apiece to head-up and send to New York, besides. They were all taken with the hook. I have had about twelve regular boats fishing for me this summer. I think they averaged about one hundred pounds a day during the season. One day I had 9,600 pounds brought in. I bad more fish in 1869 on PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. Ot account of being in company with another man who was doing some- thing in the business. My average this year was about fifteen boats. One or two of them had two men in them. Account of Mr. Timothy Crocker’s business for the following years : Boxes. Barrels, MURDER I res eee FPN 2 PS ose ke ee ee te 186 410 Lb 10S eg ee Sho a naa nel a al oe 3 la ged ga tl ie 174 382 a et ctl ile ete Ml lg el dg isi a ae Mas a Mee Er 260 394 Poeris(0 .....- ait ee Spree Bees Seer RPaP eMee haat: tee 170 28 pemnmnenyp rae kk! £2700) OAT ee Pe EL: PAW Ey Aree ae me ae een 190 172 CCUG: ecu earn ls Liat et hei Gata ale caheein 974) 1,573 Each box contained 300 pounds, and each barrel 150 pounds. Eee erty ae Ot A aS Ph a SPA se ‘4 292, 200 pounds. me DERE NS U2) 5 AL PLY E8 oe SPL Yat 235, 950 pounds. Silos trees CA My SIO Py ll ea LS u: 538, 150 pounds. Supposing each fish weighs 5 pounds...........-. 5)538, 150 pounds. 107, 630 fish. J. G. LORING, (a dealer in fish : ) I had as many as sixteen or eighteen men employed this year; on ai average about fourteen men; and the same for the last four or five years. Scup and bass have been falling off every year for many years. Scup were never known on the east side of Cape Cod. With twenty-five boats we loaded a vessel one Saturday with big sea-bass. We got one and three-quarter cents a pound for them. ‘The next year we got dispatches not to ship sea-bass and scup; they would not pay the freight. . Scup are not caught on the south side of the Vineyard. This is their natural cruising-ground. I do not think the scup go back in schools in the fall, but go just as it happens. Spanish mackerel are rather falling off here this year. Three years ago they were most plenty. The first 1 ever saw was five years ago ; but they were much more plenty the next year. Squeteague are increasing here. They are caught where blue-fish are caught, drailing, aud while fishing for blue-fish. Account of J. G. Loring’s shipments of fish for the following years : , Barrels, ear etree O, eipes hE) AEE TL OMET, ATID PTS EE TD Yee 552 LF se eepecet mle ic a SS UIST 2 GR Ale ee Rag od A 612 eh he MUA Ss Le DR Se os i eo 0S 694 0 LST OOS OTE Pate nea ORE ata en ORE ec A aa 799 nore eee er te) 2 NS ORNL Pe ews erry 567 PECAN A tA ee LAID DPI ERP GR AE OUT 3, 224 a DZ REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. In 1866 twelve men were employed in fishing, and in subsequent years an average of fifteen men. The barrels contained 150 pounds of fish each. [Reducing the above to pounds, there are found to be 483,600; and on the supposition that each fish weighs 5 pounds, there are 96,720 fish. | Captain HETSEL HANDY: You may call on anybody on Cape Cod, and you will find he was brought up to go to sea. There was nothing else for us. Steam has now taken the lead; and we must either take our families and go away, or else something must be done to enable us to live here. With a weir two or three men can catch more fish than all the other fishers on the coast. They ship off a hundred tons a day to New York, and they must be used up or spoil; whereas if they were caught with a hook and taken care of they would be good, healthy food for men to eat. 1 don’t know of any other way than to stop the pounds wholly. The pound-men will not be satisfied with taking up their nets two days in a week. The decrease of fish this year is 50 per cent. Fishermen who have been in my employ two years say they used to fetch in five hun- dred pounds of fish in a day and get a cent a pound for them. Now they go out and try from 2 o’clock in the morning, and come in at night with one or two fish; and some come with no fish at all. Twenty boats will not bring in more than two barrels. It seems to me the men have not made seventy-five cents a day; and they get up at 1 or 2 o’clock in the morning and are off at the *‘ Bishop's,” or some other fishing-ground out- side, when day breaks. We have paid two cents a pound for blue-fish, and have lost a quar- ter of a cent a pound. I ship to Baker & Co., J. W. Miller & Co., and Crocker & Haley. I sell some, too. They don’t lose anything. I sent two boxes of blue-fish at the same time; for one I got $12, and for the other a dollar, or less. T have heard men solemnly swear they would destroy the pounds and every thing connected with them that they could lay their hands on before they would submit to have the maintenance of their families thus taken away. I think Government does not do what it should to protect the fisher- men in their trials to get a living. I have handed a man a quarter of a dollar, and even less, for his day’s work in fishing; and they would say their arms felt as though they would drop off. It is a hard case anyway. What are they going to do next winter? If they are well they may keep out of the poor-house. . There are a good many mackerel-fishermen who go from here. There are two weirs in Harwick; four this side of Monomoy. Blue-fish like squid very much; they drive eels clear up the creeks. The first blue-fish caught are caught at the bottom, while fishing for scup. I never saw any scup in blue-fish. I have found a whole men- haden in the stomach of a blue-fish. Gill-nets never ought to be set in these waters. The fish die in them and drop around, and that frightens away all that kind of fish. Two or three men about here have had weirs for thirty years; and they say that if they cut up a shark and strew the pieces around they are not troubled with sharks any more. ff the work is given up to the pound-men, I do not know what will become of the fishermen. It seems as if they cannot exist together— the rich or the poor man must have it. I think 100,000 blue-fish have been taken about Hyannis this year. PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. 5 I have not seen a large scup in two years. I shipped some of the handsomest blue-fish I ever saw to New York. I gave a man $20 for a thousand pounds, and I sent them in boxes, for which I got $6 33 a box, containing three hundred pounds! The blue-fish are not so plenty as they were last year. I have had a single man catch 618 pounds in a day, for which I paid $12 36. I have been told by men that saw it that this year there were twenty carts loaded with fish at Saughkonet to be carried off for manure. The fish had gone there to spawn, and after spawning, if not caught, they would go eastward. All the fish caught there are those that go there to spawn. They cannot be caught there after they have spawned. I paid to Eleazer Baker for six days’ fishing last year $59. He caught scup, tautog, and a few bass. I don’t think he has made half the money this year that he did last. Seines scare blue-fish all away. HENRY LUMBERT, (Centreville, near Hyannis:) I was once interested in a trap, but use a net altogether now. We used to catch menhaden mostly. I have shipped this year about 110 boxes and 120 barrels from four boats. They were pretty much all blue- fish. [have not sent ten barrels of scup. We got about fifty Spanish mack- erel in all. We caught one the 23d of July this year, and last year the 15th of July. We took the last we caught about the last of August. Most of the Spanish mackerel were sent to the Parker House, Boston. We got from twenty cents to a dollar a pound. No fish are as plenty as. they were afew years ago. I suppose the traps and pounds, and their being caught up, makes them scarce. Hleven years ago we could catch any quantity; but we were not much better off than now, for we could not sellthem. We got from $15 to $20 a box of 300 pounds; this year they will not average over 86a box. Blue-fish are so destructive I have told the fishermen that Government ought to pay a bounty of a cent a head for every blue-fish. We drive bine-fish pretty hard here. Spanish mackerel were first caught here five years ago. I caught the first, and sold what I caught in two nets for fifty cents a pound. I think the schools of fish are broken up at Saughkonet. We have caught less fish this year than ever. We used to sell to smacks eleven years ago, and got a cent a pound; we never shipped any then. But we salted fish then. I salted fish for several years. Blue-fish are not salted much now here. The prices were better this year than they were two years ago, but not so good as last year; that was because ice was scarce last year. There are too many fish caught and sent to New York. Woop’s HOLE, MASSACHUSETTS, July 6, 1871. Captain EDWARDS: SCUP.* I have lived in this place thirty-five years, and have followed fishing more or less sincé I was a boy. * The numbers are those corresponding to the queries on page 3 of the present report. 54 REPCRT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 2. Not found here except from May till October, varying a little as to the time of coming and going, according to the season. 3. They used to be more plenty in June than any other time, and that — is about the time when scup first take the hook. 4. No more abundant. 5. Diminished, so that there is scarcely one scup where there were a hundred ten years ago. 6. Have been caught beyond the increase, in nets. 8. Three pounds; the average. including spring and summer fish, about three-fourths of a pound. The large scup come first, and the little ones follow them. 10. The female is the largest; but probably there is no difference except on account of the spawn. 11. They come from the southwest, following the shore from Watch Hill or Point Judith, into Buzzard’s Bay, generally swimming two or three fathoms under water. 14, A few scattering fish are caught about the 10th of May; this year a few were caught in April, the season being earlier than usual. 15. They leave in October, and by degrees; once in a while one is caught as late as the first of November 16. They come regularly, with a decrease in numbers from year to year. 17. The larger fish come first generally. 18. Both together ; they spawn within five to eight weeks after they first appear. 19. Neither will take the hook; they appear blind at first. 21. Swim low; never seen by the ripple on the water. 22. They come in-shore on the flood-tide, and off with the ebb. In former times I have waded in and driven hundreds ashore and killed them with nothing but a stick. 23. I have never known it to happen. 25. No. 29. The different sizes come together. 30. Gravelly. bottom; rather in currents. 31. Found at all depths, to ten fathoms. 33. No; not after spawning. 34, No. 30. They feed on shell-fish. 36. Not at all, except that the spawn may be eaten. 37, Crabs, and other small shell-fish. 38. No. 39. Not a great amount; not voracious. 40. Not in br eeding- time ; but usually in the latter part of the season there is a difference in color in both sexes, according to the color of the feeding-ground. On light, sandy bottom they are invariably light- colored; and on rocky bottom, dark. 41. None. 42, By catching the fish while going to their spawning-ground. 46. They always spawn in grass, and prefer some current caused by the natural ebb and flow of the tide. 50. Near the bottom. 51. Yellowish. 63. The parent fish does not devour them; but eels and other fish eat the spawn. 64, Very few now seen anywhere. 68. No. PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. FO 70. No. . 71. With the hook; mostly by nets and pounds. Clam and squid are the best bait for the hook. 73. Taken in nets most in the month of J une; with the hook through the summer. 74. A man may now cacch four, or he may catch a dozen ina day ; but at any rate, so few that no estimate can be made. 76. They are caught two or three weeks earlier in nets than with the hook. 77. The flood-tide is best for fishing. 78. Sent to New York and Philadelphia. 79. Good; best when newly caught. 81. Very extensively. 82. Probably none are now salted, since so scarce. 83. Not used for manure now. It was formerly; but is now too scarce. BLUE-FISH. They come about the 1st of June and remain till the middle of Octo- ber; most abundant in June. 4, There are more pounds of blue-fish caught now than of any other kind. 5. Diminished. 6. I think they have extended their cruising-ground to the east, as they do not find the bait that they used to. 7. Diminished more than half; probably three-fourths, so that there-is not more than one-fourth as many. 8. Sixteen pounds; the average of the first run, which is the largest, Seven pounds; the later runs will not average over two and a half pounds. 10. I think not.” 11. They seem to come more directly from the sea, and from the east- ward. They are caught at Watch Hill before they are found here. Thousands of them go outside of Nantucket, following the mackerel and menhaden. 12. No particular route. 14. They follow along one after another, the largest coming first, generally following near the shore, and come in from all directions. Most plenty about the middle of June. 15. At different times, never breaking up the schools. 16. Rather regular; but constantly decreasing in numbers. 17. The largest come first and leave last. 18. They have no spawn when here. 19. They always will take the hook if they have the right kind of bait— any kind of fish—a good piece of fresh herring or menhaden is good enough for them. 21. Swim both high and low; they show themselves at the surface, and attac:. birds. 23. No. 24. No. 30. In currents; generally on sandy bottom where ‘the water is not deep, on what are called « rips.” 31. From two to five fathoms. 32. Not very warm. 33. They keep together in this vicinity. ¢ a 56 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AHD FISHERIES. 34, The horse-mackerel* and the porpoise; nothing else troubles them. 35. Voraciously on most kinds of small fish, squid, herring, menha- den, smelt, &c. 36. Very slightly. 68. No. 70. No. 71. In nets, pounds, and with hooks; the best bait. being menhaden, herring, or squid. 72. Pounds and gill-nets. 73. Taken in nets from the Ist of June till the middle of October, and during the same time with the hook. 74, Not a regular business here. 76. No. 77. Most on the flood-tide. 78. Sent to New Haven, New York, and Boston, and used here more or less. 79. Good when fresh; and when salted equal to No. 1 macker el. 80. Only a short time. 82. Salted to a considerable extent. 83. No. TAUTOG. 2. From first of May to the middle of November. Most abundant in May and October. In the summer season they are in the grass, and do not bite well. 4, Rather more abundant than other fish. . d. Decreased some; not so much as other fish. They are not exposed so much to nets, as they do not make any long journeys. 7. Nearly one-fourth. 8. One remarkably large, twenty-two pounds; generally the largest, twelve pounds; and the average, not over two pounds. 9. L once tried an experiment with one that weighed half a pound, putting him into a lobster-car, where he had plenty of room and plenty of food, there being three hundred pounds of living lobsters with him. He was kept in the car from the 1st of May to the end of October, six months, when he had destroyed all the lobsters, and weighed three- quarters of a pound! Thirty-two years ago I put some thousands of small tautog in the pond, some of which staid there five years, but none were caught weighing over two and a half pounds, and they had one year’s evowth, at least, when put in the pond. 10. They do; the female is shorter and thicker than the male, and generally the largest. 11. They come directly in from the sea. 13. They go out to the mouth of the sound, far enough to prevent being chilled and frozen to death, in water from fourteen to twenty fathoms in depth. 14, They do not come or go in schools, and are first seen among the rocks. The first fish are the largest. 16, They appear regularly, never failing unless killed by the frost. 18. They spawn in June. 19. They will not bite when they first come in. 20. Within ten days they will take the hook. 21. They swim low, on the bottom nearly. ” T his i is the Thies, (Oieniiihe secundidorsalis. % PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. 57 22. They work in-shore on the flood, coming among rocks after crabs. 23. Yes. 29. They are found all together. 30. They prefer a current, from one to four fathoms in depth, among rocks; found sometimes much deeper. 33. They do not travel in schools. 37. Shell-fish entirely, muscles, crabs, lobsters, &c. 41. They usually go among the grass for spawning. 42, No. 46. In June, in bays and harbors, among grass. 50. Near the bottom. 63. Hels probably destroy the spawn as much as anything. 64. Usually in the grass, near where they are spawned. | 68. Very cold winters kill them sometimes, so that they are found on the shore outside frozen, on Noman’s Land and Gay Head. This has happened twice in ten years. Thousands have been destroyed in this way. They will freeze under water, the.inside being a bunch of ice. 71. Caught with nets in the spring, and then with the hook. The hermit crab is preferred by them; crabs and lobsters are next best. 76. They are taken in nets from the 1st of May through the summer ; with hooks from the middle of May. ‘They are most plentiful in May. 74. Fifty pounds a day, with the hook. 77. Caught more on the flood-tide. 78. New York is the principal market. 79. Good, fresh; not usually salted. Retains its excellence as a fresh fish as long as any fish, after being caught. 81. All that can be caught. 84. Highest price by the quantity in New York, this year, twelve cents apound. That is as much as they ever brought, and was for a lot taken early. 7 SQUETEAGUE. Come about the middle of June, and remain till about October. Gen- erally caught in July. 5. There have been more for the last four years than before, but not so many this year as last. They are not very abundant. Have in- _ creased within the last ten years. 7. There were none ten years ago. 8. Six pounds; average three pounds. 11. They come from the sea, and straggle along the coast looking after food. They are not considered a running fish. J am confident they do not spawn here. 14. They make their first appearance in June. There is no difference in the size of those that come first from that of those that come last. 15. They leave by degrees, in small bodies. 16. Not regular. 17. The same. 18. No spawn seen in them. _ 19. They are an uncertain fish about biting, anyway. They are caught in nets and traps before any are caught with the hook. 20. Have not known any to be caught with hook within three weeks of their arriving. 21. Swim anywhere, at bottom or top, just where the bait is. They attract birds, the same as the blue-fish when they come under a school of small fish. 22. They will venture into shallow water on the flood-tide. 58 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 23. No. 30. On the sand and about rocks, both; generally where there is some current, and where the small fish gather. 31. From one fathom to six. Often found in the grass where the water is low. 34. None that I know of. 36. None. 37. Small squid and all kinds of small fish. 71. With hooks, drag-nets, and pounds. For bait white shiners are used; sometimes a piece of menhadeu. 76. Taken in nets first. 79. Moderately good. 81. Quite extensively. 83. No. 84. Average price is low; one and one-half cents a pound here a week 86. New York. MENHADEN. Come in May, and remain till the middle of October; generally most early in the season. 5. Decreased very much; very few now, comparatively. 6. They are caught in nets. _ 7. Searcely one now to ten thousand formerly. 8. Less than a pound. 11. Come from the west; pass by now. They formerly remained in the harbor all summer. 12. They go off to sea by way of the mouth of the sound and bay. 15. They leave in small bodies; they run together all the time. 16. Regular decrease for ten years; no increase at any portion of that 17. No difference. 18. Not one in twenty has any spawn. I do not think they spawn at any particular season; the first caught is as likely to have spawn as any. Those that stay in the summer run up where the water is brack- ish and remain; and in New Bedford River there are thousands of young ones in the fall; the same is true at Mattapoisett, Wareham, and Monument River. 21. Generally swim high; make a ripple, but do not attract birds. 29. Half-grown ones are found with the old ones. Ido not think they come here when only one year old. | dl. Four fathoms. 33. They keep together in schools. 34, Almost all fish prey upon them. ) 35. None; they eat bait or any small substance floating in the water. They get very fat; but I never found any small fish in their stomachs. 36. Very greatly. 37. Cannot give it a name. 39. I think not much. 42. The breeding-fish are caught in nets. 46. Nobody has found out; it is supposed they spawn at all seasons. 63. All kinds of fish eat the young; have even -more enemies than when full-grown. 64. No, not now. 67. No. 68. No. PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. 59 l 71. In sweep and purse nets and in pounds; not with lines. 78. Used for manure, oil, and mackerel-bait. 84. Highest price, $1 50 a barrel for mackerel-bait; fifty cents at the guano works. About the same as former prices. 86. Here, for fish-bait, and to the guano-works. About two thousand barrels were sold to fishermen, for $1 50 a barrel, for bait. Scareely a quarter of those caught about Buzzard’s Bay go to the fishermen, but go for oil and guano. HERRING. There have been as many herring the past year as for many years; more abundant just about here than for two cr three years before. They come about the first of March and stay till June. The young ones strike in about the 15th to the 20th of May, and ina pleasant afternoon there will be from one to three acres very lively with half-grown her- ring, and those not much larger than the finger; among these a few old ones that seemed to be their guides. The little ones never go up the rivers. They are caught with nets when running up creeks. Good, fresh ; most of them are salted. They were formerly sold early in the spring to the George’s fishermen for bait. This year they brought about forty cents a hundred; generally average seventy-five cents a hundred. Most are carried to New Bedford to market. I seined up the herring for bait, at the pond near my house, for three years in succession, and in that time used them all up, so that none come there now. Woop’s HOLE, June 19, 1871. Captain THoMAS HINCKLEY, JR: Onthe 19th of April of the present year we laid ournetand got 25 tautog. The pounds were put down about the middle of April. The herring or ale- Wives did come into Buzzard’s Bay as soon as into the Vineyard Sound. I think they come direct from the sea, and do not run along the coast. They are caught in February off the coast outside of the Vineyard. The Georges fishermen get their bait of English herring down east, before the alewives come here. The English herring come here about the 1st of May, but are not plenty then. Last year we caught considerable many in the bay, but this year not any. There are many in the bay, a on the 1st of December there are many of the English herring ere. The pounds are down and in operation in Buzzard’s Bay, about the 20th of April. Alewives are the first fish we catch. The menhaden this year were out of season—earlier than common. They struck in Buzzard’s Bay, and we caught a few the 20th day of April. It was something remarkable, never known before. I think some had spawn in them then; about the 1st of May they had. They should not Strike good until about the 10th of May. SCUP. 2. No; only during the summer months. They make their appearance about the 15th of May, and remain until about the middle of October. In about a week after they come in they are most abundant. They leave ' gradually, much more slowly than they come in. 60 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 4, They are the most abundant of any fish caught with the hook. 5. It is decidedly searcer than it used to be, and it is becoming more and more scarce. You catch fewer in the pounds and fewer with the hook. Ido not mean to say you catch less scup this year than last year. The diminution cannot be noticed so much from one year to another, but during a period of five years. This year is remarkable for the nets hav- ing taken an immense number of small scup, about half grown, except the little ones, of which we make no account. It is unusual to have so many half-grown ones come in. There are little ones, that is, very much smaller ones than we have got here for many years. These run with the ~ big fish, and are taken with them. The big fish seem to pilot them in. 8. The largest scup I ever:saw was about a foot long—would weigh four pounds, i think; though I never measured or weighed them exactly. The big scup come first every year. We find nothing but large ones, the first that we get; the next school, four or five days later, would be smaller, half grown, weighing from half to three-quarters of a pound. 9. I think it takes scup three years to grow. I think the small ones | we get this year were spawned last year, and that the little ones were two years old. I think I can distinguish about three sizes every year. I never saw any spawn in the middle-sized ones. The last year’s scup will, most of them, go through a two-inch mesh; the middle size will not. Scup will only grow to about such a size, when they stop growing. 11. They tell me that they catch scup at Montauk Point before they get them in Gardner’s Bay. They get them at Watch Hill before they do at Saughkonnet; first at Montauk, then at Watch Hill. Icannot tell how long atime between Montauk and Saughkonnet. They used to run up into Narragansett Bay before they reached Saughkonnet, around by Rhode Island Bay; and even sea-bass went the same way. After striking the main land they follow closely around the shore, in about eighteen feet of water, so deep that you cannot see them in a school. If the pounds are set in less than eighteen feet of water we do not catch the scup. They are caught about one day sooner at North Falmouth than at Wood’s Hole. They are generally found in Vineyard Sound sooner than in Buzzard’s Bay. This year they caught them at Menemsha Bight three or four days before we did in the bay, and two or three daysearlier thanat Saughkonnet. I do not think thereis any differ- ence in the time of getting them on the two sides of Vineyard Sound. I think those that come into, Buzzard’s Bay come out again into Vineyard Sound; otherwise the bay, would be full. I do not know that there was any more protection in Buzzard’s Bay this year than the year before. 5. I do not think the little scup are as plenty as they were ten years ago; but there were more this year than last year. 46. I think that the scup that come into the sound go to Hyannis to breed. 7. In Waquoit Harbor they used to get any quantity of scup; they were large and fat, because they lived on clams. Since the pound was set there they have not caught any seup with the hook in the harbor. The pound is on the west side of the harbor. 12. I think they return the same way that they came, most of them; others go right out to sea. 15. I do not think there is the same regularity in leaving that there is In coming in; they do not school as much in going out. In the fall of the year, when scup leave the ponds, they will school up and go together. All sizes go out together. 13. I do not know where they spend the winter; they are never seen here then. PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. 61 14. In the spring there are several schools. Take the biggest part of the time the large scup come first and have three or four days’ running, then the middle-sized ones, and then the smallest ones. Between the periods there is a time when we catch only afew. The large ones are caught only four or five days, and little ones about the same length of time. 2. The scup generally strike about the 25th of May, and we get them up to the 20th of June. There is no use in fishing after that. About the 15th of June we get the most scup; this year it was about the Ist of June, the season being two weeks earlier. I think not more than one-third of the scup that come into the bay in the spring would stay there if there were no pounds. [f think we do not catch but a few of the scup that would keep in Buzzard’s Bay. I think we catch somebody else’s scup, and but a few of our own. Itis . only when fish are running that we can catch them in pounds. Where they belong, they will not run into pounds. In Clark’s Cove there are two or three pounds, and there is any quantity of menhaden there; but they cannot catch any at all in the pounds. Those menhaden belong there; they come there to spawn. 18. The sexes generally come in together. The female dog-fish comes in first. When the scup first come in the spawn is not grown; about the 15th of June it is pretty full. 20. When they first come in they will not bite the hook. Neither will any kind of fish; none of those caught in the pounds will bite the hook. Even if as plenty as they used to be, seup would not bite the hook until about the 20th of June; and I think they would bite about the same time all along the coast. 21. The gulls do not follow them at all. I think they swim within from two and a half to four feet of the bottom; not nearer the bottom than a foot, nor higher than about four feet from it. 22. I do not think the tide makes much difference about their coming in. 19. I do not think you can catch many scup with the hook when Spawning. Sea-bass and cod-fish sometimes bite when spawning. 23. Many fish are caught in the pounds when spawning, the mackerel most plentiful; tautog and scup also. The spawn is often seen on the nets. 25. They do not run into fresh water, only into shoal water. 29. We find smali and large scup coming in together. 30. On a sandy bottom, not necessarily rocks, excepting in the fall of the year, when they will come on the rocks somewhat. It does not make much difference as to the water being still or running. dl. They are caught in water about fifteen feet and over. 32. You get them in the sound just as well as in the bay. 33. I think they school a little in going out, but not so much as when coming in. 34. I donot think the blue-fish trouble scup any to speak of; nor sharks either, as they are so spiny they will not take them when they can get other fish. 37. They feed mostly on sea-clams. I have seen them root down into the sand in summer for clams. Sometimes they feed on other shell-fish and small muscles. 38. Along the shore where it is sandy you can see where they have made a little hole digging for clams. 40. | do not think there is any difference in color when breeding. On a rocky bottom they are darker and more barred than elsewhere. 62 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. o7. They usually go to a place with rocky bottom to get some kind of crabs or something of the sort. 47. 1 do not think the small scup are the males accompanying the big females, because in the large scup you find spawn, but in the mid- dle-sized ones you do not have any show of that sort. The breeding females are a little larger than the breeding males—simply swelled out more. 45. I do not know what becomes of the spawn when laid, but I think it sticks to the bottom; because if it floated at the top I should have seen it when scup were plenty. All the spawn that we find in the pounds is in the bottom of the bowl—none on the sides. 47. I think they spawn in the school. 63. I do not know of any; I do not know what the small fish feed on. 68. I never knew any sort of disease in scup. 71. Salt menhaden is said to be about the best bait, and salt clams. We generally use soft clams for scup._ 72. In a seine, mostly in the fall. Sometimes in a floating net. 74. When most plenty, the average catch with a hook and line would be eight or nine hundred a day. They would bite about as fast as you could put the bait in, and you pulled them in two at a time. 77. Seup, and all fish in the sound, bite best on the slack of the tide, and not when itis running in full strength. In the bay it does not make so much difference. 86. New York and Philadelphia. 79. It is good salted; people used to salt them for winter. 80. They are best when first caught; but they eat them .in New York when they have been caught a fortnight. 83. Never sold in any quantity to the guano-works; when used for manure they are put directly on the land. Never used for oil. 84. Highest price at wholesale this year was six cents a pound; the lowest, two cents. ‘The price was less this year than last; not because more were sent to market, but because there were so many pounds down. I think the fish-pounds are a curse to the country, but I don’t believe in Rhode Island catching our fish. In 1860 there was but one fish- pound, that at Waquoit, and before that we used to catch scup at Saughk- onnet, but after they had it down three or four years we did not begin to catch one-half the fish we did before. They used to come from Nau- shon to buy scup to put on the land, and then we tried to get a living by catching them, but as soon as they got pounds at Saughkonnet our fish were gone. There are not now one-hundredth part as many sea-bass as there used to be. MENHADEN. 1. Known as pogee, here. 2. Some are found all summer; it probably breeds here. 3. They first appear at the westward. They strike Montauk Point, and follow along the coast exactly like the scup, but go rather more into the bays. ‘They go in more sballow water; I have seen them in 12 feet. A school looks reddish. I have seen a school a mile wide and a mile and a half long. They frequently swim near the surface, and make a little disturbance that can be seen. The first school swims rather deep, but as they become more plenty they can be seen. They generally come in about the 10th of May; this year we got the first the 21st of April—about three weeks earlier than the average. We got about a PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. 63 hundred barrels at once. But they strike off again for about a fortnight before they come regularly. 4, It is the most common fish on the coast, but is nowhere near so plenty as formerly. 5. They have diminished. 6. To pounds and purse-netting; and I think they run in deeper water this year. 7. There were not one-tenth as many caught this year as were caught last year, although there were a good many more pounds. 8. They run two different sizes; the largest, I think, are scarcely a foot long. 9. It takes them three years to grow. 10. You cannot tell the sexes apart, except by the spawn. They both spawn. Ph. They come in like the scup, but hug the shore closer. _ 12. They go more to the westward than scup, and very nearly the same way they came. 13. I do not think that any Stop here in the winter; they breed in salt-water. 16. They keep coming in thicker and faster till they get to the height, ee then they go off again. 5. I think they go off in schools. is Both sexes come in together; they spawn about the 20th of May. 23. It does, when they are full. 19. They never bite the hook. 37. I think they live mostly on sand-fleas. 46. They spawn in shoal-water, in the latter part of May. We find young menhbaden bere in the fall. ' 21. Nearer the surface than any kind of fish I know. 34, All fish eat them. They make the best bait, because they are so oily. 36. Ido not think the blue-fish could affect their abundance when they were so plenty as they were many years ago; but where we catch thousands and thousands of barrels it must make a difference. of. When caught in the pounds they are traveling, and then we seldom find much food in fish. The fish we catch in pounds are not - feeding, but are bound for their breeding- grounds. 40. No difference. 41. [think they spawn like alewives; the eggs not so large as those of herring. 71. Never with the hook ; only with nets. They are taken with purse- hets throughout the season. 15. They disappear from the middle to the last of October. 75. The largest haul we ever made was 1,200 barrels; but I have known others to catch from 1,600 to 2,000 barrels. 86. Most of ours was sold to the mackerel and George’s fishermen. If pounds were abolished, I do not know what the cod and mackerel fish- -ermen would do for bait. It would not pay for all the pounds to be kept down for the purpose of catching cod and mackerel bait; if a few only were down it would pay. If the pounds were taken up by the 10th of May, the scup would not be affected here. The scup are not any appreciable profit of a pound every year, but on the whole they are. The demand for fish for bait lasts till about the 10th of June; after that they are sold to the oil- works, and the scrap goes into the guano. 84. We get about a cent apiece for them when they first come. Of the George’s men we get half a cent apiece, and about seventy-five cents 64 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. a barrel of the mackerel fishermen. When sold for oil they bring about thirty cents a barrel. That is less than the former prices. Last year the price was fifty cents a barrel, and other prices in proportion. All kinds of fish br ou ght a low price this year, because there were so many pounds running - against each other. Last year we got $2 50 a barrel alongside the fish-pound ; now we get only $2. We sell menhaden for oil to the guano-works here. They grind up about six hundred barrels a day. d MACKEREL. We got some stragglers earlier; but about the 9th of May we cal- alien that the main body struck; that i is, that they came in for good. They appeared about the same time in the sound and in the bay. 11. We caught them in the bay before they were caught at Wood’s Hole. They always strike on the east side. All the fish we caught this spring had been up the bay and were coming out. 2. The mackerel run about ten days. 4. They were unusually plenty this year; I think from a half to a third more this year than before. 6. I do not know why they were more abundant this year. 11. In the fall they appear to go more out in the sea channel. They go east in the spring and westward in the fall. Last fall they were very plenty in the mouth of Vineyard Sound; were caught by the mackerel fishermen about the middle of October—large mackerel. 8. Those caught this spring were so large that a flour-barrel would hold only 140, without any ice, and laid on the head would go half round. They were not fat, but very poor. Sometimes we get smaller ones. 17. There was only one general run. 13. I do not know. 18. Both come instogether. There is a scale over the eye, so that it looks very dim in the spring, and they will not bite. 73. It is only caught in nets in the spring; they will not then bite the hook. 23. Certainly, any quantity. 21. Near the surface. 37. Nothing but small fish. 34, The blue-fish eat them; all kinds of fish will eat them. 46. When we first catch them there is spawn in them, so ripe that it will run out, about the 10th of May. They could not have got far from these waters before spawning. 64. I have seen young mackerel here in the fall; they are found in the ponds, about five inches long. These, I think, were spawned in the spring. 52. I have no idea how many. 72, At sea they are caught in purse-nets. 71. They are caught with the hook outside by the 1st of May. 78. Highest price, ten cents « pound, and the lowest, three, by the quantity. It was less than last year. 86. New York and Boston. TAUTOG. 29, When the winter is moderate I have seen them around all winter. In a hard winter many come ashore dead. They are more plenty in the summer. PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. 65 71. A tautog will not bite when it is closed up. 4, Rather more plenty than seup. 5. Much less plenty than formerly. 8. Nine or ten pounds. The largest are caught in the spring, in the fish-pounds. 9. About three years in growing. 10. The female is more plump, and a shorter fish than the male. 11. We catch them at the head of the bay (west) before they are eaught here; the best place is along the coast in Buzzard’s Bay. 46. Among scattering rocks, or an eel-grass bottom. I have seen them come in where there was not more than four feet of water, and seen them spawn there. Sometimes two or three big fish are seen to- gether. They come to spawn about the beginning of June, and stay about a fortnight. 52. The eggs are plenty, as large as those of the herring. 14, They come in in schools, the first mostly large fish. 2. They came this year on the 19th of April, and continued to come more plentifully till the 25th of April. This was about two weeks earlier than usual. 19. They will not bite when they first come in. 20. Sometimes they will bite just before they spawn ; and then, again, right after. They almost always have one biting spell, just before spawning, from the middle to the last of May. 46. I do not think they drop their spawn until the 1st of June. 23. Sometimes the spawn runs out about the 1st of May, in the pound. That depends upon the number, whether they are crowded or not. 4%, All the fish we take in pounds we take before they spawn; none of them afterwards. 21. Close to the bottom. 30. About rocks and eel-grass, whether spawning or harboring. 34, None that I know of. 37. Crabs, muscles, and barnacles; and I have caught them with lit- tle lobsters in them. The hermit-crab is the best bait for them, and sand-crabs. 86. New York,-particularly. 82. No; it is not good. 83. Not used for manure. 84. The first caught brought $75 for four barrels, in New York. A barrel averages 180 pounds, without ice. The lowest price was one and a half cents a pound here. SQUETEAGUE. 2. They are most plenty in August. 5. They are more plenty every year, while the blue-fish is getting scarce. 2. We found them first this year about the 1st of June. 6. They increase because the blue-fish diminish. 8. The largest about nine pounds. 9. They attain their growth in three years. Ji. They come from the West. 17. There are different sizes, but not so great as in scup. 20. They are not caught here with the hook. In the bay they are caught, and will bite menhaden for bait. : (. I think they feed on the same as the striped-bass; that is, small S S. Mis. 61——5 66 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. BLUE-FISH. 2. Come in spring and leave in the fall. Come about the 20th of May. 21. Not so near the top as the menhaden. We only know they are here by first catching them in the pounds. 76. Caught in pounds before they bite the hook. 8. The larger ones caught first; weigh from five to eight pounds. 11. They go eastward. Come in from the sea, like mackerel. Most of the migrating fish come in like scup, some running nearer the shore than others. : 23. Never saw one with a spawn in it. 64, There are many young ones about here. 5. They are decreasing; the decrease began within four or five years. 6. I think those taken in the pounds make much difference. 75. The largest haul I ever knew in a pound was about seven hun- dred. 20. They begin to take the hook about the 10th of June. 11. They scatter in summer, and school again when they run out. ov. Any fish that are swimming; they want something to chase. Never knew them to eat crabs or shell-fish. Never saw worms in their ee . Know nothing about their spawning. ae Never knew of any disease among them. 82. Yes; many are salted in the fall, as it is then fat. 83. Never used for manure. 84. Highest, eight cents a pound; and lowest, four. That is as much as the price last year. They were scarce this year. SPANISH MACKEREL. 2. We began to catch them two years ago, about the 25th of July. Caught till the middle of September. 4, More plenty last year than the year before. 3o7. About the same as that of striped-bass. 8. Average about three pounds; never saw any of the very large ones, so called. SEA-BASS. 2. First taken about the 1st of plays It is found here in the summer and in the winter. 5. Much scarcer than formerly. 8. Have caught them that weighed twelve pounds. 11. Much like scup; but do not school as much as seup. 75. Have caught three or four hundred in a pound at a time. 83. They used to put them on the land about Seconnet. 46. I think on the eel-grass bottom. 37, They catch some fish and eat crabs. Mackerels’ intestines are the best bait; and the stomach of the menhaden is largely used as bait. 82. Never. 84. Highest price, six cents a pound, and the lowest, four. Have known the price as high as fifteen and eighteen cents. STRIPED-BASS. 11, They go eastward, like secup and sea-bass. 2, First cé wught about ‘the first of May. PRESENT CONDITION OF THE FISHERIES. 67 46. Think they spawn out south, in the fall. 5. They are much diminished—almost exterminated. 71. We catch them with hooks in the spring; but they will not weigh half a pound apiece, and are all of the same size. 30. These little ones go into the ponds every year. 8. The largest weigh from three to seven pounds, and then the old sea- bass, as they are called, weigh from ten to eighty or ninety pounds. 17. There are threeruns of striped-bass ; the smallest coming the 1st of May, the second size about the 20th to the 20th, and the biggest about the 1st of July. 72. They will not go into pounds; or if they do they get out; except the small ones. ; 5. They are less plenty than formerly. 71. They begin to bite about the 10th of June. 30. The little ones go into fresh water; the larger ones never do. 2. I have known them here all winter. The little bass stay in the ponds until it is very hot, and then come out, and go in again when it is cooler. The large ones are caught in deep water. 37. Mostly they feed on brit—little fish. They willeat crabs, and a large one will eat herring or menhaden. 11. They go eastward in spring and westward in the fall. 84. The highest price this year was not over half acenta pound. We caught none of the large ones. COD-FISH. 72. With the hook; none in pounds, to speak of. ¥ 2. Last of March and first of April off Noman’s Land. Come into the sound about the 10th of April; they stay till about the first of May. 11. I think those that come into the sound go west. La ~ HERRING. 2. Caught in pounds about the 1st of April. 11. Bound eastward. When they run low they are traveling. 7d. The largest haul last year was 13,000. 5. More plenty this year and last than for some years before. 6. I do not think it is from the planting on the coast. Perhaps it is because the blue-fish are gone. They were appreciably more abundant this year than last; and also last year than the year before. SS ee ee ee Woopd’s HOLE, September 5, 1871. Captain ISATAH SPINDEL: Captain Spindel is the manager of afish-pound at the eastern extrem- ity of Buzzard’s Bay. They took scup first this year on the 27th-of April. The pound was put down on the 12th, and the first fish were taken on the 14th. Herring and alewives were the first fish taken. Some English herring were caught with the rest, but not very plenty. They are easily distinguished from the alewives. I call them “ blue- backs.” They are the same as they catch down east in nets, and also in Cape Cod Bay. We got the English herring all the time we did ale- wives. I should say both were caught as late as the middle of May. We caught them most plenty about the last of April. Never caught _ over three thousand ata time. We sold them for bait; all the alewives 68 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. caught in spring go for bait. We could sell ten times as many, if we could get them, {or bait. We sold afew at New Bedford. _ And again, on page 23, they say: ‘‘As was anticipated—irreconcilable.” “At pages 29 and 30 the committee admit the testimony of Mr. Tall- man, to the effect that forty-five years ago the menhaden-men pulled up their nets to allow scup to pass, lest they should cut their nets ; that ten years afterward (7. €., 1835) “ We sold them at ten cents a barrel, . for manure,’ Now, ee in mind that the present constitution dates in 1842, this authoritatively fixes and establishes the custom of netting scup as ex- isting seven years, say, prior to the constitution. This is a very impor- tant point in one aspect of the case. Itis the testimony adduced by the committee, and not by me. At page 30 they further state: ‘“‘ Ten years after [7. e., 1845] we begun—knowledge.” Now, our committee met many witnesses face to face; they had witnesses representing both in- terests, and their secretary himself had the previous winter represented, as a sort of counsel, the appellant interest. And with all this, the best means of reaching an opinion, they have told us, (pages 21 and 22:) * The subject,” &c. Now, besides taking personal and written testimony, our committee have earnestly examined the most important documents and reports, both upon our own and upon the fisheries of foreign countries; and with perfect frankness and sincerity they show us what I must display to you in regard to the wandering fishes of the mighty ocean, to which. families the scup belong. The United Kingdom (inglish) report (cited at our report, page 15). asserts that, notwithstanding the most careful inquiries, there was no instance where it was statisfactorily proven that various nets and weirs, ‘‘ used in bays or estuaries,” have ‘been per- manently injurious to the supply of fish,” while, on the other hand, it is proved that, in certain bays and estuaries, such fishing has gone on for years without permanent injury to their fisheries. A Frenchman disputes this in some degree; still it is the deliberate opinion of the British official report. Then our committee cite a coun- ter-report of the commissioners of inland fisheries of Massachusetts, (4 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. who criticise the above report of the British commissioners, chiefly be- cause, to arrive at their conclusions, they (the Englishmen) adopted the very same and about the only course acted upon by our own committee. It is true the Englishmen asked 62,000 questions, while our committee did not do so extensive a wrong, for they asked, I believe, only about 5,000. The only way in which our committee departed from the English procedure was that three of them spent a day in a steamer visiting our traps. However, they have not thought this visit even worthy of men- tion. So we may suppose it yielded no important results in their eyes. I understand our commissioners to quote, at page 21, from these in- land Massachusetts commissioners, the following words: ‘‘On our of menhaden.” ‘ At times but absence.” Here allow meto remark that while our committee claim the evidence that horse-mackerel (blue-fish) do not devour large scup, it was fully proved they do devour all the young scup.—(See minority*report of winter of 1870.) | Now, I might read the last two paragraphs on page 21, still quoting the last-cited authority, the inland commissioners of Massachusetts, who merely admit that itis claimed—not proved—that no amount or kind of fishing can diminish the ‘schooling or wandering fish of the high- sea,” citing the kinds, and that it is likewise claimed—not proved—that the local bottom fishes, which are peculiar to certain limited areas near the shore, may be greatly reduced, or even practically annihilated, in certain places by improper fishing. Among these they cite the tautog, some others, and also the bass and the scup. Now, the scup are known to be schooling, wandering fish of the high seas, and come from the Gulf Stream and from the Florida Cape. ‘This is their undenied history, except here, where the whole question as to scup is begged and distorted by the Massachusetts report. This point thus makes against them. All the evidence of our commissioners shows when and how the va- rious runs of scup strike our coast, and that they are not local, but come in from the high seas. I ought to read our report at pp. 12, 13, and 14, to show the judgment of another Massachusetts com:ittee. They sum up by saying, (p. 13,) ““In view—legislation.” And upon the next page they cite the report of the most able scientific English commission thus: *“‘ Yet that commission—be repealed.” I may dismiss the Massachusetts report by citing from p. 14, that they, among other causes accounting for the diminution of the’ scup, tautog , &e., in Buzzard’s Bay, ascribe it, in part, to a scarcity of food, owing to the deleterious substances thrown into the water from manu- factories, which affect the clams and other species of mollusca, and also to the advent of blue-fish, who drive away nearly all other species of fish. Captain Atwood, and I believe others, give the date of the first ap- pearance of the scup in the waters of Buzzard’s Bay at 1793, which, let me remark, was just seven years after the terribly severe winter of 1780, and that our scup diminished after 1856-757. Now as to the variableness of many species of sea fishes, Dr. Storer, in his History of the Fishes of Massachusetts, which includes the waters of our bay, gives the following facets, written in 1853: *‘ In Aug- ust, 1846—quite small.” Page 45, Storer Says : “ Dr. Yale—blue-fish came,” and more to the same effect, on same page. On 23d of June, 1847, a squeteague, &e.; page 53, Storer says: ‘Captain Atwood has seen,” &c. Page 73 speaks of the great abundance of sword-fish at Martha’s Vineyard, which eat shoals of mackerel and menhaden, &e. REGULATION OF THE SEA-FISHERIES BY LAW. 15 eens are made from Storer at pp. 277, 422, 334, 339, 360, 226, 231, 82, 83, 265, and 269.] So much for Storer. Star-fish and oysters are notoriously bad friends. An old fisherman of Newport, and I believe he is far from being alone in his views, often said the steamboats seriously injured the fishing. Now, without claiming undue weight for all these restraining or repress- ive causes, they should have due and that avery great weight when we forin our opinions. Every one of these facts has a direct bearing upon the intricate question before us. There is a sound principle of philosophy to be applied to questions of science, and most especially in the department of natural history. It is, not to mistake a succession of phenomena or a coincidence for cause and effect. Now, in the reptilian faunal. low down in the scale of creation, where we find the fishes, the variety of circumstances which attend their existence is very great, and very curious; so that the most learned men have been unable to indulge with any safety in dealing with analogies. The circumstances which mark the habits of each Species vary with one another in a most extraordinary way. Thus the United States commission, in running the Texas boundary line, found fresh-water fishes which produced their young alive. Other fishes are curious, and especially, I believe, the salmon family, which appears in both fresh and salt water; and this is the family which most especially has been proved to return to its native waters. It has no relation what- ever to the migratory fishes of the sea, which range the coast from the Mexican Gulf to the waters of Massachusetts Bay—few of them pass that cold point, Cape Cod. The food of fishes has a vast deal to do with their presence. We know very little about their food. Can any one tell me what is the food of the rich and valuable shad, and that of most of its relatives in the herring family? The food of nearly all fishes, as far as we know, is of an animal nature, and in its turn requires food; and any failure of this secondary supply of the food of the food will entail the absence of the _ fishes which consume the first kind of provender. Fishes are liable to disease, to parasites. All the perch in the ponds about South Kingston have little black specks in their scales. [Other parasites were referred to.] [Certain enemies named.] Ido not wan- der further into this intricate field. It is enough to show how many grounds there are for the conflict of testimony so decidedly announced. It has convinced me that there is no sufficient ground, and especially taken in the whole broad spirit of our report, to pa —— € 80 i ght —- the direst ruin to many of our citizens. STATISTICS. J. M. K. Southwick, from Albro’s market, November 2, 1870. (All hook and line.) George Crabb, (alone,) 439 pounds tautog, one day. Mr. Brown, (with man and boy, 3,) 718 pounds tautog, one day. Benjamin Nason and father, (2,) 600 pounds tautog and cod, one day. Samuel ae Lawrence, (2,) 800 pounds tautog, two days, (not from the OOKS Cary’s market, same date, November 2, 1870. Hook and line only. John Heable, (1 ») 193 pounds tautog, one day. Mr. Osman and man, (2,) 126 pounds tautog, 97 of cod, one day. Champlin & Huddy, a 260 pounds tautog, 330 of cod, one day. Wm. Champlin and Young (2,) 388 fish of various sorts, one day. ARGUMENT OF J. M. K. SOUTHWICK. NEWPORT, RHODE ISLAND, October, 1871. — DEAR Sik: It is with diffidence that I, in compliance with your request, attempt to prepare for you this paper on the fish question; for, as my resources of information have been limited, I cannot claim thor- oughness, either in reading or personal observation. Therefore I fear I shall, like too many others who have written upon this subject, give too much of theory without practice; and to escape the study of cause and effect, jump at the first plausible theory for the solution of an im- portant question. That my conclusions are mainly right I can only hope; but I feel assured that your very thorough investigation will establish what is right, and expose and reject what i is wrong. If it aids you in settling . any point of fact, or helps you to arrive at a philosophical truth, I shall feel repaid. As much of it was written during a local controversy in this State, it will contain much that may not be of general interest; but, as you said ‘Don’t stop,” I give you all as I have written it, hoping that you may be enabled to glean something from it. THE DIMINUTION OF FISH APPARENT, NOT REAL. In former times, before the facilities of transportation in ice became the means of supplying the great markets and the interior country with the products of the waters, ‘fish was an article of food only to the few living along the coast, and a small amount sufficed for the demand. Any ‘extra eateh, at this time, overstocked the market and caused a glut that gave the appearance of the great abundance that has been attributed to those times. LOW PRICES. In consequence of the limited market the prices were very low, and the fisherman never realized pay adequate for his toil, notwithstanding he saved to himself (or to the consumer) the large profits that now go to the marketmen, by daily taking his catch in a barrow to some promi- nent corner or to the houses of consumers for disposal. HARD TIMES. In that day, by dint of lobstering, piloting, and acting as city watech- man winter nights, the fisherman who was very industrious and very prudent, managed to make both ends meet; but where one was so very fortunate it was only by working early and late, and using the utmost economy. AVERAGE CATCH. The fish most caught were cod, haddock, tautog, bass, and mackerel. They would usually get from one hundred to one hundred and. fifty pounds, but sometimes failed to catch so much, and then they would complain that ‘fish were not so plenty as they used to be.” REGULATION OF THE SEA-FISHERIES BY LAW. 17 We are told that, sixty years ago, the above complaint was chronic among fishermen, but not of so virulent a type as at the present day, as there were then no trappers to charge with being the cause; but now there is a competition with them in “the waters and mar kets, where those who will not use improved methods are outdone. Yet we believe that, where the fisherman really applies himself to his business, he does as well as at any former time, though we would by no means convey the impression that hook and line ever was or ever aill be a profitable way to catch fish. WHY LESS ARE CAUGHT IN SOME LOCALITIES. 1. Because they are made wild by steamboats, vessels, and an infinite number of small craft, and by being fished for by everybody, and in every way. 2. The fish whose numbers. have most diminished in those localities are of the less belligerent kind, while their enemies among fish have increased and driven from their favorite grounds. 3. The failure, or partial failure, of crops of sea-vegetation and small animal life that, according to natural laws, will vary from one year to another, and the great amount of filth that must accumulate on some at least of the feeding and spawning-grounds, may cause a permanent failure in such localities. 4. The impurity of the water that so affects the oyster as to destroy its value for food, as in Taunton River and at other points. 5. The destruction of muscles by the occasional storms that drive the shells up on our shores in windrows two or three feet thick. OTHER CAUSES OF DIMINUTION. 1. Their destraction at sea from natural enemies there. 2. Convulsions of nature. 3. Distempers. 4, Being chilled by the excessive cold of some of cur winters, as in 185657, when tautog were driven ashore in large quantities. 5. The enormous destruction of the spawn and young by natural ene- mies, that may increase or diminish unobserved and unknown. These enemies may be of their own kind when food is scarce. From all these causes, may we not find the answer to the question, “ What has become of our food-fishes ?” It may be objected that most of these causes are natural ones, that may have operated at other times as well as at present. We answer, they have so operated; and perhaps the fluctuations of fish were more remarkable for the half century previous than for the one just passed, and to what, we ask, can it be attributed? Certainly not to fishing. WHAT FISH HAVE DIMINISHED, WHAT INCREASED, AND WHAT NEITHER WITHIN FIFTY YEARS. We have stated that there was an apparent, when there was not a real or general diminution. We believe this to be true of bass, and also of tautog. While the indications are that scup have really diminished, the bull’s eye have entirely disappeared. The horse-mackerel, squeteague, butter-fish, and Spanish-mackerel have increased very much, and are fish that were scarcely caught at one time, but are now numerous, in spite of the means used to catch them. 78 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. But before we proceed to examine in detail the different fish peculiar to our waters, we will say that their numbers fluctuate in such irregular manner—a season of scarcity often followed by a season of unusual plenty—and their entire disappearance from certain localities for a series of years, to re-appear again, are phenomena that upset our best theo- ries, and make past figures of little account for the future estimate of numbers, as, for instance, in the course of five, ten, or thirty years, there may be an apparent gradual diminution from one year to another, preceeded by a year of abundance. We here submit some facts that lead to the conclusion that bass and tautog are about as plenty as ever. 1. Fifty years ago a shore-seine was used in bassing two weeks; but the men engaged did not get enough to pay for their food while so en- gaged. ole ao eee ot) Cloud: Bneezesee ec -ci44: a Peery ial) = Ciao cee Aa eee Saye 2) SReeeee 28)'Clear. Breese!) 225-2 =o: LSE COIs |S] Pere sealers || se, lll eee OE | SORE oh nes ee | =.t aa RT Sips F i aa WNcrigill ie ee ee ee 26 33 63 13 4 62 56 April 20 to May 15............ 645 269 340 1, 642 439 523 30 AIGy Ss he Bloc ae Salem A RTO AOI here ch ri ey eee. 38 Toil ot ee 671 302 403 | 2, 055 446 585 124 MENHADEN. April 21 to May 15.....-4.---. 175,300 | 213,730 | 982,680] 45,706 | 66,680 | 152,590] 136, 005 Way 1640 June2...........-. 35,800 | 104,780 | 121,060} 79,020| 79,030 | 255,340] 99, 2956 TL cil gs Soe eg a 211,100 | 318,510 | 203,740 | 124,726 | 145,710 | 407,930 | 235,270 BASS. ra ot ay anes ret a PAS ASO QON seni sass ee oe BJ oan sae Scelie mec nate teal Vic mas 2 sess |e’ Cao ete eee 69 April to May 15 ........... 81 7 iii 65 O5 51 10 Wie? 1S See ie ener eres AO! 7) eet epee DSW yecioes sete |Seecce oe ee eee 7 RE er eee AN 126 Te 5 65 25 | 51 68 BLUE-FISH. Pe ae en i er Merete 3) 6s 1, 526 7 | 4187 940 840 39 85 DOG-FISH. ras oe z a | April 9 to May 6.......-..---. 373 TTC | am ae 1 9 2, 382 MELO GL. eee ee 12500;1| 4 uals 200d semen tee ose 3, 000 500 2) 408 iit Reet Seats et: TECH E ine ane) | lems Ciyih |i ee 3, 001 502 4, 790 TABLE V.—Days of first appearance of alewives, scup, blue-fish, and menhaden, at Waquoit Weir, for thirteen years. MieAr: Alewives. Scup. Blue-fish. | Menhaden. SSO errs Ricreicine sctNeie eres Suc rea sie So 5 tei ae elaine Ore April 7] May 5 | May 16) May *6 TIC{E\ Oe 5.4 eee op ONE ene eee Ee ee eairepe ek Su Lin pec Ble (Pe April 3 | May 2/May 15 | May 4 SLA apne ce oe ta Un Ls ALIN VR, Sep tae oe a ce an Se a April 2 )-Agprily 27) Mla is ica 1 TS GDS, CORN Sr a yale ac are RSE ee MONE ne Beulah heh ale March 30 | May 10| May 13) May 6 FTV DS ees cree rec PR et) Mon Ste i ef 2 Main ces March 29 | May 8| May 15 | May 3 BLS Gere S hoe Mitt See alts. ia YS. Ameya seer eat Te March 28 | May 6| May 17| May 5 els Ag a ope ce ee eR ey Ae SEE LL ae EY CE March 29 | May 1) May . 16 | May 1 TU) ee Spear ts, edt ane APES Meine i peat BA oh A mL tk April 2 | May 8| May 15] May i SUR (eer ae Meena = Ue. aye Lh 2 SRR REI id Ree ciate aterm ney March 28 | May 4/May 14] May 3 WSR th lst NS ee RRS aE PRES ee ERI ore, ei ee March 30} May 10; May 19] May 15 TIRis ed raintrer rete fe loin ix = aya sus aio, < vcore bento ete ye tente reer te March 31 | May 7 | May 17] May 10 hehe: Seve ees Al ame ane et a ae nn eRe Sy (nek A 8 March 28 | May 2|May 16) May 8 LIDS otLametee ie RENE TA A Co lancrtic ws he aha, chelvasah cit bie le armrest: oat March 24| April 25) May 24] April i * Dates when first plenty. The weir takes alewives when first set; probably some come a little earlier. FISHERIES ON THE SOUTH SHORE OF NEW ENGLAND. LTE TABLE VI. a of blue-jfish caught with a line by Josiah C. Pease about Edgartown, Massachusetts, 1865-1871. Sie |e fe | 4 | 2 eee Seo bes =| = | oa peeeee - oar hip =| a a Spe oake. | 6 | SS tea Month. = =| u S s a a oO |oe8 n og = 3) 2 9 ang Sip Soe se toate | 2 | #59 | Sepee foe | ae ea |e | a) So tiee aH |e iG 2) Gi 7) < < 1865. | Lo eo daca 2 ee Re ee eect 24ir |... - = gl eames Get feccess-: 9 | ee SSsi ll. a RR ES BORE RRC Bias by seit F522 248 | ae 31 | . LLY co: Lee bee BASS SE Sees eee E pee ose Boe| bas a3) Reese ia | SaSce IS Oy | Seas Boy. | =e 2 (SPSS cE Pee ee Seo HEE eeneee 154 See (te Se oof. ae 2) BIL Sits 2o< SS Bee eee aan es ..| 24th 1 eee eC eee ao [aac oe 1S DEEL nc cel anise pee EASES Ee See ees Se Sea Se ae Sel Pee ses SP are Ges BARS ease Sees eee = Gill... CCG ee 40 1866. IES? sse2s! ceSe ea g8. BABAR ee cep eace eros Coed anoee SCR ee a Ee er Sih a (ee ee TTD soe SSeS: RS ieee ea ne ae Speen WSS | ec jessae=|---2--|-*-<--|--------]--------]------|---- 2 UE ere Si ee oie Ss Sh ees a ESth 7. =< 2c Ls eee CLS ail apt Sy eh cad TEC S HS Se Be RSs Se aR 2 Lace a ec oe eh eg | fo Beene i ey 0 a ee UL eal ee S07) HELE SSR ee ee ee Pac Some peers eee ae 24th. 1G SRB 58 il Cera AGa les oo URC DEER SSS mene ee ed ee ae ee peppes, eee a pases SRS SAP! peices en eaeges seed (es be Bo] eee ae 3, 028: |--- 45.5 84 1867 | ee rs orale Se ersten orca in re pr rere e aieia aiws 2th. | <2... of ee AE ON ede aon ze ot PRR ee eee Soe eae eee eee cans| (fe essfeo te ONiece as = PROMS 4) asa Lal ee 27 Lie SLL SSS Qh eee ee es ee 2 Tat eae © 605e [4355 k Soy eee se TRACTS 2 SRE eR ee ee Oe See a eee eee ee 30th. Diy eae 3dS" |see se aos 5 {0 ll (Se SE PED NSE SS se: hee Soe nE ese Renae Spee Seceses| Beeeoe lebeeee eceede)| Seesec-|eescceee| Be eesesd comcce! seedec VEE DTC SSE SoS eee ee ae Pm | P eae sel Weare Stas BI ees Stare erie eA fee 8) a ; ie Pe ee 2 FW Wee a! 67 1868. “Tae Se Nee en ata a a sr ee elie yee Seo pee aes sty beta 2G = 2 a ee eee se ee ee £3 fess 2 (Sys See eee ae Efe ia ea 1 TL See Pa eS Re esc gae aes A paeystae Po ane is To eee fi 121512 See eee G5 ps32 25. JUD So a ee ee eee eee Ol ee naa 2HO29 eeense S Quasar SMGLD SE 2 eS ee eee eee i ia) eee 210 A ee eee a ee ODT FEL Bey JD ee Se ee eee eee ca ieee a ee QUE ieee Se 1G; oa ai ea eee ross 1 {sl eet 57 1869 i Sameera oa a Soe Soe te Pe SAT aS seaman fhe ene specs ce | secsce s+ faaeas se -|eaeces teers aa I ec ae HIS riche tetera ds ce ee Bie 11 A ae ee 7317 el Ne Seo 0 1b Se le EE ie orien Caan eee By ane, Si BRS: Wk can SG) fasa./s. I ea i te Pasa Soli 5S Besos We os ae eats a See do 1 BS 5. ee a GL) 5.225) PESO DUKE noes Sane areas sete osc en tes tka tio. Sailew ce NGA eee CIT oe ee ae 19! | .225- BIE So OS ae oS one an la ily eee wnat Limrcin om | 230. . ES ee eee i 5 ee ee Dg eye Cenk. eae ANBSS ia toes 59 1870 Lo a Boh. Sees eRe Rie the 2 it eee ae eee 30th-|.----- oe GE ie asec. GINS. coe iGo 2. ee ee ee Seen eee ee ee ie 2 a eee 560) ees By Peer e DULL a2 a ae ne rie ee Ue fs ere eee pe ere PG lensiscr Si praucrae 44 eco 0 Ln) 2 eee ee a ee eee leeeee ON oe cee GAIN ee aoe eae 4D \scetae September ae es Ronis Sak 2k a awe na aoe ae sae Esee ck PS TSSSUS- QE vs) Oe Sy | se secre 0, hake ae ase See ee epae er iste oA | 18th. OW Rees (| eee eS Vane 72 eee FF Sey | ses 39 4 1871 22 ae Sear Sees igen Saas tease 29th. ..-.-- Di: | epee DO tas eae af a he fe RN oP i ie a Fate Se whan Cte ae Zailae = 5e.~ 962) waa aaa LNG We eee ap Lc i ae Saree ane mete ee eae Rd oe PodO, lass GS, |.e4:5 2 SiS. 2 ee ee eer 2, |e Arya eee 1 ee TBor0. eee Soe ase September eee ESSE a meio yee | Sk 28th Pits 523 = SOO. poewn 2 Sar eossoe a a etl hia oh gee > Seats a ete een fn tae id in Pre mins wip | Gi ee eck. 4) AG |S agi 56 SUMMARY. OF... 2. May 24 | Sept. 24 |...... GG) aes. 2e CA | Seal eae Lil come ere July 18 | Sept. 28 |...... Shik ate ss SAR Babee oes WON cock ot sc Se eee ee eee May 27 | Aug. 30 |..-.--. Bo Nees oo Skee pocsisian feamas = Lo jose Se May—29-| Qet.— 23°}... - Ble | Peace 4) GES foe oeen|ecmccs WR oi tok 2 a June, 0) Och | 23:1... --- Sai il a etee 47898) |. asccc)waonce ili peeegs Ff oa May 30 / Oct. 18 }.-----. C3 th ee Sie RSA din silence 5s ie 0 ee May 29 | Sept. 28 |..-..-.. cane Se 4, 457 |....--|------ 480 26, 542 55 S. Mis. 61——12 178 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES, TABLE VII.— Waquoit, Mass...... 1871, Apr. 25} ig71 wee Visti, Apr. 21 1871, Mar.241871, Apr. 18/1871, May 24 RRMA BRET IIS oe a”, 2 Sha one ae ee ees ayaa ere ee Salto a ee 1871, May 29 iPigaunis, Mass -.....|....--.-----4 [i eh heey enaleewen ime mR Se LPO ke ce (eee Sa | 7 | Scup. Shad Herring. | Squeteague. | Sea-bass. CDE Oe 1871, PART Tomy LS (pena oem ae erst tae ae es re he Ook icons ae wet al ee : 1872, May 15 New Bedford, Mass...........--. ; 1871, Apr. 24 bisa, Saft UNE FA (29 S75 |e WA lg A ee SUMMER CER Se Nantucket, Mass Hyannis, Minds wher 1871, Apr. 22 1871, Apr. on 1872, May ee ree 8 /2 1871, Apr. 25 , 1372, May 10 | 1871, Apr. 25 1872, May 4 LS Avr 125 ; 1871, Apr. 10 1871, June 1 ¢1872, July 4 9 1871, May 9 1871, May 20 1872, May 13 1872, May 14 1871,end May 1872, May 28 1871, May 24 * Situated on north side of Gay Head, end of Martha’s Vineyard. XU.—SUPPLEMENTARY TESTIMONY AND INFORMA- TION RELATIVE TO THE CONDITION OF THE FISH- ERIES OF THE SOUTH SIDE OF NEW ENG: TAKEN IN 1872. A delay in the printing of the present report renders it possible to bring the inquiry into the fisheries of the south side of New England through the season of 1872, for which purpose I revisited Wood’s Hole and Newport, in October, and sent Mr. Vinal N. Edwards, my able assistant at Wood’s Hole, to Hyannis, Nantucket, and Martha’s Vine- yard, with a similar object. The following memoranda, obtained by myself and Mr. Edwards, will be found to contain some important state- ments: NOTES TAKEN BY THE COMMISSIONER. NEWPORT, RHODE ISLAND, October 10, 1872. Mr. T. Len, fish-dealer, said that fish were more plenty in Newport this year than last. Scup, weighing from one-fourth of a pound to a pound, were very plenty. Bass have not been quite as plenty as last year, but they were quite plenty last year. Spanish mackerel have been more plenty, and squeteague very plenty. Spanish mackerel have been as low as 15 cents a pound; they were never less than 50 or 75 cents a pound before; they were almost as common as blue-fish at one time. Bonito have been abundant this year. Several ceros have been caught here. JI bought one for 5 cents a ats and sold it for 8; and the man who bought it of me sold the fish for $12. Mr. CurRRY, a fish-dealer, said fish generally had been tolerably plenty this year. Blue-fish are plenty,but we do not get many sea-bass this fall. : Squeteague, bonito, and Spanish mackerel have been more plenty than usual. Scup are plenty, some of fair size, weighing about half a pound. There were very few of the small-sized scup this year corresponding to those here last year. Sheepshead have been about as plenty as usual. No regular mackerel have been caught off the coast. Several Salmon were caught in Saughkonet River, and shad were plenty over at Second Beach, and several were taken in other places. SAMUEL ALBRO, a fish-dealer, considered fish as plenty as they were last year. He gave the catch of one fisherman, George Crabb, from which the following amounts are taken, as caught with hook and line: Seth ee TR 4 Se 100 pounds tautog. PATUOT MORON rtets ae a ee ec an & ota Es oe 154 pounds tautog. SUPPLEMENTARY TESTIMONY, ETC. 183 RUGGR A oe tiara ee ee es chew a a ee aie see 198 pounds tautog. JTS RGR OR Ig ee yp es 175 pounds tautog. LLNS SP ee 128 pounds tautog. JIT UTC Qe 162 pounds tautog From the account of fishing by WILLIAM RECORD, it appears that he took in a pound, on different days, 80, 120, 211, 272, and 310 pounds. August 1, 121 pounds; 5, 35 pounds blue-fish; 7th, 54; 8th, 33; 9th, 133; 13th, 9; 14th, 48; loth, 138;.16th, 19; 19th, 185; 26th, 21; 27th, 31; 28th, 519, 29th, 48. September 2, 28; 3d, 54; 6th, 27; 9th, 116; 11th, 17; 12th, 37; 14th, 135; 22d, 14. October 1, 51. Blue-fish are bought of the fishermen for 5 cents a pound. George Crabb averaged 100 pounds aday. In the month of June, last year, he caught 1,109 pounds of tautog. Mr. J. M. K. SouTHWICK, a dealer in fishing-tackle, nets, &c., said that small scup had been observed almost every fall about Saughkonet River. A gentleman of Tiverton remembered that many years ago there was precisely such a run of small scup as last year. The hook-and-line fish- ing is now connected with lobstering, and the lobsters are the most im- portant part to that class of fishermen. EDWARD M. GLADDING, pilot and fisherman, said line-fishing had not been much attended to this year. He had tried all summer, andcould not catch many. It is much poorer fishing than it was last summer; as much worseas youcanthink. Youcannotcatchamessinallday. Tautog’ing has been good fornothing this summer. Hehad not caught any blue-fish this summer. He had fished moreor less for fifty years. Noman eversawthe fish so scarce as they are now. He had not caught more than four scup > this summer. Two-thirds of the fishermen with set-seines have not made anything; but thousands of fish have been carried to New York and thrown overboard. The heart-seines are death on fish; they catch anything and everything. The West Bay trap never caught more than this season; fish were plenty in the spring, and then they caught them. One trap caught 1,500 pounds in one day. The first fish of the season are tautog. Fifty years ago sea-bass were plenty about the Vineyard, and he used to fish there ; but no sea-bass are caught there now. We used to get some nights over one hundred big bass, and sell them at New Bedford. ; SAMUEL SOUTHWICK was a trapper three years ago, at Coddington Cove, and had seined more or less for forty years. Used to catch scup, menhaden, alewives, and pretty much all kinds of fish. Large scup are now scarce, but other fish are about as plenty as they have been. Last spring more tautog were taken at one haul than he ever took at two in the same place. Twenty years ago the market for fish was better than now. We did not formerly catch Spanish mackerel. He once caught two near Brinton’s Reef, which he sold for a dollar apiece, but did not know what they were. Bulls-eye mackerel were very plenty here fifteen years ago and more. They were considered better than ordinary mackerel. They were fat and small. When found now they are with the small mackerel. Squeteague first appeared about twenty years ago} and they grew more and more plenty. About thirty-five years ago the people did not know what blue-fish were. One night he got 200 and put them on the wharf, and nobody would carry them off. 184 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. ° Mr. WILLIAM CHAMPLIN had a number of tinker-mackerel, which he had just caught. He thought they belonged to a different race from the round mackerel. He thought the fishing this summer as good as it was last summer. lLobstering has been better; there are as many lob- sters now as there were fifteen years ago. They weigh only about two pounds each. The tinker-mackerel are worth about. fifteen cents a dozen. P. B. HuDDY said the stripes on the bulls-eye mackerel are more green than on the common mackerel. There have been about the same num- ber of fish caught with the hook and line this summer as last. Codfish come in at Christmas time and stay till May. Never saw menhaden here in the winter. Mr. Tallman once caught 1,600 barrels on the 3d of December. English herring come in here in the fall and stay all winter; never ' noticed any spawn in them. Scup have not been so plenty for four years aS they have been this summer. MARTIN GLADDING has a heart-seine in West Bay. Had found squeteague and scup more plenty this year than for ten years past. The scup are large enough to market, and send to New York every day. They correspond to the so-called second run of scup. Never knew the big scup to stop here in the spring. He thinks the second run of scup spawn. Never saw any spawn run from them.. Blue-fish have not been as plenty as common this season. Tautog are caught, weighing from one to ten pounds; but the small ones have spawn running from them. They will bite as well when Spawning as at any time. They spawn in July. Got a great many shad this season, aiid alewives. The shad were caught in May. Catches squeteague now altogether, and will take them all this month. He gets from four to eight hundred pounds a day. They are much more plenty than last year. He caught so many he could not sell them, and let them go. The scup that used to be caught years.ago were about the size of those taken this year. There was this year a large run of scup so small that they would go right through the meshes; were about an inch and a half long; and there were those of different sizes, ap to a pound, all mixed together. There were not so many small ones this year as last; but hundreds of barrels were turned right out of the seine at a time. Fall before last tautog were very plenty. Governor STEVENS.— Fish of all kinds, generally speaking, have been more plenty this year than usual. DBlue-fish have not been so plenty as sometimes; about the same as last year. Spanish mackerel more plenty. Never saw anything like the number of shad on the coast. They were moving east. They were caught all through this region, and so plenty they could not be sold in New York. The Spanish mackerel did not last a great while. The scup that were caught were large enough to market. The large ones came a little in advance. The small ones are here now. Occasionally some of the large ones were mixed in with the small. They were more than twice as large as the run of small scup that came last year. I saw this year two days’ catch of the largest seup I ever saw; some of them would weigh four pounds. That was about the first of therun. The fish they used to talk about as being so plenty were just like the run SUPPLEMENTARY TESTIMONY, ETC. 185 of scup we are getting now. The fish they used to catch weighed three-quarters of a pound to one pound. We get full-sized English herring here; they are taken in gill-nets. I never saw any spawn about them. They used to catch them here in the winter. They are not plenty. I got boneto plenty this year; sometimes got one hundred at a time. They brought about six cents a pound in New York. They are not worth as much in New York as blue-fish. I got a good many cero. Woop’s HoLE, MASSACHUSETTS, October 9, 1872. Captain THOMAS HINCKLEY, who has a pound at West Falmouth, and whose testimony, taken in 1871, is printed on page 59, stated that all fish had become unusually scarce in 1872, with the exception of ale- wives, menhaden, and dog-fish, (Acanthias americanus.) Alewives and menhaden were in such abundance that it was impossible to dis- pose of them; especially as the fishing smacks which formerly came in for bait for mackerel are now in the habit of securing their own supply by means of nets that they carry with them. Blue-fish are scarcely one-fourth as numerous as last year, and are of very small size, this scarcity perhaps having some relation to the abundance of herring. Squeteague, too, are considerably more scarce; so much so that both they and blue-fish for a fortnight brought 10 cents a pound at wholesale, an unusually high price. The small scup, so abundant in the summer of 1871, made their appearance as one year older, and were caught readily on the proper grounds. These averaged 54 ounces each, or nearly double the weight of last year. There were, however, few or no scup corresponding in size to the small ones of the year before. Unintermitted fishing by the children from the wharves, in the summer of 1872, failed to make any captures. [From this if would appear that the astonishing supply of young scup in 1871 was rather sporadic in its character, and that, from whatever cause it proceeded, the same conditions did not prevail this season. Where these fish actually came from, it is extremely difficult to say ; whether an unusually large number of the breeding-scup suc- ceeded in evading their enemies in 1870, or whether fish bred in more southern waters appeared on the coast in 1871, and moved in a body northward, covering the ground where they did not originally belong. In reference to the young scup of 1871, some light may possibly be thrown upon the subject by the statement of Thomas James, the pro- prietor of two heart-seines in Narragansett Bay, that late in the fall of 1870 he was astonished at finding in his nets immense numbers of young scup, evidently spawned during that summer. These would represent, of course, the three-ounce scup found in the summer of 1871, and the six-ounce scup of 1872. The scup of 1872 correspond to what are usually called the “ second run” of scup, and were caught in sufficient quantity to market, being sent to New York in large numbers. Should nothing interfere with them, these fish will probably make their appearance in 1873 as spawn- ing fish. Whether they will be permitted to deposit their eggs in peace, and thus keep up the supply, will depend ae upon the question whether the close time recommended is adopted. — While there did not appear to be any new pounds or traps erected in Narragansett Bay during 1872, many additions were made to the num- 186 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. ber in Buzzard’s Bay and Vineyard Sound. Thus, four new ones were established in Menemsha Bight, one in Lombard’s Cove, and one at Paintville, on the north side of Martha’s Vineyard, two or more in Kettle Cove, on the north side of Naushon, and one about the middle of the north side of Nashawena, making nine in addition to the number which were there before. The result has been that, with the increasing scarcity of fish in these waters, scarcely one of them has made a suffi- cient profit to pay for the outlay and labor, and it is therefore probable that, with or without regulation, a smaller number will be hereafter established. Captain Hinckley thinks that the future of pound-fishing is closely connected with its regulation, and, as a representative of that class, is quite willing to accept any law that promises to secure a con- tinuance of the business. He advises, as the best method of preventing the capture of fish, that the opening to the bowl of the pound be com- pletely closed, and that the entire netting of one side of the heart be taken from the stakes. In his opinion, neither the removal nor the re- placing of the net will require more than fifteen minutes to half an hour in each operation.—_s. I’. B.| oe NEw YorRK, October 15, 1872. Messrs. MIDDLETON, CARMAN & Co., fish-dealers, state that the sup- ply of fish in the New York market has been full up to that of last. year. Striped-bass have not been quite so plenty. Squeteague of medium size have been quite plenty, and at one time large ones, from Vineyard Sound, were plenty. Blue-fish are obtained principally for the New York market, off Rockaway and the New Jersey shore, and as far south as Norfolk. The price of blue-fish and squeteague has been about the same— from four to eight dollars per hundred pounds, at retail. There were a good many scup off the Jersey shore. There have not been so many brought from Narragansett Bay as in former years. A great many very small scup have been brought from that direction, so small that three or four would weigh only a pound. Sea-bass have not been quite as plenty. as formerly, though many small ones have been taken off New Jersey. Prices have averaged a little less for fish this year than last. Spanish mackerel have been quite plenty at one time, for a few days, and then they were off again. There are no pounds in this vicinity. Mr. E. G. BLACKFORD, a fish-dealer, said pound-fish were not as plenty as last year. RoGERS & EpwaArps, wholesale dealers, said there had been more than the usual quantity of some kinds of fish, a good supply of large- sized squeteague. The larger ones came from Buzzard’s Bay and Vine- yard Sound. Blue-fish have not been as plenty as last year. They are mostly caught in this vicinity, and some from Block Island and Sandy Hook. There have been a great many small scup brought in, more than could be sold. Large ones have not been as plenty as before. The small ones come from Narragansett Bay, principally. Something should be done to prevent the taking of the small scup; it would be an advantage to the trade. There have been few large scup this season. Bonito have come in from Block Island, Newport, and down the Sound. SUPPLEMENTARY TESTIMONY, ETC. 187 REPORT OF VINAL N. EDWARDS. NANTUCKET. Professor 8. F. Baird : DEAR Sir: I went to Nantucket Tuesday. When I arrived there the net-men got together and agreed to tell the same story, that the fish were more plenty than last year. I heard this from net-men who did not agree with them. The report of the net-men was the same as that of Gershom Phinney and C. E. Snow. But all the others, hook and line fishermen and seine-net men say that fish are growing less every year, and think that nets are using the fish up. Of this fish there is abundance, which the natives dry in the sun and smoke, and some English begin to salt. Both ways they keep all the year, and it is hoped they may be as well accepted as cod at market, and better if once known.” We find no reference to the occurrence of the fish from this date, 1642, up to 1794. The time of the arrival of the seup on the coast varies with the loeal- ° ity. The young probably spend the winter in our southern waters or NATURAL HISTORY OF IMPORTANT FOOD-FISHES. Zon out in the Gulf Stream, but in the spring commence their migration either along the coast or from the deep seas toward the waters « on the south coast “of New England. The latter supposition is the more proba- ble, as no’scup are taken on the southern coast of anything like the size of the breeders that visit New England, making their appearance at once in a huge body, extending, apparently, from Block Island to Mar- tha’s Vineyard. The western division of this army appears to strike first at Watch Hill, to the west of Point Judith, and to make its way slowly along east- ward, the smaller or eastern division moving through Vineyard Sound. According to Captain Luce, the Menemsha pounds take the scup three days or a week earlier than the pounds at Lombard’s Ceve, and nearly two weeks earlier than at the guano-works at Wood’s Hole. The progress of this fish is at first very “slow, scarcely exceeding a few miles a day, and their movements appear to be largely regulated by the flow of the tide, going forward with the food, and partly retrograding with the ebb. According to Mr. Whalley, (page 24,) of Narragansett Pier, it. oc- cupies about four tides, or two days, in moving from Point Judith to Seaconnet Point. _ The precise period of their reaching the coast varies with the season, although their abundance generally occurs from the 5th to the 12th of May. In 1871 the fish appeared much earlier than usual, and were on the shore before traps were down in readiness for their capture. Their occurrence was about the 15th to the 25th of April. ‘“Breeding-scup were taken at Hyannis the same year on the 27th of April, at least two weeks earlier than usual. They were taken in the fish-pound at Wood’s Hole on the 27th of April, but were most abundant on the 8th of May. In 1872 the season was late, and a few scattering scup were taken at Wood's Hole from the 10th to the 13th of May, but were most abundant at a later date. On the 17th of May 10 barrels were taken, and 150 barrels on the 9th of June. Some of those captured in tie middle of May were of unusual size, weighing 4 pounds and over. At Newport they were most abundant on the 15th of May, or two days earlier than at Wood’s Hole. Here, too, the number of mature fish was less thar usual, but the average size greater. Over 1,000 barrels were taken in Luce’s pound, at Menemsha Bight. It is mentioned as an unusual oc- currence that i in the spring of 1872 large fish were caught in purse-nets five or ten miles off the shore of N ewport, mostly with spawn, although very poor and thin. As already remarked, the fishermen on the coast distinguish three runs of scup: the first, consisting of mature breeding fish, coming in from the 10th of April to ‘the 20th of May, according to the. season, varying in size from 14 or 2 to 4 pounds; these represent the fish of three years old and upward. A second and separate run is said to be about ten days later, (Sometimes nearly simultaneous,) aud embraces fish of abouta pound. This run is the largest in point of numbers, and, as already stated, has many spawning-fish in it, although not generally as many as the first run. Both these runs, according to Mr. Charch, of Tiverton, are character- ized by the presence of well- marked dark bars, something like those My the sheep’s-head. The third run, according to the same authority, without stripes. This comes in about ten days later, and HN eae the scup weighing from one-fourth to one-half of a pound, evidently fish of the preceding year’s hatching, and about twelve months old. These fish, according to Mr. Church, are not marketable, largely in consequence of their heating through and spoiling before they can be iced. An apparently unusual occurrence in the history of the scup took \ 232 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. place in the spring of 1871, namely, the great number of young fish of the previous year, or those of the third run. These, however, besides their unusual abundance, were more mixed up with the first and second runs than usual. They swarmed in all the pounds, and, indeed, gave a great deal of trouble in the well-meant efforts of the fishermen to turn them out without injury. It is said that as many as 10,000 barrels were taken at one time in a single pound in Narragansett Bay in the middle of May, and a similar abundance was recorded by the fishermen along the entire coast, although in many localities the maximum was not seen until the end of June. The cause of this unexpected and unusual phe- nomenon is one that is difficult to explain. Although many fishermen insisted that these fish were hatched in 1871, it is quite certain that if so, they were not hatched in New England waters during that year. It has even been suggested that they may have been spawned in more southern waters very early in the season, subsequently moving forward to occupy the feeding-grounds of the New England coast. This hypoth- esis is, however, negatived by the statement of Thomas James, (page 185,) that late in the fall of 1870 his nets were filled with immense num- bers of small seup of that season. If these fish were really, as asserted, so much smaller than the sup- posed yearlings as to induce the impression that they were of the same year’s spawning, it may be that they belonged to a late hatching of 1870. But as far as I could judge, from many observations, they were about the average represented by one year’s growth. They grew very rapidly, so that by the end of September they measured nearly 6 inches in length. They continued along the coast in great abundance, and furnished cap- ital sport for juvenile fishermen in taking them from the wharves; and when a seine was hauled in the small bays s, bushels could be readily cap- tured, although they were too small to be of any special service as food. As expected, the small scup, to which reference was made as being very abundant in 1871, made their appearance again in 1872, of consid- erably larger size, weighing from a quarter to a half pound, and were marketed in large numbers. They were sent to New York, but were not very popular among the wholesale dealers. The persistence of this in- crease was more marked at Newport than elsewhere, where they were more plenty, according to the statements of several parties, than they had been for quite a number of years. As many as 10,000 barrels, ac- cording to Mr. Southwick, were turned out from the pounds outside of Narragansett Bay on the 21st of May. It is, however, not certain whether they were one or two years old. At Wood’s Hole a similar in- crease of medium-sized fish was observed, but all agreed, as well at New- port as elsewhere, that there was nothing like the show of small scup which appeared in so marked a manner in 1871. ‘The fish were evidently spawned in 1870, and were, of course, two years old in the summer of 1872. For this reason it is possible that after the present generation has reached maturity and been caught up, a searcity of this particular species of fish may again be experienced. Both at Newport and farther east, scup of unusually large size were taken, some of them measuring 18 or 19 inches in length, with a w eight of 4 pounds. But few of these, however, were captured with the hook, and they were taken during a few weeks only by the traps. if the traps and pounds exercise so detrimental an influence upon the spawning fish as has been asserted, we could understand the appearance of yearling scup in unusual numbers in 1872, as it is well known that, owing to their unusually early appearance in 1871, they had been on their grounds some time before the nets were set for their capture. In NATURAL HISTORY OF IMPORTANT FOOD-FISHES. 299 this way a large number would be able to discharge their spawn without any interruption, the result of which should have been seen in an in- creased number of young fish. This reasoning, however, would hardly explain the presence of so many young fish in 1871, since the traps were in position in 1870, before the spawning fish arrived. According to Mr. Edwards, scup were still more scarce than usual at Wood’s Hole in 1872 up to the 1st of July, a few small ones only being seen, and none of any size taken with the hook. After that date, how- ever, the two-year fish made their appearance in considerable numbers. In reference to the movement of the scup in Narragansett Bay, the testimony taken both by the Rhode [sland commission, and by Mr. Theo- dore Lyman and myself, was quite contradictory, some maintaining that they enter by the west passage, and, passing round the north end, fall into the traps set for them in the eastern passage; others insisting that the fish enter both passages at the same time. The general impression, however, seemed to be that the army of old fish did not pass up into the bay, but that probably while the main body kept along the shore, from headland to headland, only those that were originally spawned up the bay turned off and proceeded up toward its head. The success of the traps at Seaconnet is probably due in large part to the peculiar funnel- shape of the river, by which the fish at flood-tide would be carried out of their course. The traps there being always set toward the north, it is likely that during the flood the fish pass up along the channel, and as the tide turns, losing their direction, they are scattered toward the shores, and in following down the ebb are taken in the traps. According to Captain Thomas Hinckley, after passing Seaconnet Point and entering Buzzard’s Bay, the scup keep along the northern shore and make almost the entire circuit of the bay before appearing at Quisset Harbor and Wood’s Hole, their appearance being always later there than at the head of the bay or about New Bedford. Whether it is the fish alone that belong to Buzzard’s Bay that enter it, or whether others pass directly between the Elizabeth Islands and Martha’s Vineyard, is not yet satisfactorily ascertained. We know, however, that they reached Waquoit, the first pound on the north side of Vineyard Sound, in 1871 as early as April 25, but that the largest numbers were taken from the 10th to the 13th of May. This gives about a week’s difference between this point and Newport. On the south side of Vineyard Sound the fish are netted at Menem- sha Bight; where there are several large and effective pounds, three days or a week earlier than at Lombard’sCove, and nearly two weeks earlier than at the Wood’s Hole pound. According to Mr. Luce, breeding-fish enter the tidal ponds on the north side of Martha’s Vineyard (formerly in large numbers,) where they spawn, accomplishing this operation by the end of June, the ponds being filled with young in August. As soon as frost comes these fish leave for their winter abode. As a general rule, in their movement along the coast the scup are not found in water shallower than a few fathoms; and it sometimes happens, in the course of heavy storms, that in consequence of the discoloration . of the water near the shore, the fish move farther out to sea, and on such occasions measurably escape falling into the traps. The scup is very largely a bottom-feeder, and depends very much upon mollusks or shell-fish for subsistence. Ihave been informed by the fish-. ermen that they may frequently be seen feeding upon small bivalves of difierent species, rooting them out of the sand or mud. The stom- achs of about two hundred 13-pound scup were examined at one time in 234 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. the beginning of September. These almost exclusively, contained shells of various genera, with some worms, and a few amphipods. Like all other small fish, they are devoured by their more rapacious fellows, and very largely by blue-fish, notwithstanding a general impres- sion to the contrary. The extent to which this takes place will be con- sidered under the head of the blue-fish. Halibut, cod, sharks, and other ground-feeders, likewise use them up in great numbers. As already remarked, the breeding-fish do not appear to feed on their first arrival, being then +00 much occupied i in carrying out the reproduct- ive function. As, however, they can be taken with the hook about the Ist of June, we may infer that this is about the time they begin to feed for themselves. The younger fish probably feed as soon as they reach the shores. No remains of fish have hitherto been found in the stomachs of Scup, and we may conclude that they are not piscivorous. Although the period and the general region where the eggs are depos- ited has been pretty well ascertained, I regret that nothing is known of the peculiar method by which this is accomplished. I have been in- formed (page 47) that on hauling up of anchors of boats that have been lying over night in two fathoms of water, the rope is frequently found coated with spawn sticking upon it. The eggs are doubtless fertilized as discharged, and probably adhere to the oravel, grass, and other ob- jects at the bottom; but as to the precise period of development, noth- ing 1s known. The scup, like other slore-fish, not untrequently suffer from changes of weather. Mr. Southwick informed me that he has evidence to show that in the early part of May in 1809, 1817, and 1838, after a cold spell in each of those years, large numbers were thrown on the shore. On the 29th of November, 1871, there was a fall of snow at Wood’s Hole, and the next day scup and sea-bass came ashore in considerable num- bers, generally, according to Mr. Edwards, about ten scup to every yard along the shore for a considerable distance. They were, however, all small fish. While scup were in greatest abundance, the other fish observed were sea-bass, butter-fish, mullet, &c. Similar facts have been observed in regard to tautog, which indeed seemed to suffer very much more than scup from this agency. As may be inferred from what has already been said, the market at the present time is supplied with scup from the spring traps and pounds, the capture by these means having become almost entirely exclusive. Formerly, however, they could be taken with the hook from the latter end of J May until the end of October, and in any desired abundance There is no fish on the American coast that bites so fre eely when abun- dant, and which can be captured with so much ease. I am informed by Mr. Dunham that in the deep holes of the pond at Nantucket, where he has been with his boat, he has sometimes thrown a stone overboard so as to give the scup a start toward the shore, and then following and throwing his dog overboard, he has driven the fish clear out of the water upon the beach, and has taken as many as five hundred in this way at one time. Pek SLT pees —— xX Gill Net, used for catching Salmon on the St. Lawrence. DR. PIERRE FORTIN, about seven yards apart, in a line at right angles with the shore. This portion of the net is termed the “bar-net.” At from ten to fifteen yards S. Mis. 61——17 258 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES, down the stream another row of stakes is set, each opposite a stake in the bar-net, and between these stakes a wing-net is stretched, having sev- eral yards of netting more than suffices for the distance. This end is carried round in the form of a triangle and held in position by poles lashed together at their ends. The free end of one pole is secured to the stake, and of the other to the seaming of the wing-net, and thus secured they float at the surface of the stream. The triangular portion of the wing, or “hook” as it is called, is ar- ranged so as to allow an opening between the end of the hook and the wing through which the salmon enter the triangle. The netting is made of strong gilling-twine, the minimum mesh allowed being five inches. The salmon swimming up the current come in contact with the har- net, and turning to pass around it, find themselves opposed by the wing; they turn again up stream, and are pretty certain to enter the hook, the netting of which hangs slack. In their efforts to escape they become gilled. Another kind of net, not unfrequently used in Europe, but less in this country, is what is called the ‘‘trammel-net.” This consists of three seines of similar outline, fastened together at their edges. The central met is very loose and full, and is of fine thread and small mesh. The ‘two outer ones measure from three to six inches along the side of the inesh, and of coarser thread. ‘The fish, in moving along on either side, eespecially if suddenly startled, pass readily through the first or coarser ee enone ste against the inner net, which is forced through on the opposite side, the fullness of the net readily permitting this protrusion. ‘The fish is then held in a kind of pocket, and, in endeavoring to escape, iis quite as likely to carry the bag the net has made across into another mesh, which, of course, holds it with perfect security. This net is much used in mill-ponds and other localities filled with brush or other obstrue- itions preventing dragging-apparatus. Here, by muddying the vicinity of the net and then stirring around and making a great noise, the «startled fish shoot in every direction, and frequently strike the net and -are captured. Next to the seine-nets of various forms, and far more productive than ‘the gill-net, is the apparatus called “trazl” in England. » This is simply a huge bag of netting, with an open mouth, drawn behind a vessel and | dragging on the bottom of the sea, sweeping into itself the ground-fish, -surface-shells, sea-weed, &v. Quite commonly this is about seventy feet long, with a semi-elliptical opening at the mouth of forty feet in breadth, ‘diminishing gradually to the posterior end, where, however, there is a ‘portion, of about ten feet in length, of a uniform diameter of four or five feet. The upper part of the mouth of the net is fastened to a beam of wood about forty feet long, supported at each end by two iron frames three feet high, and known as the trawl-heads or irons, the upper part of which has a socket into which the beam passes, and the lower side having a runner, turned up forw ard, on which the trawl rests. The ‘trawl-net is fastened to the beam above, and to a leaded rope below, which extends from one runner to the other, exhibiting a considerable amount of slack. Ropes are fastened to each runner, which are brought together, after passing a certain distance, and to them the line itself is attached by which the apparatus Is dragged along. Thus rigged, the apparatus is lowered over to the bottom, and is held behind a vessel of thirty-five to sixty tons, or even more, in moderate motion. The runners glide over the bottom, dragging the lead. line between them. ‘The fish, as they.are imbedded in the sand or concealed in the mud or weeds, if APPARATUS USED IN CAPTURING FISH. 259 not previously startled, are frightened from their hiding-places by the lead-line, and generally ’shoot upward to escape. They, however, meet the upper side of the net, and in the progress of the trawl are carried back toward the posterior extremity. Here pockets have been made, or cul-de-sacs, into which the fish make their way and find themselves unable to escape. After a certain time the trawl is lifted and the fish removed, and the trawl thrown over again. As may be readily imagined, this trawl-net can be used only on smooth bottom, sandy bottom being preferred. If, however, the lead-line catch upon a rock or other obstacle, it is so ar- ranged that it will break before the drag-rope parts, so that no damage will, be done other than that of tearing the net, which, of course, is preferable to losing the entire apparatus. Trawling is generally carried on in the direction of the tide, some- times across, but never against it, as the trawl cannot be kept down against the tide. The rate of progress is usually from half a mile to two niles an hour, depending upon the kind of fish set for, the object being to keep the trawl steadily working on the ground. It is not a little remarkable that this method of fishing should be en- tirely unknown in the United States, while in England nearly all the fishes of a certain class, such as the turbot, the sole, the plaice, &c., are captured by its means. I have used a net of this character of smaller size than that described, for several seasons, to great advantage in col- _ lecting specimens for investigation; but, with the exception of one con- structed for my use and one used by Dr. Stimpson and Mr. Blatchford in Florida, I am unaware of others having been placed in American waters. It is possible that the unpopularity of the flat-fish in America may be the cause of this state of things, as the flounders and skates that are taken in so great quantity by this means are not marketable, or in very small numbers only. A net known as the ‘‘casting-net” is in extensive use in the West In- dies, Florida, ana elsewhere on the southern coast. This consists of a circle of netting, varying in diameter from four feet to fifteen or more, to the circumference of which are attached, at short intervals, leaden weights. There is a central opening in the net, usually constituted by a ferrule of bone or metal. One end of a long rope passes through this ferrule, and to it are attached numerous cords extending to the lead- rope. The net is used by gathering up the casting-rope in a coil on one arm, and taking the net itself on the other. By a dexterous fling of the arm containing the net, this is thrown in such a way as to spread out completely, and it is sometimes hurled to a distance of many feet, so as to fall perfectly flat on the surface of the water. The leads sink imme- diately, forming a circular inclosure, and imprisoning any fish that hap- pen to be under it at the time. The rope is then hauled in from the other end, causing the entire circumference to pucker inwardly, and the leads and puckered portion come together in a compact mass, in which the fish are entangled. Much skill is of course required for success in the use of this net; but it is very efficient in taking such fish as the mullet, which, when captured with the common seine, will leap over the cork-line with the greatest ease and escape. TRAPS, WEIRS, POUNDS, AND FYKES. In the United States by far the greatest weight of summer market-fish, with the exception, perhaps, of the cod, shad, and menhaden, is taken in the more elaborate constructions, variously known as tr aps, pounds, heart 260 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. nets, weirs, &c. These may consist entirely of netting, of brush or of laths, or a combination of two or more of these materials, the construc- tion, in form and material, varying in different parts of our sea-coast or of the great lakes. The apparatus constructed of nets is used princi- pally on the south side of New England and on the lakes, and in its simplest form, is as described by Mr. Southwick on page 10, accompa- nied by a diagram. The trap-net proper (Fig. 3) is peculiar to the waters of Rhode Island, especially the Seaconnet River, and is illustrated in the accompanying figure, as well as by that on page 10. The following account of this trap, and the mode of using it, I owe to Mr. Southwick. Fig. 3. ae Cup" Ru SS \\\\ RYN SULTS Mins ‘\ aii : WH, all, WF "y NM yg Hen ANTE ys ; hemensp.\ 15 ft. Oe SY ~ >= >= S Ai, Su y~ —— SeBE > CLES oa > Trap at Pine Point,R. I. J. M. K. SoUTITWICK. NEWPORT, November 20, 1871. Dear Sir: A trap, or “square trap” as sometimes called, is simply an oblong square box of netting, open at the inshore and above ends, to one edge of w iich is attached a leader running toward or on the shore, where it is fastened by an anchor or to some object. The lower edge of the leader is kept on the bottom by a chai. or stones lashed APPARATUS USED IN CAPTURING FISH. 261 to it, and the upper edge of both leader and trap is floated by corks, and all kept in place by anchors attached by cables to the upper corners. There are no poles driven into the sea-bottom, as in the heart-seine. The netting, therefore, has a certain amount of swing with the tide. The mouth of the trap (or upper end) is kept for the time on the bottom by leads strung on a line and seized to the line run through the meshes that passes across the bottom, up the end of the side opposite the leader, and thence away around the trap, to which is seized the cork-line. This line also runs across the top of the open end to prevent the trap from spreading. And here are two buoys of corks, with lines running to} the bottom and attached Rio to the lead-line, one of which a3 = isicaught by each boat, and the bottom of the trap pulled up} to the gunwale, when the setting is caught by the men and distributed among them, each holding as much as he can handle, and keeping a sharp lookout that no opening be left for the fish to pass by them. The netting is now over- hauled, and passes under the boats and to the bottom while the fish are being bunted into the corner where the pound is attached. When they are crowded hard, and a good bunch of them, they will sink the corks, otherwise an oar is - used to sink the corks, and they pass over into the pound or pocket. Any remaining seine is thrown from the boats, and by sinking the corks at the most convenient spot, with a scoop-net or oar, the boats go out of the trap, and are ready to ,try the same thing over again, and so on until the tide 20 feet is too strong for them; when ~ | ‘they go ashore to eat and sleep, or wait for another tide, that Ln must be fished in the same way, come when it will, mid- night or daylight. When fish are running, the traps are bunted five or six times each tide. It takes ‘six good men to bunt, and another good man to cook for them. These traps ; are set the lst of May and taken up about-the 25th. They catch almost wholly scup and sea-bass, bnt comparatively few other fish. To give some idea of the proportion, I will give the following rough estimate of the catch to one trap: Scup, 1,500 barrels ; sea-bass, 2,500 barrels; flat-fish, 1,000 barrels; tautog, 500 barrels; bass, 700 barrels; mackerel, 200 barrels; menhaden, sea-robins, bellows-fish, 200 barrels. Nineteen-twentieths of the fish are canght during the great run in five or ten days, from the 10th to the 20th of May. We have known two-thirds of the season’s catch to be taken in forty-eight hours. These traps vary from twenty to thirty fathoms in length, from five to ten in depth. and ten to fifteen in width. Yours, truly, Heart or Pound Net as set in Rhode Island. J. M. K. SourTHwick. __ Leader_— Scale 30 feet to inch. J. M. K. SOUTHWICK. Professor Barrp. It will be seen that this net requires the constant supervision of the fishermen, as there is nothing to prevent the fish from swimming out after they have gone around the circuit of the inclosure. It is therefore ' hecessary to be on the watch, so as to raise the forward part of the net 262 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. in time to prevent the escape of the fish. By this precaution the fish are gradually driven back and forced into the pocket, where they are kept until needed. The heart-net or pound consists of three parts, the leader, heart, and bowl, and is variously constructed, according to the fancy of the fisher- men or the special conditions of the locality. Fig. 4 shows in more de- tail the Rlrode Island pound, figured and described by Mr. Southwick on page 10. In Fig. 5 will be seen a working plan of the very efficient pound commanded by Captain Spindel at Wood’s Hole, the construction and management of which will be readily comprehended from the fol- lowing directions supplied by him. This class of net does not require the constant watchfulness of the managers, as the fish, once in, usually remain until taken out. This is done once or even twice a day. Fig. 5. First set mouth-poles, 1 and 1, “icky, Walia six feet apart; then from center, ~ C, run a line forty-five feet long to 2 and set stake or pole, and the same to 3 and set pole, which will bring those four poles in range; then from center, C, sweep around the circle with this forty-five-feet line and set the poles about eighteen feet apart, until you come to 2; then from center of 1 and 2 fasten line twenty-two and a half feet long, and sweep the quarter circle, setting the poles about sixteen feet apart.. A little judg- ment must be used in setting these poles, as it is not a true circle. Finish the other quar- ter circle in same way, and you will have the bowl poles set. We set the bowl poles in cir- cle, five feet larger than the bowl, and anchor each pole. To set heart pieces, fasten line to mouth of bowl at C, and run straight line one hundred and seveuteen feet and set a pole for leader: fasten line now to this pole, and measure off thirty- eight feet and set heart pole, A; then measure, say twenty-five feet, to B, and set pole; and ire 2 from this pole set a straight line Se of poles, about twenty-five feet apart, to mouth-pole 1. Have the wing about twenty-seven we A aa feet deep, with three poles. i N eink bie ib ave Sate only one oak of poles ee ¥ to bowl, and are set five feet ; : larger than the bow], so that the netting can be drawn out taut, both at the bottom and top, but not necessarily close to the poles. Each pole is guyed with ancher. Our leader is two hundred and sixty-five yards long, the poles being set about twenty feet apart. ISAIAH SPINDEL. The next figure represents another form of this pound, as erected at Quissett Harbor by Captain Rogers, of Noank, Connecticut, and party, consisting of four brothers. This is somewhat smaller than the other, and is more easily taken off or put on the poles. We are indebted to the captain for the following account of his apparatus. We may premise, ‘ e Pound Net at Woods Hole, Mass. __— Leader— APPARATUS USED IN: CAPTURING FISH. 263 however, that the length of the leader varies with the locality, the object generally being to carry the bow] into water of from three to five fath- oms in depth. This, in some cases, will be accomplished with a leader of one hundred and fifty yards, while, again, five hundred will be needed. NOANK, CONNECTICUT, December 4, 1871. DeaR Sm: I do not know whether I can give you a satisfactory account of the con- : struction of my pound, but I will, at any rate, try todo so. The leaders are fastened upon the poles, beginning at the off-shore pole, stretching the top rope from one pole to the other, drawing it tight, fastening or seizing to every pole. The bottom rope of the leader is hauled down by ropes that are rove through every pole, close to the bottom, keeping the leader down Fic. 6. without the use of chains, = and the same throughout the whole gear, as you see by the drawing. A center line runs round the bow], marked on the net half way from the top to bottom, and is fastened to rings which slip upand | down the poles when we | haul and set the pounds, | which keeps the net close Pocket— 216 inch mesh , 25 feet square, 27 feet deep. 54 feet to the poles, giving room inside the bowl. The door that opens | | | from the “heart” into the pound is six feet wide, ex- tending from the top rope | _ of the bowl to the very | bottom, like a gate-way. The passage-way that runs from the leader into the heart, is sixteen feet wide on each side of the leader, extending from top to bottom. The poles on the leader — are driven at different dis- tances, beginning at the off-shore end twenty-six feet, and varying up to forty feet apart. Poles on the heart and bowl are also driven at different distances apart, accord- ing to the shape of the net. When we lift the pound we begin at the door, un- tying the ropes that hold the bowl to the bottom, pulling on the ropes that lift the bowl, following from one pole to the other round to the back, there being a haul-down rope and a lift-up rope tu every Heart or Pound Net at Quisset Har., Mass. Bowl 214 inch mesh, (144 inch bar) 27 feet deep. GO feet Gate 6 feet Heart_ 234 inch mesh JOHN ROGERS. 3 inch mesh 1000 feet Scale 40 feet to inch. pole that is attached to the bowl, which raises the whole bottom to the surface, the fish swimming ahead into the back of the bowl, and one or more boats going inside of the bowl and pursing up that part of the net, bring the fish into close compact. Yours, truly, Professor BAarrpD. JOHN ROGERS. _ A still more complicated arrangement of a heart-pound is that in use in Lake Michigan, and elsewhere in the great lakes, and preferred as by far the most efficient of all, as there is much less chance of the + 264 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. escape of the fish when once in the bowl. For the description and illustrations of this (Figs. 7 to 12) Iam indebted to Mr. James W. Milner. Fig. 7. The pound-nets are commonly made S 5 5 of 20-thread soft laid seine-twine, net- ted by hand or woven by machinery, and well saturated with tar. They have several parts, termed the “leader,” the “heart,” the “pot,” “bowl,” or “crib,” and the “tunnel.” The Leader, (Fig. 7.)—The leader is merely a net fence that guides the fishes, in their attempt to get around it, into the heart. Small piles, of six or seven inches diameter, are driven into the lake- bottom, until about two feet only stand above the surface. The piles Fig. 8. Bowl or Pound Heart — Pound Net at Waukegan, DL J. W. MGLNER. Scale, inch to the foot. o— — Leader_ extend in a row, four rods apart, for a length of from sixty to two hundred rods, gen- erally beginning near the shore, and extending directly out into the lake, but often started where there are favorable shoals, as far as four, and once even six miles from the shore. Upon these piles a net is stretched, extending from the top of the water to the bottom. The leader is made in pieces, ten rods in length. The top of the net is se- cured to the pile by a short rope, and weights are attached to the bottom, stones weigh- ing from fifty to seventy-five pounds, every two rods. The mesh of the leader is 44 inches. The Heart, (Figure 7.)—The shape of its outline gives this part of the net its name, Each side of the heart is a net, eight rods in length, set close to the lake-bottom, and reaching above the water two feet. The shore ends are secured to piles, driven each ten feet from the last pile of the leader, leaving an opening or entrance ten feet wide, on each side of the leader, through which the fish pass. The net is carried round inside of piles, arranged in the outline of the sides of a heart, until the outer ends approach each other to within ten teet, the width of the tunnel. These ends are tied fast to scantling, (b, fig. 11) and the scantlings are fastened snugly to the piles on each side of the tunnel-opening. ‘The lower end of each scantling has attached an iron ring, which is put over the upper end of the pile and slid down to the bottom, while the upper end of the scantling is lashed to the head of the pile. There are three other piles on each side, besides those at the ends. The net is secured at the top by guys, three feet long, and the bottom is weighted with stones, the same as the leader, opposite and between the piles. The mesh of the heart is usually 34 to 4 inches, extension measure. APPARATUS USED IN CAPTURING FISH. 265 The Pot, Bowl, or Crib, (Fig. 7.)—The pot is in the shape of a room, having four walls and a floor. It is thirty feet square, and, in height, extends from the bottom to three feet above the surface. In the middle of the side next the heart is an opening ten feet wide and sixteen feet high, beginning at the bottom, in which is placed the tunnel. A pile is driven on the outside, at each corner, and one in the middle, on three sides, while on the heart side there are two, ten feet apart and ten feet from the corners. To all the piles, but the two mentioned, the net is made fast at the top by three-feet guys; at the bottom of each pile is sunk a stone of from seventy-five to eighty pounds’ weight, and on the top of the stone is lashed a bull’s-eye, (Fig. 10, f.) A rope tied to the bot- tom of the net, opposite the stone, is rove through the bull’s-eye and passes upward to the top of the pile, where the end is made Fig. 11. fast, leaving plenty of slack. When the net is set, the ropes are hauled taut and secured (>) fitted and laced into the sides of the opening (d, | fig. 8) in the heart side of the pot. The smaller end projects into the pot about sixteen feet and narrows to its out- let, an opening two and one-half feet by six, (h, fig. 9.) Short sticks are attached to the upper and lower sides of the outiet, having small bri- dles to which lines are made fast. The lower by half-hitches to a pin driven into the top — - of the pile, which serves also to coil up the a P slack. The mesh of the pot is from one and ene a half to three and one-quarter inches. le Dex The Tunnel, (Figs. 7, 8.)—The tunnel isa We KO netting, shaped some- Fig. 10. |g ee thing like a truncated e amie < cone. Itslongerendis ~ lee Ag We - ye JOEL ee terete \ ems one is rove through a ER hole in a cleat (9, fig. 10) dd nailed to the side of the Ay ole middle pile, opposite the < \ E i tunnel outlet, and at a et] five feet from the bot- ae: i EA tom, and from there dag han passes upward to the Wile i top of the pile, where the i EA end is made fast, leav- ing plenty of slack. The (Hag pHn OBA TUE upper line passes di- =f rectly to the top of the i= pile. When hauled tant Esp aby 2 they keep the tunnel a standing open, for the % rae free passage of the fish. at In the sides of the tun- meat SS nel entrance are fast- Se ened hoops, five on each side. These hoops are put over the top of the adjacent piles, and al- low the net to slide up and down readily, when the tunnel is closed for the purpose of taking out the fishes, and again when it is reset. To the bottom hoop is fastened a slender pole, called the shover, (c, fig. 11,) for use in closing and opening the tunnel entrance. The mesh of the tunnel is the same as that of the pot. How the fishes get in—The schools of fishes, in moving along near the shore, find the long leader obstructing their way, and althongh the meshes are large enough for them to pass through, so wary and cautious are their instincts that they will not come in contact with the net, but swim within a few inches of it, out from the shore, until they enter the heart. At first sight the heart would appear of unnecessary dimensions, but it is contrived in accordance with a knowledge of the habits of the fish, which are not inclined to 266 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. turn at short angles, but prefer a course of straight lines or long curves. If the passage to the tunnel is narrow and contracted, a fish becoming alarmed is much more apt to turn short round and pass out at the opening it has just eatered. ( $e 525 SESE eases estat t 23 press 2 | Oo ee ce NSS / WASae WAS RS VN / | | In the large heart they are quite as apt to dart through the tunnel as to escape through the shore- ward openings. Like many other gregarious animals, the white-fish and lake herring will flock in behind a ' leader, just as sheep will through a gate. Once in the pot, they are not apt to find the small open- ing at the outlet of the tunnel, but swim around the _ sides, and, after a time, becoming familiar with the net, or crowded against the sides by the num- bers within the pot, many attempt to pass through the meshes, the smaller ones escaping, and a few larger, becom- ing gilled, die. Still, no frantic effort at escape is made until the net is lifted. Taking out the jfishes.—In taking them out a boat is sent round, and the ropes staying the bottom of the pound, and the tunnel-guys, are all cast loose. The boat is now brought ‘inside of the pot, the ‘shov- ers” are drawn up, closing the entrance to the tunnel, and the end of the tun- nel is pulled up and thrown back ‘over the side of the pot. The bottom ,of the net is raised by pull- ing up the tun- nel side, until it is reached; it is then tripped along under the boat until the fishes are gathered into a corner, like shaking wheat into the middle of asheet, when they are thrown into the boat with a scoop-net. The stakes on which pound netting is fastened are usually driven into place by means of a pile-driver, and are never left down throughout the APPARATUS USED IN CAPTURING FISH. 267 winter on account of their almost certain destruction by storms and floating ice. They are piled up in the autumn and stored for use in the coming season. Sometimes they are set in large stones, about four feet Square, and simply set on the bottom. This method is used on Prince Edward’s Island, as in the pound of Mr. J. C. Hall of Charlottetown. Not unfrequently the heart-pounds are so arranged that a second leader is started in a line with the first, running out from the outer side of the bowl to a given distance, and another heart and bow! attached, so as to cover a much larger portion of the channel-way. This is seen in the pound at Waquoit, Massachusetts, for a lucid description of which, with accompanying illustrations, I am indebted to the report of Theodore | Lyman. A pound or weir is an old and singular contrivance, whose success depends upon the fatal principle of fishes never to turn a sharp corner. A place is chosen where it is known that large schools are accustomed to coast along, parallel with the shore, and there a barrier is run out in a straight line. This barrier is called the “leader,” and may be a stone wall, a fence of laths or of brush, or a net stretched on poles. At the end of this leader, and like a spear-head on its handle, is constructed a heart-shaped inclosure or ‘‘ pound” (or ‘“‘ heart”) having a narrow opening, on either side, next the point of the leader. On its off-shore end this heart again opens into a circular inclos- ure called the ‘“‘bowl.” A school coasting along shore is suddenly stopped by the leader, and immediately the fish turn toward deep water, and, swimming parallel with the barrier, pass into the heart, whence there is no escape save by a sharp backward turn, which, as before stated, is against their principle. Therefore they swim round and round and pass into the bowl, where they are left by the tide, or, if the bowl be in deep water, they are hauled up by a net-bottom. The Waquoit weir is made like many of the same sort. About the middle of March, if the weather permits, the men begin to set the poles which are to support the “lint” as the netting is called. First a row of stout poles, or rather posts, running straight out, is firmly set by a floating pile-driver. The poles stand fifteen feet apart, and run directly seaward for seven hundred and fifty feet, to make the first “leader,” (Fig. 13, I, g,) which here stops short at the mouth of the “ heart,” h, whose outline is marked out by the same kind of poles set nearer together, or about ten feet apart. The entrance to the heart is twenty-five feet wide on each side of the leader, or fifty wide in the whole; but it converges strongly toward its outer apex, so that the entrance to the “bowl” is only seven feet wide. This bowl, i, is marked out, like the heart, with poles set somewhat close together. Moreover, from its east side projects a sort of lobe, eighteen feet wide and thirty-six long, k, indicated by the five poles which are to sup- port this ‘‘ pocket” wherein fish may be kept alive.. From the outer point of the bowl another row of leader-poles is driven, running seaward four hundred and fifty feet; and, at its extremity, posts are driven for the second heart, bowl and pocket, like the first. Then the lint is carried out in boats and hung on the leader-posts. It is com- posed of a pretty strong net, with a mesh of two and a half to three inches. Along its foot, where are placed the leads of a seine, there is made fast a chain; while along its upper edge runs an inch rope, (i. é., an inch in circumference.) As the net is passed on alternate sides of the succeeding poles, a round turn is taken with the rope to hold it in place, while the chain, sinking to the bottom, maintains the lint in an upright po- sition and closes the spaces between the poles, (13, IV.) The heart is hung with lint in the same way, but the bowl must be differently treated, for the bowl-net has a bot- tom as well as sides. It is in fact a great bag, forty feet long, eighty wide, and fifteen or twenty deep, and is hung in an oval of poles, fifty feet long and one hundred wide. For this purpose a one and-a quarter inch rope runs, like a binding, entirely around the upper edge of the bowl-net, (Fig. II,) and opposite each pole there is made fast to this rope a head-line (13, II, a) whose other end is attached to the pole. These head- lines suspend the bowl-net, which cannot, however, be held down by chains or weights, because these would make it too heavy to handle when the weir is “hauled.” There- fore there are bottom-lines (13. II, 6) corresponding to the head-lines, except that they are attached to the lower edge of the bowl-net, whence they pass through a hole in the pole, are brought to the surface of the water, and are there made fast. When, now, the head-lines and bottom-lines are hauled taut and made fast, the bowl-net must be firmly set in position, namely, projecting about five feet above the water, and ex- tending thence nearly or quite to the bottom. It remains only to show how the fish are admitted to the bowl and how the fatal door is closed on them. On either side of the entrance to the bowl stands a post, (13, III, c,) and, beside it, a long, slender pole (13, III, d) attached by rings (13, III, fe) to the post, but free to run up and down. The lower end of the pole is tied to the lower part of the bowl-net, and by 268 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. pushing the pole down till it touches bottom, the net is held firmly down; and a gap being left in the side of the net at this point, a free entrance is made for the fish. This entrance is closed by pulling up the sliding poles till they bring the net to the surface of the water. The weir is “hauled” once a day, and always at slack water, because with a strong tide, running east or west, it is impossible to handle the bottom-lines. The men pull out in two parties; of which one, in a large scow, passes round the out- Fig. 13. EI. XxX VAN WANG x DIN WW A\4/\/ ay, x KAKAL YX 04 / KO he KAM ALX SCY JY \/ KK SANS \ RO Pes x / AN J \ ? 4\Z BEG KAKO be Ge \/ i \/S < xX OL SOONG xs b APSA V4 SI KEI SKK i AN FINN ING OWA J JN XXX » x a A/\/\ a ANINSS NIN wa KOS PO SY ‘ig KS L << PINS OES A\ &, OS, x 4 .. \ 7% 3 VAX RYN \ MV CK PNA SNS SNC K TSO ASO : 4 x We Se x “ NZ os ‘ VAC ANA XX) | < ON INGE NIN PNG oe ‘ Gs IN Jas xX X'S Se a x s VSN. < SN ‘ MANGINI NY AS e ‘ a ~\ \ XX X> \ xX AN 7\A/\NI\ XxX * ms & “ SS SEO OSAKH | BOS Rx SAA KOKO K SIO AGA XK K ts Pa CER in ra ca a ao tie ee ee . eSB I AY AR SOT PY a Pound Net at Waquoit, Mass. side of the bowl, casting off the bottom-lines; while the other, in a yawl-boat, pushes inside the bowls, pulls up the sliding poles, and closes the entrance. The slackening of the bottom-lines allows the bowl-net to hang free; and the crew in- side begin to haul up the bottom of this net in such a way as to work the fish toward one corner, letting the net, as it comes to the surface, pass under their boat, which is thus slowly drawn across the bowl toward the corner where the capture is to take place, and where the scow is already waiting outside. APPARATUS USED IN CAPTURING FISH. 269 An arrangement, different in construction, but on the same general principle, largely in use from New York to New London, consists of what is called a fyke-net, as shown in the accompanying sketch, (Fig. 14:) og | » o 5s ae & a8 | 2 ee oo » A o= 3g tal ee) 12 apg 290 rs aH 306 | Cerithiopsis Greenii....... 383 Odostomia producta.......- 307 | Triforis nigrocinctus....... 305 CE mses) df fia oa we. 307 | Crepidula fornicata........ 953 O. bisuturalis ...-. gh Re «ede men ©. CONVO Sos"... 553 ere RET foes oa LS oe: ©. umsunormis. 2 oo 553 Siamprese oo '. S 307 ; Acmeea testudinalis ....... 307 Rissoa aculeus......-. aight Lc? ae) Doris Wiidat 2... 5 307 Skenea planorbis........... 383 | Polycera Lessonii ......... 400 Littorina palliata........... 305 | Doridella obscura -....-... 307 La LIL TS ae ape he, Sean 305 | AXolis, undetermined. Lacuna vincta .........-.-- 305 | Mya arenaria .....- pple te ie aug | Mytilus edulis cs 5% i558. 307 PaxIcave ArCtiCa ......---.- 309 | Modiola plicatula .......-. 307 Kellia planulata...-..-...-- oe | MT medtolas 9. 22 62 NE 4 309 Scapharea transversa....-.-- 309; Anomia glabra. .....'....-. ort Argina pexata .-....-.-.--- 309 | Ostrea Virginiana......-. 310 Ascidians. ; Page. | Page. Molgula Manhattensis ..... oll | Cynthia partita -.......- eared | Bryozoa, (or Polyzoa.) Page Page. PEISia, GOUINEA.. 2-6 = 9:0... 24.235 oi Be Wel aia oe ne hs > woe 389 Tubulipora flabellaris....... 405 | Membranipora pilosa... .-.. 406 Alcyonidium ramosum...... 2 So ee 406 Aleyonidium hirsutum ..... 404 | Escharella variabilis .-..-..- 312 PISMO, -. 2 5 5 - a.5.- » =,- 2 - 312 | Discopora coccinea(?)..-...- 424 Vesicularia gracilis......--.- te WAS Te a) | ee ae ae 420 Vesicularia cuscuta ........ 404 | Cellepora ramulosa......-- 312 PMICMOGOMI..- .2.....--.- 404 | Pedicellina Americana.... - 405. 5 27) a oll RADIATA. Echinoderms. Page. ] Page Arbacia punctulata......... 326 | Asterias arenicola a alk a 326 334 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. Acalephs. Page Page. | Obelia commissuralis ....... 327 | Halecium gracile.......... 328 1) 4p yihOrM 6 9 ere ce | 390 | Sertularia argentea........ 408 ‘O; diaphana i eeeeee + --- - O23) | OSS RURMOMED Wii. so. eee 327. Cente mlatay eee ch = mc: - 407 | Bougainvillia superciliaris. 328 ‘Clytia, J ohnstonie! i. .,...\«- . 408 | Margelis Carolinensis .....- Orthopyxis caliculata....... 408 | Clava leptostyla .......... 328 Platypyxis cylindrica....... 403 | Pennaria tiarella.......... 327 Campanularia volubilis -..-. 408 | Hybocodon prolifer........ 328 NO PRCKMOS eye sco, enc aries 28 327 | Hydractinia polyclina ..... 328 Lafoéa calcarata .......-.- /. 408 Polyps. Page. Page. Metridium marginatum.... . 329 | Halocampa producta ....-. 330 Sagartia leucolena ......-.. 329 | Astrangia Dane .......... 329 SE MIOCEStA ses le nae sae 330 PROTOZOA. Sponges. Page. Page. Grantia ciliata ........---.. 030 | Tedania, Sp5---.-..-p seer 330 Leucosolenia botryoides (?).. 391 | Renieria, sp .......-..-.-.- 330 Halichondria, sp..-..-.---. 330 IL—2. FAUNA OF THE SANDY SHORES OF THE BAYS AND SOUNDS. These sandy shores vary considerably in character according to their situations and composition. In the more exposed positions the beaches of fine loose sand differ but little in character from those that prevail so extensively on the ocean shores, from Cape Cod to North Florida. In more sheltered situations there is generally more or less mud mixed with the sand, which often forms shores with a very gentle slope, run- ning down to broad flats, bare at low-water; such flats of sandy mud are the favorite homes of large numbers of burrowing creatures; but even on the exposed beaches of loose siliceous sand, which are completely torn up and remodeled by every storm, there are still to be found many kinds of animals perfectly adapted to sueh conditions, finding there their proper homes. In other cases there is more or less gravel and pebbles mixed with the sand, which, under some conditions of expos- ure, produce a firm and compact deposit, admirably adapted to the tastes and habits of certain tube-dwelling and burrowing creatures. In other places, especially in sandy coves or other sheltered situations, the sandy flats are partly covered by tufts and patches of eel-grass, and INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 335 there are many animals that find congenial resorts on such flats. Then there will sometimes be pools or rivulets of sea-water on the sandy flats, in which certain creatures often.spend the short time while thus impris- oned by the tide. The special localities where the sand-dwelling species of this region were chiefly studied, are the beaches on Naushon and adjacent islands; Nobska Beach and several other beaches near Wood’s Hole; the exten- sive sand-beach between Falmouth and Waquoit; the beach at Menem- sha Bight, on Martha’s Vineyard ; several beaches on the shores of Buzzard’s Bay; the beaches at South End, Savin Rock, and other local- ities near New Haven; the beaches on Great South Bay, Long Island ; the beaches at the mouth of Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, &c., be- sides the outer beaches at various other points. Along the upper part of the sand-beaches there is generally an almost continuous belt of dead sea-weeds, broken shells, fragments of crabs, lobsters, and various other débris cast up by the waves. Although many of the dead shells, &c., which occur in this way, belong really to the sandy shores near low-water, others have come, perhaps, from deeper water and other kinds of bottom. Therefore, although such rubbish- heaps may afford good collecting grounds for those who frequent the shores after storms, it would be useless to enumerate the species that more or less frequently occur in them. Beneath such masses of decay- ing materials many insects and crustacea occur, together with certain genuine worms. Part of these are truly marine forms, and are never found away from the sea-shores, but many, especially of the insects, are in no sense marine, being found anywhere in the interior where decay- ing matters abound. The two-winged flies (Diptera,) of many kinds, are especially abundant, and their larve occur in immense numbers in the decaying sea-weed. Some of these flies are, however, true marine species, and live in the larval state in situations where they are sub- merged for a considerable time by the tide. I have often dug such larve from the sand near low-water mark, and have also dredged them at the depth of four or five fathoms off shore. During unusually high tides immense quantities of the fly-larve will be carried away by the _ encroachment of the waters, and thus become food for fishes of many kinds, and especially for the young ones, which frequent the shallow waters along the shores. There are also many species of beetles (Coleoptera) which frequent these places, and several of them are genuine marine insects, living both in the larval and adult conditions in burrows be- tween tides. Among these are two or three species of Bledius, belong- ing to the Staphylinide ; several tiger-beetles (Cicindela,) and represen- tatives of other families. The “ tiger-beetles” are very active, carnivo- rous insects and frequent the dry sands just above high-water mark; when disturbed they rise quickly and fly away to the distance of sev- eral yards before alighting. They are so wary that it is difficult to catch them without a net. Most of the species reflect bright, metallic, bronzy or 3836 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. green colors, and many of them have the elytra more or less marked with white. Mr. 8S. I. Smith found the larva of our largest species (C. gene- rosa) at Fire Island, living in holes in the sand below high-water mark, associated with the species of Talorchestia. Beneath the decaying sea-weeds on the sandy shores immense num- bers of the lively little crustacean, Orchestia agilis, (p. 314, Plate IV, fig. 14,) may always be found. ‘T'wo other related species, of larger size and paler colors, but having the same habit of leaping, though not in such a high degree, occur among the weeds, or burrowing in the sand, or beneath drift-wood, &c., a little below high-water mark. In fact the sand is sometimes completely filled with their holes, of various sizes. Both these species are stout in form, and become about an inch long when mature. One of them, Talorchestia longicornis, can be easily dis- tinguished by its very long antennee ; the other, 7. megalophthalma, by its shorter antenne and very largeeyes. Both these species are pale gray- ish, and imitate the color of the sand very perfectly. When driven from their burrows by unusually high tides or storms they are capable of swimming actively in the water. They make dainty morsels for fishes and many shore birds, as well as for certain crabs, especially Ocypoda Arenaria. On sandy beaches near high-water mark, especially where the sand is rather compact and somewhat sheltered, one of the “ fiddler-crabs,” Gelasimus pugilator, is frequently found in great numbers, either run- ning actively about over the sand, er peering cautiously from their holes, which are often thickly scattered over considerable areas. These holes are mostly from half an inch to an inch in diameter, and a foot or more in depth, the upper part nearly perpendicular, becoming horizontal be- low, with a chamber at the end. Mr. Smith, by lying perfectly still for some time on the sand, succeeded in witnessing their mode of dig- ging. In doing this they drag up pellets of moist sand, which they carry under the three anterior ambulatory legs that are on the rear side, climbing out of their burrows by means of the legs of the side in front, aided by the posterior leg ofthe other side. After arriving at the mouth of their burrows and taking a cautious survey of the landscape, they run quickly to the distance often of four or five feet from the bur- row before dropping their load, using the same legs as before and carry- ing the dirt in the same manner. They then take another careful sur- vey of the surroundings, run nimbly back to the hole, and after again turning their pedunculated eyes in every direction, suddenly disappear, soon to reappear with another load. They work in this way both in the night and in the brightest sunshine, whenever the tide is out and the weather is suitable. In coming out or going into their burrows either side may go in advance, but the male more commonly comes out with the large claw forward. According to Mr. Smith’s observations this species is a vegetarian, feeding upon the minute algze which grow upon the moist sand. In feeding the males use only the small claw with which INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 337 they pick up the bits of alge very daintily ; the females use indifferently either of their small claws for this purpose. They always swallow more or less sand with their food. Mr. Smith also saw these crabs engaged in scraping up the surface of the sand where covered with their favorite alge, which they formed into pellets and carried into their holes, in the same way that they bring sand out, doubtless storing it until needed for food, for he often found large quantities stored in the terminal chamber. Mr.T. M. Prudden has since ascertained that one of the other species of “ fiddlers” on our shores (G@. minax) is also a vegetarian and feeds upon similar alge, which grow on the muddy salt-marshes. The Ocypoda arenaria is a crab allied to the “ fiddlers” and similar in some of its habits. It is a southern species, ranging as far as Brazil, and adult specimens have not yet been observed on the coast of New England, but Mr. Smith has observed the young in abundance at Fire Island, and we have the young from Block Island; it occurs at Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, of larger size, and therefore it may be looked for onthe beaches of Nantucket and Martha’s Vineyard. This crab lives on the beaches at, and even far above, high-water mark. It digs large holes like the fiddlers, often in the loose dry sand, back from the shore, yet when disturbed it will sometimes take to the water in order to escape. though it soon returns to the shore. In digging its holes, according to Mr. Smith’s observations, it works in the same way as the ‘fiddler- crabs,” except that it is quicker in its motions, and often, instead of car- rying the pellets of sand to a distance from the hole, it throws it away with a sudden and powerful jerk, scattering the sand in every direction, It is even more cautious in its movements, andis always on the alert, even the slightest movement on the part of one who is watching them is sure to send them all into their holes instantly. In color this species imitatef the sand very perfectly, especially while young, when they are irregularly mottled and speckled with lighter and darker shades of gray. They also have the habit of crouching down closely upon or into the sand, when suddenly frightened, and aided by their colors will often thus escape observation. At other times they will trust to their speed and scamper over the sand with such swiftness that they are not easily captured. This crab is carnivorous in its habits and, according to Mr. Smith’s observations, it lives largely upon the ‘ beach-fleas” (Talorchestia) which inhabit the same localities. It will lie in wait and suddenly spring upon them, very much asa cat catches mice. It also feeds upon dead fishes and other animals that are thrown on the shore by the waves. Another inhabitant of the upper part of the sand-beaches, just below high-water mark, is the Scyphacella arenicola SmitTH, which has, as yet, been found only on the coast of New Jersey, but probably occurs far- _ ther north. It is a small, sand-colored Isopod crustacean, which has no near relatives, so far as known, except in New Zealand. It burrows in the sand, making a little conical mound around the mouth of the holes. S. Mis. 61——22 338 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. The only Annelid observed high up on the sand-beaches is the slen- der, white Halodrillus littoralis, referred to on page 324, which lives under the decaying sea-weeds in great numbers. On the lower parts of the sand-beaches, toward low-water mark, and especially on the broad flats, which are barely uncovered by the lowest tides, a much larger number of species occurs. Among the Crustacea of these sandy shores we frequently find the common Cancer irroratus, (p. 312,) which is very cosmopolitan in its habits. Occasionally we meet with a specimen of Carcinus granulatus, bat this is not its favorite abode; but the “lady-crab” or ‘‘sand-erab,” Platyonichus ocellatus, (Plate I, fig. 4,) is perfectly at home among the loose sands at low-water mark, even on the most exposed beaches. This species is also abundant on sandy-bottoms off shore, and as it is furnished with swimming organs on its posterior legs, it can swim rapidly in the water and was taken at the surface in Vineyard Sound in several in- stances, and some of the specimens thus taken were of full size. When living at low-water mark on the sand-beaches it generally buries itself up toitseyes and antenne in the sand, watching for prey, or on the look- out for enemies. If disturbed it quickly glides backward and down- ward into the sand and disappears instantly. This power of quickly burrowing deeply into the sand it possesses in common with all the other marine animals, of every class, which inhabit the exposed beaches of loose sand, for upon this habit their very existence depends during storms. By burying themselves sufficiently deep they are beyond the reach of the breakers. The means of effecting this rapid burrowing are very diverse in the different classes. Thus one of the fishes (Ophidium marginatunr), which lives in these places, has a long acute tail and by its peculiar undulatory motions can instantly bury itself tail-first in the sand. Others have acute heads and go in head-first. 3 The “lady-crab” is predacious in its habits, feeding upon various smaller creatures, but like most of the crabs it is also fond of dead fishes or any other dead animals. In some localities they are so abun- dant that a dead fish or shark will in a short time be completely covered with them, but if a person should approach they will all suddenly slip off backwards and quickly disappear in every direction beneath the sand ; after a short time, if everything be quiet, immense numbers of eyes aud antenne will be gradually and cautiously protruded from beneath the sand, and after their owners have satisfied themselves that all is well, the army of crabs will soon appear above the sand again and con- tinue their operations. The color of this crab is quite bright and does not imitate the sand, probably owing to its mode of concealment, The ground-color is white, but the back is covered with annular spots formed by specks of red and purple. Itis devoured in great numbers by many of the larger fishes. Another curious burrowing creature, living under the same cireum- stances as the last, is the LHippa talpoida, (Pate II, fig. 5.) But this INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 3099 species burrows like a mole, head-first, instead of backward. It can also swim quite actively and is sometimes found swimming about in the pools left on the flats at low-water. Itis occasionally dug out of the sand at low-water mark, and is often thrown up by the waves, on sand- beaches, but it seems to live in shallow water on sandy bottoms in great numbers, for in seining on one of the sand-beaches near Wood’s Hole for small fishes, a large quantity of this species was taken. Its color is yellowish white, tinged with purple on the back. It is one of the favorite articles of food of many fishes. Mr. Smith found the young abundant at Fire Island, near high-water, burrowing in the sand. This species is still more abundant farther south. The curious long-legged “ spider-crab,” Libinia canaliculata, is fre- quently met with at or just below low-water mark on sandy shores, but its proper home is on muddy bottoms. Creeping, or rapidly running, over the bottom in shallow water, or in the tide-pools on the flats, the smaller ‘‘ hermit-crab,” Hupagurus longi- carpus, (p.313,) may almost always be observed ensconced in some dead univalve shell, most commonly that of Ilyanassa obsoleta. This species is still more abundant among eel-grass, and on muddy shores. The common “sand-shrimp,” Crangon vulgaris, (Plate III, fig. 10,) always occurs in great numbers on the sandy flats and in the tide-pools and rivulets, as well as on the sandy bottoms in deeper water off shore. This species is more or less specked irregularly with gray, and imi- tates the color of the sand very closely. When resting quietly on the bottom, or when it buries itself partially and sometimes almost entirely, except the eyes and long slender antenne, it cannot easily be distin- guished by its enemies, and, therefore, gains great protection by its colors. When left by the tide it buries itself to a considerable depth in moist sand. It needs all its: powers of concealment, however, for itis eagerly hunted and captured by nearly all the larger fishes which fre- quent the same waters, and it constitutes the principal food of many of them, such as the weak-fish, king-fish, white perch, blue-fish, flounders, striped bass, &c. Fortunately it is a very prolific species and is abun- dant along the entire coast, from North Carolina to Labrador, wherever sandy shores occur. The young swim free fora considerable time after hatching, and were taken at the surface in the evening, in large num- bers. The common prawn, Palewmonetes vulgaris, (Plate II, fig. 9,) often occurs, associated with the Crangon, but itis much more abundant among the eel-grass, and especially in the estuaries where it has its proper home. As this is one of the most abundant species and of great importance as an article of fish-food, it will be mentioned again, with more details, in connection with the fauna of the estuaries. Several species of smaller crustacea also burrow in the sand at low- water mark. One of the most remarkable of these is an Amphipod, the Lepidactylis dytiscus, which by its external form reminds one of Hippa, with which it agrees in habits, for it burrows in the sand like a mole. 340 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. It is also occasionally found under stones in sandy places. Its color is pale yellowish white. The Unciola trrorata (Plate IV, fig. 19) often lives in tubes in the sand in abundance, but is by no means confined to such localities, for it occurs on all kinds of bottoms and at all depths down to at least 430 fathoms (off St. George’s Bank,) and is abundant all along the coast, from New Jersey to Labrador. It is particularly abundant on shelly and rocky bottoms, and although it habitually lives in tubes, it does not always construct its own tube, but is ready and willing to take possession of any empty worm-tube into which it can get, and having once taken possession it seems to be perfectly at home, for it remains near the end of the tube protruding its stout claw-like antenne, and looking out for its prey, in the most independent manner. It will also frequently leave its tube and swim actively about for a time, and then return to its former tube, or hunt up anewone. It seems, however, to be capable of constructing a tube for itself, when it can- not find suitable ones ready-made. Its color is somewhat variable, but it is generally irregularly specked with red and flake-white, and the antennee are banded with red. It contributes very largely to the food of many fishes, such as scup, pollock, striped bass, &ce. On the moist sand-flats curious crooked trails made by the Jdotea ceca (Plate V, fig. 22) may generally be seen. This little Isopod bur- rows like a mole just beneath the surface of the sand, raising it up into a little ridge as it goes along, and making a little mound at the end of the burrow, where the creature can usually be found. This species is whitish, irreg ularly specked with dark gray, so as to imitate the color of the saud very perfectly. It is also capable of swimming quite rapidly. The Idotea Tuftsit is another allied species, having the same habits and living in similar places, but it is much more rare in this region. It has also been dredged on sandy bottoms off shore. It is a smaller species and darker colored, with dark brown markings. The Idotea wrrorata (p. 316, Plate V, fig. 23) also occurs on sandy shores wherever there is eel-grass, among which it loves to dwell. The well known ‘horseshoe-crab” or ‘king-crab,” Dieta Poly- phemus, is also an inhabitant of sandy shores, just Below low-water mark, but it is more abundant on muddy bottoms and in estuaries, where it burrows just beneath the surface and feeds upon various small animals. At the breeding season, however, it comes up on the sandy shores to deposit the eggs, near high-water mark. According to the statements of Rev. S. Lockwood, (in American Naturalist, vol. iv, p. 257,) the spawning is done at the time of high tides, during May, June, and July; they come up in pairs, the males, which are smallest, riding on the backs of the females and holding themselves in that position by the short feet, provided with nippers, which are peculiar to the males. The female excavates a depression in the sand and deposits the eggs in it, and the male casts the milt over them, when they again return to deeper water, leaving the eggs to be buried by the action of the waves. INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 341 In aquaria, under favorable circumstances, the eggs hatch in about six weeks, but in their natural conditions they probably hatch sooner than this; under unfavorable conditions the hatching may be delayed for a whole year. The eggs are very numerous. In addition to the interest- ing observations of Mr. Lockwood, Dr. A. 8. Packard has since given more detailed accounts of the development of the embryos and young of Timulus in the proceedings of the American Association for the Ad- vancement of Science, 1870, p. 247, and in the Memoirs of the Boston Society of Natural History, vol. ii, p. 155, 1872. Annelids are quite numerous on the sandy shores where the condi- tions are favorable. It is evident that these soft-bodied creatures would be quickly destroyed by the force of the waves and the agitation of the sand, were they not provided with suitable means for protecting them- selves. This is effected mainly in two ways: the sand-dwelling species either have the power of burrowing deeply into the sand with great rapidity, or else they construct long durable tubes, which descend deeply into the sand and afford a safe retreat. Many of the active burrowing species also construct tubes, but they usually have but little coherence and are not very permanent, nor do they appear to be much relied on by the owners. There is, however, great diversity both in the structure and composition of the tubes of different speciés, and in the modes by which the rapid burrowing is effected. ane | The large green Nereis (N. virens, p. 317) is found on the sandy shores in places that are somewhat sheltered, especially if there be an admixture of mud or gravel with the sand to give it firmness and solidity. This species burrows deeply beneath the surface and lines the interior of its large irregular burrows with an abundant mucus-like secretion, which gives smoothness and some coherency to the walls, but does not form a solid tube. With this, and in greater numbers, the smaller species, Nereis limbata, (p. 318,) is also found, and its habits appear to be essentially the same. Both this and the preceding can burrow rapidly, but much less so than some other worms, and conse- quently they are not well adapted to live on exposed beaches of moving sands, but prefer coves and harbors. The two large species of Rhyn- chobolus are much better adapted for rapid burrowing. Their heads are very small and acute, and destitute of all appendages, except four minute tentacles at the end; the body is long, smooth, and tapers gradually to both ends, and the muscular system is very powerful, and so arranged as to enable these worms to coil themselves up into the shape of an open spiral, like a corkscrew, and then to rapidly rotate them- selves on the axis of the spiral. When the sharp head is inserted into the loose mud or sand and the body is thus rotated, it penetrates with great rapidity and disappears almost instantly. Both these species are found on sandy as well as on muddy shores and flats near low-water mark, and also in deeper water. The one usually most abundant is R. dibranchiatus, (Plate X, figs. 43, 44;) this is readily distinguished by hav- 342 “REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. ing a simple gill both on the upper and lower sides of the lateral append- ages. The other, &. Americanus, (Plate X, figs. 45, 46,) has gills that are more or less branched on the upper side of the appendages, as shown in fig. 46, but none on the lower side; the appendages are also longer, especially posteriorly, and differently shaped. The proboscis is remarka- bly long and large, and when fully protruded it shows four large, black, sharp, fang-like jaws or hooks. Both these worms are destitute of true blood-vessels, such as most of the allied worms possess, but have the general cavity of the body filled, between the various organs, with bright red blood, which shows through the skin, giving a more or less red or purple color to the whole body and proboscis. The two species of Lumbriconereis already referred to (p. 320,) occur in similar localities, aud are usually associated with the two preceding spe- cies, but they are less rapid burrowers and require for their safety lo- calities where the sand is compact and mixed more or less with mud, or where it is somewhat sheltered from the force of the waves. In sandy coves, and especially on the flats of sandy mud, close to low- water mark, the smaller species, J. tenuis, is generally very abundant, penetrating the sand, beneath the surface, in every direction. It is often a foot or more in length when extended, and not much larger than coarse thread or small twine, and bright red in color. When the sand in these localities is turned up with a spade, their drawn-out, red, thread- like bodies can usually be seen in large numbers, but they are so fragile that it is difficult to obtain an entire specimen. The head is obtusely conical, a littie flattened, smooth, pale red, and iridescent, without eyes. The other species, L. opalina V., (Plate XIII, fig. 69,) is much larger, grow- ing to the length of eighteen inches or more, and about .10 to .12 of an inch in diameter. Its color is dark bronze, or reddish brown, or pale red, the surface reflecting the most brilliant opal-like colors. It is easily distinguished from the Z. tenuis by its four eyes in a row across the back part of the head. Both these species, when removed from their burrows, coil themselves in a long spiral. They burrow readily and deeply, but not so rapidly as many other worms, and do not seem to have permanent tubes. Another worm, found in similar places and readily mistaken for L. tenuis on account of its long, slender, almost thread-like body and red color, is the Notomastus filiformis V.; but in this species the head is very acute, the lateral appendages and setee are very different, and the color is paler red, with bands or rings of bright red. This species has, moreover, a smooth, subglobular pro- boscis, without jaws, while the former has a powerful set of compli- cated jaws, without a distinet proboscis, and they are widely different in internal anatomy. The latter feeds upon the organic matter contained in the wud that it swallows, while the species of Lumbriconereis are carnivorous, feeding upon other worms, &c. A second and much larger species of Notomastus oceurs in similar places, though apparently pre- ferring a greater proportion of mud. This species, V. luridus V., grows INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 9843 to be about ten inches Jong and .10 in diameter. Its color is a dark purplish or lurid brown, specked with white, and sometimes inclined to red. Its head is very acute, and it has a smooth, swollen, dark blood-red proboscis. It is a rapid burrower, penetrating deeply into the fine mud and sand. The Maldane elongata V. is another worm allied to the last, and usually associated with it, but this species constructs rather firm, round tubes out of the fine sand and mud, which are very long and descend deeply into the soil, and are often .20 to .25 of an inch in diameter. This worm is six or eight inches long, with a round body of nearly uniform diameter, which looks as if obliquely truncated at both ends, but the obliquely-placed upper surface of the head is bor- dered by a slight ridge or fold on each side and behind. The color is dark umber-brown, or reddish brown, the swollen part of each ring often lighter grayish or yellowish brown, but usually bright red, owing to the blood-vessels showing through. The intestine is large and filled with sand. Another worm, belonging to the same family with the last and, like it, constructing long, round tubes of agglutinated sand, is the Clymenella torquata, (Plate XLV, figs. 71, 72, 73,) but this species often lives where the sand is more free from mud, or even in nearly pure, sili- ceous sand, and sometimes considerably above low-water mark, though it is also found in deep water. It generally constructs its long and nearly straight tubes very neatly, of fine white sand, without mud. It loves, however, to dwell in sheltered spots, in coves, or in the lee of rocks and ledges, and is also partial to those spots on the sandy shores where eel-grass grows, building its tubes among the roots. Itisa rather handsomely colored species, being usually pale red, with bright red bands around the swollen parts of the rings, but it is sometimes brownish red or dull brown. It can always be recognized by the pecu- liar collar on the fifth ring, and by the peculiar funnel-shaped caudal appendage, surrounded by small papille, and preceded by three seg- ments or rings that are destitute of sete. The large and singular worm, Anthostoma robustum V., (Plate XIV fig. 76,) lives like the last, with which it often occurs, in nearly pure sand, where it is somewhat sheltered from the violence of the waves, but is also fond of places where there is more or less gravel mixed with the sand. It sometimes occurs some distance above low-water mark, and constructs a large, thick, somewhat firm tube by consolidating and cementing the sand around its burrow. These tubes descend nearly perpendicularly to a great depth, and can usually be distinguished by a Slightly elevated mound of dirt around the opening, which is usually different in color from the surrounding sand; and sometimes there are recently-ejected cylindrical masses of such earth on the summit of the little hillocks. The worm itself, when full grown, is fifteen inches or more in length, and nearly half an inch in diameter. The head is very acute and the front part of the body is firm and muscular, with very small lateral appendages, and fascicles of sete in four rows; but back 344 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. of the twenty-fourth body-segment an appendage develops below the lower fascicles of sets, and farther back becomes broad, foliaceous, and divided into several lobes; back of the twenty-eighth segment the branchiz appear in a row on each side of the back, and soon become long and ligulate; at the same time other ligulate appendages develop from the upper lateral appendages, which become dorsal, and these, with the gills, form four rows of processes along the back, outside of which are the elongated sete and other appendages. The posterior part of the body is more slender and much more delicate than the an- terior part, and so fragile that an entire specimen can rarely be obtained, and those that are obtained, when in confinement very soon detach fragment after fragment, until only the anterior part is left. In their natural habitations they would undoubtedly be able to reproduce their lost parts, like many other annelids. The color of this worm is ocher- yellow, tinged with orange, or dark orange; there are usually two rows of dark-brown spots along the back ; the branchie are blood-red; and posteriorly there is a brownish red median dorsal line. The proboscis is very singular, for it is divided into several long, flat, digitate pro- cesses, separate nearly to the base, and somewhat enlarged at the end. Another species of this genus, of smaller size, A. fragile V., often oe- curs in the sandy flats in great numbers, its small holes sometimes com- pletely filling the sand over considerable areas and extending nearly up to half-tide mark. This species grows to the length of four inehes or more, with a diameter of about .10. Its head is even more acute than in the last species, with a very slender, translucent apex. The body has the same form, but is more slender. The processes aboye and below the fascicles of setz begin to appear at the fourteenth segment, and the sete begin to be decidedly elongated at the fifteenth. The dorsal branchiz begin on the sixteenth segment, and become long and ligulate at the twentieth. Thecoloris yellowish orange to orange-brown ; the dorsal surface, posteriorly, and the branchiz are red. The body posteriorly is very slender and extremely fragile. The last or caudal segment is smooth, oblong, with two long filiform eirri at the end. The proboscis is large and broad, consisting of numerous, often convoluted, lobes or folds, united by a thinner membrane or broad web. The Aricia ornata V. is another related species, living in similar places with the last and having similar habits. The head is acute in this species, but the dorsal branchisw and lateral appendages com- mence much nearer the head, and the side appendages are developed into crest-like, transverse series of papillze, which cover the lateral and ventral surfaces of the body anteriorly. Two species of Spio also occur in similar situations inhabiting small round tubes or holes made in the sand near low-water, often oceuring in great numbers in certain spots. They prefer localities that are not exposed to the full force of the storms. One of these, S.setosa V. (Plate XIV, fig. 77,) is remarkable for the length of the sete in the dorsal INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 345 bundles; the two large tentacles (of which only one is drawn in the figure) are usually folded backward between the red dorsal branchiz, which form a row along the back on each side. The other, S. robusta V., is a stouter species, which has much shorter setze in the dorsal fasci- cles; the middle lobe of the head is emarginate in front and the lateral — lobes are convex. Both species have four small eyes on the top of the head, those of the posterior pair nearest together. In similar. places, and often associated with the two preceding species, another allied worm often occurs in great abundance, completely filling the sand, in its chosen abodes, with its round vertical holes, and throwing out cylin- ders of mud. It is so gregarious that in certain spots hundreds may be found within a square foot, but yet a few yards away, on the same kind of ground, none whatever may be found. This is Scolecolepis viridis V. This species, like the two preceeding, has a pair of large tentacles on the back part of the head, which are uM recurved over the back between the rows of ligulate branchie, and four eyes on the top of the head ; the central lobe of the head is slightly bilobed in front, the lateral ones convex; the branchiz are long, slender, ligulate, meeting over the back, and exist only on about one hundred segments, or on about the anterior third part of the body. The body is rather slender, depressed, and about three inches long when full grown. The color is usually dark green, or olive-green, but sometimes light green, or tinged with reddish anteriorly; the branchiz are bright red; the large tentacles are light green, usually with a row of black dots, and often crossed by narrow flake-white lines or rings. This species has been found abundantly on Naushon Island, and other localities in that region; at New Haven; and at Somer’s Point and Beesley’s Point, New Jersey. With the last species at Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, another more slender species of the same genus occurred, Scolecolepis tenuis V. This was three or four inches long and very slender; the body was pale green; the tentacles longer and more slender than in the last, whitish, with a red central line; the branchie red, often tinged with green, shorter than in the last. The head is relatively broad, with the central lobe rounded in front. The branchiz are confined to the anterior part of the body. The setz in the upper fascicles are much longer than in the last species, those of the three anterior segments longer than the others and forming fan- shaped fascicles. directed upward and somewhat forward. Another singular Annelid, belonging to the same tribe and having nearly the same habits, is represented in Plate XIV, fig. 78, this has been found by Mr. A. Agassiz burrowing in sandy find at about half- tide, both at Naushon Island and at Nahant, Massachusetts, and he has also described its development and metamorphoses, but I have not met with the adult myself in this region, although the young were frequently taken in the towing-nets in the evening. Mr. Agassiz regards it as perhaps identical with Polydora ciliatum of Europe. It occurred in large colonies, closely crowded together, building upright tubes in the 346 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. mud. The presence of a large group of peculiar stout setz on each side of the fifth segment will distinguish this from all the preceding species. The young of this, like those of most of the annelids, swim free at the surface for some time, and are often taken in great numbers in the towing-nets. The Nerine agilis V., is still another representative of the group to which the last five species belong, and like them it has two long and large tentacles on its head, but it is a far more active and hardy species than any of them, and much better adapted for rapid burrowing. It accordingly lives on exposed beaches even where the sand is loose, and can also maintain itself on the exposed sandy beaches of the outer ocean- shores, exposed to the full force of the surf, its extremely quick burrow- ing affording it the means of protecting itself against the action of the sea. It lives in small round holes near low-water mark; unlike the related species, already mentioned, it has a very sharp conical head. The two large tentacles are about half an inch long, and originate close together on the upper side of the back of the head, and are usually re- curved over the back when the worm is swimming in the water, as it is capable of doing, but when it is wriggling about on the sand they are twisted about in all directions and variously coiled; and when in their holes the tentacles are protruded from the opening. The eyes are four, small, black, placed close together in front of the base of the tentacles. ~The upper lobe of the lateral appendages is large and foliaceous and connected with the branchiz along the anterior part of the body, but partially free farther back. The body is two or three inches long and rather slender; the color is reddish or brownish anteriorly, greenish white on the sides, except on the anterior third; the branchie, which extend the whole length of the body, are light red; tentacles greenish white. One of the largest and most beautiful Annelids of this region is the Diopatra cuprea, (Plate XIII, figs. 67 and 68.) This species grows to be more than a foot long, with the body depressed and often nearly half an inch broad. It constructs a very curious permanent tube in which it dwells very securely. The part of these tubes beneath the surface of the sand is composed of a tough parchment-like material, and often descends obliquely to the depth of two or three feet or more; the upper end of the tube projects two or three inches from the surface of the sand or mud, and is thickly covered with bits of eel-grass and sea-weeds, fragments of shells, and other similar things, all of which are firmly attached to the tube, but project externally in all directions, giv- ing this part of the tube a very rough and ragged appearance exter- nally, but it is very smooth within, and often it has an opening half an inch in diameter, or large enough so that the worm can turn around, end for end, inside of it. When undisturbed the occupant thrusts its head and the anterior part of the body out of the tube to the distance of several inches in search of food, or materials to add to its tube, ex- INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 347. posing the curious bright red gills, which are shaped something like miniature fir trees. The central stem is long and tapering, with a blood- vessel winding spirally up to its summit, and another winding in the opposite direction down to its base; the basal part is naked, but above this slender branches are given off, forming spirals all along the stem and gradually decreasing in length to the tip; each of the branches con- tains two slender blood-vessels. These branchie commence at the fifth segment and do not extend to the end of the body, the last ones being much smaller, with few branches. The first four setigerous segments have an acute, conical, papilliform ventral cirrus at the base of the lateral appendages; on the fifth and following segments these become low, broad, rounded, whitish tubercles, with longitudinal wrinkles or grooves, and with a dark spot in the middle; these appear to contain the glands which secrete the cement used in Serene the lining of the tube, for when attaching any additional object at the end, after adjusting it in the de- sired position the worm constantly rubs this part of the lower surface back- ward and forward over the edge of the tube and the object to be cemented to it, until a perfect adherence is effected, and a smooth coating of firm mucus is deposited, and this operation is repeated for every piece added to the tube. It is very interesting to watch these worms, when in con- finement in an aquarium, while engaged in constructing their tubes. By placing bits of bright colored shells, tinsel, cloth, or even pieces of bright colored feathers, near the tubes, they can be induced to use them, and thus some very curious looking tubes will be produced ; but they evidently prefer the more rough and homely materials to which they are accustomed, when they can be had. The iridescent, opaline colors of this species are usually very brilliant and beautiful, especially on the back, head, and bases of the antennz. The general color of the body is reddish brown, or deep brown, thickly specked with gray; the an- tenne are paler brown; the lateral appendages yellowish brown, finely specked with white and dark brown; the gills usually blood-red, but varying from light red to dark brown. There are two, small, black eyes between the bases of the odd median and upper lateral antenne. This species is often quite abundant on the sand-flats near low-water mark, especially where there is more or less mud mixed with the sand, but it is still more abundant in the shallow or moderately deep waters off shore, on muddy and shelly bottoms. It is difficult, however, to obtain entire specimens with the dredge, for it usually merely cuts off the up- per end of the tube, while the occupant retreats below; occasionally the head of the worm is cut off in this way. On the shore, also, it is not easy to obtain entire specimens unless the tubes be cautiously ap- proached and the retreat of the worm prevented by a sudden and deep thrust of the spade below it, so as to cut off the tube. This species is carnivorous and has a very powerful set of black jaws, which are une- qual on the two sides of the mouth, (fig. 68.) The Marphysa Leidyi (p. 319, Plate XIL, fig. 64) is allied to the pre- 348 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. ceding species, and has somewhat similar habits, but does not construct such perf ct tubes. It is occasionally dug out of the sand at low-water, but is much more common in deeper water. The Staurocephalus pallidus V. is also an inhabitant of these sandy shores, burrowing in the sand at low-water. It is a slender species, about two inches long and one-tenth broad. It is peculiar in having four long, slender antennez or tentacles on the front of the head, ar- ranged in a cross-like manner, to which the generic name alludes. There are also four, small, dark red eyes on the upper side of the head, The color is pale yellowish, the red blood-vessels showing through an- teriorly. This worm is allied to the two preceding, and to Lumbri- conereis, and like them it is predacious in its habits and has a very complicated set of jaws, consisting of numerous sharp, fang-like pieces of various shapes, arranged in several rows on both sides. The Sthenelais picta V. is another curious Aunelid, which is some- times found burrowing in the sand at low-water mark, but it also occurs” on shelly and muddy bottoms in deep water. It has a long, slender body, six inches or more in length, and the back is covered with two rows of thin, smooth scales, which are very numerous. The head is ‘usually brownish, with a whitish spot on each side; there is generally a dark brown band along the back; the scales are translucent, and vary in their color-markings, but more commonly there is a border of dark brown or blackish along the inner edge, which is usually con- nected with a similar border along the anterior edge, or with an ante- rior angular spot, and often with a dark border along the posterior edge, leaving more or less of the central part of each scale white and translucent. The Nephthys picta (Plate XII, fig. 57) is also sometimes found bur- rowing in sandy mud at low-water mark, but it is much more frequent in the deeper waters of the sounds. It can be distinguished at once from all the other species of Nephthys found in this region by its greater slenderness, and by having the body whitish and variously marked or mottled on the back, toward the head, with dark brown; it sometimes has a dark brown median dorsal-line. The shape of the head*and posi- tion of the tentacles are also peculiar. In sheltered situations, where there is some mud with the sand, the Cirratulus grandis V., (p. 319, Plate XV, figs. 80, $1,) is often met with burrowing beneath the surface. In similar places, and also in nearly pure, compact sand, and in sand mixed with gravel, the large tubes of Amphitrite ornata (p. 320, Plate XVI, fig. 82) are often to be seen ; these show a round opening, a quarter of an inch or more in diameter, surrounded by a slightly raised mound of sand, often different in color from that of the surface, and sometimes there are cylinders of such sand around the opening. These tubes are scarcely to be distinguished from those of Anthostoma robustum, described above, and are found in INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ET*. 349 similar places. But the worms are very unlike in appearance and structure. Several species of slender, greenish worms, belonging to the gen- era, Phyllodoce, Humidia, Hulalia, and Eteone, are occasionally dug out of the sand. In all these the head is well-developed and provided with four antenne at the end, and in the three last with an odd median one on its upper side, and they all have two well-developed eyes, and oval or lanceolate, leaf-like branchiz along the sides of the back. They are very active species, and most of them belong properly to the shelly and rocky bottoms in deeper water, where they are often very abundant. In sheltered coves, where there is mud with the sand, Cistenides Gouldti V., (p. 323, Plate XVII, figs. 87, 87a,) often occurs, but it is more partial to the muddy shores. On various dead shells, as well as on certain living ones, and on the back of Limulus, &c., the masses of hard, sandy tubes, built and occupied by the Sadbellaria vul- geris V., (p. 321, Plate X VII, figs. 88, 88a,) often occur. Of the Nemerteans the largest and most conspicuous is the Aleckelia ingens (p. 324, Plate XIX, figs. 96, 96a.) This species lives in the clear sand, near low-water mark, as well as in places that are more or less muddy, and notwithstanding its softness and fragility, by its means of burrowing rapidly, if can maintain itself even on exposed shores, where the sands are loose and constantly moved by the waves. The young, several inckes or even a foot in length, are quite common, but the full-grown ones are only occasionally met with. The largest that I have found were at least 15 feet long, when extended, and over an inch broad, being quite flat; but they co ild contract to two or three feet in length, and then became nearly cylindrical and about three-quarters © of an inch in diameter; the body was largest anteriorly, tapering very gradually to the posterior end, which was flat and thin, terminated by a central, small, slender, acute, contractile process one-quarter of an inch or less in length. The proboscis of the largest one, when pro- truded, was fifteen inches long, and about one-fifth of an inch in diame- ter where thickest. This proboscis, which is forcibly protruded from a terminal opening in the head, appears to be an organ of locomotion, at least to a certain extent, for when it penetrates the loose sand in any direction it makes an opening into which the head can be thrust, and then, by enlarging the opening, it can easily penetrate. But the pro- boscis is probably used, also, as an instrument for exploring the sand in various directions, either in search of food or to test its hardness or fitness for burrowing, thus economizing time and labor. At any rate, the ways in which this remarkable instrument is used by these worms, when kept in confinement with sand, suggest both these uses. But the proboscis is by no means the principal organ of locomotion, for the head itself is used for this purpose, urged forward by the undulatory movements of the muscular body, and aided by the constantly chang- ing bulbous expansions, both of the head and body, which both crowd 350 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. the sand aside, making the burrow larger, and furnish points of resist-: ance toward which the parts behind can be drawn, or against which the head and anterior parts can push in continuing the burrow. The head, moreover, is extremely changeable in form, at one time being spear-shaped, with a pointed tip and thin edges, and con- stricted at the neck; in the next minute broadly rounded; then perhaps truncate or even deeply emarginate at the end ; then gradually losing its distinctness and blending its outlines continuously with those of the body; or perhaps shrinking down to a small oval form, not more than one-third as wide as the body just back of it. All these and many other changes can often be witnessed within a very fey min- utes, and are so effected as greatly to aid the creature in burrowing This worm can also leave the bottom and swim rapidly in the water, the body being usually kept up edgewise and impelled forward by the undulations of the body, which thus become horizontal. When swim- ming in this way the motion reminds one of the swimming of a snake or aneel. In addition to the terminal pore, for the proboscis, there is a deep lateral slit or fossa on each side of the head, and a large ven- tral orifice beneath. The latter is very changeable in form, chaning from elliptical, long oval, oblong, or hour glass-shape, to circular in rapid - succession. ‘There are no eyes. Along each side of the greater part or the length of the body, the voluminous, transversely-bauded lateral organs can be imperfectly distinguished through the translucent integ- ument, as well as the median cavity, in which a dark pulsating tube can sometimes be seen. The lateral organs commence at about the anterior fourth in small specimens, but in the larger ones relatively nearer the head, for in the largest they originate only six or eight inches back of it. The portion in front of the lateral organs is thicker and more cy- lindrical than the rest of the body. The color of the largest specimens is generally light red or flesh-color, with the lateral edges and central band translucent grayish white, the lateral organs showing through as dull yellowish transverse branches, with diverticula between them; head yellowish. But one large speci: men was dull brownish yellow; others are yellowish white, with the lateral organs deep chestnut-brown, crossed by white lines. The small specimens are generally paler, usually pale flesh-color or yellowish white and often milk-white. Some of the diversity in color may be due to sexual differences. This species has also been dredged on sandy and shelly bottoms in six to eight fathoms in the sounds. Dr. Leidy has also described another similar species, from Great Egg Harbor, under the name of Meckelia lactea, which I have not been able to distinguish, unless it be what I have regarded as the light-colored young of M. ingens ; the white color seems to have been the principal character by which it was distinguished from the latter. The Meckelia rosea is, however, a very distinct species, but it lives in similar places and is often associated with the J. ingens. It has very sim- INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 351 ilar habits, but does not grow to a very large size. The largest specimens observed are only six oreight inckes long, and about a fifth of an inch broad. The body is also more cylindrical, the flattened part being rel- atively thicker and narrower, and not thin at the edges; in contraction it becomes nearly cylindrical. The lateral fosse of the head are long and deep; the ventral opening is relatively much smaller than in M, ingens and usually round. The proboscis is very long, slender; color, light purplish red or rose-color. The integument is rather firm and secretes a tenacious mucus to which a thin coating of sand often adheres when the worms are taken from their burrows. This species.seems to con- struct an imperfect tube by slightly cementing the sand with its mucus. All these species of Meckelia when caught and when kept in confine- ment generally break off portions from the posterior part of the body, one after another, until nothing but the head and a lot of short segments remain. Under favorable conditions they would doubtless be able to restore the lost parts, for other Nemerteans, having the same habit, are known to do so, and in some cases even the small fragments from the central parts have been known to‘again become entire worms. Various fishes feed upon these Meckelie, and it is probable that the habit of dis- membering, or rather disarticulating themselves, may serve an impor- tant purpose, by enabling them to escape, in part at least, when seized by fishes or crabs, for if even half the body should be lost the remaining half would be much better than nothing, for it could soon restore either a head or a tail. Another Nemertean, which lives in sand at low water, is the Tetra- stemma arenicola V., (Plate XIX, fig.98.) This is slender, subcylindrical, and four or five inches long when extended. The head is versatile in form, usually lanceolate or subconical, and has four eyes on the upper side. There is a deep fossa on each side of the head. The ventra opening, which is behind the lateral fossz, is small, triangular. The color is deep flesh-color or light purplish. The Balanoglossus aurantiacus is a very remarkable worm, related to ithe Nemerteans, which lives in the clear, siliceous sand near low-water mark. It is gregarious in its habits and occurs abundantly in certain spots, although not to be found in other similar places near by. It makes tubes or holes in the sand, twelve or fourteen inches deep, and lined with a thick and smooth layer of mucus. It throws out of the orifice peculiar elliptical coils of sand, by which the nature of the occupant may be known. This species was found by our party on the shore of Naushon Island, but Mr. A. Agassiz has found it abundantly at New- port, and on the beach just beyond Nobska Light, and also at Beverly, Massachusetts. Dr. Packard informs me that he has collected it at Beaufort, North Carolina, and I have received specimens found at Fort Macon, from Dr. Yarrow. The specimens first discovered were found at Charleston, South Carolina, by Dr. William Stimpson, twenty years ago, but they were only briefly and imperfectly described by Mr. Girard, at 352 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. that time, under the name of Stimpsonia aurantiaca. Mr. A. Agassiz has recently described and illustrated this worm, very fully, under the new name, B. Kowalevskii, in the Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, vol. ix, p. 421, and he has also given an account of its remarkable development and metamorphoses, proving that the larva is a free-swimming form, long known as TYornaria, and generally sup- posed to be the larva of a star-fish. This worm, when full grown, attains a length of six inches or more and a diameter of about a quarter of an inch. The body is elongated, tapering gradually, with a long, slender posterior portion. The body is somewhat flattened dorsally throughout most of its length. At the anterior end it is furnished with a broad thickened collar, in which large numbers of mucus-secreting glands are situated ; the anterior border of the collar is undulated, and from within the concavity, on the dorsal side arises a large muscular proboscis, which has a distinct peduncle, or narrower basal stem, above which it swells out into a somewhat flattened, long, pyriform, or elongated and sub- conical form, the shape constantly changing during life. The proboscis is somewhat wrinkled longitudinally, and more strongly horizontally, being furnished with muscles running in both these directions, and its surface contains mucus-secreting glands. According to Mr. Agassiz the cavity of the proboscis is not connected with the alimentary canal, but opens externally by a pore at the end, and by a narrow slit on the ventral side near the base, in advance of the mouth. The mouth is large and situated at the base of the proboscis on the ventral side. For some distance along each side of the back, behind the collar, is a row of complex gills; these are remarkable on account of their structure and position; they are formed from diverticula of the cesophagus and finally communicate with a row of external orifices situated along each side of the median dorsal-vessel. The gills are supported by a system of solid supports, constituting a sort of internal skeleton; the base of the proboscis is also connected with a firm internal frame-work. The color of this species is somewhat variable ; in young specimens the body was brownish yellow with lighter mottlings, the collar red, and the pro- boscis white ; in large specimens the proboscis is pale reddish yellow, the collar darker colored, the body purplish or brownish, the sides mot- tled with greenish and whitish, owing to the lateral organs or liver showing through. The proboscis of this worm, according to the obser- vations of Mr. Agassiz, is the priucipal organ of locomotion, but the collar also aids in the movements. The proboscis appears to be used much as certain bivalve mollusks, such as Solen, Petricola, &c., use their foot in burrowing; the end being contracted to a point, is thrust for- ward into the sand; water being then forced into it, by the muscles far- ther back, the end expands into a bulb, enlarging the hole and giving a point of resistance toward which the rest of the body can be drawn; the front part of the proboscis being again contracted and the water INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 353 expelled, the point can be again thrust forward and the movemeuts repeated. : Two species of Sipunculoid worms are also found living in the sand at low-water. The largest and most common of these is the Phascolos- oma Gouldii, (Plate XVIII, fig. 93.) This species grows to the length of a foot or more, and is often nearly half an inch in diameter, though more commonly about a quarter of an inch. The body is round and constantly changing in size and shape, owing to its contractions and expansions; the surface is smoothish, but longitudinally lined with mus- cular fibers anteriorly, and transversely wrinkled posteriorly. The in- tegument is firm and parchment-like. The mouth is surrounded by numerous short tentacles, which are partially connected together by a thin web, and crowded together in several circles. The color is yellow- ish white, grayish white, or yellowish brown. It burrows deeply in the sand and gravel,-using its body for this purpose very much as the Balanoglossus, just described, uses its proboscis. Another much smaller species of the same genus occurs in sand at low-water, and has similar habits, but it appears to be rather uncom- mon and has not been satisfactorily identified. Comparatively few species of Mollusks naturally inhabit sandy shores, though the shells of many species may be found on the beaches. On the more exposed beaches of loose siliceous sand none but those which have the power of burrowing quickly and deeply beneath the surface can exist. We find, however, that quite a number of our species, both of gastropods and bivalves, possess this power in ahigh degree and do habitually live on.the exposed beaches of loose sand. Among the Gastropods one of the largest and most conspicuous is the Lunatia heros, (Plate X XIII, figs. 133-136.) This species occurs all along our coast, from the Gulf of St. Lawrence to Cape Hatteras or be- yond, wherever sandy shores and pure waters are to be found, and it’ even seems to prefer the outer ocean beaches, where the waves break with full force, for it is abundant and of very large size on the outer beaches of the coast of New Jersey. When in motion (Fig. 134) the white soft parts are protruded from the shell to a remarkable extent and spread out broadly on all sides, so as to nearly conceal the shell; the foot is large, flat, and broadly expanded, with thin edges, and by means of it the animal is able to burrow, like a mole, beneath the surface of the sand, both for protection and in search of the bivalve shells upon whichit preys. The foot when well expanded is concave below and lubricated by a very abundant secretion of mucus, and therefore, when extended beneath the surface of the moist sand, it acts like a great sucker, holding the animal in place pretty firmly by the atmospheric pressure, thus serving as a sort of anchor in the sand. But nevertheless large numbers of these mollusks are uncovered, overturned, and thrown high up on the beaches by the storms, especially in winter and early spring. This species, like many others of its tribe, drills round holes through the sides of various S. Mis. 61 23 354 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. bivalve shells by means of the small flinty teeth on its lingual ribbon, which acts like a rasp, and having thus made an opening it inserts its proboscis and sucks out the contents. All sorts of burrowing bivalves in this way fall victims to this and the following species, nor do they confine themselves to bivalves, for they will also drill any unfortunate gastropods that they may happen to meet, not even sparing their own young. A variety of this species (var. triseriata, Plate X XIII, figs. 135, 136) has three revolving rows of chestnut or purplish spots, and has been regarded by most writers as a distinct species, and sometimes as the young; but both the plain and spotted shells occur of all sizes, from the the youngest to the oldest, and they are nearly always found together. In some cases, however, a shell that has the spots well defined unti; half grown, afterwards loses its spots and becomes perfectly plain, show- ing that the difference is only a variation in the color, but each style varies considerably in form. Another allied shell, growing nearly as large and generally much more abundant, except on the outer beaches, is the Neverita duplicata, (Plate XXIII, fig. 130.) This species has the same habits as the pre ceding and in this region they are often found together; but this is a more southern species, extending to the Gulf of Mexico and even to Texas, but it is not very common north of Cape Cod and does not extend to the eastern coast of Maine and Bay of Fundy. The curious egg-cases of this and the last species are often met with on the sandy and muddy flats at low-water. They consist of a broad, thin ribbon of sand, coiled up into a circle and shaped something like a saucer, but without a bottom; the ribbon is composed of innumerable little cells, each containing one or more eggs and surrounded with grains of fine sand cemented together by mucus. The cells can easily be seen by holding one of these ribbons up to the light and looking through it. The peculiar form of these egg-masses is due to the fact that they are molded into shape by being pressed against the body of the Shell when they are being extruded, and while they are still soft and gelatinous; they thus take the form and spiral curvature of that part of the shell, and when laid in the sand the fine grains at once adhere to and become imbedded in the tenacious mucus, which soon hardens. The Tritia trivittata (Plate X XI, fig. 112) is also frequently found on sandy shores and flats. When left by the tide it creeps along the sur- face of the sand, leaving long crooked trails, and sometimes burrows be. neath the surface, and when burrewing it moves with the aperture down- ward and the spire pointing obliquely upward, but when at rest in its burrow it reverses its position and rests with the spire downward and the aperture toward the surface. The Ilyanassa obsoleta (Plate XXI, fig. 115) is also generally to be found in considerable numbers creeping over the flats, and making trails INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. Jo and burrows.like the last, but this species has its proper home on the muddy shores and in estuaries, and will, therefore, be mentioned again. At certain times, especially in the spring, multitudes of the young shells of Bittium nigrum (p. 305, Plate XXIV, fig. 154) are found ereeping on the surface of the moist sand in sheltered places, at low- water, and generally associated with large numbers of the Astyris lunata, (p. 306, Plate XXII, fig. 110.) But this is not the proper habitat of either of these species; the reason of this habit is not obvious, unless they may have been accidentally transported to such places. They may be found, however, on the eel-grass growing on sandy shores. The Lacuna vineta (p. 305, Plate XXIV, fig. 139) also frequently occurs on eel-grass and sea-weeds in such places. The Orepidula fornicata (Plate XXIII, figs. 129, 129a) and C. ungui- formis (Plate XXIII, fig. 127) occur on shells inhabited by the hermit crabs as well as on the living shells of oysters, Pecten, Limulus, &c; and the smaller and darker species, C. convera, (Plate X XIII, fig. 128) occurs both on the eel-grass, and on the shells of Llyanassa obsoleta, especially when occupied by the small hermit-crabs. Occasionally specimens of Fulgur carica (Plate XXII, fig. 124) and of Sycotypus canalicu- latus are found crawling on sandy flats or in the tide pools, espec- ially during the spawning season, but they do not ordinarily live in such situations, but in deeper water and on harder bottoms off shore. The curious egg-cases of these two species are almost always to be found thrown up by the waves on sandy beaches. They consist of a series of disk-shaped, subcircular, or reniform, yellowish capsules, parchment- like in texture, united by one edge to a stout stem of the same kind of material, often a foot and a half or two feet in length. The largest capsules, about an inch in diameter, are in the middle, the size decreas- ing toward each end. On the outer border is a small circular or oval spot, of thinner material, which the young ones break through when they are ready to leave she capsules, each of which, when perfect, con- tains twenty to thirty, or more, eggs or young shells, according to the season. Dr. Elliott Coues, who has observed F. carica forming its cases at Fort Macon, North Carolina, states that the females bury themselves a few inches below the surface of the sand on the flats that are uncovered at low-water, and remain stationary during the process. The string of capsules is gradually thrust upward, as fast as formed, and finally pro- trudes from the surface of the sand, and when completed lies exposed on its surface. The string begins as a simple shred, two or three inches long, without well-formed cases; the first cases are small and imper- fect in shape, but they rapidly increase in size and soon become perfect, the largest being in the middle; the series ends more abruptly than it begun, with a few smaller and less perfect capsules. The number of capsules varies considerably, but there are usually seventy-five to. one hundred or more. At Fort Macon Dr. Coues observed this species 356 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. spawning in May, but at New Haven they spawn as early as March and April.. It is probable that the period of spawning extends over several months. Mr. Sanderson Smith thinks that they also spawn in autumn, on Long Island. It is not known how long a time each female requires for the formation of her string of capsules. There are two forms of these capsules, about equally abundant in this region. In one the sides of the capsules are nearly smooth, but the edge is thick or truncate along most of the circumference, and crossed by numerous sharp transverse ridges or partitions, dividing it into facets. Dr. Coues states that these belong to F’. carica. An examination of the young shells, ready to leave the capsules, confirms this. The other kind has larger and thinner cap- sules, with a thin, sharp outer edge, while the sides have radiating ridges or raised lines. Sometimes the sides are unlike, one being smooth and more or less concave, the other convex and crossed by ten or twelve radiating, elevated ridges, extending to the edge. This kind was attrib- uted to F. carica by Dr. G. H. Perkins, and formerly by Mr. Sanderson Smith, but a more careful examination of the young shells, within the capsules, shows that they belong to S. canaliculata. Among the sand-dwelling bivalve shells we find quite a number of species that burrow rapidly and deeply, some of them living in perma- nent holes or perpendicular burrows, into which they can quickly de- scend for safety, and others burrowing in the sand in all directions, without permanent holes. The ‘“razor-shell,” Hnsatella Americana, (Plate XX VI, fig. 182, and Plate XXXII, fig. 245,) is a common inhabitant of sand-flats and sand- bars, where the water is pure, generally living near low-water mark or below, but sometimes found considerably above low-water mark, as on the sand-bar at Savin Rock. This curious mollusk constructs a deep, nearly round, somewhat permanent burrow, which descends nearly per- pendicularly into the sand to the depth of two or three feet. These holes can generally be recognized, by their large size and somewhat elliptical form, when the tide isout. Sometimes they are very abundant in certain spots and not found elsewhere in the neighborhood. They sometimes come to the top of the burrow, when left by the tide, and pro- ject an inch or two of the end of the shell above the surface of the sand ; at such times, if cautiously approached, many can easily be secured by pulling them out with a sudden jerk, butif the sand be jarred the whole colony will usually take the alarm and instantly disappear. When thus. warned itis generally useless to attempt to dig them out, for they quickly descend beyond the reach of the spade. They will often hold themselves. so firmly in their holes by means of the expanded end of the long mus- cular foot, that the body may be drawn entirely out of the shell before they will let go. When not visible at the orifice they can often be se- cured by cutting off their retreat with a sudden oblique thrust of the spade below them. They are obliged to come up to the upper part of the burrow on account of the shortness of their siphons, or breathing- INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 357 tubes, which can be protruded only about an inch in specimens of the ordinary size, and as they depend upon one of these to bring them both food and oxygen, and on the other (dorsal) one to carry off the waste water and excretions, it is essential for their happiness that the orifices of these tubes should be at or near the opening of the burrow most of the time. In this respect the common “long clam,” Mya arenaria, (fig. 179,) and many others that have very long and extensile tubes have a ereat advantage. But the “razor-shell” makes up for this disadvan- tage by its much greater activity. Its foot, or locomotive organ, (see fig. 182,) is long and very muscular and projects directly forward from the anterior end of the shell; at the end it is obliquely beveled and pointed, and it is capable of being expanded at the end into a large bulb, or even into a broad disk, when it wishes to hold itself firmly and se- curely in its burrow. In excavating its burrows it contracts the end of the foot to a point and then thrusts it beneath the surface of the sand ; then, by forcing water into the terminal portion, it expands it into a swollen, bulbous form, and thus crowds the sand aside and enlarges the burrow ; then, by using the bulb as a hold-fast, the shell can be drawn forward by the contraction of the foot; the latter is then contracted into a pointed form and the same operations arerepeated. The burrow thus started soon becomes deep enough so that the shell will maintain an up- right position, when the work becomes much easier and the burrow rapidly increases in depth. The “ razor-shell,” like all other bivalves, depends upon the minute infusoria and other organic particles, animal and vegetable, brought in by the current of water that supplies the gills with oxygen. Itis preyed upon by several fishes that seem to be able to root it out of the sand, or perhaps seize it when at the surface. In this region its principal enemies are the tautog and skates. The latter appear to eat only the foot, for in their stomachs there are sometimes many specimens of this organ, but no shells or other parts. The common “long clam,” Mya arenaria, (p. 309, Plate X XVI, fig. 179,) is also ‘found on sandy shores from low-water nearly up to high- water mark, but it prefers localities where there is more or less gravel or mud with the sand, so as to render it compact, and it has a decided preference for sheltered localities, and especially abounds on the shores of esfuaries where there is a mixture of sand, mud,and gravel. It will, therefore, be more particularly mentioned among the estuary species. Yet it is often found even on the outer ocean-beaches, in favorable lo- calities, but not in the loose sands. It lives in permanent burrows, and on account of its extremely long siphon-tubes, which can be stretched out to the length of a foot or more, it is always buried at a considerable depth beneath the sand. The specimens of this shell that live on the outer sandy beaches are much thinner, whiter, and more regular in form than those found in the estuaries; they are often quite delicate in text- ure, and covered, even when full grown, with a thin, yellowish epidermis, and look so unlike the homely, rough, and mud-colored specimens usually - 358 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. sold in the markets, that they might readily be mistaken for another species. The “sea-clam” or “surf-clam,” Mactra solidissima, (Plate XXVIII, fig. 202,)is a large species which belongs properly to the sandy shores, and is seldom found elsewhere. It is common both in the sounds and on the outer ocean-beaches, but is not very often found above low-water of or- dinary tides unless thrown up by the waves. Its proper home is on sandy bottoms in shallow water, just beyond low-water mark and down to the depth of four or five fathoms. It occurs all along our coast, wherever there are sandy shores, from North Carolina to Labrador. Its shells are extremely abundant and of very large size on the outer sand- beaches of New Jersey and the southern side of Long Island. This Species grows very large, some of the shells being more than six inches long and four or five broad; and there is great variation in the form of the shell, some being oval, others more oblong or elliptical, and others nearly triangular; some are very swollen, others quite compressed; but all the intermediate grades occur. The siphon-tubes are quite short and the creature does not usually burrow very deeply, nor does it seem to — construct any permanent burrows. Butit has a very large muscular, compressed foot, with which it can quickly burrow beneath the surface of the sand. Nevertheless large numbers are always thrown on the beaches by violent storms, and once there they are very soon devoured by crows, gulls, and other large birds that frequent the shores. This species is not very largely used as food, and is seldom seen in our mar- - kets; partly because it cannot usually be so easily obtained in large quantities as the common “long clam” and “‘round clam,” and partly because it is generally inferior to those species as an article of food, for the meat is usually tougher, especially in the largest specimens. But moderate-sized and young * surf-clams” are by no. means ill-flavored or tough, and are quite equal in quality to any of the other clams, either “long” or “round,” that are ordinarily sold in the markets. The Siliqua costata, (Plate XXXII, fig. 244,) Lyonsia hyalina, (Plate XXVII, fig. 194,) and Levicardium Mortoni, (Plate X XIX, fig. 208,) are usually to be found on sandy shores and beaches, often in considerable numbers, but they do not naturally live above low-water mark, and, when found higher up, have probably been carried there by the action of the waves. Their proper homes are on sandy bottoms, in shallow water off shore. They are all rapidly burrowing species, and can live, for a time at least, in the loose sand above low-water mark. The Angulus tener (Plate XX VI, fig. 180, animal, and Plate XXX, fig. 223, shell) is a species that is partial to sandy bottoms and sandy shores, though it is also often found in soft mud. It frequently occurs living at low-water mark, but is more abundant in deeper water. It is a rapid burrower, and has remarkably long, slender, white siphons, which are entirely separate, from the base, and very flexible. On account of the length of these tubes it can remain buried to a considerable INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. Joo depth beneath the surface of the sand, merely projecting the tubes up- ward to the surface. Itis, nevertheless, like other bivalves, often rooted out of its burrows and devoured by many fishes, especially, in this re- gion, by the “scup” and flounders. ‘This species is found all along the eoast, from the Gulf of Saint Lawrence to South Carolina. The Macoma fusca (Plate XXX, fig. 222) is a related species, also furnished with similar, very long, slender, separate tubes, and is, therefore, able to live deeply buried beneath the surface. This species is much more abundant than the preceding, between tides, but it most abounds on shores that are more or less muddy, and in estuaries. But shen living on the sandy shores, and where the water is pure, it becomes much smoother and more delicate, and is often of a beautiful pink-color and much larger than the specimen figured. When living in the muddy estuaries it generally has a rough or eroded surface, more or less irregular form, and a dull white or muddy color, often stained with black, resembling in color the Mya arenaria, with which it is sometimes associated. It is dug up and eaten by the tautog and other fishes. The pretty little Tottenia gemma (Plate XXX, fig. 220) is a species peculiar to sandy shores, both above and below low-water mark; and it often occurs in immense numbers on the sandy flats laid bare by the tides, buried just beneath the surface of the sand. Owing to its small Size it is, however, liable to be overlooked, unless particularly sought for. It is an active species and burrows quickly. It is peculiar in be- ing viviparous, as was first observed by Mr. G. H. Perkins, who found, in January, from thirty to thirty-six, well-formed young sheils, of nearly uniform size, in each of the old ones. This shell has a lustrous, con- centrically grooved surface ; the color is yellowish white or rosy, with the beaks and posterior end usually purple or amethyst-color. It occurs all along the coast from Labrador to South Carolina. The common ‘‘round clam” or * quahog-clam,” Venus mercenaria, (Plate X XVI, fig. 184, animal,) is also common on sandy shores, living chiefly on the sandy and muddy flats, just beyond low-water mark, but is often found on the portion laid bare at low-water of spring-tides. It also inhabits the estuaries, where it most abounds. It burrows a short distance be- low the surface, but is often found crawling at the surface, with the shell partly exposed. It has short siphon-tubes, united from the base to near the ends, and a large, muscular foot, with a broad, thin edge, by means of which it can easily burrow beneath the sand when necessary. The lobes of the mantle are separate all around the front and ventral edge of the shell, and their edges are thin, white, and folded into deli- cate frills, some of which, near the siphon-tubes, are elongated and more prominent. Owing to the broad opening in the mantle, the foot can be protruded from any part of the ventral side, and has an ex- tensive sweep, forward and backward. The foot and mantle edges are white; tlie tubes are yellowish or brownish orange toward the end, 360 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. more or less mottled and streaked with dark brown, and sometimes with. opaque white. This species is taken in large quantities for food, and may almost al- ways be seen of various sizes in our markets. The small or moderate- sized ones are generally preferred to the full-grown clams. Most of those sold come from the muddy estuaries, in shallow water, and are fished up chiefly by means of long tongs and rakes, such as are often used for obtaining oysters. Sometimes they are dredged, and occasionally they can be obtained by hand at or just below low-water mark. These estuary specimens usually have rough, thick, dull-white, or mud-stained shells, but those from the sandy shores outside have thinner and more delicate shells, often with high, thin ribs, especially when young; and in some varieties the shell is handsomely marked with angular or zig- zag lines or streaks of red or brown, (var. notata.) These varieties often appear so different from the ordinary estuary shells that many writers have described them as distinct species, but intermediate styles also occur. This species is very abundant along the coast from Cape Cod to Florida; north of Cape Cod it is comparatively rare and local: Tt does not occur on the coast of Maine or in the Bay of Fundy, except in a few special localities, in small, sheltered bays, where the water is shallow and warm, as at Quahog Bay, near Portland; but in the south- ern parts of the Gulf of Saint Lawrence, as about Prince Edward’s Island and the opposite coast of Nova Scotia, where the water is shal- low and much warmer than on the coast of Maine, this species again occurs in some abundance, associated, in the same waters, with the oyster and many other southern species that are also absent from the northern coasts of New England, and constituting a genuine southern colony, surrounded on all sides, both north and south, by the boreal fauna. . The curious and delicate shell called Solenomya velum (Plate XXIX, fig. 210) is occasionally found burrowing in the pure, fine, siliceous sand near low-water mark, about two inches below the surface, but its proper home is in shallow water, beyond low-water mark, and it is, perhaps most abundant where there is mud mixed with sand, and it also lives in soft mud. Its shell is glossy and of a beautiful brown color, and is very thin, flexible, and almost parchment-like in texture, especially at the edges. It is a very active species, and has a very curious foot, which is protruded from the front end of the shell, and can be used in burrowing, very much asthe “ razor-shell,” described above, uses its foot; but the Solenomya makes use of its foot in another way, for it can swim quite rapidly through the water, leaving the bottom entirely, by means of the same organ. The foot can be expanded into a concave disk or umbrella-like form at the end, and, by suddenly protruding the foot and expanding it at the same time, a backward motion is obtained by the reaction against the water; or, by suddenly withdrawing the foot and allowing it to remain expanded during most of the stroke, a for- INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 361 ward motion is obtained. It is a singular sight to see this shell swim swiftly many times around a vessel of water, at the surface, until, finally, becoming exhausted by its violent exertions, it sinks to the bottom for rest. The common “ scollop,” Pecten irradians, (Plate XXXII, fig. 243,) is also frequently found living on sandy shores and flats, or in the pools; but it belongs more properly to the sheltered waters of the ponds and estuaries, where it lives among the eel-grass. It will, therefore, be mentioned again in that connection. The “‘common muscle,” Mytilus edulis, (p. 307,) is frequently found in large patches on sandy flats, fastened together by the threads of byssus. Some of the most beautifully colored varieties, (fig. 254,) with radiating bands of blue and yellow, are often found in such places, but the species is much more abundant and larger in other situations, especially in the shallow and sheltered waters of the bays, where there is more or less mud. Ascidians are almost entirely wanting on the sandy shores, but J/ol- gula Manhattensis (p. 311, Plate X XXIII, fig. 250) is sometimes found even on sandy shores, attached to eel-grass. Of Bryozoa only two species are usually met with, and even these do not have their true stations on the sandy shores. The delicate and gracefully branched Bugula turrita (p. 311, Plate XXXIV, figs. 258, 259) is occasionally found growing attached to the eel-grass, which often grows in the sandy tide-pools, or at extreme low-water. It also occurs in great abundance among the masses of sea-weeds thrown up by the waves on the sandy beaches. Such specimens are often large and luxuriant, in some cases being more than a foot in length ; these are derived from the bottom in deeper water, off shore. The Hscharella variabilis (p. 312, Plate XX XIII, fig. 256) is often found encrusting dead shells of various kinds, especially such as are inhab- ited by the larger ‘“‘hermit-crabs.” It is also cast up in abundance, on some beaches, from deeper water. | The Radiates are not numerous on sandy shores, yet several interest- ing species may be found. Among the Echinoderms we find four species of holothurians, one sea-urchin, one star-fish, and one ophiuran. The most common holothurian is the Leptosynapta Girardi, (Plate XXXYV, figs. 265,266.) Thisis along, slender, very delicate and fragile species, which burrows deeply in the sand or gravel near low-water mark. The holes are round and go down almost perpendicularly ; they are usually not more than a quarter of an inch in diameter. The creature is not quick in its motions, and can usually be found in the upper part of its burrow when the tide is out. The skin is thin and quite translucent, so that the white muscular bands that run lengthwise of the body, on the inside, can be easily seen, as well as the large intes- tine, which is always quite full of sand and gives a dark appearance to the body. The tentacles are almost always in motion, and are used in 362 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. burrowing as well as for other purposes. The skin is filled with minute perforated oval plates, to each of which there is attached, by the shank, a beautiful little anchor, (fig. 266,) quite invisible to the naked eye. The flukes of these anchors project from the skin and give it a rough feeling when touched; they afford the means of adhesion to various foreign substances, having a rough surface, and are doubtless useful to them when going up and down in the burrows. When kept in confine- ment this species will generally soon commence to constrict its body, at various points, by powerful muscular contractions, which often go so far as to break the body in two, and after a few hours there will usually be nothing left but a mass of fragments. | Another related species, L. roseola V., also occurs in similar places and has nearly the same habits, but this species is of alight rosy color, caused by numerous minute round or oval specks of light red pigment scattered through the skin. The anchors are similar but much more slender, with the shank much longer in proportion. The perforated plates are also much smaller in proportion to the length of the anchors. The Caudina arenata is much more rare in this region. It lives at extreme low-water mark, or just below, buried in the sand. Its skin is thicker and firmer than that of the preceding species, and its body is shorter.and stouter, while the posterior part narrows to a long slender caudal portion. Its skin is filled with immense numbers of small, round, wheel-like plates, with an uneven or undulated border, perforated near the rim with ten to twelve roundish openings, and usually haying four quadrant-shaped opening’ in the middle; or they may be regarded as having a large round cpening in the middle, divided by cross-bars Into four parts. This species appears to be rare in this region, and was met with only by Professor H. E. Webster, at Wood’s Hole, but it is quite abundant in some parts of Massachusetts Bay, as at Chelsea Beach and some of the islands in Boston Harbor. These and all other holothurians are devoured by fishes. The Thyone Briareus is a large purple species, often four or five inches long and one inch or more in diameter. It is thickly covered over its whole surface with prominent papille, by which it may easily be distin- guished from any other found in this region. It is more common in the shallow waters off shore, on shelly bottoms. — The “sand-dollar,” Hehinarachnius parma, (Plate XXXY,_ fig. 267,) is the only sea-urchin that is commonly met with on sandy shores in this region, and this is not often found living on, the shore, except at extreme low water of spring-tides, when it may sometimes be found on flats or bars of fine siliceous sand in great numbers, buried just beneath the surface, or even partially exposed. Itcreeps along beneath the sand with a slow gliding motion, by means of the myriads of minute extensile suckers with which it is furnished. It is far more abundant on sandy bottoms at various depths off shore. It has a very wide range, for itis found all the way from New Jersey to Labrador, and also on INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 363 the North Pacific coast; and in depth it ranges from low-water mark to 430 fathoms, off Saint George’s Bank, where it was dredged by Messrs. Smith and Harger. When living its color is usually a rich purplish brown, but it soon turns green when taken from the water. It gives a dark green or blackish color to alcohol, which stains very injuriously any other specimens put in with it. The fishermen on the coast of Maine and New Brunswick sometimes prepare an indelible marking-ink from these “sand-dollars,” by rubbing off the spines and skin and, after pulverizing, making the mass into a thin paste with water. A number of fishes have been found to swallow this unpremising creature for food, and the flounders consume large numbers of them. The common green star-fish, Asterias arenicola, (p. 326, Plate XXXV, fig. 269,) is sometimes met with on sandy shores, but is much less abun- dant than on rocky shores. The curious “brittle star-fish,” Ophiura olivacea, is sometimes found among the eel-grass on sandy shores, espe- cially in tide-pools, in sheltered localities. It may be recognized by its nearly circular, disk-like body, about three-quarters of an inch in diameter, with five round, rather slender, tapering, stiff-looking arms, about three inches long. The color is bright green, much like that of the eel-grass among which it lives. When at home in the water it moves about over the sand quite rapidly by means of its arms. When taken from the water it does not usually break itself up into numerous fragments, as readily as most of its related species do. It is rather southern in its distribution, and Vineyard Sound is perhaps its northern limit. It extends southward at least to North Carolina. Of acalephs there are no species known to me that properly belong to the sandy shores, but Hydractinia polyclina (p. 328) is often found on the shells carried about by the hermit-crabs, in such situations, and there are species of Obelia and other hydroids that sometimes grow on the eel-grass in the tide-pools, but they are much more frequent in other situations. : Among the Polyps we find several species proper to sandy shores and specially adapted to this mode of life. One of the most interesting of these is the Halocampa producta, (p. 330, Plate X XXVIII, fig. 285,) which has already been described. This often occurs in the sand at low-water mark, and makes round holes about a foot deep, which can sometimes be recognized by small cracks radiating from the hole when the tide leaves them uncovered. The Sagartia modesta (p. 330) is also found buried in the sand at low- water, especially where there is also some gravel with the sand. The Sagartia leucolena (p. 329, Plate XX XVIII, fig. 284) is sometimes found in similar situations, but belongs properly to the rocky shores. The Paractis rapiformis is a species that is still little known. Itlives buried deeply in the sand at and below low-water mark. It appears to be common on the coast of North Carolina, at Fort Macon, where it is often thrown up by storms, and it has also been found at Great Egg Har- 364 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. bor and near New Haven light. The body is three or four inches long when extended, and an inch or more in diameter, and is very changeable in form. The surface is nearly smooth, slightly sulcated lengthwise, and the color is usually pink, or pale flesh-color, translucent. The tentacles are numerous, short, tapering, pale greenish olive, with a dark band around the base, connected with a dark line radiating from the mouth. Toward the upper part of the body the surface is somewhat wrinkled and is capable of attaching grains of sand to itself. When thrown up by the waves it contracts into a globular or pyriform shape and ‘somewhat resembles a boiled onion or turnip.” List of the species ordinarily inhabiting the sandy shores. ARTICULATA. Insects. Page. Page Rinses, (larvae). 205.282 335 | Geopinus incrassatus...... 339 Cicindela generosa (larva).. 336 | Phytosus littoralis ........ 330 ©. dorsalis......- Jee oY ig 354 SBledins: cordatuss Legere Ooo - Crirticollis:..0. 629815 9 $30 (3. pallipennis.: 2... 2 9a 330 Sraloohirta. ia. 220s s. 022 ood | Heterocera undatus ...-...- 00 Crustacea. Page Page Ocypoda arenaria .......-.- 337 | Orchestia agilis........2-: 046 Gelasimus pugilator........ 336 | Talorchestia longicornis... 336 @Cancerirroratus: <=... 2... -. 338 | T. megalophthalma......-. 336 OCarcinus granulatus....-.... 312 | Lepidactylis dytiscus...... 309 Platyonichus ocellatus...... 338 4) Umetola irrotata® ../. eee 340 Libinia canaliculata ......-. 339 | Idotea irrorata. ..:--. +22. 340 Hippa talpoida........-...- 388 | Dexa ....... eee 340 HKupagurus pollicaris....... 313 | 2. Murtsii:-.¢ eee eee 340 Hi, Jongicarpug 2-0 f22.. 2-6 339 | Scyphacella arenicola...... 337 Orangon vulgaris... 2.22. . 339 | Limulus Polyphemus...-.. 340 Palemonetes vulgaris... .-.-. 339 Page. Page. Sthenelais picta.........-.-. 348 | Polydora ciliatum......... © 345 Mephthys: picta...¢.2cs.05. 348 | Diopatra cuprea .......... 346 ECOG Spade sie... bE ees 3049 | Marphysa Leidyi.....-.... O47 NGOS VINENGs 0.2. fb. Oe 341 | Lumbriconereis opalina.... 342 N, Timbataie cei... D pide we O€1 4G Ta temuis. .\. .. so) ee 342 Cirratulus grandis ......... 348 | Staurocephalus pallidus.... 348 Scolecolepis viridis......... 345 | Rhynehobolus Americanus. 342 So thug ... 2 eee 379 Crustacea. Page. Page Panopeus Sayi.....-- cues o82| Jeera COplosa....-..--...22 382 WPAWeWRESSUS ©... -.-.-----2. Joa] Panais ili 2. eee eae Le ee yale diporaiis. 22.2.2... 315| Balanus eburnems ..-....-. 381 Gammarus ornatus..-..-.-. 302) ‘B. erenatus. <2. oe eee 381 Weta MIs. es... es -ss) ) 002) -B. Dalanoidés .~ 22". paeeeee 381 Amphithoé compta......--. 382| B. tintinabulum.... ...-.- 381 Corophium cylindricum.... 382{ Lepas anserifera...-...... 082 Saprella, Spi... 4. 222 eee plo! U-anatifera... ..5: 22 382 Limnoria ignorum........ ovd | Ge pechinata 2.2.2. eaaee 382 Idotea irrorata......-.---- 316| Conchoderma virgata. -..... 382 ep nosplorea\. 2. oes 2S o1O OC -sauitd..--.--. o-oo ee 382 Annelids. Page. Page. Lepidonotus squamatus.... 320| Nicolea simplex.........-.. 382 Harmothoé imbricata... .-. oo.) Geprea rubra... +... 22. eee 382 JOON ULE oS) Oran ee ee 349| Polycirrus eximius........ 382 UMNO Se eee 2. eck ew 349} Potamilla oculifera........ 382 Podarke obscura.......-.. 082} Sabella micropthalma...... 382 Autolytus cornutus........ 307 |) Hachone, Sp. ..25. eee Ree 416 Nereis linlsaeee soc: + 382| Serpula dianthus.......... 322 Sabellaria vulgaris........ o21| Spirorbis spirillum......-.. 323 Nemerteans. / Page. Page. Polinia glutinosa........ .- . 882] Cerebratulus, (?) sp......-- 382 Nemertes socialis.......... O24 MOLLUSCA. Gastropods. Page. Page. Bela Oe nMdy sh. is ne os ome 383] Astyris lunata............ 383 Urosalpinx cinerea........ 383] Anachis avara........ <= ee ATIUG MLUV IVA ms kas ode oe 3883] Littorinella minuta........ 383 Ilyanassa obsoleta......... 083| Rissoa aculeus............ 383 INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. Odostomia. fuses. o< .s220- O. trifida Littorina palliata......... PRTLOIS 5 4:iahe ahoemee aud abso 3 PELIOM, NISTUM: 6... < <<. TPeredo Mavalis...... ....- BP PhOMsSOnt. 2 225 aie 238 PO MeSOUATSa. . 0.2 Ss Xylotrya fimbriata....... Cynthia partita -Perophora viridis......... Sista euuried 2.2.22... 22 Vesicularia, dichotoma ... Peeesetlise os. 2 WarGHBCUta..-- 202-0 Foose! Asterias arenicola........ Obelia gelatinosa......... Se eae. 8 e. COMMistiFalis.. 22... -- Sr pyriwurits-%.. 4.2... JAI 1c he eo! eee eert eeeene ec eee 567 | oF Ne OL Triforis nigrocinetus.....-.. Cerithiopsis terebralis...... Ce GrEGON S28 ocd. . ol Oa Atehdiva. pilata. i... dese Cavolina gymnota (?)...... Alexia myosotis........... an) steer 21) 3888 | Lamellibranchs. Page. S) isce Vegtibesiedilise io.) ya... . SeSe )Amomiaflabra. fede... . 387| Ostrea Virginiana........- t VigSe Ascidians. Page. + 2380) Botrylius Gouldirt...- +... Molgula Manhattensis..-.. 2.308 388| Amarcecium constellatum . - Bryozoa. P age. Malle 389 Buema, Cured. oo. so).c4 see B. navellatac too. ss Escharella variabilis....--. Membranipora pilosa.....- RADIATA. Echinoderms. Campanularia flexuosa..... Ealeciuin sracie. 254... -~ Sertularia pumila......--.. Pennaria tiarella.....-.... Parypha, €rocea...--:.---.- Polyps. Page. | Metridium marginatum.... 393 Page. 383 417 383 383 383 383 Page. 388 311 388 | Page. 389 389 Page. 389 389 389 406 Page. 327 391 391 d27 390 Page 391 394 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. PROTOZOA. Porifera, (Sponges.) Page. Page, Grantia ciliata (?)......... 591 | Hahehondria, sp: 2220 22sb ee 330 Leucosoleniabotryoides(?).. 391 | Renieria, sp..............- 330 Chalinasp.: - 397 | Cirrhinereis fragilis ...-..-. Harmothoé imbricata. ...... 397 | Naraganseta coralil....-..-- Phyllodoce, SPskateetee=«-- 397 | Sabellaria vulgaris .......- HALO, SP wt Bee ee eee elon 397 1_Nicolea Simplex, .-.. 26-58 HUMIGIA, SP oi cin ci ne ey ee 397 | Scionopsis palmata.......-. Autolytus cornutus ......-. 397-4, OLY GILES EXIMIDS 2 + -j)cenee Autolytus, sp...-.- Re cdot nae 398 | Potamilla oculifera..-...-- Nereis pelagica .........--- 397 | Sabella microphthalma .... Podarke obscura ....-....-. 319, | Kabricia, Leidyi .- 222 cosas Marphysa Leidyi.....--.-.. 319 | Serpula dianthus....-..... Lumbriconereis opalina.... - O97...) PILOT DIS, SP - 7.2 See Nemerteans. Page. Cosmocephala ochracea.... 325 | Cerebratulus? sp..-.--.--- molima @lutinosa. -- 222.20. O24 MOLLUSOA. Gastropods. ; Page. MP UVLOUrCALICA Ce eae ee we 099 | Triforis nigrocinctus...-.-- Sycotypus canaliculatus.... 399 | Crucibulum striatum. .-...- Tritia trivittata ........... 354 | Crepidula fornicata......-. Urosalpinx cinerea ..-..--- 399 | (C; ineuiformis . 2. seen Astyris lunata .:... a es . 899 | Leptochiton apiculatus . AL wonalis.t. el ccee ce eek 399 | Ja auber......2 2-2-2. Anachis avara ..-.-.....--- 306 | Doto coronata.. . 22.2228: iacuna .vineba .---.. spk ee 305. | Polycera Lessonil........0 223 BabhlumM MiorinaMN ie See Ae eY 305. | AMOS, ISp.i.0, oc 06a ere Cerithiopsis Greenii ....... 383 | Doridella obscura .-....... ier omersonii., ..<. i.e eee 417 | Page, Mya BVONATIA |. 22.6 Uk 401 | Baxicaya arctica .2.0.5.0. 5. 401 Argina pexata ..........-- 401 Scapharca transversa...... 401 | Ostraea Virginiana Mytilus edulis. ....o 05-2 Modiola modiolus.......... Anomia glabra.......... ai eee ee ee Page. 305 399 350 350 399 399 400 400 400 400 INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. Ascidians. Page Cynthia partita ..........- 2Oe | EB tutieo lumi! i294 lg it) Se Molgula Manhattensis ...-. 401 | Amareecium stellatum.... . Perophora viridis.....-.... 401 | A. constellatum........... Leptoclinum albidum...... 0 ie: alo Ch Bryozoa. Page Aleyonidium ramosum.....- 404 | Eueratea chelata......-.- we yar Hhispidkumereyns Qi 20) 404 | Altea anguinea.........-.- ie Parasibicum.... =... ..-.. 404 | Bueula turritat? a2 250. 2: Pee PPESHLUME |... =~ a2) a)5 5 42 404) |. Be tiabellatas 5.4 244425545. . Vesicularia gracilis.....--. 389 | Membranipora pilosa .-....- We dichotoma:. 2. «.-- +2- + - 40, i NE WCAC 42 as ek ee = 3 1 CUS er _404 | Escharipora punctata.....-. ASE TST 2 Se ae ee 405 | Escharella variabilis..-.-.-.- Tubulipora flabellaris ..... - 405 | Mollia hyalina ..........-.- Diastopora patina .......- . 405 | Cellepora ramulosa........ Sista CDUIIECH,......---~.5- 405 | Pedicellina Americana..... RADIATA. Echinoderms. Page. Arbacia punctulata........ 406 | Asterias arenicola......... Strongylocentrotus Dro Cribrella sanguinolenta. .- - PeICMICHSIS Fo o:e 2 rs. els as 406 Acalephs. Page. | Campanularia flexuosa..... 327 | Sertulariacornicina.... ... peeivolubilis..3....5.. a0. 7 OS) | Srarventem /:. 1.223 a Platypyxis cylindrica ee 2) 405. |S. Cupressina: 4 . sa, 92209. Orthopyxis caliculata...... 408 | Hydrallmania falcata ..... Clytia Johnstoni .......... 408 | Halecium gracile........-. Oy mtermedia és. 20/5902, 408 | Bougainvillia superciliaris . Obelia fusiformis.......... 407 | Eudendrium ramosum ....- - Oiveniculata ive. 252) 25.1: 407) | day dispar OIei eg 9hs. $522. ). dichotomies si 2N9.2% 2). : 407 | Pennaria tiarella.....-...-- ©: comnusuralig ys £282). ov. 027 | Thamnocnida tenella ..-...- Lafoéa calearata .......... 408 | Hydractinia polyclina.-.-.-- Elamularia: spi)l 2 Ey. AQT All Page. 403; 402 403 AOL Page. 405 405 405 389 406 406 403 403 405 405 405 Page. 406 AQT Page. 408 408 408 408 328 328 408 408. 327 407 407 412 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. Polyps. Page. Page. Metridium marginatum.... 329 | Astrangia Dane .......... A08 Sagartia leucolena.......-.. 329 PROTOZOA. Sponges. Page. Page. ‘Grantia eligitaly..........- 330 | Chalina oculata .......-... 409 Cliona sulphurea.......... 409 | Chalina, slender species.... 409 PAM eee Ls. ~ olde. vias 409 | Several other sponges...... 409 Sponge, red species.......- 409 Foraminifera. Page Wameraus Species: .4seucieseeit: | alin. sitiswccsesstecememe 421 6. FAUNA OF THE GRAVELLY AND SHELLY BOTTOMS OF THE BAYS AND SOUNDS. Bottoms composed of gravel or pebbles, often with small stones, and generally with a considerable proportion of dead and usually broken shells, were of frequent occurence in Vineyard Sound, and a few such localities were found in Buzzard’s Bay. Similar bottoms of small extent have also been examined in Long Island Sound, near New Haven. These bottoms are generally the most productive and agreeable for the dredger, for they are the favorite abodes of large numbers of animals | of all classes, and the contents of the dredge are often so clean that they require little if any washing in the sieves. They vary much, however, in character, some of them consisting mostly of gravel, with pebbles and perhaps small scattered boulders; others consist largely of broken shells, especially those of Mactra solidissima and Crepidula fornicata, mixed with more or less gravel, sand, and mud. Others are so completely overgrown with the various large compound asci- dians described above, that they might well be called “ ascidian bottoms.” In many places, however, there are patches of mud or sand, scattered here and there over a bottom which is mostly of gravel and shells, so that the dredge will often bring up more or less mud or sand, with some of the animals peculiar to such patches, mixed with those peculiar to the gravelly bottoms, thus augmenting the number and variety of animals. In other cases more or less mud and sand may be mixed with the gravel throughout, or the bottom may be in process of changing from mud or sand to gravel, or the contrary, owing to frequent changes in the directions of the currents, produced chiefly by the action of storms upon the shoals and bars of sand. Hence it is often difficult to INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 413° distinguish with certainty the animals properly inhabiting the gravelly and shelly bottoms trom those that pertain to the muddy and sandy bottoms, but for our present purposes it is not necessary to make a very sharp distinction between tbe different lists, for many species are com- mon to all, and the areas of the different kinds of bottom are generally small in this region, and evidently may change their character from time to time. | After a single storm the character of the bottom, in some localities, was found to be greatly altered over wide areas, sometimes several miles in extent, at depths of two to ten fathoms, and the animal life at the bot- tom was always found to have changed very quickly, when the physical character of the bottom had been modified. The most frequent cause of change was the accumulation of immense quantities of dead sea- weeds and eel-grass over bottoms that, a few days before, had been per- fectly free from it. Such accumulations must either kill the majority of the animals inhabiting gravelly, sandy, or rocky bottoms, or else cause them to migrate. In ail probability the majority of them perish, at such times, beneath the accumulations. In other cases one or two storms sufficed to change gravelly and shelly bottoms to sandy ones, causing, undoubtedly, great destruction of life and a great change in its character over particular areas. These changesin the character of the deposits accumulating on the bottom, attended with extermination of life and changes in its character in particular localities, illustrate on a small scale similar phenomena that’ have constantly occurred on a grander scale in the history of the past life of the globe, during all the geological ages, from the first commencement of life. Practically it was’ found quite difficult to find, in this region, large areas of gravelly and shelly bottoms, without some admixture with mud or sand, and it very seldom happened that a continuous series of dredgings could be made on such bottoms without encountering patches of mud and sand. Therefore the accompanying list of species undoubtedly contains many that belong rather to muddy or sandy bottoms than to those now under discussion, for species have not been excluded unless well known, from many observations, to be peculiar, or nearly so, to mud or sand and rarely met with on true hard bottoms. The following are the principal localities where this kind of bottom was explored in Vineyard Sound and vicinity, but those belonging to the outside cold area are not included: ~ First. An extensive area extending from off Nobska Point eastward, nearly parallel with the shore, with some interruptions of sandy bot. tom, as far as Suconesset Shoal, mostly in three to eight fathoms of water; on this bottom were the dredgings of line 6, a, b, c, d, e, f; 21, @, b, c,d; 22, a,b, 6d; 23, a, b, 6, f; 25, b,c, d; 26, a, b,c, d,e; 34 a,b, 6, d, 6, f ; 35, a, b,c, d, e. Second. Another similar region nearly parallel with the southeastern shores of Naushon and Nonamesset Island and extending out into mid- > 414 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. channel; dredgings on line 5, a, b; 7, b,c, d; 8, ¢, d,e,f,g 3 42, a, b; 43, a, b, c, d, e, were made on the shallower portion of this ground, mostly in three to eight fathoms; 38, a, b,c; 39, a,b; 40, a,b, c,d; 41,b; 44, a, b, c, d, e; 46, e, were made in the deeper parts of the chan- nel, in eight to fifteen fathoms. Third. Several areas, in the deeper waters of the sound, north and northeast of Holme’s Hole, and doubtless continuous with the last area; _ _dredgings, at line 28, a, b, c, d,e,f; 29, a,b, c; 31, a, b, c, d, e 3 32: a, b,¢ 3 33, a, b, c, d, were made on these bottoms. Fourth. A narrow strip of clean gravelly bottom, swept by the strong currents passing around West Chop, and situated between the * Middle Ground” Shoals and Martha’s Vineyard, and extending around to Hast Chop, with an interruption of rocky bottom just opposite West Chop; - dredgings on line 37, a, b, c, d, 9g, h; 47, a, and 48, a, b, c, d, were made on this area. Fifth. In the channel, at the entrance to Great Harbor, off Nonamesset Island, and partially extending into the harbor, there is more or less gravelly and shelly bottom, frequently alternating with rocks and often composed chiefly of dead shells, (mainly Crepidula fornicata.) This place is swept by the powerful tidal currents running through Wood’s Hole Passage; dredgings at line 3, d,e; 5, e,f,g; 138, a, b; 18, a, b, ¢, d; 19,4; 20,a, b, and many others not indicated on the chart, were made here. Sixth. Another area at the other end of Wood’s Hole Passage, north of Hadley Harbor, and extending outinto Buzzard’s Bay a short dis- tance; some parts of this region had a smooth hard bottom of fine gravel and sand, or coarse sand; in other places it was more or less stony; dredgings on line 10, e, f; 11, a, b, ¢, d,e,g; 12, b,e; 70, a, b,c, d; 71,a, b, were on these srawvelly bottoms. ait A praliog region off Cataumet Harbor, in Buzzard’s Bay ; the bottom here;was hard gravel and shells, much overgrown with alge ; dredgings at line 65, a, b, and others not indicated, were made here. Highth. At Quick’s Hole, in the channel between Nashawena and Pasque Islands, good gravelly bottom was found; dredgings at line 45, a,b; 76, a,b,c; 77, ¢, d, e,f, were on this area. Similar bottoms of small extent were also met with in other places. There are also gravelly bottoms in the southwestern part of Vineyard Sound, near its mouth, as off-Menemsha, but as these are inhabited by the more northern species of animals, they will be grouped with those of the outside waters. The animals of gravelly and shelly bottoms may be burrowing or tube- dwelling species, like many annelids, amphipods, bivalve-shells, &e.; they may be species that adhere directly to the shells and pebbles, like cer- tain hydroids, bryozoa, bivalve-shells, and the numerous ascidians; the latter are quite as numerous here as upon the rocky bottoms, and for the most part of the same species; they may be species that hide among INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 415 the shells and pebbles or between the ascidians, &c., like many of the larger annelids, some of the crabs, and other crustacea, &c.; they may be species that live among or attached to the hydroids, bryozoa, ascid- ians, and alge which grow upon the shells and pebbles ; such are many of the small crustacea, some annelids, many small gastropod shells, and most of the more delicate bryozoa and hydroids; or they may be larger kinds that creep or swim about over the bottom, in search of food, such as the lobster, the larger crabs, hermit-crabs, large gastropod mollusks, star-fishes, sea-urchins, holothurians, &c. Owing to the great abundance of animal life on bottoms of this character they are the favorite feeding- grounds of many kinds of fishes, such as the tautog, scup, black bass, haddock, and cod, together with many others that are less valua- ‘ble. Most of the “banks” and “fishing-grounds” resorted to by the line fishermen have either gravelly and shelly or else rocky bottoms, and those banks most frequented by fishes are almost always found to be rich dredging-grounds. The gravelly banks in this region are, in winter and spring, fishing-grounds for cod and haddock, but these fishes retreat to colder waters in the summer. Among the Crustacea the most abundant and important species are the lobster, Homarus Americanus, (p. 395,) the common shrimp, Cran- gon vulgaris, (p. 339, Plate III, fig. 10,) the common rock-crab, Cancer irroratus, (p. 312,) Panopeus Sayi, (p. 312,) P. depressus, (p. 312, Plate I, fig. 3,) the larger hermit-crab, Hupagurus pollicaris, (p. 313,) the smaller hermit-crab, HZ. longicarpus (p. 313,) the Heteromysis formosa, (p. 396,) Mysis Americana, (p. 396,) Unicola irrorata, (p. 340, Plate IV fig. 19,) Amphithoé maculata, (p. 315, Plate LV. fig. 16,) Corophium cyl- indricum, (p. 370,) which lives among the hydroids, and a species of Autonoé, which lives in the crevices among the lobes of the sandy ascidians (Amarecium pellucidum) in large numbers. The barnacle, Bal- anus crenatus, (p. 396,) is very abundant. One of the most interesting of the Crustacea met with was the Het- erocrypta granulata, which occurred off Falmouth and near Suconesset light-ship. This is one of the triangular crabs in which the carapax is smooth; the chelipeds are long and triangular. It is a southern species, occurring on the Florida coast, and is new to our fauna.. Another triangular crab, the Pelia mutica, also occurs on these bot- toms, but this has a rough carapax, and resembles a small specimen of the common spider-crabs, Libinia. Clinging to and creeping over the hydroids and ascidians a singular long-legged Pycnogonid is often met with on shelly bottoms. Thisis the Phoxichilidium mazillare, (Plate VII, fig. 35.) It is most frequently deep purple in color, but gray and brown specimens are often met with. The larve of afly, Chironomus halophilus, was dredged in five fathoms. The Annelids are quite numerous, and the majority of them are the same as those found on the rocky bottoms, for the same species inhabit the interstices of the massive ascidians, found equally on both kinds of 416 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. bottom, and the same tube-dwelling species can attach themselves to stones and shells just as well as torocks. Most of the additional species are burrowing kinds, and some of them probably inhabited patches of mud or sand. Among the more interesting species are Nephthys bucera, (Plate XII, fig. 58;) Anthostoma acutum V., a new species; Scolecolepis cirrata, new to the American coast; Scalibregma brevicauda V., a very interesting new species; Cirratulus tenuis V., a new species ; Ampha- rete setosa V., also a new species ; Serpula dianthus V., (p. 322.) Several rare or undescribed species were also met with that have not yet been fully identified. Among these were a peculiar species of Nereis; a large Anthostoma ; a young Polydora ; an apparently undescribed species of Samytha ; a species of Huchone, perhaps identical with LH. elegans V.; the calcareous tubes of a small worm, perhaps a Vermilia, which have © two carina on the upper side. Two species of Sipunculoids occurred, one of which is probably un- described. The other is the Phascolosoma ccementarium, (Plate XVIII, fig. 92,) a species very common on all the northern coasts of New Eng- land in deep water. This worm takes possession of a dead shell of some small Gastropod, like the hermit-crabs. but as the aperture is always too large for the passage of its body, it fills up the space around it with a very hard and durable cement, composed of mud and sand united to- gether by a secretion from the animal, leaving only a small, round open- ing, through which the worm can extend the anterior part of its body to the distance of one or two inches, and into which it can entirely with- draw at will. Itthus lives permanently in its borrowed shell, dragging it about wherever it wishes to go, by the powerful contractions of its body, which can be extended in all directions and is very changeable in form. When fully extended the forward or retractile part is long and slender, and furnished close to the end with a circle of small, slender tentacles, which surround the mouth; there is a band of minute spinules just back of the tentacles; the anal orifice is at the base of the retractile part ; the region posterior to this has a firmer and more granulous skin, and is furnished toward the posterior end with a broad band of scat- tered, blackish, acute, recurved spinules, more or less triangular in form, which evidently aid it in retaining its position in the shell. As it grows too large for its habitation, instead of changing it for a larger shell, as the hermit-crabs do, it gradually extends its tube outward be- yond the aperture by adding new materials to it. Some of the fishes often suddenly cut short this labor by swallowing the worm, shell and all. In July the common squids, Loligo Pealii, (Plate XX, figs. 102-105,) were taken in considerable numbers by means of the trawl, on gravelly and shelly bottoms off Falmouth, and with them large quantities of the eggs contained in large bunches or groups of long, gelatinous capsules. They were apparently spawning at that time. Although the Gastropod mollusks are seldom very numerous at any particular spot on these bottoms, yet a pretty large number of species INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 417 occur, and they are quite generally diffused. Many of them have already been enumerated as occurring on rocky bottoms. The Fulgur carica, (p. 355, Plate XX, fig. 124,) and the Sycotypus canaliculatus, (p. 309,) are found chiefly on these bottoms, and are often very abundant. Over a barrel of living specimens were obtained on a single excursion. The Lunatia heros, (p. 354, Plate XXIII, figs. 133-136,) though generally found on the sandy bottoms, also occurred in great numbers and of very large size on some of the gravelly bottoms. The pretty little Natica pusilla (Plate XXIII, fig. 132) is often common on these bottoms ; it is usually delicately mina ee with brown. The Crepidula fornicata (p. 355, Plate X_XIII, figs. 129, 1290) was one of the most abundant species, often occurring adhering to each other in great clusters, the lowest ones in the group adhering in turn to dead ’ bivalve shells, pebbles, shells of living Fulgur and Sycotypus, and still more frequently to these shells when dead and occupied by the larger hermit-crabs, (Hupagurus pollicaris.) The dead shells of this Crepidula were often found in great accumulations, covering considerable areas of bottom, and with but little admixture, either with other shells or with sand and gravel. The Crepidula unguiformis, (p. 355, Plate XXIII, fig. 127,) though very common, did not occurin such great quantities. Crucibulum striatum (p. 399, Plate XXIII, figs. 125, 126) is also common, adhering to vari- ous dead shells. The Vermetus radicula (Plate XXIV, fig. 157) is a very curious shell, looking, when full grown, very much like the tube of an Annelid, such as Serpula or Protula, but the inhabitant is a genuine Gastropod, and has a thin, spiral, horny operculum, for closing the aperture when it withdraws. When young this shell often forms a very regular, closely coiled, spiral shell, looking like that of a Turritella, and sometimes does not become irregular until the spire is more than an inch long, but sooner or later it goes off on a tangent and becomes irregular and crooked. Sometimes several of these shelis interlock irregularly and thus form large clusters. The curious and minute Cecum pulchellum (Plate XXIV, fig. 158) is occasionally met with in considerable numbers, though very liable to be overlooked owing to its very small size. Caecum costatum V.1is of less frequent occurrence, and easily distinguished by the prominent ridges or ribs that run lengthwise of the shell. Wherever algz occur in abundance on these bottoms, the Bittiwm nigrum (p. 305, XXTV, fig. 154) is found in immense numbers, and it is generally associated with Lacuna vineta (p. 305, Plate XXIV, fig. 139) and with a few specimens of Triforis nigrocinctus, (p. 305, Piate XXIV, fig. 152,) Cerithiopsis Greenii, (Plate XXIV, fig. 153,) Astyris lunata, (Plate X XI, fig. 110,) Anachis avara, (Plate XXI, fig. 109,) &c. On the shelly bottoms Cerithiopsis terebralis and C. Emersonii ofter occur, but they arenotusually common. Onsimilar bottoms, sometimesadhering to S. Mis. 61——27 418 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. Pecten and other shells, we cften met with the various species of Odos- tomia, among which O. seminuda (Plate XXIV, fig. 148,) was much the most common; but O. producta, (Plate XXIV, fig. 143,) O. impressa, (Plate XXIV, fig. 147,) and O. trifida, (Plate XXIV, fig. 145,) occurred in shallow water; and also Turbonilla elegans, (Plate XXIV, fig. 155,) whichis avery handsome, glossy, brown shell; and 7. interrupta, which is a Similar shell, but more slender, with less convex whorls. The Hulima oleacea (Plate XXIV, fig. 149) is a very elegant, white, polished, and shining shell, and generally rare, but in two instances we found several of them adhering to the skin of the large Holothurian, Thyone Briareus, upon which it seemed to live as a quasi parasite or “ commensal.” On shelly and muddy bottoms we occasionally found Scalaria lineata, (Plate XXI, fig. 123,) and 8. multistriata, (Plate XXI, fig. 122,) both of which are rare and elegant shells. The Pleurotoma bicarinatum (Plate — X XI, fig. 106) occurred rarely. The bivalve shells are also quite numerous on these bottoms. Among them the Mactra solidissima (p. 358, Plate XXVIII, fig. 203) is most conspicuous on account of its great size and frequent occurrence; its — dead shells were often very abundantly scattered over the bottom, and were generally incrusted with numerous bryozoa and hydroids. The Gouldia mactracea (Plate X XIX, figs. 206, 207) was quite common in many localities in a living state, while the dead shells were generally diffused. Among the other species that are common or abundant are Scapharca transversa, (Plate XXX, fig. 228,) Clidiophora trilineata, (Plate X XVII, fig. 193,) Nucula proxima, (Plate XXX, fig. 230,) Mytilus edulis, (Plate XXXI, fig. 234,) Modiola modiolus, (Plate XXXI, fig. 237,) Crenella glandula, (Plate XX XI, fig. 233,) Pecten irradians, (Plate XXXII, fig. 243,) Anomia glabra, (Plate XXXII, figs. 241, 242.) The Modiolaria nigra (Plate XX XI, fig. 236) occurred only in few localities in the deep water of the middle of the Sound, associated with the common muscle. The Cumingia tellinoides (Plate XXX, fig. 221) was found living occa- sionally, but its dead shells were quite common. The same is true of Corbula contracta, (Plate XX VIL, fig.191,) which was perhaps a little more commonly found living than the last. The Cyclas dentata (Plate X XIX) fig. 211,) is a handsomely sculptured, pure white shell, which we met with only a few times in the living state, though dead valves often oc- curred. The same remarks will apply to Coclodesma Leanwm, (Plate XX VII, fig. 198,) of which the shells were much more common. The Kellia planulata (p. 310,) and Montacuta elevata also occasionally oceur on shelly bottoms, but were seldom obtained alive. The Cyclocardia borealis (Plate X XIX, fig. 216) and C. Novanglie (Plate X XIX, fig. 215) were quite common in the deeper waters. The Gastranella tumida V., (Plate XX VII, fig. 190) is a sinall and rare shell, recently discovered, and has, as yet, been found only on a shelly bottom among hydroids, near New Haven, in 4 or 5 fathoms. The Angulus modestatus V. (Plate XXX, fig. 224) is a species recently INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 419 described from specimens dredged by usin Vineyard Sound. Itis often handsomely banded with light red and pale yellow. It is still a rare species, but has been dredged also near New Haven. The Ascidians, with the exception of one or two additional species seldom met with, are the same as those of the rocky bottoms, and they often occur in immense quantities, especially the massive sandy ones, Amarecium pellucidum, (p. 401,) and the “sea-pork,” --- Homarus Americanus....-- Crangon vulgaris......-.-- Hippolyte pusiola......... Mysis Americana......-..-. Heteromysis formosa. .... - Lepidonotus squamatus... - Tas SUNOCO WAS Eoin r- yeteee nee Harmothoé imbricata...... TMV NO ROCE SD piece one ATOM SD igs 2 es aie ede aa Hulalia, sp..-.. eBags tas. Lak MANGA US plese i ey te DINO ERS OES Autolytus cornutus.....-. Die, MONO CUE stprca ees ac. Nereis pelantea oo. ao.) INS damn ata i. pete

ke EE 451° | Melita mitidas: 3222/2322 same 314 Carcinus granulatus....... 312 | Ampelisca, two species. -..- 431 Callinectes hastatus ......- 431 | Ptilocheirus pinguis ..-.... 431 Libinia canaliculata....... 431 | Amphithoé compta......-. 370 MOP CLUNON A eycres0 . ye e'e mein eons 431 | Corophium cylindricum.... 415 Hupagurus pollicaris....... dl3°| Unciola irrorata. —-222ee ee 431 HeMoneicarpus -...--.--'-'. =~ dl3 | Mpelys trilobus....-2 see 370 Callianassa Stimpsoni...... 309, | Hemontosus ...... eee 370 raneon Vulearis .... 2225-6 339 | Limulus Polyphemus -...... 4351 Mysis Americana......... . 431 | Numerous Entomostraca. . - Annelids. Page. Page. Nephthys ingens ...-.-...- 431:°| Travisia Carnea: :-.4 222 eee 431 Ey Mod@Oce, sp sent.) seer 349 | Trophonia affinis .......-.. 432 _SIDUEET ITE) Qantas Sears 349 | Brada setosa.......-..--.. 431 Nereis pelagica...........- 319 | Cistenides Gouldii:..--.22 323 iO patrascuprea, .2 2c rs 431 | Ampharete setosa ......... 432 Marphysaiueidyl... 2... O19 | Melinna cristata........... 432 Lumbriconereis opalina.... 320 | Polycirrus eximius....,.-. | 320 Rhynchobolus Americanus. 342 | Cheetobranchus sanguineus. 320 hh, dibranehiatus ..- =... -- 431 | Huchone elegans --.2.2.22% 432 Nemerteans. Page. Page. Meckelia ingens. ....-=..-.- 432 | Cosmocephala ochracea.... 325 Cerebratulus,: sp: + 4/--2¥s-- 324 Sipunculotds. Page. PF iasconmosoma CeMeNtATIOM 22; = esse cess eee eee es 416 Nematodes. Page. Page Pontonema marinum ...... o2b-) PP. vacillatum:..... «syne 326 INVERTEBRATE Maneilia Cerina - 2.2... .)..- rea MliGatals i. sys ds Pritia trivituatas<..-'. <5... Ilyanassa obsoleta.......:. Kupleura caudata......... Odostomia seminuda......-. ROS oes eek 2 Turbonilla interrupta....-. PEMCHOO ANS 5. oa. 4 sis) 5) ne Pholas costata P. truncata Miva arenartay. 0. << 4s. 28'.- Clidiophora trilineata.... -. Lyonsia hyalina...:.....-. Periploma papyracea Mulinia lateralis .... iaselus@ibbus....-.0..... (OD Ss ee Cumingia tellinoides....... Wacoma fuSCa ..<:..--.-.-. MUCUS TONEL 4s 5'g 5. SUITING Rac) 12 ce ec ee oes we ee ew e-esesees es ce ee ee ee vee ee = Venus mercenaria......... Petricola pholadiformis . - . Molgula Manhattensis mayone Briareuss. 4: 52... .. msterias arenicola-......... ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. MOLLUSCA. Gastropods. Page 432 | Crepidula fornicata........ Ay pie SCOMVOMA GS aces oda... So o:0% Sots | Oo MMSUITOL MIS: 223... .S.. 304 | Scalaria lineata ..........-. Oe SeanUltisStriatar Solis... 417 | Utriculus canaliculatus .... iis ieees tlhe SO Mien eye oes 2 os. 432 | Amphisphyra pellucida .-.. 432; | Cyhichna oryza-.... +45... - Lamellibranchs. Page. 433 | Cardium pinnulatum...... 433 | Kellia planulata........-... 309 | Montacuta elevata.......-- 432 | Solenomya velum.....-.... 358 | Astarte castanea........-.. 429 | Cyclocardia borealis....... 452" ©; Newanediee, 2 209 2.0 54. aio” |. Nicula prox ima ele 5.\e2 Woldia:limatgula i 27245 si 418) | Ar@inaypexata.. ..). o1e.4 3: 509) 6 Meyiilusedulise 4.025) 4.4: 398 | Modiolaria nigra .......-.. 432 | Crenella glandula......... 434)\" Anomaa clabras.<.. 52. .20- 399 | Ostrea Virginiana......... O12 Ascidians. Page. jolt @yathia partita.. 22 22: sseee RADIATA. Echinoderms. Page. 433 | Amphipholis abdita . .. 435 Page. 433 436 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. Il. 9.— FREE SWIMMING AND SURFACE ANIMALS. Under this head I have included all the animals found swimming free, whether in the bays and sounds, or in the colder region outside. Nor have I, in this case, attempted to separate those of the estuaries and other brackish waters, although such a distinction might be useful had we sufficient data to make it even tolerably complete. But hitherto very little surface-collecting has been done in waters that are really brackish ; and, moreover, since every tide must bring in myriads of free- swimming creatures with the waters from outside, it will always be diffi- cult to distinguish between those that are thus transported and those that properly belong to the brackish waters. A distinction between the free-swimming animals of the bays or sounds and those of the open coast has not been made, partly on account of the constant intermixture of the waters and their inhabitants by the tides, and partly because the observations that were made do not indicate any marked difference in the life er in the average temperature of the surface waters, though the waters of the shallow bays become more highly heated by the direct heat of the sun in summer. The waters of the open coast are evidently more or less warmed by the Gulf Stream, and in fact numerous species of animals that properly belong to the fauna of the Gulf Stream are constantly brought into Vineyard and Nantucket Sounds by the cur- rents, showing conclusively that a portion of the Gulf Stream water must also take the same course. : In Vineyard Sound, during August and the first part of September, the temperature of the surface water in the middle of the day was gen- erally from 68° to 71° Fahrenheit; September 9, off Tarpaulin Cove, the surface temperature was 66°; off to the west of Gay Head, in mid- channel, it was 67° Fahrenheit; but farther out, off No Man’s Land, on the same day, it was 62°, (bottom, in 18 fathoms, 624° ;) a short distance west of No Man’s Land it was 63°, (bottom, in 11 fathoms, 59°;) about sixteen miles off Newport, at the 29-fathom locality, it was 62° on Sep- tember 14, (at the bottom 59°;) off Cuttyhunk, in 25 fathoms, it was 64° at the surface on September 13, (bottom 624°.) According to the record made by Captain B. J. Edwards, during the past winter, from observations taken at 9 a. m. every morning, at the end of the Govern- ment wharf at Wood’s Hole, (where the temperature must be nearly identical with that of Vineyard Sound,) the average temperature of the surface water was 31° Fahrenheit, from December 27 to February 28. The average temperature for that hour during January was 31.42°; the lowest was 29° on January 29, with the wind N. W.; the highest was 38° on January 17, with the wind 8S. W.; on the 18th, 19th, and 22d it was 35°. The average for February was 30.75°; the coldest was 29°, on February 24 and 25; the highest 33°, on February 8, 17, and 19. The temperature at the bottom (at the depth of nine feet) was also taken, but rarely differed more than one degree from that of the INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 437 surface, being sometimes a little lower and sometimes higher than that of the surface, but generally the same. The higher temperatures usually occurred with, or following, southerly or southeasterly winds, (from the direction of the Gulf Stream,) while the lowest ones gener- ally accompanied or followed northerly winds. The tides must ob- viously also have some effect in modifying the temperature. It must not be inferred from the preceding remarks that a distinet or constant current flows into these waters from the region of the Gulf Stream, for the facts do not warrant such a belief, nor is there any dif- ficulty in explaining the phenomena in another way. All that is neces- sary to account for the higher temperatures of this region, and the fre- quent occurrence of Gulf Stream animals, is to suppose that when southerly or southeasterly winds blow continuously for a considerable time they cause a superficial flow or drift of warmer water from the Gulf Stream region toward these shores, which may also be aided by the tides; such a surface-drift will gradually lose its distinctness as it approaches the coast and mingles more and more with the cooler waters beneath, but the animals borne along by it will still serve to show its direction and origin, even after its temperature becomes iden- tical with that of the adjacent waters. Such surface currents would necessarily be intermittent in character and variable in direction and extent, as well as in duration and temperature. They would also be more frequent in summer than in winter, according with the prevalent direction of the winds. So far as known to me all the facts are in harmony with this view. Accordingly the waters of Vineyard Sound are quite cold in winter, and only occasionally receive a little heat from the Gulf Stream region, and that, probably, largely through the medium of the air itself; but in summer these waters are very warm, for they not only receive frequent accessions of warm water from the Gulf Stream, but they are also favorably situated to be rapidly warmed by the direct heat of the sun. The fauna of the surface in this region is very rich and varied, es- pecially in summer. In winter, life is also abundant in the surface waters, but very different in character from that found in summer. Had collections been made in spring and autumn, still other groups of animals would doubtless have been found. Our knowledge of the surface animals of Vineyard Sound, in winter, is wholly based on aseries of surface- dredgings made by Mr. Vinal N. Edwards in January, February, and March of the past winter. A separate list of the species contained in these collections, so far as identified, has been prepared to follow the general list. The most noticeable feature of the winter collections is the entire absence of the larval forms of crabs, shrimps, lobsters, Star-fishes, sea-urchins, annelids, &c., which so abound in the same waters in summer. On the other hand there is a great abundance of Entomostraca, Sagitta, several northern Amphipods, species of Mysis, &e., together with eggs and young of certain fishes. 438 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. In the general list of surface species only those that have been ac- tually observed are introduced, but it must be remembered that the greater part of the crustacea, annelids, mollusks, and echinoderms are well known to have free-swimming young, or larval forms, and that the list might easily be doubled by the introduction of such species, on theoretical grounds; but, by omitting them, the list serves to indicate how much yet remains to be done in this direction. There are large numbers of common species of which neither the young nor the eggs are known, and there are many others of which the eggs, or young, or both, are known, but the time required for the hatching of the eggs and the development of the young is not known. The dates given in the lists refer only to the time of actual capture of the species, and it must not be inferred that at other seasons of the year any of the species so designated are not to be found; for, doubtless, many of those that swim free when adult may be found all the year round. And _ possibly some species may breed during every month of the year. But the breeding season of most species is probably of short duration, and therefore the larve and young may occur only at particular seasons. Mr. A. Agassiz has made a very large collection of the surface ani- mals in Vineyard Sound, Buzzard’s Bay, and off Newport, and to his labors we owe the knowledge of a large proportion of the jelly-fishes. He has also described the Jarvee and young of several Annelids and Nemerteans, and has described and beautifully illustrated the larve and young of the common star-fishes, (Asterias.) and the green sea- urchin, (Strongylocentrotus Drobachiensis.) The Salpa Cabotti (Plate XXXII, figs. 254, 255) was also well described and illustrated by him ; and also other species, but a large part of the collection has not yet been elaborated. Our surface collections were made both in the day and evening, at various hours, chiefly by means of towing-nets and hand-nets. The evening or night hours are generally more productive than the day-time in this kind of collecting, but we were unable, owing to lack of time and superabundance of other specimens, to do as much night-collecting as we desired. Among the Crustacea there are a considerable number of species that Swim at the surface when adult, and others till nearly half-grown, but the majority are free-swimmers only when quite young, or even only when in the zoéa and megalops stages, through which they seem, from Mr. 8. I. Smith’s observations on several of our species, to pass in a short time. The males of the common oyster-crab, Pinnotheres ostreum, (p. 367, Plate I, fig. 2,) were often caught in the day-time swimming at the surface in the middle of Vineyard Sound. The lady-crab, Platyon- ichus ocellatus, (). 333,) of full size, was also occasionally caught swim- ming actively at the surface. The “ blue-crab,” or common edible crab, Callinectes hastatus, is well known to be an active swimmer, when adult, but most of those seen at the surface were young. The larvie INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 439 of Cancer irroratus, (p. 312, Plate VIII, figs. 37, 37a,) and of Platy- onichus in the zoéa and megalops stages, were taken in vast numbers, especially in bright sunshine, together with similar larve of many other species. The larvee and young of the lobster (Plate IX, figs. 38, 39) were also abundant in mid-summer. The numerous specimens ob- tained have enabled Mr. 8. I. Smith to describe the interesting meta- morphoses of our lobster, which were entirely unknown before. The young swim actively at the surface, like a shrimp, until more than half an inch long. The larve and young of the various species of shrimps are also abundant. The curious larve of Sqwilla empusa (Plate VIII, fig. 36) were often met with. Several species of Amphipods are alsc common at the surface. The most abundant were Calliopius leviusculus, of which Mr. V. N. Edwards also took numerous large specimens in February and March; Gammarus natator, which was usually common, and occurred in immense numbers August 10 and on several other occasions; and a Hyperia, which infests several species of large jelly-fishes, and also swims free at will. The Phronima is a related genus, but is very remarkable for its extreme transparency, which renders it almost invisible in water. Jdotea irro- rata (p. 316, Plate V, fig. 23) and J. robusta, Plate V, fig. 24) were very common among masses of floating eel-grass and sea-weeds, and the latter was also very often found swimming entirely free. A species of Sapphirina (Plate VII, fig. 33) was found in great num- bers among Salpe, off Gay Head, on several occasions, early in Septem- ber. This is one of the most brilliant creatures inhabiting the sea. It reflects the most gorgeous colors, blue, red, purple, and green, like fire- opal, although when seen in some positions, by transmitted light, it is colorless and almost transparent. Under the microscope, when living, it is a splendid object, whether seen by transmitted or reflected « light, the colors constantly changing, as it is turned in different posi- tions. When seen beneath the surface of the sea, in large numbers, the appearance is very singular, for each one as it turns in the right po- Sition reflects a bright gleam of light, of some brilliant color, and then immediately becomes invisible, and these scintillations come from dif- ferent directions and various depths, many of them being much farther beneath the surface than any less brilliant object could be seen. In some cases one or more were found in the branchial cavity of Salpe, but whether this is normal or accidental was not determined. The species of Argulus are parasitic on the exterior of fishes, but we found at least three species swimming free at the surface. It is, there- fore, probable that they are able to Jeave their hosts for a time, and thus to migrate from one fish to another. The species of Caligus are also parasites on fishes, to which they firmly adhere, but the half-grown young of one species was taken at the surface in the towing-nets. Numerous species of Annelids, in the larval and young stages, were — taken at the surface, but many of them have not yet been identified, 440 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. for owing to the great changes they undergo, this is often impossible, unless the specimens can be raised, or at least connected with the adults by a large series of specimens. For a few this has been done. Several species also swim at the surface in the adult state, especially in the evening. With some this seems to be a habit peculiar to the breeding season, and sometimes only the males are met with. Among the species most frequently taken in the adult state at the surface, are Nereis virens, (Plate XI, figs. 47-50,) chiefly males; Nereis limbata, (Plate XI, fig. 51,) mostly males, which occurred both in the — evening and day-time; Nectonereis megalops, (Plate XII, figs. 62, 63,) which was quite common in the evening; Autolytus cornutus, (Plate XIII, figs. 65, 66,) the males, females, and asexual forms; Podarke obscura, (Plate XII, fig. 61,) which was extremely abundant in the eve- ning; and several other species. The Sagitta elegans was taken at Wood’s Hole, July 1, and off Gay Head, among Salpw, September 8- It is a very small and delicate species, and so transparent as to be nearly invisible in water. A larger and stouter species of Sagitta was taken in large numbers at Wood’s Hole, by Mr. V. N. Kdwards, January 30, Febuary 10, and February 27, and at Savin Rock, near New Haven, May 5. This species has a longer caudal portion, with a small terminal fin; some of the specimens were nearly an inch long and many con- tained in the cavity of the body, posteriorly, a parasitic nematode worm, about half as long as the body. This parasite is round, not very slender; the head has three prominent angles; tail with a small, acute, terminal mucro. Many of the Mollusca swim free by means of vibrating cilia, for a short time in the larval stages of growth, bat as such larve are very minute and the period often quite short, these young are not often taken in the nets. The Cephalopods of this region are all free-swimming species, from the time when they leave the eggs through life, though they may rest upon the bottom when depositing their spawn. Numerous specimens of the “squid,” Loligo Pealii, (Plate XX, figs. 102-104, embryos and young,) were thus taken by the trawl in July, together with large clusters of their eggs. Later in the season the free-swimming young of this species, from a quarter of an inch to an inch in length, (fig. 105,) were often taken at the surface and were also found in the stomach of the red jelly-fish, Cyanea arctica, in considerable numbers. The adults were frequently taken during the whole summer in the pounds. Some of these were over a foot in length, but most of them were not more than five or six inches long. The color when living is very changeable, owing to the alternate contractions of the color-vesicles or spots, but the spots of different colors are much crowded, especially on the back, and the red and brown predominate, so as to give a general reddish or purplish brown color, and this is usually the color of preserved speci- mens. The clusters of gelatinous egg-capsules of this species were INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 441 found in great abundance off Falmouth, on a shelly and weedy bottom, as already mentioned, (p. 416;) and near New Haven light-house large clusters, apparently of the same species, were found by Professer Todd, earlier in the season, (June 19.) Some of these masses were six or eight inches in diameter, consisting of hundreds of capsules, like fig. 102, each of which is usually three or four inches long and contains numer- ous eges. These last contained embryos in different stages of devel- opment, two of which are represented in Plate XX, figs. 103,104. Even ’ at this early period some of the pigment vesicles are already developed in the mantle and arms, and during life, if examined under the micro- scope, these orange and purple vesicles may be seen to rapidly contract and expand and change colors, as in the adult, only the phenomena may be more clearly seen, owing to the greater transparency of the skin in the embryos. They are, therefore, beautiful objects to observe under the microscope. At this stage of development the eyes were brown. In these embryos the yolk is finally absorbed through the mouth, which corresponds, therefore, in this respect, to an “umbilicus.” The more advanced of these embryos (fig. 103) were capable of swimming about, when removed from the eggs, by means of the jets of water from the siphon. Another species, Loligo pallida V., (Plate XX, figs. 101, 101a,) occurs abundantly, in autumn, in the western part of Long Island Sound, from whence Robert Benner, esq., has sent me numerous speci- mens. ‘This is a pale, translucent, gelatinous-looking species, with much fewer spots than usual, even on the back, and is nearly white beneath- It is a stout species, commonly five or six inches long, exclusive of the arms, but grows considerably larger than that. It is often taken in the seines in large numbers with menhaden, upon which it probably feeds. These squids are eagerly devoured, even when full grown, by many of the larger fishes, such as blue-fish, black-bass, striped-bass, &c. When young they are preyed upon by a still larger variety of fishes, as well as by the jelly-fishes, &c. Another species of * squid,” Ommastrephes illecebrosa, has been recorded from Greenport, Long Island, by Mr. Sanderson Smith, but I have not met with it myself, south of Cape Cod. Itis common in Massachusetts Bay and very abundant in the Bay of Fundy. Messrs. S. I. Smith and Oscar Harger observed it at Provincetown, Massachusetts, among the wharves, in large numbers, July 28, engaged in capturing and devouring the young mackerel, which were swimming about in ‘* schools,” and at that time were about four or fiveinches long. In attacking the mackerel they would suddenly dart backward among the fish with the velocity of an arrow, and as suddenly turn obliquely to the right or left and seize a fish, which was almost instantly killed by a bite in the back of the neck with the sharp beaks. The bite was always made in the same place, cut- ting out a triangular piece of flesh, and was deep enough to penetrate to the spinal cord. The attacks were not always successful, and were ‘ 442 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. sometimes repeated a dozen times before one of these active and wary fishes could be caught. Sometimes after making several unsuccessful attempts one of the squids would suddenly drop to the bottom, and, resting upon the sand, would change its color to that of the sand so perfectly as to be almost invisible. In this way it would wait until the fishes came back, and when they were swimming close to or over the ambuscade, the squid, by a sudden dart, would be pretty sure to secure a fish. Ordinarily when swimming they were thickly spotted with red and brown, but when darting among the mackerel they appeared ~ translucent and pale. The mackerel, however, seemed to have learned that the shallow water is the safest for them and would hug the shore as closely as possible, so that in pursuing them many of the squids became stranded and perished by hundreds, for when they once touch the shore they begin to pump water from their siphons with great energy, and this usually forces them farther and farther up the beach. At such times they often discharge their ink in large quantities. The attacks on the young mackerel were observed mostly at or near high-water, for at other times the mackerel were seldom seen, though the squids were seen swimming about at all hours; and these attacks were observed both in the day and evening. But it is probable, from various observa- tions, that this and the other species of squids are partially nocturnal in their habits, or at least are more active in the night than in the day. Those that are catight in the pounds and weirs mostly enter in the night, and evidently when swimming along the shores in ‘ schools.” They are often found in the morning strarfided on the beaches in im- mense numbers, especially when there is a full moon, and it is thought by many of the fishermen that this is because, like many other noc- turnal animals, they have the habit of turning toward and gazing at a bright light, and since they swim backwards they get ashore on the beaches opposite the position of the moon. This habit is also some- times taken advantage of by the fishermen who capture them for bait for cod-fish; they go out in dark nights with torches in their boats and by advancing slowly toward a beach drive them ashore. They are also sometimes taken on lines, adhering to the bait used for fishes. The specimens observed catching young mackerel were mostly eight or ten inches long, and some of them were still larger. The length of time required for these squids to become full grown is unknown, as well as the duration of their lives, but as several distinct sizes were taken in the pounds, and those of each school were of about the same size, it is probable that they are several years in attaining their full size. A specimen, recently caught at Eastport, Maine, was pale bluish white, with green, blue, and yellow iridescence on the sides and lower surface ; the whole body was more or less thickly covered with small, unequal, cireu- lar, orange-brown and dark brown spots, having crenulate margins ; these spots are continually changing in size from mere points, when they are nearly black, to spots 0.04 to 0.06 of aninch in diameter, when they are INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD ‘SOUND, ETC. 443 pale orange-brown, becoming lighter colored as they expand. On the lower side the spots are more scattered, but the intervals are generally less than the diameter of the spots. On the upper side the spots are much crowded and lie in different planes, with the edges often over- lapping, and thus increasing the variety of the tints. Along the middle of the back the ground-color is pale flesh-color, with a median dorsal band, along which the spots are tinged with green, in fine specks. Above _ each eye there is a broad lunate spot of light purplish red, with smaller brown spots. The upper surface of the head is deeply colored by the brown spots, which are here larger, darker, and more crowded than else- where, and situated in several strata. The arms and fins are colored like the body, except that the spots appear to be smaller. The suckers are pure white. The eyes are dark blue-black, surrounded by an irides- cent border, and in this genus the eyes are provided with distinct lids. In this respect, Ommastrephes ditfers from Loligo, for in the species of the latter genus, the integument is continued directly over the eye, the part covering the eye being transparent. Most of the higher Gastropods inclose their eggs in capsules, which they attach to stones, alge, or shells, and within these the eggs hatch and the young have a well formed shell before they eat their way out of the capsules, and when free they crawl about by means of the “ foot,” like the adult. But in the lower orders of Gastropods most of the young, when first hatched, are furnished with vibrating cilia and swim free, by this means, for a short time. These larve are very different from the adults, andin case of the naked mollusks (Nudibranchs) the larve are furnished with a beautiful, little, glossy, spiral shell, which they after- wards Jose. The Pteropods swim free in ali stages. The young and adults swim by means of two wing-like appendages, developed on each side of the neck, which may be compared to the anterior lateral lobes of the foot, seen in Afolis, (fig. 174,) and many other Gastropods, if we suppose these to become enormously enlarged, while the rest of the foot remains in a rudi- mentary or undeveloped condition, often serving merely for the attach- ment of the operculum. The Styliola vitrea (Plate XXV, fig. 178) was taken in the day-time at the surface, September 8, among Salpa, off Gay Head. Its shell is a thin, white, transparent, glassy cone, about a third of an inch long» and slightly curved toward the tip. The animal is also white. The Spiriaiis Gouldii has a delicate, white, transparent, spiral shell, when adult having seven whorls, which turn to the left. The shell is marked by very fine revolving lines, visible only under the microscope. This species is seldom met with at the surface in the day-time, but is often abundant in the early evening. According to the observations of Mr. A. Agassiz, in confinement they rarely left the bottom of the jars dur- ing the day, merely rising a few inches and then falling again to the bottom. After dark they became very active, swimming actively near A444 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. the surface of the water. “During the day they often remain sus- pended for hours in the water simply by spreading their wing-like ap- pendages, and then suddenly drop to the bottom on folding them.” Mr. Agassiz captured the specimens upon which his observations were made, at Nahant, Massachusetts, during the summer of 1869, and judging from the figures in Binney’s Gould they were probably specimens, not quite adult, of this species. He has also taken adult specimens at Newport. Mr. 8. I. Smith captured full grown specimens in the edge of the Gulf Stream, off St. George’s Bank, and we have specimens taken from the stomach of mackerel, caught twenty miles south of No Man’s Land. The Cavolina tidentata (Plate X XV, fig. 177) isa beautiful and curious species, with a singularly shaped, amber-colored, translucent shell, much larger than that of either of the preceding species. We did not observe it living in these waters, but the shells were twice dredged off Martha’s Vineyard, and one of them was perfectly fresh and glossy, as if just dead. It is a southern species which comes north in the Gulf Stream, but it had not been found previously on the coast of New England. Another Gulf Stream species, the Diacria trispinosa, is occasionally found at Nantucket, according to Dr. Stimpson, but whether it has been observed there alive is uncertain; eight or nine other species were taken in the Gulf Stream, off St. George’s Bank, by Messrs. Smith and Har- ger in 1872, all of which may, perhaps, occasionally occur about Martha’s Vineyard and Nantucket. Another very interesting and beautiful Pteropod, the Clione papilio- nacea, was taken in considerable numbers at Watch Hill, Rhode Island, April 13, by Professor D. C. Eaton and myself. They were swim- ming at midday near the surface, associated with Pleurobrachia rhodo- dactyla, and appeared to be common at that time. Mr. Vinal N. Edwards obtained two specimens in Vineyard Sound, April 30. This differs from those named above, in being destitute of a shell. as well as in many other characters. The body is stout, somewhat fusi- form, tapering gradually to the pointed posterior end; in the largest Specimens the length was about 1.5 inches. The head is rounded, with two small conical processes in front, on the upper side. Six tentacle- like organs, or “ arms,” bearing minute suckers, can be protruded. The wings or fins are large and broad oval in outline. The body and wings are pale, transparent bluish, with opalescent hues; the mouth and parts around it, the “arms,” and part of the head, and some of the internal organs, are tinged with orange; the posterior part of the body is bright reddish orange, for nearly half an inch. Some of the internal organs are orange-brown and olive-brown, and show through the transparent integuments as dark patches. This species has seldom been observed on our coast. Dekay, in 1843, men- tioned its occurrence in a single instance, off New York. In 1869, it was taken in considerable numbers at Portland, Maine, by Mr. C. B. INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 445 Fuller. It may, nevertheless, occur annually in winter, and yet be sel- dom observed ; for very few naturalists go out to collect marine animals in winter and early spring. The bivalve shells mostly produce minute young, or larvie, which are at first provided with vibrating cilia and swim free for several days, as is well known to be the case with the oysters, clams, muscles, Teredo, &c. But a few species, like the Tottenia gemma, (p. 359,) produce well devel- oped young, furnished at birth with a well formed shell. The common fixed Ascidians, both simple and compound, mostly pro- duce eggs that hatch into tadpole-shaped young, which swim about for a short time by the undulatory motions of the tail, but finally become fixed by. the head-end, and losing, or rather absorbing, the tail-portion, rapidly develop into the ordinary forms of the ascidians. This pro- cess, although often very rapid, is a very interesting and complicated one In Molgula Manhattensis there is, according to the observations of Dr. Theodore A. Tellkampf, an alternation of generations. He states that the minute yellow ova were discharged July 18, invested in a viscid yellowish substance, which become attached to the exterior of many specimens. In a few days the “ viscid substance” had changed its ap- pearance and became contractile; the ova became larger, round, and of different sizes; ‘after two or three days the largest protruded some- what above the surface of the common envelope, and presented a circular or oval aggregation, like that of the Mammaria found a year ago;” on the 11th day, the round ova had increased in size, with a central round or oval orifice through which the motionof the cilie of the branchial meshes were visible. ‘‘ The orifice had approached on the 1st of August more or less to one apex; in some specimens, which were now oval, it was terminal.” In this stage he names it Mammaria Manhattensis, regarding the Mammaria as a “ nurse ;” within each of the Mammarie, at the end opposite the branchial orifice, there was seen a mass of cells, which ultimately developed into a tadpole-shaped larva, similar to that of other ascidians. He observes that the Mammarie increase after the discharge of the larve, and that gemmation takes place within the common envelope.* These observations, if correct, are very interesting and important, but they need farther confirmation. The development of the larve from the Mammaric into Molgula was not traced; neither did he witness the actual discharge of the ova, which produced the Mammarie, from the Molgula. They may possibly have no relation with one another. Several kinds of Ascidians, however, swim free in the water during their entire life. The most common Ascidian of this kind is the Salpa Cabotti, (Plate. XX XIII, figs. 254, 255.) This, like the other species, exists under two different forms; or, in other words, it is one of those an- imals having alternations of generations. The sexual individuals (fig. 255) are united together into long chains by processes (c) from the sides * Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York, Vol, 10, p. 83, 1872. / 446 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. of the branchial sac; these chains are often a foot or even a foot and a half long, and contain two rows of individuals, which are united to- gether in such a way that they stand obliquely to the axisof the chain, the branchial openings being all on the upper side of the chain as it floats in the water, while the posterior openings are all on the lower side of the chain, close to the edge. Each individual is connected both with its mate on the right or left side, and to those immediately in front and behind on the same side. The succeeding individuals in the chain over- lap considerably. The chains do not appear to break up spontaneously, but when broken apart by accident the individuals are capable of living separately for several days. The chains, when entire, swim about quite rapidly by means of the streams of water passing out of all the cloacal orifices in one direction. The individuals composing the chains, when full grown, are about three quarters of aninchiong. They are transparent and white, or pale rose, often with the edges of the mantle and the nucleus bright Prussian blue, and with delicate reticulations of the same blue over the surface of the mantle. Each of the individuals in the chains is hermaphrodite, and each produces a single egg, which de- velops into an embryo before it is discharged, and finally when it grows to maturity produces an asexual individual, which is always solitary, (Plate XX XIII, fig. 254.) These are larger than those in the chains and are quite different in form, but the color is the same. These when mature produce, by a budding process in their interior, a series of mi- nute individuals united together along a tube into a small chain, (s, fig. 254,) which may be seen coiled up around the nucleus. The chain con- sists of three sections, those individuals in the section first formed being largest and nearly equal in size; those in the next much smaller; while new ones are just forming at the other end; as the chain grows longer, and the component individuals larger, it projects more and more, and finally the end protrudes from an opening in the tunic, and the little chain becomes detached and is discharged into the sea. These chains consist of twenty to thirty pairs of individual zodids. This operation is frequently repeated during the summer, and these chains of all sizes, from those just liberated up to the full-grown ones, may be taken at the same time. They appear to grow very rapidly. Thus by autumn these Salpe became exceedingly abundant, at times completely filling the water for miles iu every direction, from the surface to the depth of sev- eral fathoms, and are so crowded that a bucket of water dipped up at random will often contain several quarts of Salpe. They were found in wonderful abundance on September 8, off Gay Head and throughout the outer part of Vineyard Sound, and on several other occasions were nearly as abundant. Two species of Appendicularia and a species of Doliolum were also found in these waters by Mr. A. Agassiz, but we did not observe them. These are also free-swimming Ascidians, related to Salpa, but very dif- ferent in form. INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 447 Among the Echinoderms there are no species that swim at the surface when adult, but most of them produce eggs which hatch into very re- markable larve, entirely unlike their parents in form and structure, and these swim free in the water, often for a considerable period, by means of vibrating cilia. The young star-fish or sea-urchin develops gradually within the body of the larva, on the water-tubes, and as it grows larger it gradually ab- sorbs the substance of the larva into its own body. The dévelopment of the larve of Asterias vulgaris (A. pallida AG.) and A. arenicola (A. beryl- inus AG.) has been described by Mr. A. Agassiz, from. the time pre- vious to hatching from the eggs till they become young star-fishes, with the essential characters of the adults. Hehasalso described the young of the common green sea-urchin (under the name of Toxopneustes Dro- bachiensis) in the same way. The Cribrella saguinolenta, (p. 407,) like several other star-fishes, does not have free swimming larve, but retains and protects the eggs by holding them by means of the suckers around the mouth, curving the body around them at the same time. In.this position the eggs hatch and pass through a metamorphosis different from that of Asterias, though somewhat analogous to it. The develop- ment of this species was described by Professor M. Sars many years ago. Some of the Ophiurans are viviparous, among them the Amphipholis elegans. (p. 418) found in this region, but others have free-swimming larve, and pass through a metamorphosis similar to that of Asterias, though the larve are quite different. Some of the Holothurians are also viviparous, while others have free-swimming larve, but the young of most of the species of this region are still unknown. The Acalephs all swim free in one stage or another of their existence. Some of the Hydroids, like Sertulariaand allied genera, are only free-swin- mers while in the early embryonic stages, when they are covered by vi- brating cilia; but they soon become fixed and ever after remain attached in one place. Others, like the species of Obelia, swim free in the em- bryonic state, and then develop into attached hydroids, which by bud- ding may produce large branching colonies of similar hydroids, but ultimately they produce another kind of buds, which are developed within capsules or gonothece. These soon become elegant, little, circu- lar, and disk-shaped jelly-fishes, which are then discharged and swim free in the water; they soon grow larger, acquire more tentacles, and ovaries or spermaries develop along the radiating tubes, the eggs are formed, discharged, and fertilized, and each egg may develop into a ciliated embryo, which in its turn may become attached and start a new hydroid colony. Thus among these animals we find an alternation of generations, complicated by different modes of budding. In the case of the large red jelly-fish, Cyanea arctica, and the com- mon whitish jelly-fish, Aurelia flavidula, (Plate XXXVI, fig. 271,) the history is somewhat different. These jelly-fishes produce immense num- bers of minute eggs, which are discharged into the water and develop 448 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. into minute, oblong, ciliated larvee; these soon become attached by one end and grow up into broad-disked young, like hydroids with Jong, slender tentacles; each of these after a time sends out stolon-like tubes from the base, and from these tubes buds are developed, each of which grows up into a “ seyphostoma,” or hydroid-form, like the first one ; all these eventually become much elongated, then circular constrictions begin to form along the body, which grow deeper and deeper until they sepa- rate the body into a series of concave segments, which are held together by a pedicle in the middle of each, their borders at the same time be- coming divided into eight lobes, or four bilobed ones ; in the mean time the long tentacles around the upper end or original disk of the “ scyph- ostoma” gradually grow shorter and are finally entirely absorbed; then the first or upper disk breaks off, and finally all the rest, one after another, until a mere stump is left at the base; after becoming detacied each of the disks swims about in the water, and gradually develops its mouth, stomach, tentacles, and other organs, and, turning right side up and rapidly growing larger, eventually becomes a large and complicated jelly-fish, like its grandparents or great-grandparents that produced the egg from which the original “‘scyphostoma” was developed. The stump of the hydroid produces another set of tentacles, even before the separation of all the segments, and grows up again into the elongated or “ strobila” form, and again undergoes the same process of transverse division, thus producing successive crops of jelly-fishes. In these cases there are alternations of generations, accompanied both by budding and fissiparity. The young of this species in the ‘“‘ephyra” stage were found April 17, and at several other times during April, in abundance, by Mr. Vinal N. Edwards. These were less than a quarter of an ineh in diameter, and must have become free only a short time before. On April 30 he took young specimens from half an inch to about an inch in diameter... The young of various sizes, up to nearly three inches in diameter, were common at New Haven May 5. All these young speci- mens were taken in the day-time. In some jelly-fishes buds may even be produced upon the proboscis of the adult jelly-fish, which develop directly into free jelly-fishes, like the parent. This is the case with the Dysmorphosa fulgurans, found in these waters, and with Lizeia grata, found farther north. On the other hand there are many jelly-fishes that do not have a hydroid state, nor bud, nor pass through any marked metamorphosis. This is the case with our Pleurobrachia rhododactyla, Idyia roseola, and other Ctenophore. In these the young, even before hatching, become perfect little jelly-fishes, and swim round and round within the egg by means of the miniature paddles or flappers along their sides. The young are, nevertheless, very different from the adults in form and structure. It will be apparent, from the preceding remarks, that a complete list of free-swimming animals would necessarily include all the Aca- lephs of the region, but, as this would uselessly swell the list, only INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 449 those that have been actually taken at the surface will be here included. Quite a number of the species were not observed by us, but have been recorded by Mr. A. Agassiz, but in some eases he has given neither the time nor date of capture. A fine large specimen of the beautiful jeily-fish, Tima formosa, has been sent to me by Mr. V. N. Edwards, who captured it at Wood’s Hole, April 30. He states that the same species was very abundant in February, 1872. It has not been previously recorded as found south of Cape Cod. The specimen received differs from the description given by Mr. A. Agassiz, in having thirty-six tentacles instead-of thirty-two. Among the most common of the larger species in summer were JMnem- iopsis Leidyi, which occurred in abundance at nearly all hours of the day and-evening, and was very phosphorescent at night; Cyanea are- tica, which ocurred chiefly in the day-time, and was here seldom more than a foot in diameter; Aurelia flavidula, (Plate XXXVI, fig. 271,) which was not unfrequently seen in the day-time; Dactylometra quinque- cirra, (Plate XXXVI, fig. 272,) which was quite common both by night and day in August and September; and Zygodactyla Grenlandica, (Plate XXXVII, fig. 275,) which was common in July, both in the day and evening, but was seldom seen later in the season. The two species last named, and also the Cyanea arctica, were fre- quently found to be accompanied by several small fishes, of different sizes up to three inches long, which proved to be young “ butter-fishes,’ Poronotus triacanthus. These fishes swim beneath the broad disk of these jelly-fishes, surrounded on all sides by the numerous tentacles, which probably serve as a_protection from larger fishes that are their enemies, for the tentacles of the jelly-fishes are capable of severely sting- ing the mouths of most fishes, evidently causing them great pain. As many as ten or twelve of these fishes were oiten found under a single jelly- fish, and in one ease twenty-three were found under a Cyanea about ten inches in diameter. They do not appear to suffer at all from contact with the stinging-organs of the tentacles, and are, perhaps, protected from them by the thick coating of tenacious mucus which constantly covers the skin, and gives them their common English name. Mr. A. Agassiz states* that he constantly observed a “ Clupeoid” fish under the Dactylometra in this region, which had essentially the same habits, according to his account, as the species observed by us, though, if a Clupeoid, it must have been a very different fish. He says, however, that the fishes observed by him were occasionally devoured by the jelly-fish: “It is strange that the fish should go there for shelter, for every once in a while one of them pays the penalty by being swallowed, without this disturbing the others in the least; they in their turn find food in the lobes of the actinostome, and even eat the folds themselves, until their turn comes to be used as food. I have Seen in this way three fishes eaten during the course of as many days. * Catalogue of North American Acalephie, p. 49. S. MIs. 61 29 450 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. The specimens measured about an inch in length.” The fishes found by us were from a quarter of an inch to three inches long, and we never saw them swallowed, and never found them in the stomachs of any among the several dozen jelly-fishes, of the different kinds that we found accompanied by the fishes, although we found young squids and other kinds of marine animals in a half-digested condition. It is pos- sible that the observation of Mr. Agassiz was made on them when kept in confinement, and that the fishes devoured were not in a perfectly healthy and natural condition, so as to resist the stings of the nettl- ing organs. But if his fish belonged to a family different from ours, the difference may be peculiar to the respective fishes. Yet our observa- tions afford only negative evidence, and it may be that this is one of the peculiarities of this remarkable companionship; though, if so, we should suppose that the race of Poronotus would soon become extinct, for we never observed the young under any other circumstances. The adult fishes of this species, when five or six inches long, were often taken in the pounds in considerable numbers. Among the mouth-folds and lobes of the ovaries, beneath the disk of Cyanea, we very often found large numbers of living specimens of a delicate little jelly-fish, nearly globular in form, the Margelis Carolinen- sis, Which we also frequently took in the towing-nets in the evening. In the winter season the Mnemiopsis Leidyt is often abundant in Long Island Sound, and I have also observed it in New York harbor in Feb- ruary, in large numbers. At Wood’s Hole Mr. V. N. Edwards found the Pleurobrachia rhododactyla, both young and nearly full-grown, very abundant in February and March; at Watch Hill, April 13, I found both adult specimens and young ones not more than an eighth of an inch in diameter. It probably occurs through the entire year, for we frequently met with it in mid-summer in Vineyard Sound. Mr.S8. I. Smith also found it very abundant at Fire Island, on the south side of Long Island, in September. In July and August we obtained several large and perfect specimens of the curious “‘ Portuguese man-of-war,” Physalia Arethusa. This species occurs as far west as Watch Hill, Rhode Island, where it was observed by Professor D. ©. Eaton. The boatmen at that place state that it is frequent there in summer. The float of this species was generally deep, rich crimson or purple, and the hydroids beneath it were commonly bright blue in the specimens observed by us. The float or air-bag is, however, sometimes blue and sometimes rose-color. According to Professor Agassiz, (Contributions, vol. IV, p. 335,) the floating bag in windy weather always presents the same side to the wind, and it is upon the windward side that the bunches of very long locomotive hydroids of the lower surface are situated, and these at such times are stretched out to an enormous length,:and thus act as anchors to retard the motion by friction in passing through the water. The smaller locomotive hydroids, the teeding hydroids, and the reproductive hydroids, are on the lee side. INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 451 This species is capable of stinging the hands very severely if they be ~ brought into contact with the hydroids attached to the lower surface of the floating air-bag. The Idyia roseola, so abundant on the coast of New England north of Cape Cod, was only occasionally met with, and in small numbers, while the Bolina alata, which is one of the most abundant species on the northern coast of New England, was not seen at all. The Awrelia flavidula is less common than north of Cape Cod, but was found in abundance in Buzzard’s Bay, in May, by V. N. Edwards. Many of the Polyps have free-swimming, ciliated embryos, but others, like many of the sea-anemones, are viviparous, discharging the young ones through the mouth. These young are of different sizes, and fur- nished with a small but variable number of tentacles, but in most other respects they are similar to their parents. Mr. A. Agassiz has, however, recently ascertained that the young of a species of Hdwardsia swims free in the water for a considerable period, or until it develops at least sixteen tentacles. In this condition it has been described as a dif- ferent genus and species, (Arachnactis brachiolata A. AG.) Whether the other species of this genus all have free-swimming young is still uncer- tain; if so, these young must differ considerably among themselves, for Hdwardsia farinacea V., of this coast, has but twelve tentacles when adult, and WL. elegans V. has but sixteen, while others have as many as forty-eight tentacles, when full grown. Among the Protozoa.there are great numbers of free-swimming forms included among those commonly known as Ciliated Infusoria, but those of our coast have been studied but little. The germs-of sponges also swim free in the water, by means of cilia. Species of Polycystina would probably be found, if carefully sought for, but we have not yet met with any of them. List of species taken at the surface of the water on the southern coast of New England. In this list no attempt has been made to enumerate the numerous species of free Copepod Crustacea, which are very abundant, but have not been carefully studied. ARTICULATA. Crustacea. Pinnotheres ostreum, males and young, (438.) Cancer irroratus, in the zoea and megalops stages; June, July, (438.) Platyonichus ocellatus, young and adult; megalops; June, July, (438.) Callinectes hastatus, young, (438.) Many other species of Brachyura in the zoea and megalops stages. Hippa talpoida, young, 5 or 6™™ in length; early in September, (339.) Kupagurus, several species in the larval stages; July to September. Gebia affinis, young, 4™ long; early in September. Homarus Awericanus, larvee and young; July, (395.) Crangon vulgaris, larve and young; June and July. 452 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. Virbius zostericola, larve and young ; July to September. Palemonetes vulgaris, larvee and young ; July to September. Larval forms and young of other species of Macroura. Squilla empusa, larvee in different stages ; August, (439.) Mysis Americana, young and adult; April, May, (396.) Heteromysis formosa, young and adult. Thysanopoda, sp. Vineyard Sound; April 30, (V. N. Edwards.) Cumacea, several species. Lysianassine, several species, young and adult, Urothoé, sp. Monoculodes, sp. Calliopius leviusculus, adult and young; summer and winter, (439.) _ Pontogeneia inermis, full grown ; winter. Gammarus natator, adult and young; summer and winter, (439.) Meera levis. Ampelisca, sp., young. Amphithoé maculata, young. A. longimana, young even 95 or 6™™ long. Hyperia, species ; summer, (439.) Phronima, sp.; September 8, (439.) Idotea irrorata, (439.) I. robusta, (439.) I. phosphorea. Erichsonia filiformis. Epelys trilobus. Tanais filum. Sapphirina, sp. ; Sh picniber: (439.) Free Copepods of many genera and numerous species. Argulus laticauda; August, (439.) A. latus; July. A. megalops; September 8. Caligus rapax ; September 8, (439.) Balanus balanoides, larve; April, May, June, (304.) Lepas fascicularis; June and July, in Vineyard Sound, (382.) Limulus Polyphemus, young, (340.) Worms. Phyllodoce, sp., adult; July 3; evening. Phyllodoce, sp. PUNE a evening. Eulalia, sp., young; September 3; evening. Eulalia, sp., pies evening. Eumidia, sp., young; September 8; evening. Kteone, sp., young ; serena | Autolytus cornutus, male, female, and asexual forms; July 29 to Au- gust 18; evening. Watch Hill; April 13, asexual form, (440.) Autolytus, sp., asexual individuals, (398.) INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 453 Gattiola, sp., young; September 3; evening. Syllis (?), sp., young; September 3; evening. Rhynchobolus Americanus, voung ; September 3; evening. Nereis virens, adult males; April; day-time, (440.) N. limbata, adult males filled with milt, September 3, evening; Sep- tember 5, at Fire Island, day. Females, September 3, (few ;) young, common, August, September, evening, (440.) N. pelagica, young; August, September; evening. Nectonereis megalops; July 3, 11; September 3, 8; evening, (440.) Podarke obscura, adult; June 26 to August ; evening, (440.) Spio setosa, young; evening. Scolecolepis viridis, young ; evening. Polydora ciliatum, young; September 3; evening. Nicolea simplex, young; August, September ; evening. Amphitrite ornata, young; evening. Lepreea rubra, young; evening. Polycirrus eximius, young; August, September; evening. Spirorbis, sp., young; evening. Tomopteris, sp., young; evening. Sagitta elegans, adult; July 1, September 8; day-time, (440.) Sagitta, sp., adult and young; January 30 to May 5; day, (440.) Balanoglossus aurantiacus ; larvee in the “ tornaria” state, (351.) Meckelia ingens ; specimens up to ten inches long; evening, (349.) Pontonema marinum, adult; February ; day-time. Several other small Nematodes with the last. Slender round worm, up to six inches long; June 29, July 13; evening. Young of many other worms; undetermined. MOLLUSCA. Cephalopods. Ommastrephes illecebrosa, adult; July, August, (441.) Loligo Pealii; June to September; young, July, August, (440.) L. pallida, adult; October, November, (441.) Pieropods. Clione papilionacea, adult; April 13, April 30, (444.) Styliola vitrea, adult; September 8; day-time, (443.) Spirialis Gouldii, adult; August; evening, (443.) Diacria trispinosa, (444.) Cavolina tridentata, (444.) Lamellibranchs. Teredo navalis, larve; May, June, (386.) Mytilus edulis, larvee ; April, (308.) Ostreea Virginiana, larve; June, July, (310.) Larvee of many other species, undetermined. 454 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. Ascidians. Salpa Cabotti, adults and young; August and September, (449.) Doliolum, sp.; summer, (A. AGASSIZ,) (446.) Appendicularia, sp., (like A. furcata ;) summer, (A. AGASSIZ,) (446.) Appendicularia, Sp., (like A. longicauda ;) summer, (A. AGASSIZ.) Larve of fixed Ascidians, (445.) RADIATA. Echinoderms. Strongylocentrotus Drébachiensis, larvee, (447.) Asterias arenicola, larvee; evening, (447.) A. vulgaris, larve; evening, (447.) Acalephs. Mnemiopsis Leidyi; February, July to September ; day-time, (449.) Lesueuria hyboptera, adult; September; day-time. Pleurobrachia rhododactyla, adult and young; January to May, July to September; day-time and evening, (448.) Idyia roseola, adult ; September; day-time, (451.) Cyanea arctica, adult; August, September; day-time. Young in the ‘“‘ephyra” stages; April; young of all sizes up to four inches across; May, (449.) Aurelia flavidula; August, September; day-time, young; May, (449.) Dactylometra quinquecirra, adult and young; July to September; day and evening, (449.) Trachynema digitale, young; Wood’s Hole, July 1; day-time. Tiaropsis diademata; Wood’s Hole; April 17, (V. N. Edwards.) Oceania languida, meduse ; June to September; day-time. Kucheilota ventricularis, young meduse; evening. E. duodecimalis, medusa; July. Obelia, several species, medusze; evening chiefly, (447.) Rhegmatodes tenuis, meduse; September; evening. Zygodactyla Groeenlandica, meduse; June to September; day and evening, (449.) Ajquorea albida, medusz ; September ; evening. Tima formosa, adult; February, 1872; April 30, 1873, (449.) Kutima limpida, meduse; September; evening. Lafoéa calcarata, meduse ; September; evening. Nemopsis Bachei, meduse; June to September; evening. Bougainvillia superciliaris, medusze, April, May, June; evening. Margelis Carolinensis, meduse ; August and September, chiefly in the evening, (450.) Dysmorphosa fulgurans, meduse ; evening, (448.) Modeeria, sp., meduse. Turritopsis nutricula, meduse ; July to September; evening. INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 455 Stomotoca apicata, medusz. Willia ornata, young medusz ; last of September. Dipurnea conica, meduse; July; evening. Gemmaria gemmosa, meduse; evening. Pennaria tiarella, meduse ; August, September. Ectopleura ochracea, meduse ; September. Nanomia cara, August, September; evening. Physalia Arethusa, July to September; day, (450.) Velella mutica, August; day. Polyps. Edwardsia, sp., larve in the * Arachnactis” stage; September; evening, (451.) PROTOZOA. Numerous kinds of ciliated infusoria, (451.) List of species taken at the surface in winter, December to March. Crustacea. Crangon vulgaris, young. Mysis Americana. Anonyx, (?,) sp. Calliopius leviusculus, (439.) Pontogeneia inermis. Gammarus natator. Monoculodes, sp. Several species and genera of Copepods, very abundant. Larve of Balanus, December 21, January 7 and 8. Annelids, de. Nereis virens, adult males. Sagitta, sp., adult, abundant, (440.) Pontonema marinum, adult. Other Nematodes, undetermined. Acalephs. Pleurobrachia rhododactyla, young and adult, abundant, (450.) Mnemiopsis Leidyi, adult, abundant, (450.) Cyanea arctica, young; March. Tima formosa, adult, (449.) II. 10.—ANIMALS PARASITIC ON FISHES, ETC. Large numbers of fishes were examined, both internally and externally, for parasites, and a large collection of such parasites was made. The in- 456 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. ternal parasites were collected mainly by Dr. Edward Palmer, and will be of great interest when carefully studied and described. As yet, noth- ing more than a casual examination of them has been made. These internal parasites were found in nearly all kinds of fishes, chiefly in the stomach and intestines, but also very frequently in the flesh, or among the abdominal viscera, or in the air-bladder, or even in the eyes, &c. The internal parasites were mostly worms, but these belong to four very distinct orders. 1st. The “ round-worms,” Nematodes. These are related to the round-worms so frequent in the intestines of children, and also to the notorious Trichina of man and the hog. One or more species are found in the intestine and stomach of nearly every kind of fish, and frequently, also, in the liver, peritoneum, eyes, and various other organs. One species, two or three inches long, is very fre- quently found coiled up spirally in the flesh of the cod. Another large species is frequently found in the flesh of the tom-cod, or frost-fish. Although these are not dangerous to man, they are very disagreeable when found in fish intended for food. - A species belonging to this group is very frequently found in the body- cavity of one of our species of Sagittia (see page 440). 2d. The flat-worms or “ flukes,” Trematodes. These are short, more or less broad, depressed worms, which are pro- vided with one, two, or more suckers, for adhering firmly to the mem- branes. They pass through very remarkable transformations, as do most of the other parasitic worms. Species belonging to this group are common in the stomach, cesophagus, and intestine, and also encysted or in follicles in the mouth, liver, peritoneum, and various other parts of the body. bd. The thorn-headed worms, Acanthocephala. These have an elongated roundish body, with a proboscis at the an- terior end, covered with hooks, or recurved spines. The proboscis and front end of the body can be withdrawn and thrust out at pleasure. Such worms are very common in the stomachs and intestines of fishes, and are, perhaps, the worst parasites that torment them. The young of these worms also occur quite frequently, encysted in the liver, peri- toneum, throat, mouth, and other organs. 4th. The “ tape-worms,” or Cestodes. These are long flat worms, divided into many distinct segments, and are very frequently found in the intestines of most fishes. There are numerous species of them, ranging in size from less than an inch to many feet in length. Although parasitic worms are found in nearly all kinds of fishes, they are most frequent and in the greatest variety in the large and very vor- acious kinds, such as sharks, rays, the angler or goose-fish, salmon, blue fish, cod, haddock, &e. Nor are other marine animals free from these internal parasites. Cer- INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 457 tain species have been found in crustacea, others in mollusks, &e. Mr. A. Agassiz has briefly described, but not named, a remarkable worm that he found very commonin the jelly-fish, Wnemiopsis Leidyi, and the young of this or a different species was observed by me inthe same Aca- leph. It appeared to be a species of Scolex. It was pale purple, with light yellowish orange stripes. JI have previously mentioned a round worm (Ascaris?) which pean occurs in winter in one of our species of Sagitta. Most of the species that, in the adult state, inhabit Bech ox live while young, or in the larval Joos in smaller fishes, or in ether animals, upon which the larger fishes feed, and from which they thus derive their parasites. Besides the parasitic worms there are also many internal parasites that belong to the Protozoa. The external parasites of fishes are also numerous. They are chiefly crustacea and leeches. Among the Crustacea there are a few species of Amphipods that are parasitic. One of these, Laphystius sturionis, lives upon the gills of fishes and-upon the surface of the body. It was found on the gills of the ‘“ goose-fish,” (Lophius,) in Vineyard Sound, and on the back of skates at Eastport. It is remarkable in having large claws developed on the third and fourth pairs of legs, those of the first and second be- ing small. Its color is light red. Certain Isopod crustacea, belonging to the genus Livoneca (Plate Vi fig. 29) and allied genera, live in the mouths and on the gills of fishes, clinging firmly to the membrane of the roof of the mouth, or ihe parts, by means of their strong sharp claws. These are generally unsymmetrical inform. The species of the genus Bopyrus itive on the gills, under the carapax of shrimp and other crustacea, producing large tumors. A species is common on species of Hippolyte in the Bay of Fundy: and a species has been found in this region. The genus Cepon is allied to the last, and our species occurs under the carapax of the “ fiddler-crabs” in this region. Among the Entomostraca the number of parasitic species is still greater, but most of these live on the external surface and gills of fishes, though some of them occur also in the mouth. The species of Panda- rus and allied genera adhere firmly to the skin, and are provided with a proboscis. They are very common on sharks, but occur also on other fishes. A Landari( te VII, fig. 31) and Nogagus Latreillii (Plate VII, fig. 32) were both found on ‘‘ Atwood’s shark,” the “‘ man-eater” of this region, associated also with Nogagus tenax. The species of ‘‘Noga- gus” are merely the males of other genera, for no one has yet deter- mined both males and females of the various species. The young of one species, Caligus rapax, were found swimming free at the surface. The species of Argulus and allied genera are less strictly parasitic, or rather they adhere less closely, and apparently leave the fishes at pleas- 458 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. ‘ ure and migrate from one to another. Three species belonging to this_ group were taken at the surface with the towing-nets. The Lerneans are remarkable creatures. The females are generally very curious in form and very much larger than the more active and less abnormal males, and they are very low in structure, the reproductive system being enor- mously developed at the expense of nearly all the other organs. They live upon the exterior and gills of fishes, with the head deeply buried in the flesh, and subsist by sucking: the blood of their victims. The Lerneonema radiatum (Plate VII, fig. 30) is very common on the men- haden, and is also found on the alewives. There are many kinds of parasitic leeches. One of the most remark- able is the Branchiobdella Ravenelii, (Plate X VILL, fig. 89.) This genus is peculiar in having broad, foliaceous, lobed or scolloped gills along the sides of the body. The large species figured was found several times on the large “ sting-rays,” several of them usually occurring together, on a large spot which had become sore and much inflamed by their re- peated bites. Itis avery active species. . The Cystobranchus vividus is a much smaller and quite slender leech, which has small, papilliform, whitish gills that alternately contract and expand along the sides of the body, each surrounded by a semicircular white spot. The colors are brownish or purplish, with three rows of small white spots on the back. ‘This species is frequent on the common minnow, (Fundulus pisculentus,) in autumn and winter, and lives both in brackish water and fresh water. With the last, on the minnows, is found another slender leech, destitute of gills; this is the [chthyobdella Funduli. It has, like the last, four ocelli. The color is pale green with darker green and brown specks, often with whitish transverse bands anteriorly, and a white ring behind the head, at the constriction ; some- times there is a narrow pale dorsal line. A long, slender, sub-cylindrical leech, the Pontobdella rapax V., (Plate XVIII, fig. 91,) is quite common on the upper side of the “ summer- flounder,” (Chenopsetta ocellaris.) Itis avery active species, dark olive or brown in color, with a row of square or oblong whitish spots along each side ; the suckers are pale greenish white. The young are reddish brown, without spots. A species of Pontobdella was found adhering to Mysis Americana, near New Haven, May 5, in three instances, but whether this be its nor- mal habit is uncertain. The Malacobdella obesa V. (Plate XVIII, fig. 90) is a large, stout, yellowish white leech, often two inches long, which is quite common in the branchial cavity of the “long clam,” (Mya arenaria.) The Malacobdella mercenaria V. is another similar species, but smaller and more slender, which lives in the same way in the “ round clam” (Venus mercenaria.) The Myzobdella lugubris is a small leech, which lives on the “ edible crab” (Callinectes hastatus,) adhering to the soft membranes between the joints and at the base of the legs. INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 459 List of external parasites observed on fishes and other marine animals of Southern New England. In the following list I have included all the determined species ob- served in these waters, whether living in the sounds, or in the outer waters, or in the brackish waters of the estuaries, for most of these par- asitic species are capable of living in as diverse conditions as do the ani- mals which they infest, and most of the fishes pass from time to time into each of the divisions named, though some, like the cod, are chiefly found in the colder outer waters, and‘even there only in winter. The list is undoubtedly very incomplete for it is based chiefly on col- lections made during two seasons, and mainly in the summer months. In addition to the true parasites I have, for greater convenience, in- cluded in the list some that merely live on or with other animals, either for the sake of shelter, or to feed upon their excretions, or to share their food. Some of these would be properly classed as ‘‘ commen- sals.” ARTICULATA. Crustacea. Pinnotheres ostreum, (p. 367,) in oysters. P. maculatus, in Mytilus edulis. Laphystius sturionis, on goose-fish and skate, (457.) Hyperia, species, on jelly-fishes, (439.) Nerocila munda, on file-fish. Conilera concharum. Livoneca ovalis, on blue-fish, (457.) Cepon distortus, in branchial cavity of Gelasimus, (457.) Ergasilus labraces, on striped-bass. Argulus catostomi, on the sucker, (Catostomus.) A. laticauda, (457.) A. latus. ° A. megalops. A. alos, on “ alewives.” Caligus curtus, on cod-fish. C. rapax, on sting-ray, (Trygon hastata.) Lepeophtheirus, sp., on sting-ray. Lepeophtheirus, sp., on flounder, (Chznopsetta ocellaris.) Echthrogalus coleoptratus, on mackerel-shark, (Lamna punctata.) i. denticulatus, on Atwvood’s shark, (Carcharodon Atwoodi.) Pandarus Cranchii, (?) on dusky shark, (Platypodon obscurus.) Pandarus, sp., on Atwood’s shark, (Carcharodon Atwoodi.) Nogagus Latreillii, on Atwood’s shark, (457.) N. tenax, on Atwood’s shark, (457.) Pandarus sinuatus, on the “ dog-fish,” (Mustelus canis.) Cecrops Latreillii, on Othagoriscus mola. 460 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. Anthosoma crassum, on mackerel-shark. Lerneea branchialis, on cod-fish. Penella plumosa, on Diodon pilosus and Rhombus, sp. Anchorella uncinata, on cod-fish. Lernzonema radiatum, on menhaden, (458.) Lernzonema, sp., on a species of Carangus. Coronula diadema, on whales. Leeches. Branchiobdella Ravenelii, on sting-rays; August, September, (458.) Cystobranchus vividus, on minnows; October to December 18, (458.) Ichthyobdella Funduli, on minnows; with last, (458.) Ichthyobdella, sp., dredged off New London, April. Pontobdella rapax, on flounders, (458.) Malacobdella obesa, in long clams, (458.) M. mercenaria, in round clams, (458.) Myzobdella lugubris, on the edible crab, (458.) Bdelloura candida, on gills of Limulus. MOLLUSCA. Gastropods. Stylifer Stimpsonii, on the green sea-urchin. Hulima oleacea, on Thyone Briareus, (418.) IIL.—FAUNA OF THE ESTUARIES, HARBORS, PONDS, AND MARSHES. The region about Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay, like that of the entire southern coast of New England and the coast farther south, is characterized by large numbers of ponds, lagoons, and estuaries, having a more or less interrupted communication with the sea. These are usually quite shallow, though often of great extent. The bottom is generally muddy, with occasional patches of sand, but at the surface usually consists largely of decaying vegetable and animal débris mixed with mud. The “eel-grass” (Zostera marina) grows in the shallower waters in great quantities, sometimes in small scattered patches, at other times covering large areas. Some of these ponds and estuaries receive con- siderable, though variable, quantities of fresh water from streams flow- ing into them, while others receive but little, except the surface drain- age of the land immediately around them; but in most of them the fresh water is in sufficient quantities to give a “ brackish” character to the waters. Owing to the narrow and often shallow channels by which the ponds communicate with the open waters, the tide is usually irreg- ular, and its rise and fall often much less han outside, so that the wa- ters have little tidal motion. The shallowness of the water and the abun- INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 461 dant eel-grass also impede the motion caused by the wind, so that these bodies of water are comparatively quiet under ordinary circumstances. The same causes allow the water to become highly heated during the “summer. It is evident that the heat and quietness of the waters are unfavorable for the rapid absorbtion of oxygen from the air, while by the rapid decay of the dead materials of the bottom large quantities of earbonic acid and other gases must be evolved, which would in some cases soon render the water fatal to all animal life, were it not for the presence of the eel-grass, Ulva, and other plants that fiourish in such waters, which, while absorbing the excess of carbonic acid, also help to give the requisite amount of oxygen to the water. During storms the mud of the bottom is quickly disturbed, causing the escape of nox- ious gases, and rendering the water turbid, while the eel-grass is torn up in large quantities, thus adding to the decaying materials of the bot- tom and shores. Moreover, in case of rain-storms or spring-freshets, the sudden addition of large volumes of fresh water often causes great changes in the density and character of the water, sufficient to kill spe- cies not adapted to such varying and peculiar conditions. We accordingly find that although animal life is usually very abun- dant, the number of species that habitually live and prosper in these im- pure and decidedly brackish waters is comparatively small. But such as do occur are usually found in great quantities, and are remarkable for their hardiness and ability to live under widely varying conditions. Many of them are strictly southern species, which do not extend much farther north ; but there are some, like the long clam, muscle, &c., which extend even to the Arctic Ocean and the coasts of Kurope. Many of the estuaries and harbors, and some of the ponds, have a much freer communication with the sea, and then the water is less _ brackish and generally less impure in other respects, and the number of species of animals becomes much greater. In other cases the water is So little brackish that the fauna is nearly identical with that of the outer bays. -A few of these species are almost restricted to the brack- ish waters, but by far the greater number are able to live in pure sea- water, and are accordingly also found in the bays and sounds. There are various degrees of preference shown by the different species ; some are very abundant in the brackish waters and very seldom found out- side; some evidently prefer the estuaries but are also abundant in the sounds ; some flourish equally well in both situations; many are com- mon in the estuaries but much more abundant in the pure waters of the sounds ; anda large number which are occasionally found in the brackish waters, especialiy where but little freshened, have their proper homes in the pure waters outside. Most of our food-fishes frequent the ponds and estuaries, either for the sake of food or for the purpose of spawning, and many spend the earlier part of their lives entirely in such waters. Itis apparent, there- fore, that among the few species of invertebrate animals living in the brackish waters, there are some that are of great importance as food for 462 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. fishes. It is true that many of the larger fishes frequent the estuaries to prey upon smaller ones, some of which are extremely abundant in these waters. But the small fishes, like minnows, as well as the young of the larger ones, feed chiefly upon the small crustacea, worms, and Shells that live in the waters that they inhabit. Therefore the entire value of the estuaries as feeding-grounds for the larger fishes depends directly upon those species of crustacea, &c., that naturally live in brackish water. — In discussing the fauna of the estuaries I have found it most conven- ient to group the species under the following divisions: 1. Those of sandy shores and bottoms. 2. Those of muddy shores and bottoms. 3. Those inhabiting oyster-beds. 4. Those inhabiting the eel-grass. 5. Those attached to rocks, piles of wharves, floating timber, buoys, &c. The lists could be greatly extended by including all the species to be found near the mouths of estuaries, or in those harbors and ponds that are scarcely brackish, for in these localities the fauna is nearly identi- cal with that of the bays and sounds, and the lists already given on previous pages will also apply very well to such places. As a general rule only those species that are abundant, or at least frequent, in waters distinctly brackish, have been included in the lists. III, 1.—ANIMALS INHABITING THE SANDY SHORES AND BOTTOMS OF BRACKISH WATERS. Sandy shores and bottoms are generally less common and less exten- Sive than muddy ones, and occur chiefly toward the months of estuaries, or on the more exposed borders of the larger ponds and harbors, where the wave-action is greatest. When such bottoms are covered with eel-grass, as often happens, the animals are quite numerous, but when destitute of vegetation the spe- cies of animals are but few, and mostly of the kinds that burrow. But when there is a mixture of mud with the sand the variety is much greater. Near high-water mark, colonies of the “ sand-fiddler,” Gelasimus pu- gilator, (p. 336,) often occur, as on the sandy beaches outside. In the same situations the beach-fleas, Talorchestia longicornis and T. megal- ophthalma (p. 336,) also occur, burrowing in the sand; while the Orches. tia agilis SMITH is abundant under the vegetable débris at high-water mark. Several species of salt-water insects also occur, burrowing in the sandy beaches at and below high-water mark. Among these are sev- eral beetles, which live in such situations, both in the larval and adult conditions. The bBledius cordatus is one of the most abundant of these. This is a small, dark-colored, ‘‘ rover-beetle,” with very short elytra. It makes small, perpendicular holes in the sand near high-water mark, throwing up a little mound of sand around the burrows. A larger spe- cies, Bledius pallipennis, occurs lower down, at about half-tide mark and makes similar burrows, but they are larger and deeper. This spe- INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETc. 463 cies is yellowish brownin color. The larva of a fly belonging to the Mus- cide, and growing to the length of three-quarters of an inch, occurs beneath the sand at low-water mark, and was also dredged off-shore in three or four fathoms of water. In the shallow waters and on the flats the common shrimp, Crangon vulgaris, (p. 339, Plate III, fig. 10,) is always to be found in abundance where the water is not too much freshened by the rivers. The prawn, Palemonetes vulgaris, (p.339, Plate II, fig. 9,) is also frequent on the sandy bottoms, though more abundant among the eel-grass, and this species extends far up the estuaries into the mouths of rivers, where the water is but little salt. The most abundant Annelids are Nereis virens, (Plate XI, figs. 47-50,) N. limbata, (Plate XI, fig. 51,) Rhynchobolus dibranchiatus, (Plate X, figs 43, 44,) R. Americanus, (Plate X, figs. 45, 46,) and Scolecolepis viridis V., (p. 345,) all of which burrow in the sand at low-water mark in the same way as on the shores of the sounds. Under vegetable débris and stones, at high-water mark, the Halo- drillus littoralis (p. 324) and Clitellio irroratus (p. 324) occur in abun- dance. The Lumbriculus tenuis burrows among the roots of grass at high-water mark. | The most abundant Gastropod shells are Ilyanassa obsoleta, (Plate XXI, fig. 13,) Tritia trivitiata, (Plate XXI, fig. 112,) Bittiwm nigrum, (Plate XXTYV, fig. 154,) Astyris lunata, (Plate X-XT, fig. 110,) which occur on the flats and on the bottom in shallow water, but all are more com- mon among eel-grass. The Melampus bidentatus (Plate X XV, figs. 169, 169a) is very abundant among the grass and weeds at and just above high-water mark. It contributes largely to the food of the minnows and other small fishes, as well as to that of many aquatic birds. The Crepidula convera (Plate X XIII, fig. 128) is frequent on the dead shells occupied by the small hermit-crab, Hupagurus longicarpus, (p. 3138,) which is abundant, running over the bottom in shallow water. The most abundant bivalves are the long clam, Mya arenaria, (Plate XXVI, fig. 179;) and Macoma fusca, (Plate X XX, fig. 222.) These both occur burrowing in the sand between tides, and both occur far up the estuaries, where the water is very brackish, but they are most abun- dant where there is a mixture of sand and mud. In the estuaries the long clam is extremely abundant all along the coast from New Jersey to the Arctic Ocean, as well as on all the northern coasts of Europe It also occurs south of Cape Hatteras, as at Beaufort, North Carolina, but in greatly diminished numbers. North of New York it is very ex- tensively used as an article of food. North of Cape Cod it is the com- mon ‘‘clam” of the fishermen; and north of Boston it almost entirely ‘displaces, in the markets, the “round-clam,” or “‘ quahog,” Venus mer- cenaria, Which is the common clam at New York and farther south. Along the southern coast of New England both species are abundant, and both are sold in large quantities in the markets. South of New 464 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. York the long clam is but little sought as an article of food, except for local use. On the coast of New Jersey it is often called the ‘“‘ maninose clam,” from the Indian name (frequently corrupted to ‘“ nanny-nose.”) It is also sometimes called the “‘soft-shelled clam,” in distinction from the ‘6 quahog,” which is called “‘hard-shelled.” The “long clams” of certain localities on Long Island Sound, as, for instance, those from Guilford, Connecticut, are of very excellent quality, and are very highly esteemed. The Guilford clams are assorted into regular sizes, and are bought from the fishermen on the spot by the hundred. Those of large size bring about $3 per hundred; these are retailed in the market at New Haven for 60 cents per dozen. Smaller sizes bring 48 cents and 36 cents per dozen. During unusually low tides in winter clams of extraordinary size are obtained at Guilford, below the zone ordinarily uncovered by the tide; these often weigh a pound or more, and sell for about $1.25 per dozen; occasionally the weight is as much as a pound anda half, and the shells become six or eight inches in length. The ordinary long clams of small and moderate sizes bring 95 cents, $1.25, and $2 per bushel at wholesale; these retail in our markets at 50 cents to 75 cents per peck, the smallest sizes being cheapest, while the reverse is the case with the round clams. In New Haven the long clams are chiefly sold in winter, being ‘“ out of season” in Summer, when the round clams supply the markets. But in New York the long clams are sold during the whole year. Large quantities of these clams are also collected on the northern coasts of New England and put up for bait, to be used in the aire at the banks of Newfoundland. The total amount collected and used annually is probably not less than 1,000,000 bushels. . List of species inhabiting sandy shores and bottoms of estwaries. ARTICULATA. Insects. . Page. Page. Larvee of fly, (Muscidee).... 463) Bledius cordatus ........-.. 462 Ejphydra, sp., larve ...-..-- 466)|, B."pallipenmis’, .. 22" 462 Creimdela, larvae... )4-\ yp) 335| Heterocera undatus ...... . | Sao Bembidium constrictum. ... Phaleria testacea.......... PecontuACtUM, «.-)<\cae eek Anurida maritima........- doL Phytosus littoralis......... 300 Orustaced. Page. Page Gelasimus pugilator....... 462 Orchestia agilis ...:....... 462 Cancer irroratus..........- 312/| Talorchestia longicornis.... 462. Carcinus granulatus....... 312} T. megalophthalma........ 462 Kupagurus longicarpus .... 463| Epelys trilobus............ 370 Palemonetes vulgaris...... 463) Limulus Polyphemus...... 340 Orangon vulgaris.......... 463 INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 465 Annelids. Page. | Page. PPCRONS VALOIS «1250 iced patina = - 463) Clymenella torquata....... 343 )S SALT 1 en a ke 463; Cistenides Gouldii..... 2 ole ee Rhynchobolus Americanus. 463) Sabellaria vulgaris........ 21 ih. dibranchiatus <2. ~~... + - 463; Lumbriculus tenuis........ 463 Spe TODUSHIG 6 se. 3,52. 4... 945 Clitellio irroratus...:-..... 463 Scolecolepis viridis........ 463) Halodrillus littoralis....... 463 BS. tenaiss.-. 2. say Ahi rite 4) 2 345 | Nemerteans. Page. | Page. Meckelia ingens........... pau Micekcetia Postar .2'. PY) 272." 350 MOLLUSCA. Gastropods. . Page. | Page. ilyanassa obsoleta........ 463 Odostomia trifida......... 307 Peeteta Urivivtaba. 2. te. 463 Bittium nigram.......2..° 463 Mupicura caudata....-.-. . 371) Crepidula convexa......... 463 Asoyris lunata’..........-. 463| Melampus bidentatus...... 463 Lamellibranchs. ¥ Page. Page. PP ya SUeh alla, 2 2 22505 2. 463| Leevicardium Mortoni...... 358 Se NeseOIna TSCA. 2... --. .--- - - 463| Solenomya velum....-...- 360 eeTEELITS LENCE of. «. dll Escharella variabilis....... 312 | Pedicellina Americana..... i { aM ni 484 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. RADIATA. Hydroids. Page. | Page. Obelia gelatinosa........- . 482 | Halecium gracile......2.--'~ 328 OA PYLILOTINIS: << Seat = « 390’ | Parypha croceéa 222-2222 ese 482 OP olaphaia’ eee eee... o- 327 : Polyps. Page. Page. Sagartia leucolena......... 329 | Metridium marginatum.... 329 IV.—FAUNA OF THE OCEAN SHORES AND OUTER COLD WATERS. All along this coast, from Cape Cod to Stonington, Connecticut, there is a belt or current of cold water which impinges directly against the outer islands and the open coast, especially where there are points of land projecting outward toward the deeper waters. This is especially noticeable at Gay Head, on Martha’s Vineyard, No Man’s Land, Cutty- hunk Island, Montauk Point, Block Island, Point Judith, and Watch Hill. This cold water is undoubtedly derived from the Arctic current, which passes slowly southward in deep water off our coast, but whether an actual current, distinguishable from the tidal currents, exists in the waters of moderate depth along the coast is still uncertain. The tidal currents apparently have the effect of bringing the cold water of the outside regions up into the shallower localities along the shores, and it is probable that the presence of the cold water in moderate depths is due to the joint action of the tides and the slow-moving Arctic current, which impinges more or less against and upon the slope of the sub- merged eastern border of the continent. But the position, extent, and temperature of this cold water along our shores varies greatly, accord- ing to the direction of the tidal currents and the surface currents caused by the wind. We have shown, on a former page, that at times these local winds and tidal currents are able even to bring Gulf Stream water and its characteristic animals directly upon this coast, even as far westward as Watch Hill, Rhode Island, where the Physalia is often cast ashore insummer. At such times the cold current must necessarily be wholly displaced, or disguised by intermixture with the warmer waters. When the tide is flowing from Long Island Sound, Vineyard Sound, or other large bodies of warm water, the cold waters will also be displaced and the temperature raised even at the distance of twenty or thirty miles from the shore in summer. In winter there is comparatively little effect from the Gulf Stream, owing to the prevalence of northerly winds, and there is also far less effect from the warm waters of the shallow bays and sounds carried by the tides. Therefore the full effect of the northern current is felt only in winter, and it doubtless adds to the cold proper to the season and land climate. In winter and early spring we accordingly find numerous species of northern animals and alge which disappear partially or wholly in many F ' ~ ~ INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD. SOUND, ETC. 485 of these localities in summer. In April, May, and June, the cod and haddock resort in large numbers to the banks and reefs off Stonington, Watch Hill, No Man’s Land, and other similar places, but are quite unknown there later in the summer. In consequence of the varying temperatures of the currents which alternately pass over certain of these localities, there is a very peculiar admixture of northern and southern species, side by side. This is par- ticularly the case on the reefs between Watch Hill and Fisher’s Island, where the southern Astrangia Dane is associated with the Agta Alcyonium carneum, Cribrella sanguinolenta, and many other northerm forms. The temperature of the bottom-water iene the last of August and first of September was found to vary from 57° F. to 63°, in sixteen to twenty-nine fathoms off Martha’s Vineyard and Bumants Bay, (see chart.) The surface temperatures were at the same time 62° to 64°, and occasionally as high as 67°, when affected by warmer currents. LV. 1.—SPECIES INHABITING ROCKY SHORES OF THE OPEN COAST. The principal localities under this head at which we have made col- lections are No Man’s Land, Cuttyhunk Island, Gay Head, and Watch Hill, Rhode Island. Dr. J. E. Leidy has published a partial list of the species found at Point Judith,* and we have more or less information concerning the fauna of several other similar localities. In all these places the assemblage of animals is nearly the same, and in general not very different from what we find on the rocky shores of the sounds and bays, (see p. 303.) A large part of the species of these shores have, therefore, already been mentioned in connection with the fauna of the bays and sounds. There are, however, many species that are characteristic of the latter, which are found but rarely, or not at all, on the colder and more ex- posed outer shores; and these are characterized by the abundance of some northern species which are rare or wanting on the inner shor es, or which occur there only in winter. Among the most abundant species of shells are Pu ‘pura lapillus, (p. 306, Plate X XI, figs. 118, 119;) Lnttorina palliata, (p. 305, Plate X XLV, he. 133.5) bh. ee (p. 305, Plate XXIV, fig. 137 ;) ee testudinalis, (p. 307, Plate XXIV, figs. 158, 159;) and Lacuna vincta, (p. 305, Plate XXIV, fig. 139,) all of which occur adhering to the rocks or algw, even in the most exposed situations. These are all hardy northern species. which extend their range to Greenland or beyond, and although all of them are to be found, more or less frequently, on the inner shores, they are there less abundant and generally of smaller size. The Littorina palliata is extremely abundant on the Fucus, and individuals were found at Watch Hill, copulating, April 12, The Lacuna vincta breeds still _ Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 2d series, vol. iii, 1855 486 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. earlier in the season, for its eggs were found attached to alg and eel- grass at the date named. ‘The eggs of this species are small, yellowish white, imbedded in a gelatinous mass, having an annular form, but showing a break or suture on one side. These annular egg-masses are attached by one side to the surfaces of flat algz or eel-grass in large numbers; they are from .12 to .20 of an inch in diameter. The Afolis papillosa was found at Watch Hill, under stones, April 12, and with it were long, much convoluted, gelatinous cords, filled with minute pale red or salmon-colored eggs, which probably belong to this -species, which is a northern one, and has not hitherto been recorded as from south of Cape Cod. Itis very abundant in the Bay of Fundy, and similar egg-clusters are found there under rocks during the entire sum- mer. Among and between the stones the northern purple star-fish, Asterias vulgaris (p. 432) is often found at low-water, and also the green sea- urchin, Strongylocentrotus Dr obachiensis (p. 406, Plate XXXYV, fig. 268) Aarne: the spring tides. The Balanus balanoides (p. 305) is quite as abundant on the most ex- posed rocks as elsewhere. The minute bivalve young of this species were found just attaching themselves to the lower surfaces of rocks in immense numbers at Watch Hill on the 12th of April. : Beneath the stones the rock-crab, Cancer trroratus, (p. 312,) is very common, and occasionally the much rarer Cancer borealis is found dead on these shores. It was thus found at Gay Head and No Man’s Land, but it is doubtful whether it lives above low-water mark. In the Yower part of the fucus zone the large Gammarus ornatus (p. 314, Plate IV, fig. 15) is always to be found in great abundance under stones, and in the upper half of the fucus zone the smaller species, Gammarus an- nulatas (p. 314) and Gammarus marinus often occur in great numbers, associated with Jwra copiosa (p. 315) and Ldotea irrorata (p. 316, Plate V, fig. 23.) The Gammarus marinus occurs higher up than either of the other species, and is sometimes abundant even near high-water mark, where the soil beneath the stones is barely moist at low-water. The Amphithoé maculata (p. 315, Plate LV, fig. 16) is also a common Species under stones; and both green and reddish brown varieties occur. Another species of Amphithoé, of smaller size, was found swimming free in the rocky pools at Watch Hill, April12. In this the general color was red, or brownish red; the body was transversely banded with pale flesh-color or whitish, alternating with bands of dark red or brown, which are made up of minute crowded specks; the antenne are annulated with pale red, and are thickly specked, on the bands and at the base, with darker red. The Hyale littoralis (p. 315) is a small but very active Ai- phipod, which is often abundant near high-water mark on the rocky shores, clinging to the Fucus and other alge, or swimming in the tide- pools. It is capable of leaping actively like the beach-fleas, (Orchestia ' a INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. AST agilis,) which it somewhat resembles in form. The color is very variable ; it is often bright yellowish green, but frequently dark green, brownish green, or brown. The Nereis virens (p. 317, Pl. XI, figs. 47-49) is very abundant in bur- rows beneath the rocks. The males of this species, six to ten inches or more in length, and of a dark green color, were found at Watch Hill, April 12, in great numbers, swimming about in the pools of water among the rocks, with an undulatory motion, and discharging their milt in large quantities. Various other Annelids burrow or build tubes beneath the stones. , Le) SA ECLLA, SU es tite s cas ~~ 3 ol6 Homarus Americanus. ...... ASD Y Jara COPIOSd. 2-2 -. s.- ~~». - 486 BeLCHESiia GEMS ice, 0.-..< le ie kaobed, VOPAbdas-" . << +. - 486 Hyale littoralis ..--....-... 450;| Uy WHOSPMOLEM. .--..0- .-+- 316 Calliopius. leviuseulus...... 315 | Erichsonia filiformis...--... 316 Gammarus ornatus...... ... 486 | Balanus balanoides.......- 486 ~ ‘ / 488 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. Annelids. Page Lepidonotus squamatus..... 520 | Cirrhinereis fragilis........ Harmothoé imbricata,...... 321 | Clymenella torquata....... Phyllodoce cantenula....... 494 | Polycirrus eximius ........ Eteone robusta. /..-........ 349 | Sabellaria vulgaris........2 Autolytus cornutus..... --s- 97 | Potamilla oculifera..- 222% Nereis virens....... Cae PAS 487 | Fabricia Leidyi.........-. GME SICe): <5) SS ae 319 | Serpula dianthus...... 23% Opheliarsimiptex .. 2... 2.5 O19) |“ Spirorbis, Spin: 2. tee Turbellaria. Page. Planaria, species ........... 487 | Nemertes socialis.......... Leptoplana folium......... s\-487 | Nemertes, 8p 3-5-:5-05ene Procerodes frequens........ 325 | Monocelis agilis........... Nematodes. Page. Pontonema marinum........ 3825 ! Pontonema vacillatum..... MOLLUSCA. Gastropods. Page Buccinum undatum......... 494°) EL. neritotdea..........--0 Mie UcUVNbbald) 1-20 <== 6-3 354 | Bittium nigrum........... Urosalpinx cinerea, --.'.....-. 306 | Acmea testudinalis ....... Purpura Japs. 6-6... - - 485 | Doris bifida........... oe Astyris lunata ....... my SS 306 | Polycera Lessonii.....-..... Littorina palliata........... 485 | Dendronotus arborescens.. . 0 BRS G05) ORR a a i RNC a 485 | Afolis papillosa............ A CALNE, VAINCHA fin) si-/< 9 nie mtegesete 485 | Tergipes despectus......-. Lamellibranchs. Page. DARICAVA ALCTICA.. a... nen 309 | Mytilus edulis ............ MAP AVALONATIA . 06 0k s sjeid eters 309 | Modiola modiolus.......... Kellia planulata ........... 310 | Anomia glabra........-... Ascidians. Page. Ovnthia) Partita cs.c. ke iens 311 | Amarcecium pellucidum.... Molgula Manhattensis...... 311 — INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 489 Bryozoa. Page. Page. Alecyonidium hirsutum...... 487 | Bugula flabellata........... 311 ee PIS POUL, ones. yee = ga 2 . 487 | Membranipora pilosa...... 406 Vesicularia gracilis......... NTI Th ck 5 wm 244 to 406 Pe CUSCUEA. . = ongesd <5. + =< Sb 404 | Escharella variabilis....... 312 (ETE i i ee 420 | Discopora coccinea........ 333 Farrella familiaris.......-.. Be Peek, Sih en in m2 5 > ., 420 Tubulipora flabellaris....... 405 | Cellepora ramulosa.-....... 312 Crisia eburnea...... money 2 311 | Pedicellina Americana..... 405 RADIATA, Echinoderms. Page. Page. Strongylocentrotus Drobachi- Asterias vulgaris...2.2.-.... 496 ELA one epriebanpeaee 496 | Cribrella sanguinolenta.... 407 Acalephs. Page. Page. Obelia pyriformis ..-....... 390 | Sertularia pumila ...... Boake AST Ser ecinienidia: 2 22. oo ees 487 | Os, APSeMbedte. oo. BSS ee 408 Meetrametiata.. 2-0)! 390 | Pennaria tiarella........-. O27 Mmtetaeatia.:\ <8. 3 327 | Clava leptostyla...... hgatgs 328 Campanularia flexuosa...... _ 3827 | Hydractinia polyclina..... 228 Polyps. Page. : Page. Metridium marginatum...... 329 | Sagartia leueolena........-. 329 LY. 2.— SPECIES INHABITING THE SANDY SHORES OF THE OPEN COAST. Owing to the force of the waves the sand and gravel of the exposed Shores are kept in constant motion in stormy weather, and are often dis- turbed to a considerable depth, especially in winter. Therefore the con- ditions are very unfavorable for the existence of animal life. The fauna of such shores is, accordingly, very meager, aS compared with that of the more sheltered sagdy shores of the bays and sounds. It often happens that one may examine these sandy beaches fora mile or more at low-water without finding more than half a dozen species of animals that actually live on them, though many may be found thrown up by the waves from below low-water mark. In coves or other localities that are somewhat sheltered, the number of species is greater, and most of them are identical with those found on the sandy, shores of the sounds. Toward high-water mark the Talorchestia longicornis (p. 336) and T, 490 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. megalophthalma (p.336) are everywhere common, burrowing in the sand. The Cancer irroratus (p.338) and Platyonichus ocellatus (p. 338) are rather common at and just below low-water mark. The Hippa talpoida (p. 338, Plate II, fig. 5) is occasionally found, and the young sometimes occur in large numbers, burrowing in the sand at low-water mark. The com- mon shrimp, Crangon vulgaris, (p. 339, Plate ITI, fig. 10,) is usually abund- ant where there are sheltered sandy flats. The Annelids are less numerous than on the sandy shores of the © sounds, but such as do occur are mostly of the same species. One of the most interesting is the Nerine agilis, (p. 346,) which is very remark- able for the rapidity with which it burrows in the sand. The Mollusks are few in number. One of the most abundant of the Gastropods is the Lunatia heros, (p. 353, Plate XXIII, figs. 133-136,) which burrows just beneath the surface of the sand, at and below low- water mark. The Neverita duplicata (p. 354, Plate XXIII, fig. 130) is also occasionally found, but is much less abundant than in the bays. Of Lamellibranchs there are but few species that can maintain them- selves in such situations. Among these the “long clam,” J/ya arenaria, (p. 463,) the “ razor-shell,” Ensatella Americana, (p. 356,) and the “surf: clam,” Mactra solidissima, (p. 358,) are the most common. Very few, if any, Radiates are to be found on the exposed sandy shores, unless thrown up by the waves from deeper water. In places that are somewhat protected from the violence of the surf, the Leptosynapta Gi- rardit (p. 361, Plate XX XV, figs. 265, 266) is often found burrowing in the sand at low-water mark. Sometimes, in similar places, the ‘ sand- dollar,” Echinarachnius parma, (p. 362, Plate XX XV, fig. 267,) is found in large numbers at extreme low-water mark. There are no Hydroids and Polyps that properly inhabit such shores. _ List of species inhabiting the sandy shores of the open coast. ARTICULATA. Crustacea. . Page. Page. Ocypoda arenaria, (young)... 337 | Crangon vulgaris.......-.. 490 WANcer IFTOTAbUS:..-:.2 0p ee 490 | Orchestia agilis ......-...- 396 Sancer DOrealls -).). uss - on ' 486 | Talorchestia longicornis.... 489 Platyonichus ocellatus...... 490 | T. megalophthalma........ 489 Epa talpoida. .. 12.55. ces 490 | Unciola irrofata........ sa. oan Eupagurns pollicaris ....... Slo | Tdoped@rcd....... see 340 Annelids. Page. | Page. Wereis wirensifc..- eee ee 8 317 | Seolecolepis viridis.......- 345 Widely sateen)... cee oe 318 | Clymenella torquata....... 343 Rhynchobolus Americanus.. 342 | Amphitrite ornata ........ 320 Neérine agiisiiiic. ake. 490 | Polycirrus eximius ........ 320 INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 491 MOLLUSCA. Gastropods. Page. Page. Sycotypus canaliculatus .... 399 | C. unguiformis. ........ woe d0€ Mritia strivittatay.. $0.0... 3. 394 | Lunatia heros............. 490 Crepidula fornicata......... 305 | Neverita duplicata -....... 490 Lamellibranchs. Page. Page Ensatella Americana ....... 490 | Myatarénaria (522s foe. 490 minigua costata..2:..-...-.- 426 | Mactra solidissima........ 490 RADIATA, Echinoderms. Page. Page Leptosynapta Girardii...... 490 | Echinarachnius parma..... 490 ITV. 3.—ANIMALS INHABITING ROCKY BOTTOMS OFF THE OPEN COAST. The fauna of the rocky bottoms in these outer waters is rich and in- teresting, and decidedly northern in character, though there is usually an admixture with southern species. The principal localities where dredgings were made on this kind of ground are: First, off Gay Head and Devil’s Bridge, at localities marked Gildne Chart, 50,0; 0> c,d; 90, a, 6, ¢ 7'56, a, b, 6d 357, a; 6, t, d's OS, iene, a5, 0,0, ¢; 60, a,b, ¢ :°6l, a, 0,6; 62, a, 0, ¢ > "63, a, 0; 83,0, 0, €. Second, between Gay Head and No Man’s Land, and to the westward of the latter island, at localities 82, a,b; 84, a,b, c,d; at these localities cod are caught in the spring. Third, on and about the rocky reef extending from Watch Hill, Rhode Island, to Fisher’s Island, and forming, in part, the physical boundary of the eastern end of Long Island Sound; this is also a locality where cod and haddock are caught in spring. The dredgings at this place were made by Professor D. C. Eaton, Mr. C. A. Burt, and myself, April 13, 1873. Fourth, a locality off Cuttyhunk Island, where dredgings were made, April, 1872, by Mr. T. M. Prudden, Mr. T. H. Russell, and others. The four localities named are characterized by a similar fauna, but each one yielded some species not found in the others, though more humerous dredgings might have revealed them. The reef off Watch Hill is of peculiar interest on account of the singular blending of the northern and southern faune at that place, as mentioned above. It seems to be nearly at the extreme western range of many northern species, though some of them may occur sparingly in certain favorable localities still farther westward, in Long Island Sound itself. Many northern alge were also collected there by Professor Eaton, in abund-’ 492 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. ance, and some of them have not been found farther westward, and others but rarely. Among these were Ptilota elegans and Delesseria sinuosa, both of which were abundant on the reef in four or five fathoms, associated with large quantities of Phyllophora Brodici, and P. membranifolia ; Huthora cristata and Lithothamnion polymorphum also occurred. The “dulse,” Rhodymenia paimata, Laminaria digitata, L. saccharina, and L. longicrura, all of which are decidedly northern species, were large and abundant. | A similar assemblage of algse was also found on the rocks, in shallow water, off Gay Head, though some of the species just named were not found there. Among the Crustacea of these localities, the most important is the lobster, Homarus Americanus, (p. 395,) which finds its proper habitat in such places. It is very abundant off Gay Head, and among the reefs and rocks off Watch Hill and Stonington, Connecticut, It also occurs plentifully in similar localities off New London, Connecticut, and still farther west in Long Island Sound. Atall these and many other locali- ties large quantities are caught for the markets. They are nearly all taken in ‘lobster pots” baited with refuse fish, &c. | The lobster fishing begins in this region in the latter part of March or early in April, according to the season. By the middle of April they are usually taken in large quantities and shipped alive to New York, New Haven, and other cities. The extent of this trade is enormous even in this region, while north of Cape Cod, along the whole northern coast of New England, and on the shores of Nova Scotia, the lobster is taken in still larger quantities. At present we have no reliable data for estimating the number annually caught, but it probably amounts to several millions. In winter the supply comes from the northern coasts of Massachusetts and Maine, where they may be taken in moderately deep water at all seasons. According to Captain N. EK. Atwood* they do not come into shallow water at Provincetown until June and remain there until Oc- tober, when they disappear again. He also states that those*that visit that locality are nearly all females ; “they appear to come near the shore for the purpose of depositing their young, after which they pass away and others in turn take their places, as is indicated by the change that is constantly taking place, for when the fishermen are catching great quantities of large, good hard-shell lobsters, and they are unusually abundant, perhaps the next day there will be a new kind, smaller and not of so good quality, the former ones having passed away and others come to take their places.” “In Boston the number of lobsters sold annually cannot be much short of a million. The male lobster is pre, ~ ferred and is the most salable, as this city has always been supplied from the northern shore of Massachusetts and coast of Maine, where the * Proceedings Boston Society of Natural History, vol. x, p. 11, 1866. INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 493 males are most plentiful. It is a great advantage to the fishermen that the people prefer males. In New York it is very different in this par- ticular, that city being supplied from Cape Cod after June, and the female lobster thus considered much the best. I have sold many lob- sters in New York, and males sell at only about half price; the male is much poorer than the female in meat.” Captain Atwood states, in the same place, that northward and eastward of Plymouth, Massachusetts, ‘three-quarters at least are males at all seasons of the year.” Among those that I have examined from New London, Waterford, and Stoning- ton, Connecticut, in our markets, I have not noticed any marked in- equality in the number of the sexes. Mr. Smith examined the lobsters in the market at Provinectown on two occasions in August and September, without finding any decided differences in the number of males and females. He also repeatedly examined those in the fish-markets at Eastport, Maine, in summer, with the same result. It is possible there- fore, that the fishermen do not correctly distinguish the sexes, when the females are without eggs, and that an erroneous opinion has thus be- come current among them. There is a great difference in the breeding season on different parts of the coast. The lobsters from New London and Stonington often lay their eggs as early as the last of April or first of May ; while at Halifax, Mr. Smith found females with recently laid eggsin September. At East- port, Maine, the females carry their eggsin mid-summer. In the male the genital orifices are in the bases of the last pair of legs ; in the female they are at the bases of the middle pair. This will always serve to dis- tinguish the sexes, but they also differ in the structure of the abdomi- nal appendages. The rock-crab, Cancer irroratus, (p. 312,) is very common on these bot- toms. and C. borealis (p. 395) also inhabits them, judging from the large dead specimens found on the adjacent beaches, but we only dredged a few small living specimens. One of these was taken on the reef between Watch Hill and Fisher’s Island, in 4 or 5 fathoms, among alge. It is more convex, and much more hairy than the preceding species, and the teeth along the sides of the carapax are quite different. A large and handsomely colored shrimp, Pandalus annulicornis (Plate II, fig. 6,) often occurs in the deeper waters, outside, but is far more common farther north, as in the Bay of Fundy. The common shrimp, Crangon vulgaris, (p. 339, Plate III, fig. 10,) is common, especially where there are spots of sand among the rocks. The little bright-colored shrimp, Hippolyte pusiola, (p. 395,) is frequently met with among the red alge. The Unciola irrorata, (p. 340, Plate IV, fig. 19,) and Amphithoé maculata, (p. 315, Plate IV, fig. 16,) together with several other Amphi- pods, are common, especially among the red alge, and some of them are handsomely marked with red and other bright colors. Among these are Podocerus fucicola, which is a small species and quite variable in color; some of those from the reef at Watch Hill had a 494 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. transverse dorsal band of red or orange on each segment, and similar ones on the epimera, and were minutely specked with dark brown; the antenne and legs were annulated with white and light red or orange. Another species of Podocerus was still more abundant among the red alge; in this the males and females differ greatly in size, form, and color. The females are much smaller and stouter than the males; their colors were generally red and white,in strong contrast,though some were pur- plish and more like the males in color; most of the females have the head and few anterior segments dark red; then a band of white; then three or four bands of dark red, on the middle of the body, which are often confluent into a large sotoal spot of red or brown; these are fol- lowed by a broad white band or spot; the abdominal rings i alternately banded with red and white; part of the epimera are red. The antenneze and legs are more or less miele and spotted with red. The eyes are black. In the male the color is generally reddish or purplish brown, but irregularly specked with darker brown, and with the intervals between the segments pale red. Species of Caprella occur in considerable numbers, clinging, in gro- tesque attitudes, upon the delicate alge and hydroids. The Idotea érrorata, (p. 316, Plate V, fig. 23,) isalso very common, living among the alge, and Hrichsonia filiformis (p. 316, Plate VI, fig. 26,) is often associ- ated with it. The Annelids living upon such bottoms are difficult to obtain, since they mostly burrow beneath the stones or live in tubes attached to the rocks. The few species obtained are, with few exceptions, not different from those found in the sounds, on similar bottoms. The Autolytus cor- nutus, (p.397, Plate XIII, figs. 65, 66,) and another species of the same genus were found in abundance, living in tubes attached to the fronds of Laminaria among hydroids, (Obelia geniculata.) On the same fronds were long, crooked tubes, formed of grains of sand and small bits of shells, belonging to Nicolea simplex, (p. 397.) Burrowing in the corals of Astrangia Dane we found, on the reef off Watch Hill,the singular Annelid named Naraganseta coralii by Dr. Leidy, who obtained his specimens at Point Judith. The specimens found by us were mostly very dark greenish brown or black, but some had dark, orange-colored branchie. The Lepidonotus angustus, Phyllodoce gracilis, P. catenula, and Humidia Americana are new and interesting species. Nereis fucata occurs rarely. Of Gastropods many species already enumerated as inhabitants of the rocky shores occur also on the rocky bottoms in abundance, but there are a number of additional species. One of the largest is the ‘¢ whelk,” Buccinum undatum, (Plate XXI, fig. 121.) This is a decidedly northern and arctic shell, found also on all the northern coasts of HKurope, though several authors believe that the American and European shells are dis- tinet species. One of the most interesting of the northern shells that oceur here is / ‘ / INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 495 the Leptochiton ruber, (p. 399, Plate XXV, fig. 166.) This adheres to rocks and stones that are incrusted by the red nullipore Lithothamnion polymorphum, with which its red color, of various shades, agrees very closely. It is a far more abundant shell in the Bay of Fundy, where it alsolives among the same nullipore. Among the other less common northern species, met with on these bottoms, are Rissoa exarata ; Lacuna neritoidea; and Astyris rosacea. Several very interesting species of naked mollusks (Nudibranchs) occur on these bottoms, creeping over alge and hydroids, and feeding upon the latter. One of the most conspicuous of these is the: Dendronotus arborescens, Which is a northern form, and had not been found south of Cape Cod until this spring, when we dredged it on the reef off Watch Hill, in four or five fathoms. It can be easily distinguished by the two rows of large arborescently-branched gills along the back; by the branched lobes of the tentacle-sheaths and the arborescently divided branch on their outer side, near the base; and by the very narrow and almost linear foot, which is adapted for creeping over hydroids. The Onchydoris pallida was dredged by Messrs. Prudden and Russell off Cuttyhunk Island, in April, 1872. It has not been previously re- corded from south of Cape Cod, but it is common in the Bay of Fundy. It can easily be recognized by its paleyellow color, and the long, blunt- conical papille that cover its back. | The Holis papillosa and Tergipes despectus were both found at Watch Hill this spring, April 13, and are new additions to the fauna of south- ern New England. The former was found, with its eggs, among the roots of Laminaria; the latter was abundant in four or five fathoms, creeping over Obelia geniculata, which was abundant on the fronds of Laminaria. Its eggs, inclosed in small masses of gelatinous matter were attached to the Obelia in large numbers. The Doto coronata, (Plate X XV, fig. 170,) was associated with the Tergipes on the Obelia. An undetermined species of olis, with bright red branchie, was dredged off Gay Head, on a rocky bottom. The Lamellibranchs are not of much interest, and scarcely any are peculiar to this kind of bottom. The Modiola modiolus (p. 309, Plate XXXI, fig. 257) is one of the most common and characteristic species. The northern scaly or spiny Anomia aculeata (Plate XXXII, figs. 239, 240) is common; it adheres to rocks, shells, and the roots and stems of large alge. Among the Ascidians there are several northern species, not before found so far south. The Cynthia carnea(Plate XX XIII, figs. 247,248) was found off Gay Head in ten fathoms. The young specimens were numer- ous on the stones and shells. In contraction they are low and flat, with a thin margin; the color is light red, or flesh-color. With this a few young specimens of Cynthia echinata were found. These are peculiar in being covered by stellate spines. The color of the young specimens is pink, the apertures rose-red. The Molgula papillosa also occurred spar- ens 5 Ae 496 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. ingly with the last two species. This is also a northern species, common in the Bay of Fundy. Among the compound Ascidians the only species found here that did not occur also in Vineyard Sound was Amarecium — pallidum, a small species, which forms small rounded or turbinated whitish masses, of a firm gelatinous appearance, but with fine grains of sand imbedded in the substance. It is a common species in the Bay of Fundy. The Bryozoa are represented by numerous species, some of which are very abundant. The Membranipora pilosa (Plate XXXIV, figs. 262, 263) is one of the most abundant. It incrusts, and often entirely covers, the fronds of various alge, especially of Phyllophora Brodiai, P. menbranifolia, Rhodymema palmata, Delesseria sinuosa, &c. On the reet off Watch Hill it was particularly abundant on these and other alow, shells, &c. It is easily distinguished by the single long spine at the proximal end of the cell, and by the shorter ones along the sides. With the preceding, Crisia eburnea, (p. 311, Plate X X XLV, figs. 260, 261;) Tubulipora flabellaris ; Cellepora ramulosa, (p. 312;) and a species of Discopora, allied to D. coccinea, were very abundant, adhering to the more slender red alge. A species of Lepralia, of a reddish color, and forming both incrusting and lichen-like corals, was common. In this the apertures of the cells are large, operculated, broadest proximally, and each one has a short, stout, conical spine at its proximal pordets which is scarcely visible except in a profile view. The Bugula Murrayana, which forms clusters of broad, thin, flexible fronds nearly two inches high, was dredged several times. It is very common in the Bay of Fundy. An inerusting species of Alcyonidium, perhaps identical with A. gelatinosum of Europe, occurred on the red alge. A species of Cellularia, allied to A. ternata, was also obtained. The Echinoderms are represented by the common green sea-urchin, Strongylocentrotus Drobachiensis, (p. 406, Plate XX XV, fig. 268,) which is common off Gay Head, and as far as off New London, though far less abundant than in the Bay of Fundy; by the common red or purple star-fish, Asterias vulgaris, (p. 407,) which was abundant off Gay Head and on the reef off Watch Hill; Cribrella sangwinolenta, (p. 407,) which is not uncommon as far wést as the Watch Hill reef, and off New London; and by the Ophiopholis aculeata, (Plate XX XV, fig. 270,)which was only once met with off Gay Head, but of which we dredged several specimens on the reef off Watch Hill. The last-named species is extremely abundant in the Bay of Fundy and northward, from low-water to the depth of more than one hundred fathoms. The Hydroids are very numerous on the rocky and stony bottoms, attached to algwe, stones, shells, ascidians, &c. One of the most abun- dant is Obelia geniculata, (p. 407,) which grows on the fronds of Lamina- ria, Rhodymenia, and other alge; it often nearly covers one or both sides of the broad fronds of Laminaria, for the distance of two or three feet, the creeping stems forming an intricate net-work from which the upright - INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 497 stems arise in great abundance to the height of an inch or more. This species was particularly abundant on the reef off Watch Hill, and those obtained on the 13th of April were loaded with the reproductive cap- sules, (gonothece.) . At the same place we obtained luxuriant specimens of O. flabellata, (p. 390,) some of which were eight or ten inches long and _ profusely branched; these also bore reproductive capsules at the same date. The curious Antennularia antennina was dredged off Gay Head in eight fathoms, where a number of large and fine specimens were ob- tained. This species had not been previously recorded from America, but it is not uncommon in the Bay of Fundy. The Aleyonoid Polyps are represented by the northern Alcyonium carneum, (Plate XX XVIII, fig. 483,) which we dredged off Gay Head, off Cuttyhunk, and on the reef at Watch Hill. This species grows up into lobed or arborescently branched forms, with the delicate, translu- cent polyps mostly clustered toward the ends of the branches. The general color is translucent, pale yellow, or salmon, sometimes more or less tinged with orange or red. Among the Actinoids there is a species of Edwardsia, (EL. lineata V.,) which is as yet undescribed. It occurred in considerable numbers crowded into the openings and interstices be- tween ascidians, worm-tubes, &c. It is peculiar in having no distinct naked basal portion, at least in the numerous specimens hitherto seen, for in all cases the rough epidermis extended entirely over the base. The tentacles are long, slender, thirty or more, and each usually has a flake-white line down the center. The disk is usually marked with radi- ating white lines. This species was dredged off Gay Head and also on the reef off Watch Hill. : The Sponges are numerous on the outer rocky bottoms, and belong to about a dozen species, most of which are still undetermined; but they are nearly all northern forms, common in the Bay of Fundy. | One of the most common is the Chalina oculata, which forms thick, upright, more or less flattened stalks, which, as they grow larger, fork and divide into more or less numerous, and often digitate branches, which vary greatly in form and thickness; scattered over the surface are round orifices, about a tenth of an inch in diameter. The color is dull orange-red, when living, but the color disappears when the animal matter isremoved, leaving the sponge white. The texture is open and quite delicate., Another very curious species, (Polymastia ?) when young, forms yellowish white incrustations over stones and shells; later, it rises at sev- eral points into long, slender, round, tapering, finger-like prolongations, which do not branch, but are often so grouped as to give a digitate appearance to the whole. This was dredged off Gay Head in 18 to 20 fathoms, and is also common in the Bay of Fundy. One of the most abundant species of this region forms very irregularly shaped, uneven, pale yellow masses, attached to the stems and fronds of Phyllophora and other small alge, and often, as it grows larger, spreading over and S. Mis. 61——32 * rm | » - - ? de . ££ % “ss Bel “<= A _ » 4 1 a ‘ 7 \ar tae : 4 4 : yb j A ‘ en Vie be "5 : 4 m7 t bed - b oe % j = j i / a ¥ z : p J : : Z ie ~ . A98. REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. entirely covering and destroying the algw. The large openings (oscula) are irregularly scattered over the surface and quite unequal in size, varying from less than .05 to .10 of an inch or more in diameter. The texture is rather close when dried, showing a finely reticulated’ texture at the surface. This appears to belong to the genus Tedania. Another species, apparently of the same genus, occurs with the last, and has the same habits, but its color is pale buff, or yellowish white, and its text- ure is much firmer and more compact. Another species, occurring with the last two on the Phyllophora, at Watch Hill, forms small, irregular, deep yellow masses, of a soft and somewhat gelatinous consistency. FYoraminifera of several species are abundant, attached to the fronds of the red alge, to the rough integument of Ascidians, to stones, shells, worm-tubes, &¢., but they have not yet been identified. List of species inhabiting the stony and rocky bottoms on the open coast. ARTICULATA. Crustacea. Page. A Page. @ancer ivroratus <2...) 5.20. 493 |" Moeraslevis .... 22) 72a 315 SPOOLS © act eo ee be 493 | Amphithoé maculata ......-. 495 Libinia canaliculata ......-.-- 389 | Unciola irrorata .........--. 493 Kupagurus longicarpus...... 313 | Cerapus rubricornis ......-.-. 565 OR Cram ALCS eh ee ae ales ae ms 501 | Podocerus fucicola .....-..-. 493 Homarus Americanus ...-.. . 492 | Podocerus, species . aaa 494 Grangon vulgaris .s.--...--- 493 | Caprella, species............ 494 Hippolyte pusiola ..........- 493 | Idotea irrorata.....--. ee 494 Pdndalus annulicornis....... 493 | I. phosphorea........ one 316 Lysianassine, (one species) .. 431 | Erichsonia filiformis......... 494 Pontogeneia inermis........- 452 | Balanus crenatis 2.2.90 396 Annelids. Page Page Lepidonotus squamatus....-. 320 | Clymenella torquata ........ 343 Ih, AUDOUSEMS 225 Jp. kee 494 | Naraganseta coralii ......... 494 Harmothoé imbricata. .-...-... $21 | Sabellaria vulgaris ....;222% 321 Phyllodoce gracilis ......... 404. |. Polycirrus €ximius .). 0.9085 320 Re tcntenal as. 52.5 Sums ote ties 494| Nicolea simplex............ 494 Kumidia Americana .....-.- 494 | Potamilia oculifera......4.-. 322 Autolytus cornutus........-. 494 | Sabella microphthalma-...:. 323 Autolytus, species..-....... 494] Spirorbis spirillum .......... 323 Nereis pelagica ...... wjs.ee 0 O19)) S.gperrecta ?.. .. ...c cg 504 UNM GE fiaiem see see sa aeaee 494 | Serpula dianthus......... .. 322 Lumbriconereis fragilis ...... 501. Nemerteans and Planarians. Page. | Page. Nemertes, species ...-.....-. 505 | Leptoplana folium .......... 487 we «beet 7 “es died 7 - sk oa ’ oe "as 2 ae Ps | FeAge esto) ex2 eerie aaie | d < or s ; _Cellularia, species ELON bet Le a TOMO SCADTA lk lessee . * e Is \ t ¥ eR a < INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 499 MOLLUSCA. Gastropods. Page. | Page. Urosalpinx cinerea .......-.- 306 | Crucibalum striatum ....-..-.. 417 Buccinum undatum .......-- 494. | Crepidula fornicata.......... 300 Manila: Grivitveata so. 3... 2k .% qaeh tt COMO MHOEMIG: . 2 <05..-..9 Joe 355 Astyris tunata s. ! <<... 2... -s2% S0G)) lunatig meross 7... 2.25522 23 426 PAE RIGS oo: Pha. 85 ... 399 | Leptochiton apiculatus ...... 399 Pens. werk ie oe ees BO Ri TRNOR s 2 < akin Set» 6 a cS 495 Petes AVATA. +. .)6 ke 306 | Onchydoris pallida .......... 495 Macmia vinetae. .. 5 2.52-54 205 | Polyeera Lessonil -.......-... 400 J. neritoidea.......- a ee ae 495 | Dendronotus arborescens .... 495 ~atissoa exarata.......25..--: 495 | Tergipes despectus........-. 495 Cerithiopsis terebralis....... 417 | AMolis papillosa -.........--- 495 Bouiam nierum. 04.5.2. - 4. 305 | Doto coronata...2.3. 22.2... J; 495 Lamellibranchs. Page. Page. BamiCAVA, ALCCA . 0...) 2. + 5 309 | Mytilus edulis .....-.... 23h 07 bveaTONAT A). os se cle 472 | Modiola modiolus ...:-...... 495 ‘Kellia planulata ............ 310 | Modiolaria nigra ..-...-.-.-.. 433 POMONA PEXALA of. 1.5 -- ie 309 | Anomia aculeata.......-..... 495 Scapharca transversa.....--- 309 Ascidians. % Page Page. Penola Partita . 22.66. 2.55. dll | Amareecium pellucidum ...-.. 401 Jc SL Se ae ere carnceeoe ee AVS: | Ac Pail UWS, iso eo ss 2. ke 496 MReeniNAty..- 2. 222 FEL Ge 495 | A. constellatum _..........-. 388 Molgula Manhattensis ....-.. 311 | Leptoclinum albidum........ 408 MP ADINOSA.. -. ~ . 2525 hs Nes Are PW elaeOlUI Os). ose. ay vse ye SS 403 erophora viridis .-..4....-.- 388 Bryozoa. Page. Page. Orisia Cburnesd..-....... 2... 496 | Caberea Ellisii ....... ./...- 420 Tubulipora flabellaris.......- on Bacula turrita”.'s. 22. 2SE Tee 2 311 Aleyonidium hirsutum ...... 402 (5) Murrayanas os) 228.27: 496 penne 404 | Membranipora pilosa ........ 496 A. gelatinosum (?)........-.. aoe ms LNG bee eee meets wen, 406 Vesicularia cuscuta ......... Ae tense ee) eee ec. Se 420) eras oes so. 2. 389") Necharella variabilis: .-.'. .--. 312 ieieea ol ee wees. 420"! Vepralia, (species): 20.2.2). 2- 496 Farrella familiaris .......... 487 | Discopora coccinea (?) ..-.---- 496 Aitea anguina ........2.-. _. 405 | Mollia hyalina ........-.-.--- 420 Eucratea chelata ......0.... 405 | Cellepora ramulosa........-. 496 \ Eddies 3) Oe ee ees ee { ee Lo , ‘ - . i = ” - \ 7 - ‘ 500 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. ~ ae RADIATES. Se Echinoderms. Page. 7 Page. Strongylocentrotus Drébachi- Avarenicola. 222) 2 ee 326 WSIS 22 Gee eeee ALL!) 496 | Cribrella sanguinolenta..... . 496 Asterias vulgaris: =: 200)... 496 | Ophiopholis aculeata ......-. 496 Acalephs. Page. | Page. Cliytia JORMStONT 2... -s--\»- 408 | Sertularia argentea ......-... 408 C. intermedia...... pie Ae eee 408, | S.,CUPreSSiMay). 2 24 eee 408 Orthopyxis caliculata.......- 408 | Hydralimania falcata... .. ..- 408 Platypyxis cylindrica........ 408 | Plumularia, species -........ 407 - Campanularia volubilis...... 408 | Antennularia antennina ...-. 497 SP MIOXUOSH o.oo ewes 327 | Eudendrium ramosum....--. 408 Obelia geniculata .........-- 496 | H..dispar. 2:2.) 2-5 408 Ordivenhevoma .--.. +... -...- 18 407 | Pennaria tiarella....-.-.. + Rae Omiabelata 2.2.2... -22.-t-% 497 | Thamnocnidia tenella......-- 407 GOP RANA, 2 os cia! ONL 327 | Hydractinia polyclina ......- 328 Polyps. Page. Page. Aleyonium carneum........-. A97 | Edwardsia lineata.....-.-.-- 497 Metridium marginatum...... o29 | Astrane@ia, Dane i=. fae 408 PROTOZOA. Sponges. Page. , Page Chalina-oeulatasys. 2000... . 497" Polymastia (?).. 22.229 eee 497 Tedania, two species ........ 493 | Grantia ciltata, - ~~ 22-72 eee 330 KRenieria, species: : 2.5.00 2 330 | Lencosolenia botryoides (?).. 391 Cliona sulphurea...........-. A21 IV. 4.—FAUNA OF THE SANDY AND GRAVELLY BOTTOMS OFF THE OPEN COAST. * The bottom off the southern shores of Nantucket and Martha’s Vine- yard is sandy or gravelly over large areas, from low-water mark down to 25 fathoms or more. Tracts of similar bottom occur off Cuttyhunk Island and farther west. In many of these places, especially in the shallower waters, near shore, the material of the bottom is nearly pure siliceous sand, varying in fineness from coarse gravel to the finest sand, and as these sands are generally loose and moved by the storm-waves, in shallow water, their inhabitants are but few. In deeper water, at depths of 20 to 25 fathoms or more, the material is usually a very fine sand, often firmly compacted, and not infrequently mixed with more or less fine mud. Such localities are favorable for a much greater variety INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 501 of animals, and especially for many burrowing annelids, crustacea, and _ bivalve shells. Bottoms of this character pass by insensible gradations into the true muddy bottoms, so that it is very difficult to make any sharp distinction between them, or between the animals that inhabit them. Several localities at which we dredged were quite intermediate in character, so that it is difficult to decide in which division they should be put. Yet there is a very wide difference between the animals of the pure sandy and of the soft muddy bottoms. Most of the localities where the bottom was of this mixed or intermediate character, and of very fine material, have been classed with the muddy bottoms, because the ani- mals inhabiting them agree more closely with those of the true muddy bottoms than with those of the genuine sandy ones. But in each case I shall endeavor to give an idea of the fauna of typical localities of pure sand, of true mud, of muddy sand, and of sandy mud, so that the more general lists given under the sandy and muddy bottoms, respect- ively, need not cause confusion. The special localities where dredgings were made on sandy bottoms are as follows: line 80, a, 164 fathoms, siliceous sand; b, 184 fathoms, Siliceous sand; 81, a, ), 164 fathoms, sand; 85, a, b, 15$ fathoms, sili- ceous sand and gravel; 86, a, b, 25 fathoms, sand and gravel, with some mud and small stones; off Watch Hill, 6 to 8 fathoms, loose siliceous sand, with some stones. Besides these a few other dredgings were made on similar bottoms, but not recorded. Among the Crustacea that are characteristic of the true sandy bot- toms are Platyonichus ocellatus, (p. 388, Plate I, fig. 4,) which is, how- ever, more common inthe sounds; Hupagurus Bernhardus, a decidedly northern hermit crab; Crangon vulgaris, (p. 339, Plate III, fig. 105) Ptilocheirus pinguis ; Idotea Tuftsii. Where the bottom is of loose siliceous sand, the common Uneiola irrorata (p. 340, Plate IV, fig. 19) frequently occurs, usually associated with but few others, except a species of Anonyx, or some closely allied genus, which seems to live exclusively on such bottoms. This last species is rather stout, pale grayish or yellowish white, usually tinged with purple on the back The posterior portion is more decidedly purple, together with the caudal appendages and some of the lastepimera. This was dredged off Watch Hill. Several interesting species occurred on the bottoms of fine compact mud and sand, in 20-29 fathoms. Among these were Phorus Kroyeri, which is a northern species; Siphonecetes cuspidatus SMITH, an undes- cribed species; Byblis serrata SMITH, another very interesting new species; undetermined species of Ampelisca, &c. Few Annelids are peculiar to true sandy bottoms. Among those of most interest are Sthenelais picta V., (p. 348;) Lumbriconereis fragilis, a northern and European species; Anthostoma acutum V.; and Scolecolepis cirrata. The last is a northern species found in the Bay of Fundy and north to the Arctic Ocean, and also on the northern coasts of Europe. i oo yr, 502 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. The color is chocolate-brown, with bright red, ligulate, dorsal branchie on the anterior third of the body. The two large tentacles exceed in length three times the breadth of the body; they are often coiled up, and are greenish in color. This worm is three or four inches long. A large purple Meckelia (M. lurida V.) was dredged in two localities. Among the Mollusks there are but few species that are characteristic of these bottoms, and probably none that are peculiar to them, unless some of the Ascidians should prove to be so. The Molgula arenata (p. 426, Flate X XXIII, fig. 251) is often common even on loose siliceous sand and gravel, with which it forms a coating over its body. The Molgula producta was dredged in some numbers on a bottom of fine sand, with some mud. The integument is thin, translucent, closely covered with a layer of fine sand; the tubes are transparent, whitish or flesh-color, sometimes pink at the ends; anal tube with four, and branchial with six, flake-white, longitudinal stripes, and often with a cirele of flake- white spots at the base outside, and other spots within. The anal ori- fice is square, but the branchial is either subcircular or squarish, in expansion, and destitute of distinct lobes or papille, in this respect dif- fering from all the other species of the genus. The branchial tube is generally a little the longest, and both of them are somewhat tapered, with a swollen base. The Glandula arenicola is another nearly globular Ascidian, which lives, like the two preceding, free in the sand, and covers itself with a closely- adherent coating of sand. This species grows to be about half an inch in diameter, and can easily be distinguished from the last by its much smaller tubes, both of which have small square orifices, and by its thicker and firmer integument, in which the sand appears to be somewhat im- bedded. At the base there are some slender fibers for anchoring it more securely in the sand. This was dredged by Mr. Prudden, oft Cuttyhunk Island, in 1872. Messrs. Smith and Harger dredged it in great abun- dance last year on St. George’s Bank, on a bottom of clear siliceous sand, in 28 fathoms. Dr. Dawson has also dredged it in Murray Bay, in the St. Lawrence River. It is, therefore, a decidedly northern species. Another species of Glandula also occurred on the true sandy bottoms. The specimens of this were all small, mostly less than a fifth of an inch in diameter, and the integument was densely covered by rather coarse and very firmly adherent grains of sand, in several layers; the sand completely concealed the tubes from view in all the specimens observed, and it was not sufficiently studied while living to afford an accurate description. The Bryozoa and Hydroids that are found on the sandy bottoms are mostly attached to dead shells and small stones that are scattered over the surface. Of Hchinoderms several species occur on the hard bottoms of fine, compact sand, or sandy mud, but most of these are more at home on rocky bottoms. _ INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. - 503 On the bottoms of loose siliceous sand the Hchinarachnius parma (p. 362, Plate XX XV, fig. 267) is often very abundant. Several hundred are sometimes obtained ata single cast of the dredge. At locality 81, 8, off the south coast of Martha’s Vineyard, in 21 fathoms, on a bottom of clear siliceous sand, Dr. A. S. Packard dredged a fine specimen of a rare and little known Holothurian, the Stereoderma unisemita. This has not been found before, so far as known to me, since the two original specimens were described twenty years ago. One of those was from the Banks of Newfoundland, and the other was supposed to have been from off Massachusetts Bay. As both the original specimens.appear to have been lost or destroyed, this rediscovery was of considerable interest. This specimen was Anant three inches long, and half an inch in diam- eter, fusiform, tapering to each end; the body and suckers were pale flesh-color, and the integument is filled with a great abundance of smal! calcareous plates. Most of the Polyps and Sponges that occur on these sandy boi- toms are attached to the scattering dead shells and small stones or pebbles, and belong properly on the rocky and stony bottoms. One large and fine sponge seems, however, to be peculiar to the sandy bottoms. ‘This isa firm, siliceous sponge, with a very compact and fine texture. It is quite irregular in shape, but often grows in the form of elongated, compressed masses, attached by one edge; these masses are often six qe or more in length and one or two in thickness, and perhaps two or three high. Some of the largest specimens consist of two or three such crest-like plates or lobes attached together at base. When livin g the color is bright sulphur-yellow or lemon-yellow, and the surface is nearly smooth. One fine living specimen, of large size, was dredged by Dr. Packard off the southern shore of Martha’s Vineyard, ai locality 80, b,on a bottom of clear siliceous sand. Numerous specimens were also found thrown on Edgartown beach. These were mostly bleached out white and more or less worn. This species has not yet been identified. I have specimens of it from the coast of Virginia. A very curious organism, of which the nature is still uncertain, but — which was supposed, at the time it was taken, to belong to the sandy Foraminifera, was often extremely abundant in the clear siliceous sand. They were nearly circular, somewhat flattened or biscuit-shaped, and entirely covered by adherent grains of sand, except that there were several dark-colored, hook-like processes projecting from the circumfer- ence. The size was generally less than a fifth of an inch in diameter, and more frequently not more than .12 to.15 of aninch. When dried they became very friable, and the sand fell asunder at a slight touch, so that they then appeared like mere lumps of sand, but they retain their firmness when preserved in alcohol. They were often so abundant in the fine sand that when a dredge-full was washed through a moder- ately fine sieve several hundreds or thousands would sometimes remain in the sieve. 504 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. List of species inhabiting sandy and gravelly bottoms. In the following list I have included nearly all the species that ordinarily occurred on those bottoms in which sand predominated, even though some of them are more strictly muddy-bottom species. Others belong more properly on rocky, stony, or shelly bottoms, but are intro- duced here because they occur attached to the scattered shells and stones that are always liable to be met with on sandy bottoms. In order to designate those species that are more strictly chars istic of the clear sandy bottoms, I have prefixed to them a dagger, (thus: t.) To show the character of the fauna on the bottoms of mixed or intermediate character, I have selected a single locality, 86, b, south west of Cuttyhunk Island and opposite the mouth of Buzzard’s Bay, where the depth was twenty-five fathoms, and the bottom consisted of fine sand mixed with some mud and gravel, with a few small scattered stones, and have prefixed an asterisk (thus : *) to such species as occurred at that particular locality, though most of them occurred also at other localities. ARTICULATES. Orustacea. Page. Page WOanCer ITrOratus..- 4c... ol? i PHOXUS JCrOVer 2. ee 501 CONC ANS eee DES at ol 493 .-| *Ampelisea, Sp... - seer 507 Panopeus depressus ....-.. 312. | Byblis serrata: .:\... sees 501 tPlatyonichus ocellatus.... 501 | Moera levis ..........-.-.: 315 Eiyas COarctatus .- i... . <5 548 | *tUnciola irrorata .....-... 501 tEupagurus pollicaris...... old | *Ptilocheirus pinguis)..2fee 5OL (CBP sy 20 G1 OT? a0 0 Ree ele 501 )| jAnonyx (?), Spe. =. . S. ae 501 tHomarus Americanus..... 492 | *Siphoneecetes cuspidatus.. 501 *Pandalus annulicornis.... . 493 | tidotea Tuftsii.:::.2s7saee 501 TAOTAN SON WWIATIS...1 => qo: 501 | Epelys montosus..-...--..- 370 * Diastylis quadrispinosa,and other species of Cumacea. 907 Annelids. Page. Page. Lepidonotus squamatus.... 320 | t*Scolecolepis cirrata....-. 501 *Harmothoé imbricata..... 321 | *Ampharete gracilis....... 508 fSthenelais picta .......... 501 | t*Clymenella torquata..... 343 *Nephthys ingens......... 431 | *Nicomache dispar ..-.....- 512 Phyllodoce catenula ...... 494 | *Ammochares, sp........°- 508 ene plapica’..... 0.2... a97 || *Lrophonia affinis: .. cies 507 * MING MISTIPOS ...... 2.82. 508 | *Ammotrypane fimbriata.. 508 tLumbriconeris fragilis. .... 501 | *Cistenides Gouldil....... 323 *Rhynchobolus dibranchia- -*Potamilla oculifera....... 322 DEL SRM pias Wikis a « 041 | *Huchone elegans ......... 433 tTAnthostoma acutum .....-. 50L | *Spirorbis porrecta? -. 498 . , Nemerteans and Planarians. Page. *Meckelia lurida - +... .--. 502 | *Leptoplana folium........ Wemertes, (?) red-spes 2. - . .:- 498 |- Sipunculoids. Me Pasceosenmia Ccemlentarilim - eh oc\e29. 221,000 .se bee. oe. eee MOLLUSGCA. Gastropods. Page *Neptunea pygmea........ 508 Buccinum undatum......-. 494 meenyrts 1inata, ¥..-..-....2--~ - 306 RULERS) AVATA = a 2 =n - x2 0 we 306 ieeboiia. trivittiata..-.... ..+ 304 *Crucibulum striatum ....-- AIT | Crepiduia fornicata GY AA SiR i CO UTIORMIS a6 2 obs xa Puunatia: WErOS.. 6.4 34 2.3. Rissa, éxaratar, ..-.-).-222- * Margarita obscura. ...-.-- Lamellibranchs. Page. tMya arenaria, (young)..... AT2 | tAstarte castanea......-.- t*Ensatella Americana...-... DO FAS QnA rans 742 LAE UO Sere Js feahigua costata......-<-... MOG |, + WEG abs sy) nee Corbula contracta.....-.... 418 | t*Cyclocardia borealis... .-. Clidiophora trilineata....... ASE t Oe NOVAD ONES ono eee. *Lyonsia hyalina.-.......-- avo | =Voldia Sapotilia. (222.7% 72% *Periploma papyracea...... sve Nuenla, Proximidoc os eof Cochlodesma Leanum...... 418 | Scapharca transversa.....-.- panculus tener: ...... 2... 358 | *Modiolaria corrugata .--. - *Cumingia tellinoides ...... 418 | Pecten tenuicostatus:..... *Callista convexa........-. 432 | Anomia aculeata.......-.. *Cardium pinnulatum...... 423 Ascidians. Page. | emma Wares). LL >t. 311 | tGlandula arenicola .....- : tMolgula arenata........... 502 | Polandula, sp.s ayes 8 Ol: fo: productaye oy... 502 | *Amarcecium pallidum..... aM. Manhattensis ) 12: 22... . 0 | Bryozoa. Page. . *Crisia eburnea......2... 2. 311 | Bugula Murrayana........ eeaverea, Eilistt.. 20s. 420 | *Celleporaramulosa-....... INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 505 Page. 487 Page. 416 Page. 395 350 426 495 508 ren 506 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. RADIATA. Hichinoderms. Page. Page. tStereoderma unisemita. ...- 503 | Asterias vulgaris.....-...- 496 t*Echinarachnius parma.... 503 | *Cribrella sanguinolenta... 407 Strongylocentrotus Drébach- Ophiopholis aculeata...... 496 PIONSIS: 722 ce eee ee hese AQ6 | 7 Acalephs. Page. | Page. *Platypyxis cylindrica.....: 408 | *Plumularia, sp.....--...- 407 *Cly tia Johnstoni-....-...- 408 | Hydractinia polyclina..... 328 Eudendrium ramosum...... 408 Polyps. Page. Page. Ed wardsia lineata........-. 497 | Alcyonium carneum....... A497 PROTOZOA. Sponges. Page. Page. _ Chalina oculata......0..-.. 497 | {Massive siliceous sponge .. 503 iolymastia (2) <0 Sebel 497 lV. 5.—FAUNA OF THE MUDDY BOTTOMS OFF THE OPEN COAST. Within the depths to which our dredgings extended, very few true muddy bottoms occur. The deposits of mud on the open coast usually begin to occur only at the depths of twenty five to thirty fathoms, and even at these depths there is a considerable admixture with fine siliceous sand. The central and deeper portion of the depression in line with the axis of Vineyard Sound is, however, occupied off to the west of Gay Head and No Man’s Land by a deposit of fine, soft, sticky mud, filled with the tubes of Annelids and Amphipods, (Ampelisca, &c.) Dredgings were made on this bottom at localities 85, c,in 18 fathoms ; d, 19 fathoms; é, 11 fathoms. On September 9, the temperature at 85, c, was 58° Fah- renheit at the bottom, and 62° at the surface; at d, it was 57° at the bottom and 62° at the surface; at e, it was 59° at the bottom and 63° at the surface. This muddy bottom aboundedin Annelids, small Crustacea, and bivalve shells. In several other localities, where the bottom was a mixture of mud and fine sand, the mud seemed to predominate and to determine the character of the life, so that such localities have been classed with the — muddy bottoms, though the fauna differed considerably from that of the soft muddy bottoms referred to above. In the following list, however, I have specially designated the species found in the typical localities of each kind. | ; INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 507 The principal localities where we dredged on the bottoms of fine sandy mud are as follows: 80, c, south of Martha’s Vineyard, in 21 fathoms; 84, b, southwest of Gay Head, in 16 fathoms; 87, a, b,.about fifteen miles east of Block Island, in 29 fathoms. At the last locality the tem- perature, on September 14, was 62° F. at the surface, and 59° at the bottom. _ Among the Crustacea none was more abundant on the soft, muddy bottoms than a small species of Ampelisca, which inhabits soft, flabby tubes, covered with fine mud. When taken out of the water these tubes are always collapsed and flat, and they were so abundant in the mud that it was almost impossible to wash it through the sieves, because they soon became completely clogged up with the tubes. When a quan- tity of the mud was left in a bucket of water these Crustacea would come out of the tubes and rise to the surface in large numbers. This species is generally quite pale, or nearly white. Its body is much com- pressed. Another variety, or perhaps a distinct species, found with the last, is pale flesh-color, with a row of bright red spots along the middle of the back; the antenne were specked with red; eyes bright red; epimera reticulated with red lines; and the legs and caudal appendages are more or less marked with red. The Unciola trrorata, (p. 340,) Ptilocheirus pinguis, and other Am- phipods, were associated with the preceding species. The Diastylis quadrispinosa (Piate III, fig. 13) was very abundant on the soft muddy bottoms, together with other species of Cumacea, not - yet identified. It is-pale fiesh-color, with a reddish purple patch at the posterior part of the carapax, and two smal! spots of pink. The Annelids were very numerous, both on the soft muddy bottoms and in the sandy mud. One of the most conspicuous species is the Aphrodita aculeata, which was commonin the soft mud. This is a large, stout Annelid, the largest specimen obtained measuring about 3 inches in length, and about half as much in breadth. It is remarkable for the exceedingly numerous and long set of many kinds, which cover its sides and back, except along a narrow dorsal space; some of these sete are stout, and nearly an inch long, with sharp points, and barbed near the end, and they curve over the back much like the quills of a porcupine, and are liable to inflict painful wounds, if the creatures are carelessly handled. These sete usually reflect bright, iridescent colors. Several other northern European species, found also in the Bay of Fundy and at Saint George’s Banks, were also met with. Among these were Lumbriconereis fragilis, Scolecolepis cirrata, Melinna cristata, Terebellides Stroémi, and several more common species. The Nephthys ingens (p. 431, Plate XII, figs. 59-60) is a very abundant species on these bottoms and grows to a large size. The curious Sternaspis fossor (Plate XIV, fig. 74) is quite common ; and the Trophonia affinis (Plate XIV, fig. 75) was dredged several times. - 508 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. Many other species were also common, or even abundant, in the various localities, and quite a number proved to be undescribed, and therefore their descriptions will be found in the systematic catalogue accompany- ing this report. Among these were Lycidice Americana, Ninoé ngripes, Anthostoma, sp., Acutum, Ammotrypane fimbriata, Travisia carnea, Eone gracilis, Brada setosa, Nicomache dispar, Rhodine attenuata, a . species of Ammochares, Ampharete gracilis, Huchone elegans, and a species of Nematonereis. Several species of Nemerteans also occur on these bottoms. The largest and most interesting is a large species of Meckelia, (M. lurida, V.) This grows to the length of 8 or 10 inches, and .25 broad; its color is deep chocolate-brown,with paler margins. It generally breaks up into numerous fragments when caught. Another species, belonging, perhaps, to the genus Cerebratulus, but not sufficiently studied while living, was 2 or 3 inches long in extension, and .05 to .08 of an inch broad. Its color was dark olive-green, darkest anteriorly, the head with a white margin. The lateral fossze of the head were long and deep; the eyes incon spicuous, perhaps wanting; proboscis emitted from a terminal pore ; the ventral orifice, or mouth, placed well forward. Both this and the pre- ceding were found at the 29-fathom locality, in sandy mud, but the former also occurred in soft mud, in 19 fathoms. ae One of the most abundant Gastropods is Neptunea pygmea, (Plate XXI, fig. 115,) which is a rather northern shell, very common in the Bay of Fundy. The specimens from this region are, however, quite as large as any that I have seen from farther north. The small disk-shaped ege-capsules of this shell were found in great abundance early in Sep- tember attached to various bivaive shells, as well as to the shells of the Neptunea itself. Buceinum undatum, (Plate XXI, Fig. 121;) Bela harpularia, (Plate XXI, fig. 108;) Lunatia immaculata, (Plate XXILI, fig. 151;) Margarita obscura, (Plate XXIV, fig. 156;) Astyris rosacea; and Cylichna alba, (Plate X XV, fig. 163,) are all northern shells, which were met with in small numbers on the muddy bottoms. The Lamellibranchs were quite abundant. One of the most con- spicuous is the northern Cyprina Islandica, (Plate XXVIII, fig. 201,) which was quite common at several localities, especially in soft mud. Many of the shells from the deeper dredgings in this region are north- Reig: 8. ern and even arctic species, several of which have been supposed not to occur south of Cape Cod. Among these northern forms are Macoma proxima, of which \ we dredged a few small specimens; Cyclocardia borealis y)}) y and CO. Novanglie (p. 418,) both of which were common; 4i)) Astarte undata, (Plate XXIX, fig. 203,) which was 7) dredged in considerable abundance at several localities. A large proportion of the shells of this species, obtained here, were quite different in appearance from the varieties that occur in such abundance in the Bay of Fundy. The latter, INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 509 - although quite variable in form and sculpture, are generally compressed ; those from this region are mostly rather swollen, and often decidedly obese. These correspond with the type-specimen of A. lutea PERKINS, from New Haven, (fig. 3,) which I have been able, through the kindness of Dr. Perkins, to compare directly with our specimens. This form is, perhaps, sufficiently well marked to be designated a sa variety, (lutea, ) but many specimens intermediate between this and the ordinary forms occurred. This variety resembles the European A. sulcata more closely than do any of the other varieties of our species, but in the character of the hinge, lunule, beaks, and sculpture, it differs decidedly from any European specimens that I have seen. The Astarte quadrans (Plate XXIX, fig. 205) was rarely met with. Good-sized specimens of the large scollop, Pecten tenuicostatus, were dredged off Gay Head on hard bottoms, and also on the muddy bottom, in 29 fathoms, and in -several other localities. The northern Anomia aculeata (Plate XXXII, figs. 239, 240) occurred adhering to dead shells. The Modiolaria corrugata (Plate XX XI, fig. 235) was dredged several times in the deepest local- ities, but MW. levigata, recorded by Mr. Sanderson Smith, was not met with by us; nor Leda tenuisulcata, which has been found off Newport, Rhode Island. The Nucula delphinodonta (Plate XXX, fig. 229) was common on soft muddy bottoms. The Lucina filosa (Plate XXIX, fig. 212) appeared to be not uncommon on similar bottoms, but most of the specimens obtained were less than an inch in diameter. Small speci- mens of Periploma papyracea (Plate X XVII, fig. 197) were frequently dredged. The specimens of Thracia truncata (Plate XXVII, fig. 195) were few and small. The Cryptodon obesus V., (Plate X XIX, fig. 214,) was first discovered in this region, but all the specimens were of large size and dead, though mostly quite fresh. I have since seen smaller specimens from Labrador, &c. C. Gouldit (Plate xxix, fig. 215,) is more common. Yoldia sapotilla (Plate XXX, fig. 231) was generally abundant, especially in the soft mud, but Y. obesa was only met with once, and in small numbers, in 29 fathoms; Y. thraci-formis we did not meet with, but Dr. Simpson records it from off Long Island. Of Ascidians very few species occur. The most abundant is Hugyra pilularis, (Plate XX XIII, fig. 249,) which, in contraction, looks like a round ball of mud, for it completely covers itself with a thick coating of fine sand or mud, which is held in place partly by delicate fibrous processes from the integument, those from the base being longer, and serving to anchor the little creature in the sand by attaching a con- siderable quantity of sand to themselves. When the sand is removed, - the integument is found to be thin and quite translucent, the tubes, _when extended, are long and transparent, close together, and inclosed by a naked band which surrounds the base of both. It is also very Figure 3. Original figure of Astarte lutea, natural size. From the Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History. -510 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. common in the Bay of Fundy, &c. The Molgula producta (p. si) also occurred on the sandy mud at the 29-fathom locality. The Echinoderms appear to be very searce on these bottoms. we only one of special interest was the Molpadia odlitica, a small, round, rather slender species, about au inch and a half long, of a uniform flesh- color. Of this only one specimen was dredged, at the 29-fathom loeality, fifteen miles east of No Man’s Land, by Dr. Packard. It had not been observed alive before, the only specimens previously known having been taken from the stomachs of fishes. The most interesting Hydroid that lives on the muddy bottoms is Oorymorpha pendula, (Plate XXXVI, fig. 273.) This isa very beautifal species, which grows singly, with the bulb-like base of the stem inserted into the mud. Two interesting species of Polyps were found on the muddy bottoms. One of these, the Hdwardsia farinacea, occurred only on the soft muddy bottom off Gay Head, in 19 fathoms. It is a cylindrical species, about an inch Jong, and .10 or .12 of an inch in diameter, remarkable for having only 12 tentacles, which are equal, unusually short, thick, and blunt. The coating of mud in the middle region is thin and easily removed. The single specimen obtained here had only 10 tentacles, but in other respects it agrees essentially with those found on similar bottoms at several localities in the Bay of Fundy, all of which had 12 tentacles. The body is whitish or flesh-color, the naked portion below the tentacles; in the specimen from off Gay Head, was striped with 10 longitudinal lines or bands of brown, corresponding with the tentacles; these bands were varied with flake-white specks and mottlings, the spots of | white becoming more distinct near the tentacles; these bands were alternately lighter and darker. Tentacles translucent at tip, tranversely barred on the inside, with about five brown bands and spots, the lower ones often V-shaped or W-shaped, and some of them extend around to the outside of the tentacles; alternating with these brown bands were bars and spots of yellow and of white. The disk was pale yellow, varied with small brown spots, mostly forming radiating rows from the mouth to the bases of the tentacles, and there were two spots of brown between the bases of adjacent tentacles ; mouth with ten lobes, which were also brown, with a fine light line extending from between them to the in- tervals between the tentacles. The specimens from the Bay of Fundy vary considerably in color, but the above is one of the more frequent styles of coloration. The Epizoanthus Americanus (Plate XX XVIII, figs. 286, 287) is a very singular species, which either lives attached to stones, as in the deeper parts of the Bay of Fundy and off Saint George’s Bank, in 430 fathoms, or else it attaches itself to univalve shells, inhabited by hermit-crabs. Allthose obtained in this region had the latter habit, and were from the 29-fathom place, fifteen miles east of Block Island, on sandy mud, After one original young polyp has found lodgment and attached itself to | the shell, its base begins to expand over the surface of the shell, and from : ; ery INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. O11 this basal membrane buds arise, which soon grow larger. and become like the parent polyp, while the basal membrane continues to extend itself and new buds to develop, until the whole shell becomes incrusted by the membrane, inside and out, while a number of beautiful polyps arise from the upper side of the shell, and turn their mouths in different directions. The number of the polyps in these colonies varies, accord- ing to the size of the shell, from three to ten or more. Finally, by some ehemical process, the polyps, or rather their basal membranes, dissolve the shell entirely, and apparently absorb it into themselves. And yet the membranes retain the spiral form of the shell very perfectly, and the hermit crab eventually actually lives inside the membranes of the polyps, which continue to grow and even to enlarge the chamber for the use of the crab, so that it need not change its habitation for a larger one as it erows older. When fully expanded these polyps are about an inch high, and are capable of changing their form considerably, but they are gen- erally more or less cylindrical, or else hour-glass shaped. There are 38 or more tentacles, in full grown ones, and they are subequal, long, slender, acute, arranged in two close circles, and usually held in a recurved position, (as in fig. 287,) with those of the outer circle more recurved than those of the inner ones; corresponding with the bases of the alternate tentacles there is an outer circle of triangular points or lobes, covered externally, like the rest of the exterior of the body, with adherent and imbedded grains of fine sand. The mouth is bilabiate, often somewhat raised on a conical protrusion of the disk, the lips many- lobed, or plicate. The integument of the body when fully expanded is translucent, pale flesh-color, or salmon-color; disk and tentacles salmon- color, or pale orange, sometimes white, the lips and inside of the mouth brighter orange. List of species inhabiting bottoms composed of ae mud and sandy mud off the outer coast. In the following list those species that were found on the soft, sticky mud, in 11 to 19 fathoms, off Gay Head, are designated by the sign {, pre- fixed to their names. Those that occurred at 87, a, b, in 29 fathoms, - fine sandy mud, fifteen miles east of Block Island, are designated by an —— Gall ie in asterisk prefixed. ARTICULATA. Crustacea. ' Page. | Page. _ Libinia canaliculata......- B59o| A AMmpeliscas SWE cso. a : 507 Eupagurus longicarpus..... 313 | * Byblis serrata........... BOL * Pandalus annulicornis. .... 493 | *¢ Ptilocheirus pinguis.... 507 Hippolyte pusiola.......... 395 | * ¢ Unciola irrorata...... -- 507 Crangon vulgaris........... 309 | * Siphonecetes cuspidatus. 501 *{Diastylis quadrispinosa.. 507 | ¢ Epelys montosus.....--... 370 Phoxus Kroyeri..-......-.. Git Hitrilobus .. fos. os2 370 Setocra levis... ....-. 027: -. 9315! Anthura brachiata ......-- 573 - . % ~ / ‘ ey F \ \, 512 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. | Annelids. Page | Page * + Aphrodita aculeata...... 507 | i Travisia ‘carméa’:-. 27. 608 * Harmothoé imbricata...... o21 | Brada'Setosa. 37.2 42. 508 Lepidonotus squamatus..... oo0 | * i Prophomiaatinis. 22.2 507 * + Nephthys ingens .....-.. 507 | {Sternaspis fossor:: 22.272 507 Nee. ee ero 8 | 416 | * Cirrhinereis fragilis... ..- 397 + Humidia, spree. S 397 | *{Clymenella torquata.... 343 Phy llodocesispeere 2.20 307 | * Ammoechares, Sp _-—: ee 508 * Nereis pelagica........... 397 | * Nicomache dispar........ 508 t Lycidice Americana. ..-...- 508 | Rhodine attenuata........ 508 * + Lumbriconereis fragilis..... 507 | Cistenides Gouldii.......-. 323 *MEMALONeLeIS, SP. 2. -/26- 508 | * Ampharete gracilis...... 508 eeNpaoe MLIOTIPeES. os SL 508 | Melinna cristata.........-- 507 Pmome Mraeilis 5. o's 508 | * Terebellides Stroémi -.... 507 t+ Anthostoma acutum...... 508 | + Polycirrus eximius....227 320 Anthostoma, sp..-.....---. 508 | Potamilla oculifera.....-.. o22 * Scolecolepis cirrata....-..- 507 | *{ Huchoneelegans...-..--. 508 + Ammotrypane fimbriata... 508 | * Spirorbis, sp .-.... eee 397 Nemerteans and Planarians. Page. Page. ea Meckelia luridavs 22... 0. 508 | * Polinia vlutinosa......... 324 Cerebratulus, (?) green sp.. 508 | * Leptoplana folium.....-.. A87T Sipunculoids. Page *t Phascolosoma cementarium.............. PS 416 © MOLLUSCA. Gastropods. Page. Page. ° \n 1 mitarmy) 2A Bela harpularia........... 50g | Crepidula unguiformis. .-. - 355 . > N “ 1Q ‘ Yas t Buccinum undatum ...... 508 | C. fornicata ......---.---- 399 ' * 1 a r6 1c * it Neptunea pygmea po east wets 508 Lunatia heros, \ ar. trise- *(ritia trivittata.........: 354 Tata -.----+++..+e+e- 34 : : * 1 .) ‘ a Myris lunatas 2. 44m see 306 | * L. immaculata..-...-...- 508 Se ASUYTIS rosacea......--.- 508 | * Margarita obscura....... 508 * Crucibulum striatum..... 399 | * Cylichnaalba......... 2c Lamellibranchs. Page. Page. Ensatella Americana....... 356 | *tClidiophora trilineata.... 482 * Siliqua costata........... 358 | * t Lyonsia hyalina, ...... 4. 358 t+ Corbula contracta........ 418 | * { Periploma papyraeea.... 509 —_e ‘ \ ' INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 9513 * Thracia truncata...-.-..- ‘Amenlus) tener. i... 7+~-- *Macoma proxima......-. Cumingia tellinoides......- *7 Callista convexa....---- *+ Cyprina Islandica....-.- *i+ Cardium pinnulatum. -.. a huema moSa....-..-.-- * Cryptodon Gouldii......- Pre mevesta. Sl. Lose *7{ Astarte castanea......-- mere guaurans, fo... 22.58. Gree. Wielata LL eS * Cyclocardia borealis. -..... ae Novanelia . 22.240. 0. *+* Nucula proxima.-...-... ** Kugyra pilularis......-- * Molgula producta..-....-- =©aberea: Kllish———..-:- * Molpadia oolitica......--- Strongyloeentrotus Drodba- enemas. 0 522)! 6! b is 2 3, *Clytia Johnstoni..-.. --. * Hudendrium ramosum.... t Edwardsia farinacea...... S. Mis. 61——33 ° Page. é Page 509 | * iN. delphinodorta .-.....- 509 358 | t Yoldia limatula......-...- 432 DOSG ee Saipotilla ...... oak 509 413°) Vo thraciformis.... 2.4.22: 509 mae We Wes...) oe 509 508 | Leda tenuisuleata......... 509 423 | Argina- pexata......-..... 309 509 | Seapharea transversa...... 309 509°) Mytilus-edaulis ..-\.. 2... 307 509 | * { Modiolaria nigra.......- 433 432 | M. corrugata..... Pee etre oud 009 GOO ar Ieevisaiac ese. cee 22S 509 508 | *i Crenella glandula...-.... 418 508 | *i Pecten tenuicostatus.... 509 508 | * Anomia aculeata........ 509 432 | Ascidians. Page. Page. 509| Cynthia partita........-.- 311. 510 Bryozoa. Page. Page. 420| *Bugula Murrayana....... 496 RADIATA. Echinoderms. Page. Page. 910| ¢Asterias vulgaris......... 496 + Cribrella sanguinolenta.. 407 406 Acalephs. Page. Page. 408) * Corymorpha pendula..... 510 408 | — Polyps. Page. Page. 5i0| * Epizoanthus Americanus. 510 514 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. B.—LISTS OF SPECIES FOUND IN THE STOMACHS OF * FISHES—FOOD OF FISHES. In the following lists I have brought together the principal results of the various recorded examinations of stomachs of fishes in this region, up to the present time, whether done in connection with the United States Fish Commission or independently. The special dates and local- ities are given in each case. The observations from June to September, 1871, were made in con- nection with the work of the commission. Those from May to July, 1872, are based on collections made at Wood’s Hole by Mr. Vinal N. Edwards, for Professor Baird. Those at Great Egg Harbor, New Jer- sey, April, 1871, were made by Mr.8. I. Smith and the writer while on an independent visit to that place.* The observations made at Hast- port, Maine, in 1872, are not included in this report. The names of the fishes used in this list are those adopted by Profes- sor Baird, and agree, for the most part, with those used by Professor Theodore Gill in his Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern Coast of — North America. STRIPED BASS; ROCK-FISH, oR “ Rock;” (Roccus lineatus.) At Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, April, 1871, several specimens, freshly caught in seines, with menhaden, &c., contained Crangon vul- garis (shrimp) in large quantities. A specimen caught at Wood’s Hole, July 22, 1872, contained a large mass of “sea-cabbage,” Ulva latissima, and the remains of a small fish. Specimens taken at Wood’s Hole, August, 1871, contained crabs, Can- cer irroratus ; and lobsters, Homarus Americanus. WHITE PERCH; (Morone Americana.) Numerous specimens caught with the preceding at Great Egg Har- bor, New Jersey, contained Crangon vulgaris. BuLAck BASS; SEA-BASS; (Centropristis fuscus.) ° Specimens caught in Vineyard Sound, June 10, contained the common crab, Cancer irroratus ; the mud-crab, Panopeus Sayi; three species of fishes. 7 Another caught May 25 contained a squid, Loligo pallida. Scup; PoORGEE; (Stenotomus argyrops.) Forty young specimens, one year old, taken at Wood’s Hole in August, contained large numbers of Amphipod Crustacea, among which were Unciola irrorata, Ampelisca, sp., &c.; several small mud-crabs, Panopeus depressus; Idotea irrorata; Nereis virens, and numerous other Annelids of several species, too much digested for identification. fe rr an a oe *The results of the observations made at Great Eg& Harbor were published by the writer in the American Naturalist, vol. v, p. 397, L871. % INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 515 Other specimens, opened at various times, show that this fish is a very general feeder, eating all kinds of small Crustacea, Annelids, bivalve and univalve mollusks, &c. TAUTOG; BLAcK FisH; (Tautoga onitis.) Specimens caught at Wood’s Hole, May 23, contained the common rock-crab, Cancer irroratus ; hermit-crabs, Hupagurus longicarpus ; shells, Tritia trivittata, all crushed. Others caught May 26 contained Hupagurus pollicaris ; FE. longicar- pus ; the barnacle, Balanus crenatus ; the squid, Lolige Pealii; Tritia trivittata. Others taken May 29 had Cancer trroratus ; mud-crabs, Panopeus depressus ; lady-crabs, Platyonichus ocellatus ; shells, Tritia trivittata, Crepidula fornicata, Argina pexata, and the scollop, Pecten irradians ; barnacles, Balanus crenatus, all well broken up. Another taken May 31 contained Platyonichus ocellatus; Tritia trivit- tata. : Others taken June 3 contained the mud-crab, Panopeus depressus ; tri- angular crab, Pelia mutica; Crepidula unguiformis ; Triforis nigrocinctus ; the common muscle, Mytilus edulis; and the “horse-muscle,” Modiola modiolus. Another, on June 10, contained the common rock-crab, Cancer irrora- tus; mud-crab, Panopeus Sayi ; Nucula proxima ; several ascidians, Cyn- thia partita and Leptoclinum albidum. Two caught July 8 and 15 contained small lobsters, Homarus Ameri- canus ; Crepidula fornicata ; Bittium nigrum ; a bryozoan, Crisia eburnea ; sand-dollars, Echinarachnius parma. A specimen caught in August contained long-clams, Mya arenaria ; muscles, Mytilus edulis ; Petricola pholadiformis. WEAK-FISH ; SQUETEAGUE; (Cynoscion regalis.) Several caught in seines at Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, April, 1871, with menhaden, &c., contained large quantities of shrimp, Crangon vul- garis, unmixed with other food. Specimens taken at Wood’s Hole, in July, often contained sand-crabs, Platyonichus ocellatus ; and very frequently squids, Loligo Pealit. KING-FISH; (Menticirrus nebulosus.) Four specimens taken in seines at Great Egg Harbor, April, 1871, con- tained only shrimp, Crangon vulgaris. Others taken at Wood’s Hole, May 29, were filled with Crangon vul- garis. Specimens taken in July contained rock-crabs, Cancer irroratus ; squids, Loligo Pealii. RUDDER-FISH ; (Palinurichthys perciformis.) A specimen caught at Wood’s Hole, in August, contained a small Squilla empusa; and young squids, Loligo Pealii. ele 516 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. MACKEREL ; (Scomber vernalis.) Specimens taken July 18, twenty miles south of No Mans Land, con- tained shrimps, Thysanopoda, sp.; larval crabs in the zoéa and megalops Stages of development; young of hermit-crabs; young of lady-crabs, Platyonichus ocellatus ; young of two undetermined Macroura; numer- ous small Copepod Crustacea ; numerous shells of a Pteropod, Spirialis Gouldit. SMALL TUNNY ; (Orcynus thunnina.) One specimen caught at Wood’s Hole, in August, contained eleven squids, Loligo Pealv. Bonito ; (Sarda pelamys.) Specimens taken at Wood’s Hole, in August, contained an abundance of shrimp, Crangon vulgaris. BLUE-FISH; HORSE-MACKEREL; (Pomatomus saltatriz.) Specimens caught at Wood’s Hole, in August, frequently contained squids, Loligo Pealit ; also various fishes. Off Fire Island, Long Island, August, 1870, Mr. S. I. Smith saw blue- fishes feeding eagerly on the fee. Swimming ie (heteronereis) of Nereis limbata, (p. 318,) which was then very abundant. SEA-ROBIN ; (Prionotus Carolinus.) A specimen caught at Wood’s Hole, May 27, contained shrimp, Cran- gon vulgaris ; and a small flounder. Another caught May 29 contained Amphipod Crustacea, Anonyzx (?), Sp.; and Crangon vuigaris. Specimens dredged in Vineyard Sound, in August, contained mud- crabs, Panopeus Sayi ; rock-crabs, Cancer wrroratus ; and several small fishes. ToAD-FIsH; (Batrachus tau.) Several specimens examined at Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, April, 1871, contained young edible crabs, Callinectes hastatus of various sizes up to those with the carapax two inches broad; shrimp, Crangon vul. garis ; prawn, Palemonetes vulgaris ; Ilyanassa Spann: various fishes, especially the pipe-fish, Syngnathus Peckianus ; and the ieee Engrau- lis vittatus. A specimen caught at Wood’s Hole, in July, contained the common rock-crab, Cancer irroratus. GOOSE-FISH ; ANGLER; (Lophius Americanus.) A specimen caught in Vineyard Sound, in June, contained crabs, Cancer wrroratus ; and squids, Loligo Pealit. Cop; (Gadus morrhua, var.) The cod-fishes devour a great variety of Crustacea, Anneli Mol- lusks, star-fishes, &c. They swallow large bivalve shelis, and after digesting the contents spit out the shells, which are often almost unin- INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 517 jured. They are also very fond of shrimps, and of crabs, which they frequently swallow whole, even when of large size. The brittle star- fishes (Ophiurans) are also much relished by them. I have taken large masses of the Ophiopholis aculeata from their stomachs on the coasts of Maine and Labrador; and in some cases the stomach would be distended with this one kind, unmixed with any other food. In this region I have not been able to make any new observations on the food of the cod. This deficiency is partially supplied, however, by the observations made by me on the coast of Maine, &c., coupled with the very numerous observations made at Stonington, Connecticut, many years ago, by Mr. J. H. Trumbull, who examined large numbers of the stomachs of cod and haddock, caught within a few miles of that place, for the sake of the rare shells that they contained. This collec- tion of shells, thus made, was put into the hands of the Rev. J. H. Lins- ley, who incorporated the results into his “ Catalogue of the Shells of Connecticut,” which was published after his death, and in a somewhat unfinished state, in the American Journal of Science, Series I, vol. xlviil, p. 271, 1845. In that list alarge number of species are particularly mentioned as from the stomachs of cod and haddock, at Stonington, all of which were collected by Mr. Trumbull, as he has informed me, from fishes caught on the fishing-grounds near by, on the reefs off Watch Hill, &c. Many other northern shells, recorded by Mr. Linsley as from Stonington, but without particulars, were doubtless also taken from the fish-stomachs by Mr. Trumbull. There was no record made of the Crustacea, &c., found by him at the same time. The following list includes the species mentioned by Mr. Linsley as from the cod. For greater convenience the original names given by him are added in parentheses, when differing from those used in this report: List of mollusks, &c., obtained by Mr. J. H. Trumbull, from cod-fish caught near Stonington, Connecticut. GASTROPODS. Sipho Islandicus (?), young, (Fusus corneus.) Ptychatractus ligatus, (Fasciolaria ligata.) Turbonilla interrupta, (Turritella interrupta.) Turritella erosa. Rissoa exarata, (?), (Cingula arenaria.) Lunatia immaculata, (Natica immaculata.) Amphisphyra pellucida, (Bulla debilis.) Chiton marmoreus, (?), (Chiton fulminatus.) LAMELLIBRANCHS. Martesia cuneiformis, (Pholas cuneiformis.) Periploma papyracea, (Anatina papyracea.) Thracia truncata. 518 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. Tagelus divisus, (Solecurtus fragilis.) Semele equalis, (?), (Amphidesma ezequalis.) Ceronia arctata, (Mesodesma arctata.) Montacuta elevata, (Montacuta bidentata.) Callista convexa, young, (Cytherea morrhuana.) Cardium pinnulatum. Cyprina Islandica. Gouldia mactracea, (Astarte mactracea.) Yoldia sapotilla, (Nucula sapotilla.) Y. limatula, (N. limatula.) Nucula proxima. N. tenuis. Modiolaria nigra, (Modiola nexa.) Crenella glandula, (M. glandula.) Pecten tenuicostatus, young, (Pecten fuscus. ) ECHINODERMS. Hehinarachnius parma. Happock; (Melanogrammus ceglifinus.) The haddock is not much unlike the cod in the character of its food. It is, perhaps, still more omnivorous, or, at least, it generally contains a greater variety of species of shells, &c.; many of the shells that it habitually feeds upon are burrowing species, and it probably roots them out of the mud and sand. ‘A complete list of the animals devoured by the haddock would doubtless include nearly all the species belonging to this fauna. Wehave had few opportunities for making observations on the food of the haddock south of Cape Cod, but have examined many from farther north. A specimen taken at Wood’s Hole, November 6, 1872, contained a large quantity of Gammarus natator, and a few specimens of Crangon vulgaris. Another from Nantucket contained the same species. The following species of shells were mentioned by Mr. Linsley, in his catalogue, as from the haddock : List of mollusks obtained from stomachs of haddock, at Stonington, Con- necticut, by Mr. J. H. Trumbull. Neptunea pygmea, (Fusus Trumbulli.) Astyris zonalis, (Buccinum zonale.) Bulbus flavus, (?), (Natica flava.) Margarita obscura, Acton puncto-striata, (Tornatella puncto-striata.) Cylichna alba, (Bulla triticea.) Serripes Groenlandicus, (?), (Cardium Groenlandicum.) The above list doubtless contains only a small portion of the species collected by Mr. Trumbull, but they are all that are specially recorded. / INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 519 As an illustration of the character and diversity of the haddock’s food, I add a list of the species taken from the stomach of a single specimen, from the Boston market, and doubtless caught in Massachusetts Bay, September, 1871. GASTROPODS. Natica clausa. Margarita Grenlandica. LAMELLIBRANCHS. Leda tenuisulcata. Nucula proxima. N. tenuis. Crenella glandula. bei: ECHINODERMS. Psolus phantapus. Lophothuria Fabricii. In addition to these there were fragments of shrimp, probably Panda- lus annulicornis, and numerous Annelids, too much digested for identi- fication. Tom-Cop; Frost-Fisa; (Microgadus tom-codus.) Several specimens from New Haven Harbor, January 30, contained numerous Amphipods, among which were Mera levis; Gammarus, sp. ; Ampelisca, sp.; an undetermined Macrouran; numerous Entomostraca; the larva of Chironomus oceanicus. A lot taken in a small pond at Wood’s Hole, in March, by Mr. Vinal N. Edwards, contained the common shrimp, Crangon vulgaris ; large numbers of the green shrimp, Virbius zostericola ; the prawn, Palemo- netes vulgaris ; large quantities of Amphipods, especially of Gammarus annulatus, G. natator, Calliopius leviuscula, and Microdeutopus minaz ; and smaller numbers of Gammarus ornatus and G. mucronatus. Another lot of twelve, taken in April at the same place, contained most of the above, and in addition several other Amphipods, viz: Mera levis, Pontogeneia inermis, Ptilocheirus pinguis, and Caprelia ; ; also Nereis virens, and various small fishes. OCELLATED FLOUNDER; SUMMER FLOUNDER; (Chenopsetta ocellaris.) Several specimens taken in the seines, at Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, in April, contained large quantities of shrimp, Crangon vulgaris and Mysis Americana ; one contained a full-grown Gebia affinis. One caught at Wood’s Hole, June 6, contained twenty-six specimens of Yoldia limatula; and numerous shells of Nucula proxima, Angulus tener, and Tritia trivittata; and Amphipod Crustacea belonging to the genus Ampelisca. 520 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. 2 wk Specimens caught at Wood’s Hole, in July, contained rock-crabs, Cancer irroratus ; Pinnixa cylindrica; Crangon vulgaris ; squids, Loligo Pealii; Angulus tener ; Nucula proxima; and many “sand-dollars,” Hehi- narachnius parma. WINTER FLOUNDER; (Pseudoplewronectes Americanus.) A specimen caught at Wood’s Hole, in August, contained large num- bers of Bulla solitaria. SPOTTED FLOUNDER; (Lophopsetta maculata.) Numerous specimens caught in seines at Great Egg Harbor, April, 1871, contained large quantities of shrimp, especially Mysis Americana and Crangon vulgaris; the prawn, Palemonetes vulgaris ; numerous Am- phipods, Gammarus mucronatus ; one contained a Gebia affinis. Minnow ; (fundulus pisculentus.) Specimens caught in July, at Wood’s Hole, contained large numbers of Melampus bidentatus, unmixed with other food. SEA-HERRING; (Clupea elongata.) Specimens taken in Vineyard Sound, May 20, contained several shrimp, Crangon vulgaris, about 1.5 inches long; Aysis Americana, and large numbers of an Amphipod, Gammarus natator ; also small fishes. SHAD; (Alosa tyrannus.) Several specimens taken in the seines, at Great Egg Harbor, April, 1871, contained finely-divided fragments of numerous Crustacea, among which were shrimp, Mysis Americana. Several from the mouth of the Connecticut River, May, 1872, contained fragments of small Crustacea, (Mysis, &c.) HickoRY SHAD ; (Pomolobus mediocris.) Several specimens taken in the seines at Great Egg Harbor, April, 1872, contained large quantities of fragmentary Crustacea; one con- tained recognizable fragments of shrimp, Crangon vulgaris. MENHADEN; (Brevoortia menhaden.) A large number of specimens freshly caught in seines at Great Ege Harbor, April, 1871, were examined, and all were found to have their stomachs filled with large quantities of dark mud. They undoubtedly swallow this mud for the sake of the microscopic animal and vegetable organisms that it contains. Their complicated and capacious digestive apparatus seems well adapted for this crude and bulky food. FILE-FIsu; (Ceratacanthus aurantiacus.) A specimen taken at Wood’s Hole, in August, contained a quantity of the finely-divided stems and branches of a Hydroid, Pennaria tiarella. Dusky SHARK; (Hulamia obscura.) Several specimens caught at Wood’s Hole, in July and August, con- tained lobsters, Homarus Americanus ; rock-crabs, Cancer trroratus. INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 521 BLUE SHARK ; (Bulamia Milberti.) A large specimen caught at Wood’s Hole, in August, contained a quantity of small bivalve-shells, Yoldia sapotilla. TIGER-SHARK; (Galerocerdo tigrina.) Specimens caught at Wood’s Hole, in August, contained large univalve shells, Buccinum undatum and Lunatia heros. Doa-FIsH ; (Mustelus canis.) Several oe oimerle caught at Wood’s Hole, in August, comes lob- sters, Homarus Americanus ; spider-crabs, Libinia Ege lates rock- crabs, Cancer trroratus. SAND-SHARK ; (Hugomphodus littoralis.) Many ppbciheng taken at Wood’s Hole, in July and August, contained lobsters, Homarus Americanus, in abundance; Cancer irroratus; and squids, Loligo Pealit. ! COMMON SKATE; ‘“‘SUMMER SKATE;” (Raia diaphana.) A specimen taken at Wood’s Hole, May 14, contained rock-crabs, Cancer irroratus; a young skate; a long slender fish, (Ammodytes ?.) Another, caught in July, contained Cancer irroratus. PEAKED-NOSE SKATE; (Raia levis ?.) Specimens caught in Vineyard Sound, May 14, contained numerous shrimps, Crangon vulgaris ; several Conileraconcharum ; several Annelids, among them Nephthys ingens ; Meckelia ingens ; two specimens of Phasco- losoma Gouldit ; razor-shells, Hnsatella Americana, (the ‘“tfoot” only, of many specimens ;) a small fish, Ctenolabrus burgall. Specimens taken at Menemsha, in July, contained large numbers of crabs, Cancer irroratus ; and of lobsters, Homarus Americanus. STING-RAY ; (Trygon centroura.) Specimens caught at Wood’s Hole, in July and August, contained large numbers of crabs, Cancer irroratus ; squids, Loligo Pealw ; clams, Mya arenaria ; Lunatia heros. LONG-TAILED STING-RAY; (Myliobatis Freminviller.) Specimens taken in Vineyard Sound, in July, contained an abundance of lobsters, Homarus Americanus; crabs, Cancer irroratus ; also clams, Mya arenaria ; and Dunatia heros. “¢ RABBIT-FISH.” A specimen taken at Wood’s Hole, 1 in July, contained a lobster, Homa- rus Americanus. * Foa-FIsH.” A specimen caught at Wood’s Hole, July 1, contained hermit-crabs, Eupagurus pollicaris. 522 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. C.—THE METAMORPHOSES OF THE LOBSTER, AND OTHER CRUSTACEA.—BY S. I. SMITH. Most of the larger crustaceans of our coast, whatever may be their habits when adult, are, in the early stages of their existence after hatch- ing from the eggs, essentially free-swimming animals, living a large part of the time near the surface of the water. In this stage they are con- stantly exposed to the attacks of other predaceous animals, and, as they occur in vast numbers, afford food fer many valuable fishes. They are most abundant at the surface in calm, clear weather, and they especially resort, like the young of many other marine cilia. to spots and streaks of LABotll water where the tidal currents meet. Very little has yet been written upon the forms or habits of the young crustaceans of our own coast; but, in connection with the investigations | carried on in Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay, a great amount of material for such work was collected. This material has not yet been fully studied, and only a sketch of some of the more important re- sults is presented in this report. During the few weeks in June and July, in which I was myself at Wood’s Hole, the time was so fully occu- pied in collecting, that very little time was left for studying the animals while alive; hence most of the observations which follow, except occa- _ sionally those on color, have been subsequently made from specimens preserved in alcohol. While at Wood’s Hole, I was much assisted in obtaining these young animals by every one then associated there in the work of the commission; and I would especially acknowledge such assistance from Dr. W. G. Farlow, Mr. V. N. Edwards, and Capt. John B. Smith. After I left, the collecting was kept up as before, and many valuable notes were made by Professors Verrill and J. E. Todd. | Special attention was given to the early stages of the lobster, as per- haps the most important crustacean found on our coast, and I have gone more fully into the account of its early history than that of any other species. As this will serve as an example to illustrate the development of most of the other Macrourans, it is presented first. Numerous specimens of the free-swimming young of the lobster, in different stages of growth, were obtained in Vineyard Sound during July, but it was too late for any observations upon the young within the egg. This deficiency was partially supplied by a few observations at New Haven in 1872. Eggs taken May 2, from lobsters captured at New London, Connecticut, had embryos well advanced, as represented in fig. 4, In this stage the eggs are slightly elongated spheroids, about 2.1™* in the longer diameter, and 1.9™™ in the shorter. One side is rendered very opaque dark green by the unabsorbed yolk mass, while the other shows the eyes as two large black spots, and the red pigment spots on the edge of the carapax, bases of the legs, &c., as irregular lines of pink markings. In a side view of the embryo, the lower edge of the carapax (0, figure) INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 523 is clearly defined and extends in a gentle curve from the middle of the eye to the posterior border of the embryo. This margin of the cara- pax is marked with dendritic spots Fig. 4.* of red pigment. The whole dorsal ° portion, fully one-half the embryo, is still occupied by the unabsorbed Hee portion of the yolk, (a, a,) of which the lower margin, represented in the figure by a dotted line, extends from close above the eye in acurve near- ly parallel with the lower margin of the carapax, but with a sharp in- dentation a little way behind the eye. The eyes (c) are large, nearly round, not entirely separated from the surrounding tissues, and with a central portion of black pigment. The antennule (d) are simple, sack- like appendages, arising from just beneath the eyes, with the terminal portion turned backward and marked with several large dendritic spots of red pigment. The antenne (e) are but little larger than the anten- nule and are sack-like and without articulations, but the scale and flagellum are separated and bent backward, the scale being represented by the large and somewhat expanded lobe, and the flagellum by a shorter and slender lobe which arises from near the base of the scale. The mandibles, both pairs of maxille, and the first and second pairs of maxillipeds are not sufficiently developed to be seen without removing the antenne and the edge of the carapax, and are only represented by several small lobes, of which the anterior, apparently representing the mandi- bles, are distinetly defined, while those that follow are much smaller, indistinct, and confused. The first and second maxillipeds are each re- presented by a small lobe divided at the extremity. The external max- illipeds (/) are well developed and almost exactly like the posterior cephalothoracic legs. Both the branches are simple and sack-like, the main branch, or endognathus,t much larger and slightly longer than the outer branch, or exognathus, which is quite slender. The five pairs of —---4---\---- @ No, 510 *Embryo, some time before hatching, removed from the external envelope and shown in a side view enlarged twenty diameters; a, a, dark-green yolk mass still unabsorbed ; ), lateral margin of the carapax marked with many dendritic spots of red pigment; c, eye; d, antennula; e, antenna; f, external maxilliped; g, great cheliped which forms the big claw of the adult ; hk, outer swimming branch or exopodus of the same ; i, the four ambulatory legs with their exopodal branches; k, intestine; /, heart; m, bilobed tail seen edgewise. [Drawn by S. I. Smith. ] t To prevent confusion, the terms here used are those proposed by Milne Edwards to designate the different branches of the cephalothoracic appendages: endopodus, for the main branch of a leg ; exopodus, for the accessory branch, (a in fig. D, Plate IX ;) epipo- dus, for the flabelliform appendage, (b ;) and endognathus, exognathus, and epignathus, for the corresponding branches of the mouth organs. _ 524 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. cephalothoracic legs (g, h, 7) are all similar and of about the same size, except the main branch of the first pair, (g,) which is much larger than that of the others, but is still sack-like and entirely without articula- tions. The outer or exopodal branches of all the legs are slender, wholly unarticulated, sack-like processes, while the inner or main (endopodal) branches of the four posterior pairs are similar, but much stouter and slightly longer processes arising from the same bases. The bases of all the legs are marked with dendritic spots of red pigment like those upon the lower margin of the carapax. The abdomen (m) is curved round beneath the cephalothorax, the extremity extending between and considerably in front of the eyes. The segments are scarcely distinguishable. The extremity, as seen from beneath the embryo, is slightly expanded into a somewhat oval form, and very deeply divided by a narrow sinus, rounded at the extremity. The lobes into which the tail is thus divided are narrow, and somewhat approach each other toward the extremities, where they are each armed along the inner edge with six small obtuse teeth. The heart (() is readily seen, while the embryo is alive, by its regular pulsations. It appears as a slight enlargement in the dorsal vessel, just under the posterior portion of the carapax. The intestine (k) is distinctly visible in the anterior portion of the abdomen as a well defined, transparent tube, in which float little granular masses. This material within the intestine is constantly oscillating back and forth as long as the embryo is alive. The subsequent development of the embryo within the egg was not cbserved. The following observations on the young larve, after they have left the eggs, have all been made upon specimens obtained in Vine- yard Sound, or the adjacent waters, during July. These specimens were mostly taken at the surface in the day-time, either with the towing or hand net. They represent three quite different stages in the true larval condition, besides a later stage approaching closely the adult. The exact age of the larve of the first stage was not ascertained, but was probably only a few days, and they had, most likely, molted not more than once. Between the third stage, here described, and the last, there is probably an intermediate form wanting. First stage-—In this stage, (Plate [X, Figs. A, B,C, D,) the young are free-swimming Schizopods about a third of an inch (7.8 to 8.0™™) in length, without abdominal appendages, and with six pairs of pediform cephalothoracic appendages, each with the exopodus developed into a powerful swimming organ. The general appearance is represented in the figures. The eyes are bright blue; the anterior portion and the lower margin of the carapax and the bases of the legs are speckled with orange; the lower margin, the whole of the penultimate, and the basal portion of the ultimate segment of the abdomen, are brilliant reddish orange. ~ The antennule (Fig. C.) are short and sack-like, with a single articu- a INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 525 lation at the base, and three sete at the tip. The antenne have large well developed scales, furnished along the inner margin with long plumose hairs, but the flagellum is shorter than the scale, not divided into segments, and has three plumose set at tip. The mandibles are unlike on the twosides; the inferior edges are armed with acute teeth, except at the posterior angle, where there is a small molar area; the palpi are very small, with the three segments just indicated. The exognathus in both pairs of maxille is composed of only one article, and is furnished with several setz at tip. In the first maxillipeds the exognathus is an unarticulated process, furnished with short plumose hairs on the outer side. The second maxillipeds have the principal branch cylindrical, not flattened and appressed to the inner mouth organs as in the adult; the exognathus is short, and as yet scarcely flabelliform ; and the epig. nathus is a simple process, with not even the rudiment of a branchia. The external maxillipeds are pediform, the endognathus as long as and much resembling the endopodi of the posterior legs, while the exog- nathus is like the exopodi of all the legs, being half as long as the en- dognathus, and the terminal portion furnished along the edges with long plumose hairs. The epignathus and the branchie are very rudimentary, represented by minute sack-like processes. The anterior cephalothoracic legs, (Fig. D,) which in the adult develop into the big claws, are exactly alike, and no longer than the external maxillipeds. The pediform branch is, however, Somewhat stouter than in the other legs, and subcheliform. The legs of the second and third pairs are similar to the first, but not as stout. The legs of the fourth and fifth pairs are still more slender, and styliform at the extremity, as in the adult. The exopodal branches of all the legs and of the external maxillipeds are quite similar, and differ very littlein size. In life, while the animal is poised at rest in the water, they are carried horizontally, as represented in Figure B, or are curved up over the carapax, sometimes so as almost to cover it. The blood circulates rapidly in these appendages, and they undeubdtedly serve, to a certain extent, as respiratory organs, as well as for locomotion. By careful examination, small processes were found representing the normal number of branchiz to each leg.* These rudi- mentary branchize, however, differ somewhat in different specimens, being very small, and scarcely distinguishable, in what appear to be younger individuals, from the rudimentary epipodi, while in others, ap- parently older, they are further developed, being larger, more cellular in structure than the epipodi, and even showing an approach to crenulation in the margins, as shown in Figure D. The abdomen is slender, the second to the fifth segments each armed with a large dorsai spine, curved backward, and with the lateral angles * The number of branchie, or branchial pyramids, in the American lobster is twenty on each side; asingle small one upon the second maxilliped, three well developed ones upon the external maxilliped, three upon the first cephalothoracic leg, four each upon the second, third, and fourth, and one upon the fifth. \ ~ 526 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. produced into long spines, and the sixth segment with two dorsal spines. The proportional size and the outline of the last segment are shown in Figure B; its posterior margin is armed with a long and stout central Spine, and each side with fourteen or fifteen plumose spines or setze, which are articulated to the margin. In this stage the young were first taken July 1, when they were seen swimming rapidly about at the surface of the water among great num- bers of zoéze, megalops, and copeopods. Their motions and habits re- call at once the species of AMysis and Thysanopoda, but their motions are not quite as rapid and are more irregular. Their bright colors ren- der them conspicuous objects, and they must be readily seen and cap- tured by fishes. They were frequently taken at the surface in different parts of Vineyard Sound from July 1 to 7, and several were taken off Newport, Rhode Island, as late as July 15, and they would very likely be found also in June, judging from the stage of development to which the embryos had advanced early in May in Long Island Sound. Besides the specimens taken in the open water of the Sound, a great number were obtained July 6, from the well of a lobster-smack, where they were Swimming in great abundance near the surface of the water, having un- doubtedly been recently hatched from the eggs carried by the female lobsters confined in the well. Some of these specimens lived in vessels of fresh sea-water for two days, but all efforts to keep them alive long enough to observe their molting failed. They appeared, while thus in confinement, to feed principally upon very minute animals of different kinds, but were several times seen to devour small zoéz, and occasionally when much crowded, so that some of them became exhausted, they fed upon each other, the stronger ones eating the weaker. Second stage.—In the next stage the young lobsters have increased somewhat in size, and the abdominal legs of the second to the fifth seg- ments have appeared. The rostrum is much broader, and there are several teeth along the edges. The basal segments of the antennulze have become defined, and the secondary flagellum has appeared, but is not subdivided into segments. The antenne and mouth organs haye undergone but slight changes. The first cephalothoracic legs are propor- tionally larger and stouter than in the first stage, and have become truly cheliform. The succeeding legs have changed little. The epidodi of all the legs and of the external maxillipeds have increased in size, and the branchial processes are distinctly lobed along the edges, and have be- gun to assume the form of true branchixw. The segments of the abdomen have the same number of spines, but they are relatively somewhat smaller, and the last segment is relatively smaller and broader at base. The appendages of the second to the fifth segments differ considerably in size in different specimens, but are nearly as long as the segments themselves; their terminal lamellw, however, are represented only by simple sack-like appendages, without sign of segmentation, or clothing of hairs or setee.. The penultimate segment is still without appendages. _ INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 527 Specimens in this stage were taken only twice, July 1 and 15. They have the same habits and general appearance as in the first stage, but are readily distinguished by the possession of rudimentary abdominal legs. In color they are almost exactly the same, only the orange-colored markings are perhaps a little less intense. Third stage.—In the third stage (Plate IX, figs. ZH, F, G,) the larvee are about half an inch (12 to 13™™) in length, and the integument is of a much firmer consistency than in the earlier stages. The antennule are still rudimentary, and considerably shorter than the rostrum, although the secondary flagellum has increased in length, and begins to show division into numerous segments. The antenne retain the most marked feature of the early stages—the large size of the scale—but the flagellum is much longer than the scale, and begins to show division into segments. The mandibles, maxille, and first and second maxillipeds have changed very little, although in the second maxillipeds the extremity of the ex- ognathus begins to assume a flagelliform character, and the branchia is represented by a small process upon the side of the epignathus. The- external maxillipeds have begun to lose their pediform character. The anterior legs have increased enormously in size, and those of the second and third pairs have become truly chelate, while the swimming exopo- dal branches of all the legs, as well as of the external maxillipeds, are relatively much smaller and more unimportant. The epipodi (fig. G) are furnished with hairs along the edges, and begin to assume the char- acters of these appendages in the adult. The branchie (fig. G) have developed rapidly, and have a single series of well-marked lobes along each side. The abdomen still has the spines characteristic of the ear- lier stages, though all of them are much reduced in size. The appen- dages of the second to the fifth segments have become conspicuous, their lamelle have more than doubled in length, and the margins of the ter- minal half are furnished with very short ciliated sete. The appendages of the penultimate segment (fig. #) are well developed, although quite different from those in the adult. The outer lamella wants wholly the transverse articulation near its extremity, and both are margined, ex- cept the outer edge of the outer lamella, with long plumose hairs. The last segment is relatively smaller and more quadrangular in outline, and the spines of the posterior margin are much smaller. The only specimens procured in this stage were taken July 8 and 15. In color they were less brilliant than in the earlier stages, the orange markings being duller and whole animal slightly tinged with greenish brown. In the next stage observed, the animal, about three-fifths of an inch (14 to 17™™) long, has lost all its schizopodal characters, and has assumed the more important features of the adult lobster. It still retains, how- ever, the free-swimming habit of the true larval forms, and was fre- quently taken at the surface, both in the towing and hand net. Although resembling the adult in many features, it differs so much that, were it \* ‘528 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. — an adult form, it would undoubtedly be regarded as a distinct genus. The rostrum is bifid at tip, and armed with three or four teeth on each side toward the base, and in some specimens with a minute additional spine, on one or both sides, close to the tip. The flagella of the antennule ex- tend scarcely beyond the tip of the rostrum. The antennal scale is very much reduced in size, but is still conspicuous and furnished with long plumose hairs along the inner margin, while the flagellum is as long as the carapax. The palpi of the mandibles have assumed the adult character, but the mandibles themselves have not acquired the massive molar character which they have in the older animal. The other mouth- organs have nearly the adult form. ‘The anterior legs, although quite large, are still slender and just alike on the two sides, while all the cephalothoracic legs retain a distinct process in place of the swimming exopodiof thelarva. The lateral angles of the second to the fifth abdomi- nal segments are prolonged downward into long spiniform teeth, the ap- pendages of these segments are proportionately much longer than in the adult, and the margins of their terminal lamellz are furnished with very long plumose hairs. The lamellz of the appendages of the penultimate segment are oval, and margined with long plumose hairs. The terminal segment is nearly quadrangular, as wide at the extremity as at the base, the posterior margin arcuate, but not extending beyond the promi- nent lateral angles, and furnished with hairs like those on the margins of the lamelle of the appendages of the penultimate segment. In color they resemble closely the adult, but the green color of the back is hghter, and the yellowish markings upon the claws and body are proportionately larger. In this stage, the young lobsters swim very rapidly by means of the abdominal legs, and dart backward, when disturbed, with the caudal appendages, frequently jumping out of the water in this way like shrimp, which their movements in the water much resemble. They appear to be truly surface animals, as in the earlier stages, and were often seen Swimming about among other surface animals. They were frequently taken from the 8th to the 28th of July, and very likely oceur much later. From the dates at which the different forms were taken, it is probable that they pass through all the stages here described in the course of a Single season. How late the young, after reaching the lobster-like form, retain their free-swimming habit was not ascertained. The young of the different kinds of shrimp, Crangon vulgaris, Palemo- netes vulgaris, and Virbius zostericola, when hatched from the egg, are free- Swimming animals, similar in their habits to the young of the lobster. In structure, however, they are quite unlike the larvie of the lobster, and approach more the zoéa stages of the crabs, which are described farther on. When they first leave the egg, they are without the five pairs of cephalothoracic legs, the abdomen is without appendages, and much as it is in the first stage of the young lobster, while the maxillipeds are INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 529 developed into long locomotive appendages, somewhat like the external maxillipeds of the first stage of the young lobster. While yet in the free- swimming condition the cephalothoracic legs are developed, the maxilli- peds assume the adult form, and the abdominal limbs appear. The voung of these shrimp are very much smaller than the young of the lobster, but they remain for a considerable time in this immature state, and were very frequently taken at the surface in the towing-net. The young of Crangon vulgaris are hatched in the neighborhood of Vineyard Sound, in May and June, and arrive at the adult form before they are more than 4 or 5™™ long. Specimens of this size were taken at Wood’s Hole, at the surface, on the evening of July 3. Later in the season much larger specimens were frequently taken at the surface both in the evening and day-time. The young of Palemonetes vulgaris did not appear till near the middle of July. Soon after hatching, the young are 3™ long. The cephalo- thorax is short and broad with a slender spiniform rostrum in front, an enormous compound eye each side at the anterior margin, and a small simple eye in the middle of the carapax. The antennule are quite rudi- mentary, being short and thick appendages projecting a little way in front of the head; the peduncle bears at its extremity a very short ob- tuse segment representing the primary flagellum, and inside, at the base of this, a much longer plumose seta. The antenne are slightly longer, than the antennule; the short peduncle bears a stout appendage, corre- sponding to the antennal scale, the terminal portion of which is articu- lated and furnished with long plumose setz, and on the inside at the base of the scale, a slender process corresponding to the flagellum, and ter- minated by a long plumose seta. The first and second pairs of maxille - are weil formed and approach those of the adult. The three pairs of maxillipeds are all developed into powerful locomotive appendages; the inner branches, or endognathi, being slender pediform appendages ter- minated by long spines, while the outer branches, or epignathi, are long Swimming appendages like the swimming branches of the legs of the young lobsters in the first stage. Both branches of the first maxillipeds are considerably shorter than those of the following pairs, but otherwise like them, and the inner branch of the second pair is somewhat shorter than that of the third, but its outer branch is about as long as that of the third pair. The five pairs of cephalothoracic legs are wanting or only represented by a cluster of minute sack-like processes just behind the outer maxillipeds. The abdomen is long and slender, wholly with- out appendages beneath, and the last segment is expanded into a short and very broad caudal lamina, the posterior margin of which is truncate with the lateral angles rounded; these angles each bear three, and the posterior margin itself eight more stout plumose sete, the sete of the posterior margin being longer than those upon the angles, and separated by broader spaces in which the margin is armed with numerous very Small sete. They arrive at the adult form before they are more than 5™™ S. Mis. 61——34 530 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. long, and they were often taken at the surface until 8 to 12™™ in length, the larger ones being taken in the first part of September. The young of Virbius zostericola appear at about the same time as those of Palemonetes, or a very little later, and pass through quite simi- lar changes. The young attain the adult form when not more than 3™™ in length, and were frequently taken at the surface, both in the day- time and the evening, until they were 10™™ long, those 8 to 10™™ long being common in late August and early September. The larval forms of several other Macrourans were taken at different times, but none of these were abundant, and I have not been able to connect them with the adult forms of any of the common species of the New England coast. The young of Gebia affinis, only 4™™ long, but with nearly the form of the adult, was taken at the surface on the evening of September 3. The young of Callianassa Stimpsoni, about 4°™ long and with nearly all the adult characters, was also taken at the surface early in September. The hermit-crabs (species of Hupagurus) when first hatched have much | resemblance to the young of shrimp at the same period, and have simi- lar habits. The young of one of the species, after it has passed through the earlier stages, and when it is about 3™™ long, and has all the cephalothoracic appendages similar to those of the adult, has still a symmetrical abdomen, like that of a shrimp, with long swimming-legs upon the second, third, fourth, and fifth segments, and broad laminated appendages upon the penultimate segment. Young, in this and the - earlier stages, were common at the surface in Vineyard Sound during the last of August and the first of September. Hippa talpoida probably passes through a metamorphosis similar to that of the hermit-crabs. The young attain negrly the adult form before — they are more than 5 or 6™ long, and specimens of this size were taken at the surface in Vineyard Sound on the evening of September 3. I have also found, early in September, the young a little larger upon the outer shores of Fire Island Beach, where they were left in large numbers by a-high tide, and soon buried themselves in the sand. All, or at least nearly all, the species of Brachyura living on the coast of New England pass through very complete and remarkable meta- morphoses. The most distinct stages through which they pass were long ago described as two groups of crustaceans, far removed from the adult forms of which they were the young. The names zoéa and meg- alops, originally applied to these groups, are conveniently retained for the two best marked stages in the development of the crabs. The young of the common crab, (Cancer trroratus,) in the earlier or zoéa stage, when first hatched from the egg, are somewhat like the form figured on Plate VII, (fig. 37, the latest stage of the zoéa of Cancer irroratus, just before it changes to the megalops,) but the spines upon the carapax are all much longer in proportion, and there are no signs of <—_s* INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 531 the abdominal legs or of any of the future legs of the megalops and crab. In this stage they are very small, much smaller than in the stage figured. After they have increased very much in size, and have molted probably several times, they appear as in the figure just referred to. The terminal segment of the abdomen, seen only in a side-view in the figure, is very broad and divided nearly to the base by a broad sinus, each side the margins project in long, spiniform, diverging processes, at the base of which the margin of the sinus is armed with six to eight spines on each side. When alive they are translucent, with deposits of dark pigment forming spots at the articulations of the abdomen and a few upon the cephalothorax and its appendagés. In this stage they were taken at the surface in Vineyard Sound, in immense numbers, from June 23 to late in August. They were most abundant in the early part of July, and appeared in the greatest numbers on calm, sunny days. Several zoéz of this stage were observed to change directly to the megalops form, (Plate VIII, fig. 38.) Shortly before the change took place they were not quite as active as previously, but still continued to swim about until they appeared to be seized by violent convulsions, and after a moment began to wriggle rapidly out of the old zoéa skin, and at once appeared in the full megalops form. The new integument seems to stiffen at once, for in a very few moments after freeing itself from the old skin the new megalops was swimming about as actively as the oldest individuals. In this megalops stage the animai begins to resemble the adult. The five pairs of cephalothoracic legs are much like those of the adult, and the mouth-organs have assumed nearly their final form. ‘The eyes, however, are still enormous in size, the carapax is elongated and has a slender rostrum and a long spine projecting from the cardiac region far over the posterior border, and the abdomen is carried extended, and is furnished with powerful swimming-legs as in the Macroura. In color and habits they are quite similar to the later stage of the zoée from which they came; their motions appear, however, to be more regular and not so rapid, although they swim with great facility. In this meg- alops the dactyli of the posterior cephalothoracic legs are styliform, and are each furnished at the tip with three peculiar sete of different lengths and with strongly curved extremities, the longest one simple and about as long as the dactylus itself, while the one next in length is armed along the inner side of the curved extremity with what appear to be minute teeth, and the shortest one is again simple. According to the observations made at Wood’s Hole, the young of Cancer irroratus remain in the megalops stage only a very short time, and at the first molt change to a form very near that of the adult. Notwithstanding this, they occurred in vast numbers, and were taken in the towing-nets in greater quantities even than in the zoéa stage. Their time of occurrence seemed nearly simultaneous with that of the zoéx, and the two forms were almost always associated. The exact time any 532 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. particular individual remained in this stage was observed only a few ‘times. One full-grown zoéa (like the specimen figured) obtained June -23, and placed in a vessel by itself, changed to a megalops between 9 and 114 a.m. ot June 24, and did not molt again till the forenoon of -June 27, when it became a young crab of the form described farther on. Of two other zoée obtained at the same time, and placed together in a -dish, one changed to a megalops between 9 and 114 a. m. of June 24, ‘the other during the following night; these both changed to crabs dur ang the night of June 26 and 27. The following memorandum on a large number of the same lot of both “stages of the young, kept together in a vessel of fresh sea-water, also indicates the rapidity of these changes. In the columns “ zoéa” and ‘¢ megalops” the total number of individuals in each of these stages is given; under “crabs” the number which had appeared since the last observation, and under “dead” the number which had died since the last observation: Time of observation. Zoéa. |Megalops.| Crabs. | Dead. By TAINO Yeh, Ae Os! MD i ial cece wach gare eee ah es Oh 15 22 0 0 AULA Wome, MAA i th., sae aes Ketone ante ae mee 5 23 2 7 SATS LA RAO Merch eh hee Rie uae Dip ae atthe 8 AE 4 22 2 0 pine pods IS as i ee ee OL ele eae 2 22 1 1 SIRO TOL 27, 1), SIN: Gas ha ek CR Eee oh Low 22 1 0 June 25, 6a. m...-... Be eh Pirate kL ten aa 0 | 20 0 3 MUTSCyEy a AE Org cme ee abies. Spee me pha eaten perc ers} (Rr ya aye is, il 0 SITS ROR a cele er reee= are etc onc k a eters, eee meet ees mime 16 ff 2 UMS Fore O, Arb eee te te has Wcihen ciel He cheyeia re CR SE Male Cynie erect 14 2 0 MHS onus ei cere ek we cise NCIIes weld ie Meas eh ae 12 0 2 SUMO P.M oo 22 Pay 2 Sie Ea ae cea eee 11 0 1 UO NES ras eat ate os tie Bee wine oo. aieeieimle ors Be 9 2 0 June 28, 4;pxm.. 2. -- BR tN cine © a ehe Cet ce eee eee 4 3 2 MiriaveyS) 7 tito 00 ee eee a eh A ne ee 2 & Vl Stace eas In the two or three instances in which the change from the megalops to the young crab was actually observed, the megalops sank to the bot- tom of the dish and remained quiet for some time before the molting took place. The muscular movements seemed to be much less violent than in the molting at the close of the zoéa stage, and the little crab worked himself out of the megalops skin quite slowly. Fora short time after their appearance the young crabs were soft and inactive, but the integument very soon stiffened, and in the course of two or three hours they acquired all the pugnacity of the adult. They swam about with ease and were constantly attacking each other and their companions in the earlier stages. Many of the deaths recorded in the above memo- randum were due to them, and on this account they were removed from the vessel at each observation. In this early stage the young crabs are INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 533 quite different from the adult. The carapax is about 3™™" long and slightly less in breadth. The front is much more prominent than in the adult, but still has the same number of lobes and the same general form. The antero-lateral margin is much more longitudinal than in the adult, and is armed with the five normal teeth, which are long and acute, and four very much smaller secondary teeth alternating with the normal ones. The antenne and ambulatory legs are proportionally longer than in the adult. The young crabs in this stage were once or twice taken in the towing-net, but they were not common at the surface, although a large number were found, with a few in the megalops stage, among hydroids upon a floating barrel in Vineyard Sound, July 7. The young of Platyonichus ocellatus in the zoéa and megalops stages were frequently taken in the towing-net from the last of June till August, but they were much less abundant than the young of Cancer irroratus. On June 29, however, they occurred in great numbers. Twenty-two out of forty of those in the zoéa state changed to the megalops during the first twenty-four hours, and in the same time ten out of fifty in the megalops stage changed to the adult form, so that they probably do not remain in the megalops state longer than the young of Cancer irroratus. They apparently do not molt during the megalops stage. The megalops of the Platyonichus is about the size of that of Cancer irroratus, and resembles it much in general appearance, but the carapax is much broader in proportion, the rostrum is a little longer, and there is amarked prominence at the anterior margin of the orbit, representing the lateral tooth of the front of the adult, and a similar prominence, rep- resenting the stout postorbital tooth, at the posterior angle of the orbit. The spine upon the cardiac region is rather more slender than in the megalops of the Cancer. The chelipeds are more elongated, and much like those of the adult Platyonichus, except that they want the stout spines of the latter. The dactyli of the posterior legs already approach in form those of the adult, being expanded into narrow oval plates a fourth as broad as long. The tips of each of these dactyli are furnished with four peculiar sete of different lengths and with strongly curved ex- tremities, the longest and two shortest of which are simple, while next to the longest one is furnished along the inner side of the curved extrem- ity with little, closely set, sack-like appendages. Another megalops, belonging apparently to some swimming-crab, was several times taken in the towing-net, in Vineyard Sound, from August 11 to September 3, and was also taken by Mr. Harger and myself, east of George’s Bank, latitude 41° 25’ north, longitude 63° 55/ east, Septem- ber 14. It would fall in the genus Cyllene of Dana, and is closely allied to his Cyllene furciger (Crust. U. S. Expl. Expd., p. 494, Plate XX XI, fig. 8) from the Sooloo Sea. In one specimen the carapax, including the rostrum, is 2.0™™ long, excluding rostrum, 1.6™", breadth, 1.1™™. The front is quite narrow between the bases of the ocular peduncles, and has a long and slender rostrum. There are no prominences either side 534 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. of the orbit and no dorsal spine upon the carapax. The fourth segment of the sternum is armed each side, just within the bases of the legs, with a long and broad spine projecting backward and slightly outward, as in Cyllene furciger. The chelipeds and ambulatory legs are long and slender, and the dactyli of the posterior pair of legs are expanded and lamellar, as in the megalops of Platyonichus. The abdomen is about as long as the carapax excluding the rostrum, and the fifth segment is armed with a stout spine each side of the postero-lateral angles. A very large megalops, quite different in structure from those already mentioned, is occasionally found thrown upon outer beaches on the southern coast of New England and Long Island, but is apparently mueh more common upon the coast of the Southern States. This is undoubt- edly the young of Ocypoda arenaria, and was long ago described by Say (Journal Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol. 1, p. 157, 1817) as Monolepis _dnermis,and it is partially figured by Dana, (Crust. U.S. Expl. Exp., Plate XX XI, fig. 6.) The carapax is very convex above, broader behind, and has no dorsal spine. The front is deflexed sharply downward and a little backward, and the extremity is tricuspidate, the median tooth being long and narrowly triangular, while the lateral teeth are small andobtuse. The sides are high and impressed so as to receive the three anterior pairs of ambulatory legs. The third pair of ambulatory legs are closely appressed along the upper edge of the carapax and extend forward over the eyes, their dactyli being curved down over the eyes and along each side of the front. The posterior legs are small and - weak, and each is folded up and lies in a groove on the latero-posterior surface of the carapax. The external maxillipeds have almost exactly the same structure as in the adult Ocypoda, and, asin the adult Ocypoda, there is a tuft of peculiar hairs between the bases of the second and third ambulatory legs. I have specimens of this megalops from Block Island, and have myself collected it, late in August, at Fire Island Beach, Long Island. In the largest specimen from the last locality the carapax is 6.4™™ long and 5.6™™ broad. A large number of young specimens of the Ocypoda, collected at Fire Island Beach, indicate plainly that they had only recently changed from this megalops. The smallest of these specimens, in which the carapax is 5.6 to 6.0™™ long and 6.1 to 6.5™ broad, differ from the adult so much that they might very easily be mistaken for a different species. The carapax is very slightly broader than long, and very convex above. The front is broad, not narrowed between the bases of the ocular peduncles, and triangular at the extremity. The margin of the orbit is not transverse but inclines obliquely backward. The ambulatory legs are nearly naked, and those of the posterior pair are proportionately much smaller than in the adult. The adult Ocypoda is terrestrial in its habits, living in deep holes above high-water mark on sandy beaches, but the young in the zoéa state are undoubtedly deposited in the water, where they lead a free- INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 535 swimming existence like true pelagic animals, until they become full- grown in the megalops state. Say mentions that his specimens were found cast upon the beach by the refluent tide and ‘appeared desirous to protect themselves by burrowing in the sand, in order to wait the return of the tide,” but they were more likely awaiting the final change to the terrestrial state. The tufts of peculiar hairs between the bases of the second and third ambulatory legs, and, in the adult, connected - with the respiration, are present in the full-grown megalops, and are undoubtedly provided to fit the animal for its terrestrial existence as soon as it is thrown upon the shore. The young in the magalops stage occur on the shore of Long Island, in August, and perhaps earlier. At Fire Island Beach in 1870 no specimens of Ocypoda were discovered till the last of August, and those first found were the smallest ones obtained ; by the middle of September, however, they were common on the outer beach, and many of them were twice as large as those first obtained. Although careful search was made along the beach for several miles, - not a specimen of the adult or half-grown crab could be found; every individual there had evidently landed and developed during the season. Probably all those living the year before had perished during the win- ter, and itis possible that this species never survives long enough to attain its full growth, so far north. A small megalops, taken in the towing-nets in considerable numbers at Wood’s Hole on the evening of September 3, resembles in several characters the megalops of Ocypoda, and is probably the young of one of the species of Gelasimus. The carapax is 1.0™ long and 0.7 broad. The front is narrowly triangular, deflexed perpendicularly, somewhat excavated between the eyes, and terminates in a long, slen- der, and acute tip. The sides are high and impressed for the reception of the three anterior ambulatory legs as in the megalops of Ocypoda, although in the alcoholic specimens examined the legs are not closed against the sides. The posterior ambulatory legs are small, and lodged in grooveson the surface of the carapax, much as in the megalops of Ocypoda. The external maxillipeds are very much like those of the megalops of Ocypoda. A peculiar megalops, belonging apparently to some Grapsoid group of crabs, was several times taken in the towing-net in Vineyard Sound from August 5 to September 3, on the latter date in the evening. In these the carapax is 1.2 to 1.3™" in length and 0.9 to 1.0™™ in breadth. The front is broad, concave above between the eyes; the middle portion projects obliquely downward and terminates in a short, obtuse rostrum; while the lateral angles project forward into a promi- nent tooth above each eye, so that, when seen from above, the frontal margin appears transverse and tridentate, the teeth being separated by considerable spaces. There are no dorsal spines or tubercles upon the carapax. The sides are high, and are apparently impressed for the reception of the anterior ambulatory legs. The posterior ambulatory td 536 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. legs are subequal with the others and have styliform dactyli. The ischial and meral segments of the external maxillipeds are short and broad. Another megalops, of which several specimens were taken in the towing-net, in Vineyard Sound, August 5, has a remarkable, elongated and tuberculated carapax. The carapax, including the rostrum, is 13°" long and 0.84"™" broad, is armed above with several large tubercles, and the posterior margin is arcuate and armed with a median tubercular prominence.- The front is somewhat excavated above and expanded each side in front of the eyes, the anterior margin being trans- verse, aS seen from above, with a short and spiniform rostrum curved obliquely downward. The chelipeds have slender hands and the am- bulatory legs are Jong and slender, the posterior pair being subequal with the others, and all having the dactyli styliform. The abdominal legs are very long. Several other forms of zoéa and megalops were taken in Vineyard Sound and vicinity, but, as they were not traced to the adult forms and were none of them very abundant, they are not here described. Squilla empusa passes through a remarkable metamorphosis, but none of the earliest stages were observed. Specimens in one, of the later larval stages (Plate VIII, fig. 36) were taken at the surface in Vine- yard Sound, August 11. These are nearly 6™ long. The carapax is proportionally much larger than in the adult, covering completely the whole cephalothorax, has a long slender rostrum projecting far in front of the eyes, and the lateral angles projecting backward in two slender _ processes as long as the rostrum. There is also on each side, just behind the eye, a small tooth on the margin of the carapax, and another similar one on the posterior margin just beneath each of the posterior processes. The eyes are very large and almost spherical. The antennule are short, projecting scarcely beyond the eyes, and biramous, one of the flagella being short and unsegmented, the other longer and composed of three segments. The antenne are still without flagella, and the scale is quite small. The first pair of legs (the appendages corresponding to the first pair of maxillipeds in the Macroura, &c.) are well developed, long, and slender, like those of the adult. The great claws are propor- tionally larger than in the adult, and have very much the same structure. Of the six succeeding pairs of cephalothoracic legs, only the three ante- rior, subcheliform ones are as yet developed, and these are quite small, those of the third pair being smaller than the others, and projecting but Slightly beyond the carapax; the three posterior, styliform legs are en- tirely wanting, or represented only by slight sack-like protuberances. The abdomen is not quite as long as the cephalothorax, including the ros- trum and posterior processes, and the five anterior segments are subequal in length, smoothly rounded above, and furnished with well developed swimming-legs, much like those of many macrouranas. The sixth seg- ment is much shorter than the others, and has rudimentary appendages INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 537 scarcely longer than the segment itself. In these appendages the spini- form process from the base is long and simple, not biramous, as in the adult, and the lamellz are small, much shorter than this process, and the outer one has no articulated terminal portion. The terminal seg- ment is as long as the four preceding segments, about as broad as long, the lateral margins slightly convex in outline, and each armed with two sharp teeth, while the posterior margin is concave in outline, with the lateral angles projecting into sharp teeth, between which the edge is armed with about twenty small and equal slender spines. D.—CATALOGUE OF THE MARINE INVETEBRATE ANIMALS OF THE SOUTHERN COAST OF NEW ENGLAND, AND AD- JACENT WATERS.—BY A. E. VERRILL, 8. I. SMITH, AND OSCAR HARGER. * In the following catalogue nearly all the marine invertebrates which are known to inhabit the coast between Cape Cod and New York are in- cluded, except those belonging to certain groups which have not yet been studied by any one, sufficiently for their identification. Such are chiefly minute or microscopic species, belonging to the Entomostraca, Foraminifera, Ciliated Infusoria, &c., together with the intestinal worms of fishes and other animals. Our sponges, also, have hitherto received very little attention, and it has not yet been possible to identify but a small number of the species. It is not to be supposed, however, that the list is complete in any group, for every season in the past has served to greatly increase the number of species in almost every class and order, and this will doubtless be the case for many years to come. But as no attempt has hitherto been made to enumerate the marine ani mals of this region, excepting the shells and radiates, it is hoped that this catalogue will prove useful, both to show what is already known concerning this fauna, and to serve as a basis for future work in the Same direction. In some instances species that have not actually been found on the part of the coast mentioned, but which occur on the shores of Long Island and New Jersey, under such circumstances as to render it pretty certain that they will also be found farther north, have been included in the catalogue, but the special localities have always been given in such cases. In order not to make the list too long, only those synonyms are given which are really necessary to make apparent the origin of the names, and to refer the student to some of the best descriptions and figures in the works that are generally most accessible, and in which more com- plete synonymy may be found. For the same reason, in describing the new species, the descriptions have been made as brief as seemed consistent with the purpose in view, viz: to enable students and others who may not be experienced natu- ‘ ‘ t 538 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. ralists to identify the species that they may meet with. To this end, the portions of the descriptions relating to strictly microscopic parts have frequently been omitted, when more obvious characters, sufficient to distinguish the species, pould be found. References to the plates at the end of this volume have been inserted, and also to the pages in the first part of the report where brief feat tions, remarks on the habits, or other information may be found. The catalogue of the Crustacea was prepared by Mr. 8S. I. Smith and Mr. Oscar Harger. The rest of the catalogue is by Professor A. E. Ver- rill, with the exception of the descriptions of the insects, which have been furnished by Dr. A. S. Packard and Dr. G. H. Horn; the Pyeno- gonids, which have been determined by Mr. S. I. Smith; and a few of the Bryozoa, which were identified by Professor A. Hyatt, who also furnished most of the figures of the species belonging to that class. Hitherto there has been no attempt to enumerate the marine inverte- brates of the entire southern coast of New England. Several partial lists.have been published, however, and these have been of considera- ble use in the preparation of the following catalogue. In the Report on the Invertebrata of Massachusetts, by Dr. A. A. Gould, 1841, numerous localities for shells on the southern coast of Massachusetts are mentioned. A catalogue of the shells of Connecticut, by James H. Linsley, was ~ published in the American Journal of Science, vol. 48,1545. In “ Shells of New England,” 1851, Dr. William Stimpson gave much accurate in- formation concerning the distribution of our Mollusea. In 1869 Dr. G. H. Perkins published a very useful catalogue, in the Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, vol. xiii, p. 109, entitled “‘ Mol- luscan Fauna of New Haven.” The “ Report on the Mollusca of Long Island, New York, and of its Dependencies,” by Sanderson Smith and Temple Prime, in the Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History, vol. ix, p. 377, 1870, also contains much useful information. A paper by Dr. Joseph Leidy, entitled ‘Contributions toward a Knowledge of the Marine Invertebrate Fauna of the Coasts of Rhode Island and New Jersey,” in the Journal of the Philadelphia Academy, vol. iil, 1855, although very incomplete, contains the only published lists of the Annelids and Crustacea of this region. In his ‘Catalogue of North American Acalephe,” 1865, Mr. A. Agassiz has enumerated all the species discovered on this coast up to that time. Other papers will also be referred to in the synonymy. INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 539 _ ARTEICULATA. INSECTA. The insects included in the following catalogue have mostly been de- termined by A. 8S. Packard, jr., M. D., and by George H. Horn, M. D., who have also kindly furnished descriptions of the new species. Our thanks are also due to Dr. H. A. Hagen, who has identified some of the species. The Pycnogonids have been determined by Mr. S. I. Smith. DIPTERA. CHIRONOMUS HALOPHILUS Packard, sp. nov. (p 415.) Full-grown larve were dredged in 10 fathoms in Vineyard Sound, several miles from land, among compound Ascidians, (A. EH. V.;) and several young larve were dredged in 8 to 10 fathoms in Wood’s Hole Passage, September 10, (A. 8. P.) “This is a true Chironomus, the body being long and slender, with the usual respiratory filaments at the end of the body. Head red as usual, chitinous; antenne slender, ending in two unequal spines; eyes black, forming conspicuous dots; mandibles acute, three-toothed. From lower side of antepenultimate segment arise two pairs of long fieshy filaments, twice-as long as the diameter of body, not containing trachez, so far as I can see; and from the end of penultimate segment a dorsal minute tubercle, forming-a cylindrical papilla, giving rise to eight respiratory hairs about as long as the segment is thick; anal legs long and slender, with a crown of about twelve spines. Two prothoracic feet, as usual. In one larva the semi-pupa was forming; length, 11™, (.45 inch.) This species belongs in the same section of the genus with Chirono- mus plumosus, figured by Reaumer, (vol. iv, Pl. 14, figs. 11 and 12; and vol. v.)”"—A. 8. P. CHIRONOMUS OCEANICUS Packard. (p. 331.) Proceedings of the Essex Institute, vol. vi, p. 42, figs. 1-4, 1869. Specimens apparently belonging to this species have been obtained near New Haven, atlow-water mark, among conferve. It occurs at Sa- lem, Massachusetts; Casco Bay; and the Bay of Fundy, from low-water mark tu 20 fathoms. CULEX, species undetermined. (p. 466.) ° A species of mosquito is excessively abundant on the salt-marshes in autumn, and the larve inhabit the brackish waters of the ditches and pools. 540 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. Muscip.#.—Larve of an undetermined fly. (p. 415.) This larva was found living beneath the surface of the sand, at low- water mark, on the shore of Great Egg Harbor, at Beesley’s Point, New Jersey, April 28,1871. (A. EE. V.) The same larva, or an allied spe- cies, was found May 5, under stones below high-water mark. “Specimens were brought tome from New Jersey, and kept living in sea-water for some time. The following description is from the living specimens: Body white, long, slender, cylindrical, tapering gradually from the penul- penultimate segment toward the head; thirteen segments, counting the head as one. Segments smooth, thickened at the hinder edge, the su- tures being distinct; tegument very thin and transparent, allowing the viscera to be easily distinguished. The terminal segment of the body is conical; seen from beneath it is nearly a fourth longer than broad, the end subacute and deeply cleft by a furrow which diminishes in size and * depth to beyond the middle of the segment, where it fades out. This conical extension is flattened vertically above; from the middle of the same ring project the supra-anal, conical, fleshy tubercles, one-fourth the length of the entire ring, which give rise to two main trachee running to the head, and which separate and close together at the will of the animal. When extended the prothoracic ring is considerably longer _than the others. Head one-third as large as prothorax, and a little more than half as wide. Length, 9™™. I cannot detect any spiracles on either of the thoracic rings. The trachee are not nearly so regular as in the larve of the Anthomyia ce- _parum, with living specimens of which I placed it side by side; head much the same, showing it may be of this family. Minute antenne present; no traces of them in Anthomyia, and their presence throws a doubt whether it be a muscid.”—A. S. P. / ERISTALIS, Species undetermined. One large-sized larva was found in Vineyard Sound among alge in April, by Mr. Vinal N. Edwards. EPHYDRA, species undetermined. (p. 466.) Packard, Proceedings Essex Institute, vol. vi, p. 50. Shores of Narragansett Bay, puparium found under sea-weeds by Dr. T. @Orexmieul. According to Dr. Packard, “ scarcely distinguish- able from EH. halophila Packard, which lives in salt brine at the salt- works in Gallatin County, Illinois.” COLEOPTERA.* A number of species of tiger-beetles (Cicindela) are common on the sandy shores and beaches just above high-water mark, and some of them are seldom found away-from the sea-shore, while others are also found far inland. The larvee of some of these, and perhaps of all, live below high water, but this has not yet been observed in the case of several * The Coleoptera were mostly determined by Dr. George H. Horn, INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 541 in the following list, which includes those most characteristic of the sea- shores. CICINDELA GENEROSA Dejean.. (p. 336.) Spécies Général des Coléoptéres, vol. v, p. 231, (teste Lec.;) Gould. Boston Journal Nat. Hist., vol. i, p. 42. Pl. 3, fig. 2. Adult common on sandy beaches at high-water mark; larve burrow- ing in sand below high-water mark, in company with the species of Talorchestia. CICINDELA DORSALIS Say. (p. 364.) | Journal Academy Nat. Sciences of Philadelphia, vol.i, p.20; Gould, op. cit., p. 47. Martha’s Vineyard, on the sandy beaches. CICINDELA MARGINATA Fabricius. (p. 470.) Systema Eleutheratorum, vol.i, p. 241; Gould, op. cit., p. 48. Barren spots in salt marshes that. are occasionally covered by the tides. CICINDELA REPANDA Dejean. (p. 364.) Spécies Gén. des Coléoptéres, vol. i, p. 74. With the last, and on sandy beaches at Martha’s Vineyard, &e. CICINDELA HIRTICUOLLIS Say. (p. 364.) Trans. Amer. Phil. Society, new series, vol.i, p. 411, Pl. 13, fig. 2. With last, also at a distance from the coast. CICINDELA DUODECIMGUTTATA Dejean. Spéc. Gén. des Coléop., vol. i, p. 73; Gould, op. cit., p. 51. Sandy beaches near the salt water; appears both in spring and au- tumn. | GEOPINUS INCRASSATUS (Dej.) (p. 364.) Spécies Gén. des Coléoperes, vol. iv, p. 21. Several specimens were found on the outer beach of Great Egg Har- bor, New Jersey, burrowing in sand between tides. This species is not confined to the coast, but occurs even west of the Mississippi in sandy places, (Horn.) BEMBIDIUM CONSTRICTUM Leconte. (p. 464.) Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist., N. Y., vol. iv, p. 36%. Between tides at Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey. B. CONTRACTUM Say. (p. 464.) Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., vol. ii, p. 85. Between tides at Great Egg Harbor. This and the preceding occur also along the margins of streams emptying into the ocean. (Horn.) HYDROPHILUS (TROPISTERNUS) QUADRISTRIATUS Horn. (p. 466.) Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 1871, p.331. In brackish pools, near Beesley’s Point, New Jersey, associated with Palemonetes vulgaris and other brackish-water species. \ 642 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. *¢ Hlongate oval, more attenuate in front, black, with slight olivaceous — tinge; surface densely, finely, and equally punctured. Head with a sigmoid row of coarse punctures on each side, meeting at the vertex. Antenne and palpi testaceous. Thorax with a small fovea on each side, near the anterior margin, behind and within the eyes, and an angulate row of punctures on each side near the middle, and a few coarse punc- tures very irregularly disposed. Elytra with four striz of moderate punctures, the first two sutural and extending nearly from base to apex, inclosing at base a short scutellar row ; the outer two rows subhumeral, obliterated at base, extending nearly to apex, and becoming confused, . extending toward the inner rows. Body beneath black, opaque, and pubescent, abdomen with.a row of brownish patches at the sides of each segment. Legs pale testaceous, femora at base and tarsi black. Length, .38 inch; (9.5™™.) Resembles lateralis in form, but more narrowed in front than behind. The elytra are evenly punctured, and the body along the median line moderately convex. It differs from all our species by the four distinct strize of punctures on each elytron. The outer two correspond in posi- tion with the eighth and ninth, and traces of a third, fourth, and fifth are visible at base.”—Horn. PHILHYDRUS REFLEXIPENNIS Zimmermann. Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 1869, p. 250. Great Egg Harbor, between tides. This and the next occur also inland. (Horn.) P. PERPLEXUS, Leconte. Proc. Philad. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1855, p. 371. Great Egg Harbor, between tides. PHYTOSUS LITTORALIS Horn. (p. 464.) Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 1871, p. 331. ‘¢Head brownish testaceous, moderately shining, sparsely clothed with yellowish hairs, front feebly concave; parts of mouth and antenne tes- taceous, the latter darker at tip. Thorax paler than the head, as broad as long, disk depressed, sides strongly rounded in front, behind the middle sinuate; base truncate, feebly emarginate at middle, and but slightly broader than half the width of thorax at middle; surface sparsely punctured and pubescent. Elytra pale testaceous, sparsely punctured and pubescent, short, sides strongly divergent behind ; body apterous. Abdomen elongate oval, broader behind the middle, piceous, shining, and very sparsely pubescent. Legs pale testaceous. Last segment of abdomen ¢ slightly prolonged at middle and sinuate on each — side. Length, .08 inch, (2™.) The male resembles in its several characters P. Balticus Kraatz, of Europe, but the median prolongation of the last abdominal segment is broader. The penultimate segment is subearinate along the median line behind. The mandibles in the present species are much more exsert than in the species from California. INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 543 This is an interesting addition to our insect fauna. Its occurrence _ has been looked for on the ground of the occurrence of a species on the Pacific Coast, for, as a rule, (rapidly losing its exceptions,) any genus represented in Europe and on the Pacific Coast will have a representa- tion in the Atlantic faunal region.”—Horn. This species was found burrowing in sand, between tides, at Beesley’s Point, New Jersey. BLEDIUS CORDATUS (Say.) | (p. 462.) Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., vol. iv, p. 461. This small species occurred in considerable abundance near Beesley’s Point. It forms its small burrows in the loose sand at and just below high-water mark, in company with Talorchestia longicornis. Se yphacelle arenicola SmMiruH, &c. It throws up a small heap of sand around the opening of its burrows, which are much smaller than those of the following species. ‘* This species is somewhat variablein the form of the elytral dark spot. The elytra are pale testaceous or nearly white in color, and nor- mally with a cordate space of brownish color, and with the apex in front. This spot may become a narrow median fusiform space, or be divided so that the suture is pale; the spot frequently becomes larger by the apex of the cordate spot, extending to the seutellum and along the basal margin.”—Horn. BLEDIUS PALLIPENNIS (Say.) (p. 462.) Journal Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., vol. iii, p. 155. Shores of Great Egg Harbor, near Beesley’s Pan common, burrow- ing perpendicularly in moist sand considerably below high-water mark. The holes are round, with a small heap of sand around the orifice. This species is also found far inland. (Horn.) HETEROCERUS UNDATUS Melsheimer. (p. 464.) Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., vol. 11, p. 98. Beesley’s Point, burrowing in sand, between tides. This species occurs also on the margins of inland streams. (Horn.) PHALERIA TESTACEA Say. Long’s Expedition, vol. ii, p. 280. Somer’s Point, on the shore of Great Egg Harbor, between tides. NEUROPTERA. MOLANNA, species undetermined. (p. 379.) This larva was found in a firm, straight, flattened, tapering tube, made of grains of sand, and attached to the piles of a wharf, below high-water mark, at Menemsha Bight, on Martha’s Vineyard, October, 1871, by Dr. Edward Palmer. ‘ 7 ; \ 544 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.” ~ ANURIDA MARITIMA (Guerin.) (p. 331.) This Podurid is very abundant on the under surfaces of large stones from high-water mark to about half tide, New Haven, Wood’s Hole, Nantucket; also on the coasts of Europe and Greenland. (Fabricius.) ARACHNIDA. CHERNES OBLONGUS Say. (p. 331.) Hagen, Record of American Entomology for 1868, p. 51. Under stones near low-water mark, at Wood's Hole, (S. I. S.,) several specimens were found together. This species is recorded from Florida and Georgia. Iam not aware that it has been observed below high- water mark before. These specimens were identified by Dr. Hagen. TROMBIDIUM, species. (p. 331.) Several species of mites belonging to this or allied genera are found beneath stones near high-water mark, or even running over the fuci and rocks near low-water mark, but itis uncertain whether they become submerged by the rising tide or rise on its surface. BDELLA MARINA Packard, sp. noy. (p. 331.) Savin Rock, near New Haven, under stones between tides. ‘“‘ Hlongated pyriform, of the usual form of the genus, the body being thickest at the insertion of the third pair of legs. Body with a few scat- tered hairs, especially toward the end. Palpi twice as long as labium, hairy toward the tip, four-jointed, basal joint not so long as second, third, and fourth conjointly; second a third shorter than third. Mandi- bles very acutely conical, projecting one-fourth their length beyond the beak, with about four hairs on the outer side; tips very slender acute, corneous. Legs rather hairy; fourth pair but little longer than the others. Claws consisting of two portions, the basal much compressed, subovate, with about six hairs on the under edge, and carrying a stout curved claw. Beak half as long as the body is wide. Length 2.5™™, “Tt differs from Say’s Bdella oblonga (‘from Georgia, under bark of trees,’ &c.) in its pyriform shape, the shorter first joint of the palpi, and much shorter beak.”—A. S. P. PYCNOGONIDEA. PHOXICHILIDIUM MAXILLARE Stimpson. Plate VII, fig. 35. (p. 415.) Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 37, 1853. Common in Vineyard Sound and the Bay of Fundy. PALLENE, species. (p. 421.) A small species, perhaps young, found upon piles of the wharf at Wood’s Hole, and dredged in Vineyard Sound, in 14 fathoms, off Tar- paulin Cove on Ascidians, and off Holmes’s Hole on Hydroids ; also off Watch Hill, Rhode Island, and New Haven. f INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 545 CRUSTACEA. The following catalogue of the Crustacea has been prepared by Mr. S. i. Smith, excepting the portion relating to the Isopoda, which has been written by Mr. O. Harger.* The list is by no means complete, even for the higher groups which are treated, and no attempt has been made to enumerate the Ostracoids and free-swimming Copepods. Among the Amphipods, the difficult group of Lysianassinz has not been studied, as the species require careful comparison with those of our northern coast and of Hurope. The same is true of the species of Ampelisca, and partially of some other genera. In several cases species are omitted which are as yet only represented in our collections by imperfect, young, or too few specimens. The catalogue is intended, however, to include every Species which has been mentioned, on good authority, in any pub- lished work as inhabiting the southern coast of New England. BRACHYURA. GELASIMUS MINAX Leconte. (p. 467.) Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol. vii, 1855, p. 403; Smith, Trans, Conn. Acad., vol. ii, p. 128, Pl. 2, fig. 4, Pl. 4, fig. 1, 1870. Southern coast of New England to Florida. This species, the largest of our ‘‘fiddler-crabs,” lives upon salt marshes, usually farther from the sea than the others, and frequently where the water is most of the time’ nearly fresh. ' GELASIMUS PUGNAX Smith. (p. 466.) Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. ii, p. 131, Pl. 2, fig. 1, Pl. 4, fig. 2. G. vocans, var. a, De Kay, Nat. Hist. of New York, p. 14, Pl. 6, fig. 10, 1844, (not Cancer vocans Linné.) G. pugilator Leconte, loc. cit., p. 403, (not of Bosc.) From Cape Cod to Florida, the Gulf of Mexico, and the West Indies. it makes its burrows only upon salt marshes, but is often seen in great companies wandering out upon muddy or sandy flats. or even upon the beaches of the bays and sounds. / GELASIMUS PUGILATOR Latreille. (p. 336.) Nouveau Dictionnaire d’Hist. nat., 2é édit., tome xii, p. 520, 1817; Smith, Trans. “Conn. Acad., vol. ii, p. 136, Pl. 4, fig.7, 1870. Ocypode pugilator Bosc, Hist. nat. des Crust., tome i, p. 167, 1820. Gelasimus vocans DeKay, op. cit., p. 14, Pl. 6, fig. 9. Cape Cod to Florida, upon muddy and sandy flats and beaches. OcYPODA ARENARIA Say. (pp. 337, 534.) Journal Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol. i, p. 69, 1817; Edwards, Hist. nat. des Crust., tome ii, p. 44, Pl. 19, figs. 13, 14. This species, which is common upon the sandy beaches from New Jer- sey southward, and which I have found upon!Fire Island Beach, Long * The description of Scyphacella arenicola and the reference of Idotea triloba to Epelys are taken from Mr. Smith’s unpublished manuscript, and his name, therefore, appears as authority in these cases. S. Mis. 61 30 - 546 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. - Island, will very likely be found rarely upon the beaches at Nantucket, and on the southern part of Cape Cod. It lives in deep burrows, above the reach of tides, upon sandy beaches. It is readily distinguished from the “fiddlers” by the nearly equal claws or hands, which are alike in both sexes, and by its color, which is almost exactly like the sand upon which it lives. It is carnivorous and very active, running with great rapidity when pursued. The synonymy of this species is in much confusion, and I have not attempted to rectify it here, although there are apparently several names which antedate that of Say. The Brazilian species, usually called rhombea appears to be identical with ours, and if it is really the rhombea of Fabricius, his name shouid undoubtedly be retained. SESARMA RETICULATA Say. (p. 467.) Journal Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol. i, pp. 73,76, Pl. 4, fig. 6, 1817 ; p. 442, 1818; Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. ii, p. 156. From Long Island Sound to Florida, usually upon salt marshes and associated with Gelasimus pugnax. PINNIXA CYLINDRICA Say. Plate I, fig. 1. (p. 367.) Journal Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol. i, p. 492, 1818. Vineyard Sound and Long Island Sound to South Carolina. PINNOTHERES OSTREUM Say. Plate I, fig. 2, male. (p. 367.) Loe. cit., p. 67, Pl. 4, fig. 5, 1817; DeKay, op. cit., p. 12, Pl. 7, fig. 16. Massachusetts to South Carolina. PINNOTHERES MACULATUS Nay. (p. 434.) Loe. cit. p. 450, 1818. It livesin Mytilus edulis on the New England coast, and is found from Cape Cod to South Carolina. CANCER IRRORATUS Say. (pp. 312, 530.) Loe. cit., p. 59, Pl. 4, fig. 2, 1817; Stimpson, Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p.50, 1859. Platycarcinus trroratus Edwards, Hist. nat. des Crust., tome i, p. 414, 1834; DeKay, op. cit., Pl. 2, fig. 2. Cancer Sayi Gould, Report on the Invertebrata of Massachusetts, 1st edit., p.323, 1841. Platycarcinus Sayi DeKay, op. cit.,p.7. Cancer borealis Packard, Memoirs Boston Nat. Hist. Soe., vol. i, p: 303, 1867. Labrador to South Carolina. CANCER BOREALIS Stimpson. (pp. 486, 493.) Loe. cit., p. 50, 1859. Cancer irroratus Gould, op. cit., p. 322. Nova Scotia to Vineyard Sound and No Man’s Land. It very likely occurs both north and south of these limits, as it seems to be rare or local, and is often, perhaps, confounded with the far more common C. irroratus, although it is a perfectly distinct species. INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 9547 PANOPEUS HERBST Edwards. (p. 472.) Op. cit., vol. i, 403, 1834; Smith, Proceedings Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. xii, p. 276, 1859. Long Island Sound to Brazil, but not common north of New Jersey. It is readily distinguished from the following species, by the tubercle on the subhepatic region, just below the first lobe of the antero-lateral border of the carapax; by the postorbital tooth being separated from the second tooth of the antero-lateral margin by a rounded sinus; and by the dactylus of the larger cheliped having a stout tooth near the base within. PANOPEUS DEPRESSUS Smith. Plate I, fig. 3. (p. 312.) Loc. cit., p. 283, 1859. From Cape Cod to Florida, and often carried with oysters much farther north. It is, perhaps, native in Massachusetts Bay. PANOPIUS SAYI Smith. (p. 312.) Loe. cit., p. 284, 1859. Associated with the last, and having the samerange. It is easily dis- tinguished from the last species by its narrower, more convex, and swollen carapax, and by the more projecting and arcuate front. The terminal segment of the abdomen of the male is also quite different in the two species; in P. Sayi itis broader than the preceding segment, about two-thirds as long as broad, the edges slightly concave, and the tip abruptly triangular, while in P. depressus it is narrower than the preceding segment, about three-fourths as long as broad, the edges con- vex, and the tip broadly rounded. PANOPEUS HARRISII Stimpson. (p. 313.) Loe. cit., p. 55, 1859. Pilumnus Harrisii Gould, op. cit., p. 326, 1841. Massachusetts Bay to Florida. CARCINUS GRANULATUS (Say, sp.) (p. 312.) Cancer granulatus Say, loc. cit., p. 61, 1817. Carcinus menas Gould, op. cit., p. 321; DeKay, op. cit., p. 8, Pl. 5, figs. 5, 6. (?) Carcinus menas Leach, Edwards, . &e. Cape Cod to New Jersey, and perhaps much farther south. Our species may, very likely, be the same as the Carcinus menas of Europe, but its not extending north on our own coast throws some doubt upon this until there has been a careful comparison of specimens from the two sides of the Atlantic. PLATYONICHUS OCELLATUS Latreille. Plate I, fig. 4. (pp. 338, 533.) Encyclopédie méthodique, tome xvi, p. 152; DeKay, op. cit., p. 9, Pl. 1, fig. 1, Pl. 5, fig. 7. Cancer ocellatus Herbst, Krabben und Krebse, Band iii, erstes Heft, p. 61, Pl. 49, fig. 4, 1799. Portunus pictus Say, loc. cit., p. 62, Pl. 4, fig. 4, 1817. Cape Cod to Florida. | 548 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. CALLINECTES HASTATUS Ordway. (pp. 367, 468.) Boston Journal Nat. Hist., vol. vii, p. 568, 1863. Lupa hastata Say, loc. cit., p, 65, 1817. Lupa diacantha DeKay, op. cit., p. 10, Pl. 3, fig. 3. Cape Cod to Florida, and occasionally in Massachusetts Bay. LIBINIA CANALICULATA Say. (p. 368.) Loe: cit., p. “7p Pl 4, fis. 1, 1817; DeKay, op. cit. p. 2, Pl. 4) ne. 4; Streets, Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1870, p. 105, 1871. Found as far north as Casco Bay, on the coast of Maine, and common from Massachusetts Bay southward, at least as far as Florida. LIBINIA DUBIA Edwards. (p. 368.) Op. cit., tome i, p. 300, Pl. 14 bis, fig. 2, 1834; Streets, loc. cit., pf 104. Cape Cod to Florida. PELIA MUTICA Stimpson. (p. 415) Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 177, 1860. Pisa mutica Gibbes, Proceedings Amer. Association Ady. Sci., 3d meeting, p. 171, 1850. Vineyard Sound to Florida. HYAS COARCTATUS Leach. (p. 504.) Trans. Linn. Soc., London, vol. xi, p. 329, 1815. Régne animal de Cuvier, 3™¢ édit., Pl. 32, fig. 3. Lissa fissirostra Say, loc. cit., p. 79, 1817. Leidy mentions this species as having been found on the coast of New Jersey, and Say mentions it from the coast of Long Island, but it seems to be rare south of Cape Cod. It lives in deep water from Cape Cod northward, and on the European coast, and is frequently found in the stomachs of the cod-fish. | HETEROCRYPTA GRANULATA Stimpson. (p. d£5.) Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York, vol. x, p. 102, 1871. Cryptopodia granulata Gibbes, loc. cit., p. 173; and Proceedings Elliott Soc., Charleston, vol. i, p. 35, wood cut. This species, dredged several times in Vineyard Sound, was before known only from North Carolina to Florida and the West Indies. ANOMOURA. HIPpA TALPOIDA Say. Plate Il, fig. 5. (pp. 338, 530.) Loe. cit., p. 160, 1817. Cape Cod to Florida. KUPAGURUS POLLICARS Stimpson. (p. 313.) Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York, vol. vii, p. 92,1859. Pagurus pollicaris Say, loc. cit., p. 162, 1817; Gould, op. cit., p. 329; DeKavy, op. cit., p. 19, Pl. 8, fig. 21. Massachusetts to Florida. EUPAGURUS BERNHARDUS Stimpson. (p. 501.) Loc. cit., p. 89,1859. Pagurus Bernhardus (Linné sp.,) Fabricius, Entomologia systematica, vol. ii, p. 469, 1793; Gould, op. cit., p. 329; DeKay, op. cit., p. 20. INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 549 Vineyard Sound, &c., in deep water, more abundant north of Cape Cod, and extending to Northern Europe on one side, and to Puget Sound on the other. EUPAGURUS PUBESCENS Stimpson. Loe. cit., p. 89, 1859 ; and Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1858, p. 237, 1859. Pagurus pubescens Kroyer, Naturh. Tidsskrift, Bind ii, p. 251, 1838. This species has been taken in deep water off the coast of New Jer- sey, and will, doubtless, be found off Long Island and Vineyard Sounds. It extends northward to Greenland and Northern Europe. EUPAGURUS LONGICARPUS Stimpson. (p. 339.) Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1858, p. 237, 1859. Pagurus longicar- pus er, loc. cit., p. 163, 1817; Gould, ge cit., p. 330; wen op. cit., p. 20, PI. 8, fig. 22. Massachusetts Bay to South Carolina. MACROURA. GEBIA AFFINIS Say. Plate U1, fig. 7. (pp. 367, 530.) Poe: crt. p. 195, 1817." . Long Island Sound to South Carolina. CALLIANASSA STIMPSONI Smith, sp. nov. Plate Ul, fig. 8. (p. 369.) Carapax smooth and shining. Greater cheliped (fig. 8) about three times as long as the carapax; carpus and hand convex on both sides ; carpus sometimes considerably longer, sometimes not at all longer than broad; both fingers of the same length, and about as long as the basal portion of the dactylus; the prehensile edge of the dactylus without a strong tooth or tubercle at base. Smaller cheliped about half as long as the greater; carpus and hand about equal in length; fingers equal, slender, as long as the basal portion of the propodus. Abdomen smooth and shining above, gradually increasing in breadth to the fifth segment ; second segment longest, much longer than broad; third and fifth equal in length; fourth shorter, and sixth a little longer than third or fifth; telson much broader than long, shorter than the fourth segment. Length of a large specimen, 61™™; length of carapax, 15; length of larger cheliped, 44. In the character of the chelipeds this species seems to be closely allied to C. longimana Stimpson, from Puget Sound. Our species ranges from the coast of the Southern States north to Long Island Sound. HOMARUS AMERICANUS Edwards. (pp. 395, 492, 522.) Hist. nat. des. Crust., tome ii, p. 334, 1837. 4stacus marinus Say, loc. cit. , p. 165, 1817, (not of Fabien ) New Jersey to Labrador. 550 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. ‘ CRANGON VULGARIS Fabricius. Plate III, fig. 10. (pp. 339, 529.) Supplementum Entomologiz system., p. 410, 1798. Crangon septemspinosus fon loc. cit., p. 246, 1818. North Carolina to Labrador and Europe. In depth it extends from low water to 60 or 70 fathoms, and probably much deeper. _ HIPPOLYTE PUSIOLA Kroyer. (p. 395.) Monografisk Fremstlling Hippol., p. 319, Pl. 3, figs. 69-73, 1842. Vineyard Sound and northward to Greenland and Europe. VIRBIUS ZOSTERICOLA Smith, sp. nov. Plate III, fig. 11. (p. 369.) Female: Short and stout. Rostrum about as long as the carapax, and reaching nearly, or quite, to the tip of the antennal scale; the upper edge nearly straight and unarmed, except by two, or rarely three, teeth at the base; under edge with three (sometimes two or four) teeth on the anterior half. Carapax smooth and armed with a stout (supra-orbital) Spine on each side at the base of the rostrum and above and a little behind the base of the ocular peduncle, a small (antennal) spine on the - anterior margin beneath the ocular peduncle, and a stout (hepatic) spine behind the base of the antenne. Inner flagellum of the antennula ex- tending very slightly beyond the tip of the antennal scale; outer flagel- lum considerably shorter. Abdomen geniculated at the third segment; the posterior margin of the third segment prominent above, but not acute. : The males differ from the females in being smaller, much more slen- der, and in having the rostrum narrower vertically. The color in life is very variable. Most frequently the entire animal is bright green, sometimes pale, or even translucent, tinged with green. Others were translucent, specked with reddish brown, and with a broad median band of dark brown extending the whole length of the body. Length of female, 20-26"™; male 15-20. \ It is at once distinguished from V. plewracanthus Stimpson, to which, in many characters, it is closely allied, by its very much longer rostrum. Among eel-grass about Vineyard Sound, and probably common at other points on the coast. Virbius pleuracanthus Stimpson, (Aunals Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York, vol. x, p. 127, 1871,) abundant upon the coast of New Jersey, will very likely be found farther north. In habit it is similar to the spe- cies just described. PANDALUS ANNULICORNIS Leach. Plate I, fig. 6. (p. 493.) Malacostraca Podophthalmata Britanniw, Pl. 40, 1815. Deep water in Vineyard Sound, off Newport, &c. North of Cape Cod it is common, and extends to Greenland and Eu- rope. In depth it extends down to 430 fathoms at least. PALAMONETES VULGARIS Stimpson. Plate II, fig. 9. (pp. 479, 529.) Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York, vol. x, p.129, 1871. Palewmon vulgaris Say, Journal Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol. i, p. 224, 1813. Massachusetts to South Carolina. INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 551 PENZUS BRASILIENSIS Latreille. Edwards, Hist. nat. des Crust., tome ii, p. 414; Gibbes, loc. cit., p. 198; Stimp- son, Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist., New York, vol. x, p. 132. According to Stimpson, this species has been found in the Croton River at Sing Sing, New York, by Professor Baird. It will therefore be very likely to occur in the rivers of Southern New England. It is com- mon on the coast of the Southern States, and extends to Brazil. SQUILLOIDEA. SQUILLA EMPUSA Say. (pp. 369, 536.) Loc. cit., p. 250, 1818; Dekay, op. cit., p. 52, Pl. 13, fig. 54; Gibbes, Proceedings Amer. Assoc., 3d meeting, p. 199. Florida to Cape Cod. The young of this species is figured on Plate VIII, fig. 36. MYSIDEA. MYSIS STENOLEPIS Smith, sp. nov. Plate III, fig. 12. (p. 370.) Male: Anterior margin of the carapax produced into a very short, broad, and obtusely rounded rostrum, and each side at the inferior angle into a prominent, acutely triangular tooth, between which and the base of the ocular peduncle there is a broad and deeply rounded sinus. Pe- duncle of the antennula about a third as long as the carapax along the dorsal line; the sexual appendage slender, tapering, nearly as long as the peduncle ; inner flagellum half aslong as the outer. Antennal scale rather longer than the carapax along the dorsal line, narrow, about ten times as long as broad, tapering to a slender and acute point, both edges ciliated and nearly straight; flagellum about as long as the rest of the animal. Abdomen somewhat geniculated between the first and second Segments ; sixth segment about twice as long as the fifth. Appendages of the fourth segment reaching nearly to the distal extremity of the sixth segment; inner ramus slender, slightly longer than the base; outer ramus naked, composed of six segments; the first, third, and fourth sub- equal in length, and together equaling about three-fourths of the entire length; the second, fifth, and sixth subequal; penultimate segment armed with a stout spine on the outside at the distal extremity, and the last Segment terminated by a similar spine. Inner lamella of the appen- dages of the sixth segment extending slightly beyond the telson, narrow and tapering to an obtuse tip; outer lamella narrow, linear, about seven times as long as broad, nearly a third longer than the inner, both edges ciliated and nearly straight, and the tip narrow and somewhat truncated. Telson considerably longer than the sixth segment, tapering slightly, the sides nearly straight, and each armed with about twenty-four spines; the extremity cleft by a deep sinus rounded at bottom, and its margins convex posteriorly and armed with very numerous slender spines. Length of a male from tip of rostrum to extremity of telson, 23.2™™; length of carapax along the dorsal line, 6.5; length of antennal scale, 6.7; length of telson, 3.8. Length of female, 30™™, 552 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. The females differ but little from the males except in the usual sexual characters. The figure, (Plate III, fig. 12,) made from. a small female specimen, does not properly represent the anterior margin of the cara- pax. ra In life the young-females are semi-translucent, a spot on each ocular pedunele, the peduncles and inner flagella of the antennule, the antennal scale, the telson and caudal lamellze more or less blackish from deposits of black pigment, while each segment of the abdomen is marked with a rudely stellate spot of black. ‘Large males of this species were found in the autumn among eel- grass, at New Haven, Connecticut, and the young abundantly in the same situation in May. Young females were collected in abundance during June and July, among the eel-grass in the shallow bays and coves about Vineyard Sound, while adult females, with the marsupial pouches filled with young, were collected, at Wood’s Hole, in abun- dance, April 1, by Mr. V. N. Edwards. MyYsIS AMERICANA. Smith, sp.nov. (p. 396.) Anterior margin distinctly rostrated, but only slightly projecting; evenly rounded, the inferior angle projecting into a sharp tooth. An- tennule, in the male, with the densely ciliated sexual appendage similar to that in MW. vulgaris of Hurope; the outer flagellum nearly as long as the body, the inner slightly shorter. Antennal scale about three-fourths as long as the carapax, about nine times as long as broad, tapering regularly from the base to avery long and acute tip; both margins ciliated. Appendages of the fourth segment of the abdomen in the male similar to those in I. vulgaris. The outer ramus is slender and naked, and its pair of terminal stylets are equal in length, slender, curved toward the tip, and the distal half armed with numerous short sete ; the ultimate segment of the ramus itself is little more than half as long as the stylets, the penultimate segment four or five times as long as the terminal. Inner lamella of the appendages of the sixth segment about as long as the telson, narrow, slightly broadened at the base, and taper- ing to a slender but obtuse point; outer lamella once and a half as long ag the inner, and eight times as long as broad, slightly tapering, the ex tremity subtruncate. Telson triangular, broadened at base, the lateral margins slightly convex posteriorly, and armed with stout spines alter- nating with intervals of several smaller ones; the tip very narrow, truncate, armed with a stout spine each side, and two small ones filling the space between their bases. Length 10 to 12. This species was found, in April, at Beesley’s Point, New Jersey, in pools, upon salt-marshes, and at the same locality the stomachs of the spotted flounder were found: filled with them. Professor D. ©. Eaton found it in great abundance among sea-weeds, &c., just below low-water mark, at New Haven, Connecticut, May 5, 1873. It was also taken in the dredge, in 4 to 6 fathoms, at New Haven, Connecticut, and in 25 | INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 9553 fathoms off Vineyard Sound, and has been found in the stomachs of the shad, mackerel, Wc. . HETEROMYSIS FORMOSA Smith, gen. et sp. nov. (p. 396.) -Body rather short and stout. Carapax broad behind and tapering anteriorly; the anterior margin produced into an obtusely triangular rostrum. Ocular peduncles short and thickened nearly to the base. Peduncle of the antennula stout, extending to the tip of the antennal scale; the terminal segment in the male wanting the usual elongated sexual process, but having in its place a very dense tuft of long hairs ; inner flagellum nearly as long as the carapax; outer flagellum stout at base and more than twice as long as the inner. Antennal scale about three and a half times as long as broad, not quite reaching to the ex- tremity of the peduncle of the antennula, ovate, obtuse at the tip, ex- ternal margin without a spine and ciliated like the inner; peduncle elongated, penultimate segment considerably longer than the ultimate; flagellum nearly as long as the entire body. Mandibles, maxille, first and second maxillipeds, as in Mysis. The first pair of legs (second pair of gnathopoda) differ remarkably from those in all the described genera of Myside. The whole leg is stouter than in the succeeding pairs, and the terminal portion, corresponding to the multiarticulate portion of the inner branch (endopodus) in Mysis, &c., consists of only three segments including the terminal claw; the first of these segments is stout, slightly shorter than the preceding (meral) segment, and armed with stout spines along the distal portion of the inner margin ; the second seg- ment is very short, not longer than broad, and closely articulated to the preceding segment so as to admit of very little motion; the ultimate article is a long, slightly curved claw, freely articulated to the preceding segment. In the five posterior pairs of legs the terminal portion of the inner branch is multiarticulate as in Mysis, in the first composed of five segments, besides a stout terminal claw like that in the preceding pair, and in the four remaining pairs of six segments and a slender terminal claw. The exopodal branches of all the legs are well developed. Abdomen a little more than twice as long as the carapax, the sixth segment a little longer than the fifth. The appendages of the first five segments alikein both sexes; short, rudimentary, and like the same appen- dages in the female Mysis. Inner lamella of the sixth segment projecting very slightly beyond the extremity of the telson, broad, ovate; outer lamella only a little longer than the inner, about two-sevenths as long as broad, inner margin quite convex, outer very slightly, tip rounded. Telson short, broad at base, and narrowed rapidly toward the extremity, the width at base about two-thirds the length, at the extremity only a third as wide as at base; the lateral margins each armed with twelve to fourteen spines, which increase in size distally, and a very long ter- minal spine; the posterior margins cleft by a sinus deeper eg broad, and armec with numerous small spines. 554° REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. In life the males are semitranslucent and nearly colorless, while in the females the antennule, the flagella of the antennez, the ocular pedun- cles, the thorax with the marsupial pouch, and the articulations of the caudal appendages are beautiful rose color. Length of a male, 6.0™"; carapax along the dorsal line, 1.8; antennal seale, 0.70; telson, 0.90. Length of a female, 8.5™™; carapax, 2.5; an- tennal scale, 0.88; telson, 1.16. ¥ The absence of the sexual appendages from the antennule of the male, the peculiar structure of the anterior legs, and the similarity of the. abdominal appendages in the two sexes, at once separate the genus Heteromysis from all known allied genera. ‘THYSANOPODA, species. (452.) A great number of small specimens were taken from the stomach of mackerel caught twenty miles off No Man’s Land, July 18, 1871. Several were also caught swimming at the surface in Vineyard Sound, April 30, 1873, by V. N. Edwards. A single specimen of a species apparently the same as this was taken at New Haven, Connecticut, May 5, 1873, by Professor D. C. Eaton. CUMACEA. DIASTYLIS QUADRISPINOSA, G. O. Sars. Plate III, fig. 13. (p. 507.) Ofversight af Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Fiérh., 1871, Stockholm, p. 72. Dredged in 23 fathoms of Martha’s Vineyard and in 29 fathoms of Buzzard’s Bay. It is also found in the Bay of Fundy. Sars’s specimens were dredged by the Josephine expedition in 18 fathoms off Skinnecock Bay, Long Island, and in 30 to 35 fathoms, latitude 39° of! north, lon- gitude 73° 15/ doa off the coast of New Jersey. Our specimens agree well with Sars’s description, except that the sec- ond segment of the inner ramus of the lateral caudal appendages has but three, or rarely four, spines upon the inner margin, while in Sars’s Specimens there were five. DIASTYLIS SCULPTA Sars. Loe. cit., p. 71. With the last species, in 18 fathoms, off Skinnecock Bay, according to Sars. DIASTYLIS ABBREVIATA Sars. Loe. cit., p. 74. Zare in 30 to 35 fathoms, off the coast of New Jersey, with the first species, (Sars.) EUDORELLA PUSILLA Sars. Loe. cit., p. 79. Not infrequent in 18 fathoms, off Skinnecock Bay, (Sars.) INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 555 EUDORELLA HISPIDA Sars. Loe. cit., p. 80. Rare in 30 to 35 fathoms, with the other species mentioned, off the coast of New Jersey, (Sars.) AMPHIPODA. ORCHESTIA AGILIS Smith, sp. nov. Plate IV, fig. 14. (p. 314.) Male: Antennula not quite reaching the distal extremity of the penultimate segment of the antenna; second and third segments of the peduncle about equal in length, and each slightly longer than the first ; flagellum about as long as the two last segments of the peduncle. Antenna less than half as long as the body; segments of the peduncle stout and swollen, the ultimate longer than the penultimate; flagellum stout, compressed vertically, much shorter than the peduncle, composed of twelve to fifteen segments. Propodus in the second pair of legs short and thickened laterally, the palmary margin with a small promi- nence on the outer edge of the posterior angle, behind which the tip of the dactylus closes, and along the inner edge, inside the dactylus, with a thin ridge, which is broken by a small notch near the posterior angle, so that the margin when viewed laterally shows a broad Jobe next the base of the dactylus and two small, rounded lobes next the posterior angle, the tip of the dactylus resting between the small lobes; dactylus slender, curved so as to fit closely the palmary margin, and furnished with very minute setz along the prehensile margin. Posterior thoracic legs slightly longer than the preceding; carpus in full-grown specimens short, much swollen, and thickened so as to be nearly cylindrical. Female: Carpus and hand in the second pair of legs unarmed; pro- podus short, slightly spatulate in outline, with a pair of minute sete at the base of the dactylus, which is very short, not reaching the extremity of the propodus. Length: male, 10-15"™™; female, 10-14. Bay of Fundy to New Jersey. ORCHESTIA PALUSTRIS Smith, sp. nov. (p. 468.) Male: Antennule reaching slightly beyond the distal extremity of the penultimate segment of the peduncle of the antenne. Antenne less than half as long as the body; peduncle slender; flagellum silen- der, longer than the peduncle, composed of eighteen to twenty-six seg- ments. Propodus in the second pair of legs nearly oval in outline, the palmary margin spinous, regularly curved to the posterior angle, which projects on the outer edge in a slight, rounded prominence, within which the tip of the dactylus closes ; dactylus slender, curved so as to nearly fit the palmary margin, and furnished with minute setze along the pre- hensile margin. Posterior thoracic legs slightly longer than the pre- ceding ; carpus and propodus both long and slender. The female differs from the male as in the last species. Length, male, 15-22; female, 12-18™™, Cape Cod to New Jersey, and very likely farther north and south. 906 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. TALORCHESTIA LONGICORNIS Smith. (p. 336.) | Talitrus longicornis Say, loc. cit., p, 384, 1818. Orchestia longicornis Edwards, His. nat. des. Crust., tome iii, p. 18, 1840; De Kay, op. cit., p. 36, Pl. 7, fig. 19. Cape Cod to New Jersey, and probably farther south. TALORCHESTIA MEGALOPHTHALMA Smith. (p. 336.) Orchestia megalophthalma Bate, Catalogue Amphip. Crust., British Museum, p. 22, 1862. Cape Cod to New Jersey, and probably farther south. Talitrus quadrifidus, De Kay, (op. cit., p. 36, Pl. 14, fig. 27,) may be based on the female of one of the preceding species, but it so is badly described and figured as to be indeterminable. HYALE LITTORALIS Smith. (p. 315.) Allorchestes littoralis Stimpson, Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 49., Pl. 3, fig. 36, 1853; Bate, Catalogue Amphip. Crust., British Museum, p. 48, Pl. 8, fig. 2, 1862 ; : This species was found at New Haven, Connecticut., by Professor Verrill, May 5, 1873, and is one of the inhabitants of rocky shores, piles of wharves, &c. I have found it at Provincetown, Massachusetts, and it is abundant in the Bay of Fundy. It is undoubtedly abundant on the whole New England coast, but its station upon the shore is so high up on the beach that it is likely to be overlooked. LYSIANASSA, Species. (p. 431.) A species of this genus, as restricted by Boeck, was several times dredged in Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay. Several other species of Lysianassinew were taken in Vineyard Sound and the neighboring region, but they have not yet been sufficiently studied to be enumerated. The species of this group are much less common and the individuals smaller on the coast of Southern New Eng- and than they are upon the coast of Maine and farther north. LEPIDACTYLIS DYTISCUS Say. (p. 339.) Loe. cit., p. 380, 1818. Georgia to Cape Cod. PHOXUS KROYERI Stimpson. (p. 501.) Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 58, 1853. Rare in Vineyard Sound and usually in deep water. Common in the Bay of Fundy. UROTHOE, species. (p. 452.) A. species with long, slender antenne and very large black eyes, and apparently belonging to this genus, was taken in great numbers at the surface at Wood’s Hole, on the evening of July 3, and on one or two other occasions. In life it was whitish, slightly tinged with orange- yellow. MONOCULODES, species. (p. 452.) A single specimen taken at the surface in Vineyard Sound, December 21, by Mr. V. N. Edwards. INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 557 LAPHYSTIUS STURIONIS Kroyer. (p. 457.) Nat. Tidsskrift, vol. iv, p. 157, 1842. Darwinia compressa Bate, Report Brit. Assoc., 1855, p. 58; Catalogue Amphip. Crust., Brit. Mus., p, 108, Pl. 17, fig. 7; Bate and Westwood, Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust. vol. i, p. 184, wood cut. A parasitic amphipod, apparently quite identical with this species of Europe, was found in the mouth of a goose-fish (Lophius Americanus) taken in Vineyard Sound. A species, apparently the same, was also taken from the back of a skate (Raia levis) in the Bay of Fundy the past summer. It is readily distinguished by its broad depressed form, and by having the third to fifth pairs of legs very stout and their distal segments forming powerful talon-like claws, while the first and second pairs are small and slender. CALLIOPIUS LZVIUSCULUS Loeck. (p. 3109.) Crust. Amphipoda borealia et arctica, p. 117, 1870. Amphithoé levinscula Kroyer Grénlands Amfipoder, p. 53, Pl. 3. fig. 13,1838. Calliope levinscula Bate, Cata- logue Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus., p.148, Pl. 28, fig. 2, 1862; Bate and Westwood, op. cit., vol. i, p. 156, wood cut. Vineyard Sound and northward to Greenland, Northern Europe, and Spitzbergen. PONTOGENEIA INERMIS Boeck. (p. 452.) Op. cit., p. 114, 1870. Amphithoé inermis and crenulata, Kroyer, Grénlands Am- fipoder, pp. 47, 50, Pl. 3, figs. 11, 12, 1838. Iphimedia vulgaris Stimpson, Marine’ Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 53, 1853. Atylus inermis, crenulatus, and vulgaris Bate, Catalogue Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus., pp. 138, 139, 142, Pl. 27, figs. 5,6, 1862. Atylus vulgaris Packard, Memoirs Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. i, p. 298, 1867. (Not Atylus (Paramphitoé) inermis Packard, loc. cit., p. 298, Pl. 8, fig.'3.) 2 é Taken at the surface in Vineyard Sound, in March, by Mr. V. N. Ed- wards. Itis abundant, in company with Calliopius leviusculus, about the Bay of Fundy in pools left by the tide, and ranges north to Labra- dor and Greenland. GAMMARUS ORNATUS Edwards. Plate IV, fig. 15. (p. 314.) Annales des Sci. nat., tome xx, 1830, p. 387, Pl. 10, figs. 1-10; Hist. nat. des Crust., tome iii, p. 47; Bate, op. cit., p. 212, Pl. 37, fig. 8. Gammarus locusta Gould, op. cit., p.334. Gammarus pulexr Stimpson, Marine Iuvert. Grand Manan, p- 55. ) New Jersey to Greenland. | GAMMARUS ANNULATUS Smith, sp. nov. (p. 314.) Anterior margin of the head produced each side beneath the anten- nulz into a truncated lobe, which extends farther forward than in G. ornatus ; eyes scarcely reniform, less elongated than in G. ornatus, and their lower margins not reaching, by considerable, the anterior border of the truncated lobe. Antenne longer than the antennule; the ulti- mate segment of the peduncle longer than the penultimate ; the flagel- lum much more slender, the segments more elongated and with fewer hairs, than in G. ornatus. Hands of the first pair of legs more elongated than in G. ornatus, and the palmary margins very oblique. Propodus in 558 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. the second pair very narrow and elongated, subcylindrical, slightly flattened on the inner side, the palmary margin longitudinal, and scarcely distinct from the posterior margin. Fourth segment of the abdomen with a median fascicle of two large and two small spines, but no lateral fascicles. Fifth and sixth segments with both median and lateral fascicles of spines. f Color in life grayish white, the posterior margins of the segments bordered with brown, giving the body an annulated appearance. Length, 12-18™™. New Haven, Connecticut, and Eastport, Maine, and doubtless abundant at other points on the coast. This species closely resembles the fresh-water G. fasciatus, but is distinguished from it by the proportions of the segments of the pedun- cles of the antenne, and by wanting the lateral fascicles of spines upon the fourth segment of the abdomen. } GAMMARUS NATATOR Smith, sp. nov. (p. 439.) Male: Eyes large, enlongated, but only slightly reniform. Anten- nula short and stout, about three-sevenths as long as the body; flagellum but little longer than the peduncle; secondary flagellum nearly half as long as the primary. Antenna considerably longer than the antennula; penultimate segment of the peduncle reaching to the extremity of the peduncle of the antennula; ultimate segment of the peduncle longer than the penultimate; flagellum about two-thirds as long as the pedun- cle. Both antennule and antenne are furnished with very long hairs, of which many on the antennule are plumose. First, second, and third epimera margined on the inferior edges with long cilia. First pair of legs more slender than the second; propodus oval, twice as long as broad, palmary margin continuous with the inferior, with a very narrow lamellar edge, a stout obtuse spine in the middle, and two smaller ones at the inferior angle; dactylus strongly curved. In the second pair the propodus is more than half as broad as long, and somewhat rectangular in outline, except that the palmary margin is slightly oblique; the pal- mary margin has a narrow lamellar edge, with a slight emargination in the middle, from which a stout obtuse spine arises, and at the inferior angle there are two or three smaller spines, as in the first pair. The inferior edges of the carpi and propodi of both pairs of legs are thickly clothed with long hairs. Natatory flegs reaching to the tips of the telson. Second and third segments of the abdomen with the sides produced backward, and the postero-inferior angle acute. Fourth segment with only a median fascicle of spines; fifth and sixth segments with median and lateral fascicles. Rami of the posterior caudal stylets lanceolate, five or six times as long as broad, the outer extending beyond the inner by the length of its terminal article, which is very slender, almost spiniform, the edges of both rami clothed with long plumose hairs. Hach division of the telson nearly three times as long as broad. , INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 559% In the female the hands of the first and second pairs of legs are smaller and slenderer, and the propodi somewhat oval and nearly alike in both pairs; otherwise the females do not differ from the males, except that the rami of the posterior caudal stylets are, perhaps, a very little shorter and broader in proportion. Length, 10-12". Vineyard Sound, in vast numbers at the surface of the water, usually among floating sea-weeds and eel-grass. Also from stomach of mackerel, May 20. GAMMARUS MARINUS Leach. (p. 486.) Trans. Linnean Soc., London, vol. xi, p. 359, 1815; Bate, Catalogue Amphip. Crust., Brit. Mus., p. 215, Pl. 38, ig. 4; Bate and Westwood, Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust., vol. i, p. 370, wood-cut. A species which I cannot distinguish, by the published figures and descriptions, from this common species of Europe, was not uncommon, associated with Amphithoé maculata, under stones at the Wepecket Islands, Gull Island, Cuttyhunk Island, and at other places on Vine- yard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay. It has also been found at Watch Hill, Rhode Island, and at New Haven, Connecticut, by Professor Verrill. It is at once distinguished from all the other species of our coast by its slender form, slender antennz, by having the sides of the second and third segments of the abdomen narrow and not produced or acute at the postero-inferior angle, and by having the outer rami of the posterior caudal stylets four or five times as long as the inner. GAMMARUS MUCRONATUS Say. (p. 479.) Loe. cit., p, 376, 1818; De Kay, op. cit., p.37. Gammaracanthus mucronatus Bate,. op. cit., p. 203. Readily distinguished from the other species of the coast by having the posterior margin of each of the anterior segments of the abdomen produced into a slender, spiniform, dorsal tooth. In life, it is translu- cent, tinged with green, or yellowish green, minutely specked with brown or black; these black or brown markings and the green color being fre- quently so arranged as to give the antenne and legs a banded appear- ance. Our species cannot be referred to Bate’s genus Gammaracanthus, for the dorsal margin is not distinctly carinated, and the third, fourth, and fifth segments of the abdomen are furnished with fascicles of spines. Usually in brackish water, North Carolina to Cape Cod, and, accord- ing to Say, from Florida also. MaRA LEVIS Smith, sp. nov. (p. 315.) Eyes nearly round; black in alcoholic specimens. Antennula two- thirds as long as the body; first and second segments of the peduncle equal in length, third about two-thirds as long as the second; flagellum about as long as the peduncle. Antenna about as long as the peduncle of the antennula; ultimate and penultimate segments equal in length, antepenultimate very short; flagellum much shorterthan the peduncle. Legs of the first pair small; carpus as broad as the propodus, but little 560 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. longer than broad, the posterior margin straight and furnished with fas- eicles of stout hairs; palmary margin nearly transverse, slightly arcuate, and armed with short sete; dactylus slender and fitting closely the pal- mary margin. Legs of the second pair larger; carpus short, as broad as the base of the propodus, the posterior angle thickly clothed with stout hairs; propodus in the male stout, broadest distally, the palmary margin expanded toward the inferior angle and excavated on the inner side to receive the long and strongly curved dactylus; in the female, elongated, slightly narrowed distally, the posterior margin continuous. and nearly parallel with the palmary, and furnished with fascicles of stout hairs. Fifth pair of legs but little longer than the third or fourth; sixth and seventh much longer than the fifth, subequal, stout, their meral and carpal segments considerably expanded, especially in the male. Ultimate caudal stylets projecting a little beyond the preceding pairs ; rami short, broad, and with spinous tips; the outer ramus slightly longer and broader than the inner, and its outer margin armed with a very few fascicles of spinules. Telson reaching to the bases of the rami of the posterior caudal stylets, nearly as broad as Jong, and cleft two-thirds of the way to the base. enemas, New Jersey, Long Island Sound, Vineyard Sound. MELITA NITIDA Smith, sp. nov. (p. 314.) _ Eyes small, round, black. Antennula about two-thirds as long as the body; first segment of the peduncle slightly shorter than the second, which is nearly twice as long as the last; flagellum longer than the pe- duncle. Antenna shorter than the antennula, but the peduncle consid- erably longer than the peduncle of the antennula, the penultimate seg- ment being scarcely shorter than the penultimate segment of the an- tennula, while the ultimate segment is subequai with it. First pair of legs with the carpus longer and broader than the propodus; propodus oblong, slightly curved; dactylus very small but stout, curved, and at- tached in a notch in the middle of the extremity of the propodus, not closing upon the extremity of the propodus but projecting inward- Second pair of legs stout; carpus short, triangular; propodus some. what oval, the palmary margin oblique, arcuate, continuous with the posterior margin, and armed with a series of minute spines and with numerous stiff hairs, the clothing of hairs continuing round upon the posterior margin to the carpus; dactylus curved, tip resting within the palmary margin. Third pair of legs slightly longer than the fourth. Three posterior pairs slender, the fifth somewhat shorter than the sixth and seventh, which are subequal, and have the anterior margins of the bases armed with small spines and the posterior margins minutely ser- rate. None of the dorsal margins of the segments of the abdomen ser- rate or emarginate, but the margin of the fifth segment armed with several slender spines on each side near the median line of the dorsum, Penultimate caudal stylets not quite reaching the tip of the preceding INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 561 pair. The ultimate pair very long and armed with fascicles of spines along the margins. Divisions of the telson slender, spinous at the tips. In life dark greenish slate-color, changing in alcohol to dark slate. Length, 7-9". New Jersey to Cape Cod. AMPELISCA. Plate lV, fig. 17. (pp. 431, 507.) The species of this genus found upon our coast have not yet been carefully studied. At least two species were taken in Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay. The genus is readily recognized, but the species are difficult to distinguish. BYBLIS SERRATA Smith, sp. nov. (p. 901.) Female: Dorsum rounded above, with no trace of a longitudinal carina upon the abdomen; third segment of the abdomen broadly rounded at the postero-lateral angle. Antennula about as long as the peduncle of the antenna; fourth segment of the peduncle of the antenna longer than the fifth. Inferior margins of the epimera of the first and second pairs of legs serrate, with slender and. acute teeth alternating with the marginal cilia; carpus in the first pair scarcely if any longer than the propodus; carpus in the second pair very much longer than the propodus. In the third and fourth pairs of legs the dactylus as longas the propodus. Basal segment in the seventh pair of legs expanding distally, the posterior margin nearly straight, the anterior and inferior margins evenly arcuated, and reaching as far as the distal end of the carpus; carpus about as long as the ischium and merus together, a little less than twice as long as broad, and armed with long spines upon the anterior and distal margins, but the posterior margin wholly unarmed; propodus almost as long as the carpus, and nearly four times as long as broad, anterior margin un- armed, the posterior armed upon the outside with two transverse rows of three or four spines, decreasing in size as they recede from the mar- gin, the distal end with a spine each side the slender dactylus. Rami of the first pair of caudal stylets equal, as long as the base; outer rami of the second pair shorter than the inner; rami of the posterior pair equal, longer than the bases, reaching to the tips of the rami of the first pair. Telson as long as the breadth at base, cleft rather more than half its length, the lateral margins arcuate, and rapidly converging toward the evenly rounded extremity. Alcoholic specimens are pale yellowish, the epimera, bases of the pos. terior legs, and the sides of the abdomen specked and mottled with numerous points of dark pigment crowded irregularly together. Length, 10-12". Deep water off Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay. PTILOCHEIRUS PINGUIS Stimpson. (p. 431.) 7 Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 56, 1853. Protomedia pingus Bate, Catalogue Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus., p. 170, Pl. 31, fig. 2, 1862. Common on the whole coast of New England upon muddy bottoms S. Mis. 61——36 562 °REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. and north to Labrador. In depth it extends down to 150 fathoms, and probably much farther. MICRODEUTOPUS MINAX Smith, sp. nov. (p. 479.) Antennula about two-thirds as long as the body; first ome of the peduncle stout, about as long as the head; second segment a little longer and ae more slender; third segment nearly half as long as the first; flagellum slender, about a third longer than the peduncle; second- ary flagellum very small, consisting usually of but one segment. An- tenna about two-thirds as long as the antennula; ultimate and penul- timate segments of the peduncle equal in length, and each fully twice as long as the antepenultimate; flagellum scarcely as long as the last seg- ment of the peduncle. Hands of the first pair of legs in the male greatly developed; carpus very large, scarcely longer than the breadth in the middle; superior margin strongly arcuate, the inferior angle produced into a stout process opposed to the propodus, and the inferior margin arcuate and armed distally with two teeth, a large and prominent one at the base of the terminal process, the other small, obtuse, or even obso- lete; propodus not more than half as long as the carpus, much longer than broad, the inferior margin with two broad obtuse teeth; dactylus stout, a little shorter than the propodus. Legs of the second pair with the basal segment broad and squamiform; carpus elongated ; propodus as long as the carpus and as broad as its distal portion, rectangular, about two and a half times as long as broad; dactylus short and hooked at the tip. In the female the hands of the first pair of legs are only moderately developed; carpus broad; propodus scarcely as broad as the carpus, rectangular, the palmary margin somewhat oblique, and the inferior margin armed with a spine at the obtusely rounded inferior angle. In the second pair the basal segment is not expanded but narrow} the carpus and propodus much as in the male, except that they are clothed with numerous long, plumose hairs. The bases of the first and second pairs of caudal stylets are armed with a long, slender, spiniform process, arising from the distal end just below the bases of the rami. The outer rami of the posterior stylets are a little longer than the inner. All the stylets extend to the same point. Length, about 4". Long Island Sound and Vineyard Sound. Another species of Microdeutopus was collected in Vineyard Sound, but it was not abundant. AUTONOE, species. (p. 415.) A species belonging apparently in this genus, as defined by Boeck, was common in Vineyard Sound, living in tubes in masses of a compound Ascidian (Amouroucium pellucidum Verrill) in 3 to 8 fathoms. It is 6 or 7 in length, and in life the antennule and antenne are obscurely banded and specked with pink; the body above, except upon the fifth geginent and the posterior part of the abdomen, is almost black, the INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 563 color extending down upon the epimera, while the legs and caudal ap- pendages are semi-translucent. The eyes are large and black. AMPHITHOE MACULATA Stimpson. Plate IV, fig. 16. (p. 315.) Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 53, 1853. Vineyard Sound to the Bay of Fundy and Labrador. AMPHITHOE VALIDA Smith, sp. nov. (p. 315.) Male: Eyes round, black in alcoholic specimens. Antennule and antenne subequal in length. Peduncle of the antennula extending searcely beyond the distal extremity of penultimate segment of the peduncle of the antenna; the second segment but little longer than the first; ultimate segment short and slender. Ultimate and penultimate segments of the peduncle of the antenna subequal in length. First pair of legs short, compressed ; carpus as broad as the propodus ; pro- podus broad, oval in outline, the posterior and palmary margins forming a continuous, nearly semicircular curve; dactylus fitting closely the pal- mary margin. Second pair of legs very large; carpus small; propodus oblong, broadest at the distal extremity, very large and thickened, the outer surface convex, the inner flattened, palmary margin transverse, with a broad, low, median tooth, and a rounded prominence at the in- ferior angle, within which the tip of the very stout and strongly curved dactylus closes. . The female differs in having the hands of the first pair of legs slightly more elongated, and those of the second pair smaller than in the male, and the palmary margin slightly oblique. Color in life, bright green. Length, 10-13™. New Jersey and Long Island Sound. AMPHITHOEK LONGIMANA Smith, sp. nov. (p. 370.) Male: Eyes round, and, in specimens preserved in alcohol, jifaers Antennula slender er as long as the body; second segment of the peduncle a little longer than the first; third segment about half as long as the second; flagellum about twice as long as the peduncle. An- tenna considerably stouter and slightly shorter than the antennula, the peduncle about twice as long as the flagellum; third segment of the ' peduncle a little more than half as long as the first segment of the pe- dunele of the antennula; fourth segment nearly three times as long as the third; fifth considerably longer than the fourth; flagellum a little longer, or sometimes only as long, as the fifth segment of the peduncle. Hands of the first and second pairs of legs stout and much elongated. Carpus in the first pair nearly as long as the first segment of the pedun- cle of the antennula, narrow; propodus much more than twice as long as broad, as wide and long as the carpus, of the same width throughout, slightly curved, and the very short palmary margin transverse; dacty- lus stout, very little curved, more than half as long as the propodus, and projecting far beyond its inferior edge; the posterior margins of 564 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. both propodus and carpus densely clothed with long, stiff hairs. Carpus in the second pair of legs short, with an angular prominence upon the posterior side; propodus as long as in the first pair, and much broader, the palmary margin oblique, projecting at the inferior angle, just inside of which there is a deep sinus in the margin. Posterior edges of the bases of the sixth and seventh pairs of legs unarmed. In the female the antenne are shorter and not quite as stout, and the hands of the first and second pairs of legs are very much shorter, smaller, and much less hairy; in the first pair the carpus and propodus are very much shorter and proportionally broader, and the palmary margin of the propodus more oblique; in the second pair the propodus is short and somewhat oval, with a slight prominence at the inferior angle of the palmary margin. Length, 6-9". New Jersey; Great South Bay, Long Island; Vineyard Sound. Com- mon among eel-grass in sheltered situations. The young, even 5 or 6™ long, were taken at the surface in Vineyard Sound several times. AMPHITHOE COMPTA Smith, sp. nov. (p. 370.) Eyes small, round, red in life, but fading in alcohol to whitish. An- tennula slender, as long as the body; first segment of the peduncle as long as the head; second slightly longer than the first; last a third as long as the second; flagellum very slender, nearly three times as long as the peduncle. There is a rudimentary secondary flagellum, not longer than the first two segments of the primary flagellum and very slender. Antenna a little shorter than the antennula; the peduncle very little shorter than that of the antennula; last two segments about equal in length, the penultimate reaching as far as the same segments of the antennula; flagellum aboutas long as the peduncle. First and second pairs of legs, in the male, about equal in size, as long as the head and thorax together, and clothed on both margins with long, plumose hairs. Carpus in the first pair longer than, and as broad as, the pro- _ podus, the distal extremity truncate and right-angled at the inferior mar- gin; the propodus much longer than broad, the palmary margin oblique, very nearly straight, and armed at the inferior angle upon the inner side with astout spine. Carpus in the second pair narrower than in the first, the distal extremity obliquely rounded at the inferior angle; propodus as long as the carpus and no broader, the palmary margin less oblique than in the first pair, without any spine, and the inferior angle slightly projecting ; dactylus, strongly curved and closing by the margin of the propodus. In the female the legs of the first and second pairs are nearly alike in form, very much smaller and weaker than in the male, and only sparsely clothed with mostly simple hairs, except upon the inferior margin of the carpus in the second pair. In both pairs the carpus is about as long and broad as the propodus ; the propodus is short, narrowed toward the carpus, the palmary margin oblique, convex in outline, with the infe- rior angle rounded and armed with a stout spine on the inside. Second INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 565 and third segments of the abdomen produced into a slight angular prominence at the postero-inferior angle. The posterior edges of the bases of the sixth and seventh pairs of legs not serrated but armed with two to four small spines. First and second pairs of caudal stylets ex- tending scarcely beyond the posterior pair. In the first pair there is a long, slender spine projecting from the distal extremity of the base be- neath the rami. Length of largest specimen examined, 13™™, North Carolina to Cape Cod. Common among eel-grass. Taken at surface in Vineyard Sound. PODOCERUS FUCICOLA Smith. (p. 493.) Cerapus fucicola Stimpson, Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 48, Pl. 2, fig. 34, 1853. This species was dredged by Professor Verrill, in £ to 5 fathoms, off Watch Hill, Rhode Island, in April, 1873. It is common in the Bay of Fundy. PODOCERUS, species. (p. 494.) Another species of the same genus was taken in abundance with the last. It is a large and dark-colored species. CERAPUS RUBRICORNIS Stimpson. Plate IV, fig. 18. Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 46, Pl. 3, fig. 33, 1853; Bate, Catalogue Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus., p. 256, Pl. 45, fig. 4 Not common south of Cape Cod, but very abundant in the Bay of Fundy and north to the coast of am radtor. In depth it extends down to 100 fathoms at least. CERAPUS MINAX Smith, sp. nov. Antennule and antenn about equal in length, rather more than half aS long asthe body. Second pair of legs greatly developed in the male, the hand nearly half as long as the body; carpus elongated, narrow, nearly three times as long as the breadth in the middle, the posterior angle projecting into a broad process about as long as the dactylus, and armed on the inside with a tooth nearly as stout as the distal part of the process itself, but projecting only about half as far; propodus about half as long as the carpus, twice as long as broad; dactylus consider- ably shorter than the propodus, the tip in most of the larger specimens furnished with a pencil of long hairs. In the female the hand.in the second pair of legs is small; the carpus produced into a long process on the inferior edge of the propodus to the palmary margin; propodus short, broad, somewhat oval, the palmary margin arcuate and armed ’ with several short spines on the portion next the carpal process. Length, about 4™. Long Island Sound, Vineyard Sound. ?CERAPUS TUBULARIS Say. (p. 396.) Loe. cit., p. 49, Pl. 4, fig. 7-11, 1817. Several specimens of a small amphipod, dredged, June 27, in Vineyard \ i \ / igs a 566 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. Sound, among masses of a large compound Ascidian, (Amouroucium pel- lucidum,) in eight to ten fathoms, off Nobska Point, are probably this species, but unfortunately females only were obtained, while Say de- scribes and figures the male alone. In our specimens, the antennulze and antenne are spotted with very dark purplish-brown, the anterior ‘part of the body almost black, the middle and posterior portions spotted with black, or very dark purplish brown. They are between 4 and 5™™ long and inhabit unattached tubes as described by Say. The tubes are regularly cylindrical, quite thin and delicate, black, about 5™™ long, and 0.4™™" in diameter, and are carried about by the animal very much as the larve of some of the Phryganeide carry about their tubes in fresh water. In the structure of the caudal appendages, our specimens are quite differ- ent from the species usually referred to Cerapus, but I have not thought best to make any changes in nomenclature until the discovery of the male shall make it certain whether our specimens belong to the species described by Say. COROPHIUM CYLINDRICUM Smith. (p. 370.) Podocerus cylindricus, Say loc. cit., p. 387, 1818, (not of Bate, Catalogue Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus., p. 256.) New Jersey to Vineyard Sound. Very abundant among weeds and hydroids about piles of wharves, and almost everywhere in shallow water. Length, about 4™™. SIPHONGCETES CUSPIDATUS Smith, sp. nov. (p. 501.) Male: Head produced into a long, slender, acute rostrum, and each side between the anutennula and antenna into a long lobe rounded at the end where the eye is situated, and contracted toward the base. Antennula reaching about to the middle of the fourth segment of the peduncle of the antenna; segments of the peduncle equal in length ; flagellum scarcely longer than a segment of the peduncle, and composed usually of five segments. Antenna a little longer than the body; third segment of the peduncle a little longer than any segment of the peduncle of the attennula; fourth segment nearly twice as long as the third; last segment nearly one-half longer than the third; flagellum a little shorter than the last segment of the peduncle. Legs much like Kroyer’s fig- ures of S. typicus, those of the first pair with the carpus twice as long as broad; propodus slightly narrower and a little longer than the car- pus, the posterior edge furnished with long hairs and several stout spines. Legs of the second pair much stouter. Posterior caudal stylets with the terminal process fully as long as the ramus itself, the ramus as broad as long, the extremity obtusely rounded and furnished with very long hairs. Telson broader than long, transversely elliptical. In the female the antennie and second pair of legs are more slender than in the male. In aleoholie specimens the antennule are marked with narrow bands of black or dark brown upon each segment of the flagellum and at ( INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 567 both ends of the second and third segments of the peduncle, and the antenne are obscurely banded and tinged with a lighter color. Length, about 6™™. It inhabits tubes constructed of grains of sand. Jn deep water off Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay. UNCIOLA IRRORATA Say. Plate LV, fig. 19. (p. 340.) Loe. cit., p. 389, 1818 ; Stimpson, Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 45. This species grows to a much larger size than described by Say, being frequently 15™™ in length. New Jersey to the Bay of Fundy, and probably much farther Bae and from low water to more than 400 fathoms in depth. HYPERIA, species. (p. 439.) A large species of Hyperia was several times found upon the large red jelly-fish (Cyanea) in Vineyard Sound. ‘The same species is com- mon in the Bay of Fundy, but has not been identified with certainty. Another species of Hyperia was taken at the surface, in company with Salpa, in Vineyard Sound, early in September. PHRONIMA, species. (p. 439.) A species of this peculiar genus was taken at the surface, in company with Salpa, off Gay Head, early in September. It is closely allied to the P. Atlantica of Guérin. According to Professor Verrill’s notes it 1s, in life, translucent, scarcely tinged with yellowish white, and nearly invisible in the water; the eyes red. Another form allied to the last was taken with it, and is 2 aaibly the male of the same species, but differs from it, and fae the characters usually assigned to the genus, in possessing well-developed antennule. In life, according to Professor Verrill, it was translucent whitish, the body spotted with dark brown, and the eyes blackish. THYROPUS, species. A single specimen of a species of this genus was taken with the Phro- nmima and Salpa, off Gay Head, early in September. CAPRELLA GEOMETRICA Say. Plate V, fig. 20. (p. 480.) Loe. cit., p. 390, 1818; Bate, Catalogue Amphip. Crust. British Mus., p. 357, Pl. 56, fig. 8. North Carolina to Vineyard Sound, especially among eel-grass.; very abundant in Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, April, 1871. CAPRELLA, species. (p. 316.) A larger species of Caprella, which is common in the Bay of Fundy, was frequently dredged in Vineyard Sound. ISOPODA. SCYPHACELLA Smith, gen. nov. Near Scyphax, Dana.* Antenna composed of eight distinct Bhan ba * U.S. Exploring Expedition, Crust., p.734, Pl. 48, fig. 5. 568 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. with a geniculation at the articulation of the fourth with the fifth seg- ment; terminal portion, corresponding to the flagellum, composed of | three closely articulated segments, besides a minute apical one; mandi- bles slender, without palpi; exposed. portion of the maxillipeds formed of only two segments; the basal one with a narrow, elongated portion, which is abruptly narrowed at the articulation of the terminal segment, and sends a slender process beneath it to the middle of its inner margin ; the terminal segment much narrower than the basal, and tapering toward the extremity; legs subequal, the posterior not shorter than the others; terminal segment of the abdomen produced between the posterior caudal appendages, which are short and essentially as in the allied genera. This genus differs from Scyphaxr most notably in the form of the max- illipeds, which in Scyphax have the terminal segment broad and serrately lobed, while in our genus it is elongated, tapering, and has entire mar- gins. In Scyphax, also, the posterior pair of thoracic legs are much smaller than the others, and weak ; the last segment of the abdomen is truncated at the apex, and the articulations between the segments of the terminal portion of the antenne are much more complete than in our species. The general form and appearance of the genera are the same, and the known species agree remarkably in habits, the Scyphax, accord- ing to Dana, occurring on the beach of Parua Harbor, New Zealand, and found in the sand by turning it over for the depth of a few inches. ScYPHACELLA ARENICOLA Smith, sp. nov. (p. 337.) Body elliptical; abdomen not abruptly narrower than the thorax; the whole dorsal surface, except the extremity of the abdomen, covered with small, depressed tubercles, which give rise to minute spinules; eyes. prominent, round; antenna a little longer than the breadth of the body; first and second segments short, equal; third, fourth, and fifth succes- sively longer, the fifth being rather longer than the terminal portion, which is more slender than the fifth segment, tapers regularly to the tip, and is composed of three successively much shorter segments, and avery short, somewhat spiniform, but obtuse, terminal one; all the seg- | ments, except the minute terminal one, scatteringly beset with spinules; legs beset with small spines; the ischial, meral, carpal, and propodal segments subequal; terminal process of the last segment of the abdo- men narrow, triangular, with the apex slightly rounded, and the dorsal surface a little concave; posterior caudal appendages much shorter than the abdomen; rami slightly unequal, the outer stout, spinulose, the inner a little shorter and much more slender. Color, in life, nearly white, with chalky white spots and seattered, blackish dots arranged irregularly. Eyes black. Length, 3-4™. Found at Somers’s and Beesley’s Points, on Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, in April, 1871, burrowing in the sand of the beaches, just above ' INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 569 ordinary high-water mark, in company with several species of Staphyli- nide, and will very likely be found on Long Island and the southern coast of. New England. PHILOSCIA VITTATA Say. | Jour, Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, vol. i, p. 429, 1818. Under rubbish below high-water mark, Connecticut and New Jersey. SPH ZROMA QUADRIDENTATA Say. Plate V, fig. 21. (p. 315.) Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. i, p. 400, 1818. Massachusetts to Florida. IDOTEA CHCA Say. Plate V, fig. 22. (p. 340.) Loe. cit., p. 424,1818. Gould, Invertebrata of Massachusetts, p. 337, 1841. Massachusetts to Florida. IpOTEA TUFTSII Stimpson. (p. 340.) Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 39, 1853. Bay of Fundy and off New London, Connecticut. IDOTEA IRRORATA Edwards. Plate V, fig. 23. (p. 316.) Hist. nat. des Crust., vol. iii, p. 132, 1840. Stenosoma irrorata Say, loc. cit., p. 423, 1818; Gould, Invertebrata of Massachusetts, p. 338, 1841. Bay of Fundy to Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey. IDOTEA ROBUSTA Kroyer. Plate V, fig. 24. (p. 439.) Naturhist. Tidssk., 2d R., Bind ii, p. 108, 1846; Stimpson, Proceedings Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1862, p. 133. South shore of Long Island to the Arctic Ocean. Brit. Zodph., ed. i, p. 300, Plate 41, figs. 1-3; ed. ii, p. 358, Plate 68, figs. 1-3; Smitt, op. cit., p. 497, Plate 12, figs. 9-13. Alcyonium gelatinosum Linné, Fauna Suec., ed. ii, p.538; Syst. Nat., ed. xii, p. 1295. Gulf of Saint Lawrence; Spitzbergen to Great Britain. A few small specimens, apparently belonging to this species, were dredged in the deeper parts of Vineyard Sound. VESICULARIA CUSCUTA Thompson. (p. 404.) Zool. Res., mem. v, p. 97, Plate 2, figs. 1-4; Smitt, op. cit., p. 501, Plate 13, figs. 28, 34, 35. Sertularia cuscuta Linné, ed. xii, p. 1311. Valkeria cuscuta Flem- ing, Brit. Anim., p. 550; Johnston, Brit. Zodph., ed. i, p. 252; ed. ii, p. 374, New Jersey, northward; northern coasts of Europe to Great Britain. In Vineyard Sound it was found on hydroids attached to floating eel-grass, and was also dredged in 6 to 8 fathoms, on alge, Sertularia argentea, and other hydroids ; Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, low water, on Ser tularia pumila ; Rees Bay, on piles of wharf. VESICULARIA GRACILIS Verrill. (p. 389.) Bowerbankia gracilis Leidy, Journal Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philad., ser. ii, vol. iii. p- 142, Plate 11, fig. 38, 1855. Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, to Vineyard Sound. Point Judith, Rhode island (Leidy). Vineyard Sound, 6 to 8 fathoms, on hydroids. VESICULARIA DICHOTOMA Verrill, new sp. (p. 404.) Stems clustered, czespitose, usually one or two inches high, slender, flexible, white, and repeatedly forking. The branches stand in differ- ent planes, so as often to produce miniature tree-like or shrub-like forms, many of which generally arise close together, forming crowded tufts upon rocks, oyster-shells, or alge. When the stem or a branch divides, there is a joint formed at the base of each of the forks, by the inter- position of a very short segment of a dark brownish, opaque substance, which contrasts strongly with the white translucent substance of the rest of the stem. Zodids arranged closely in two subspiral rows of six to twelve each, just below each fork of the stem and branches, and not ‘occupying half the length of the internodes, which are naked and smooth below the crowded clusters of the zodids; these are smooth, greenish brown, broad oval or obovate in contraction, subcylindrical or elliptical in expansion, entirely sessile, and but little narrowed at the base, and so crowded as to appear imbricated. The tentacles are eight, long and slender, in expansion usually more than half the length of the cell. Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, on oysters; Savin Rock, at low- water; off New Haven Light, 4 to 6 fathoms, shelly and rocky ; Thim- ble Islands, in rocky tide-pools; Norwalk, Connecticut, on oysters. This is probably the species recorded by Dr. Leidy from Great Egg Harbor under the name of Valkeria pustulosa, which is an allied Eu- ropean species. 710 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. VESICULARIA ARMATA Verrill, new sp. (p. 405.) Cells stout, oval, broad at base, with a short and narrow pedicel, at- tached either singly or in pairs along slender, filiform, creeping stems, which often anastomose, the branches being mostly opposite. Distal end of cells prolonged into four conical processes, each of which, when perfect, supports a long slender spinule, nearly half as long as the eell. Tentacles not seen. Celis yellowish horn-color, with an oval, dark brown internal organ, visible in most of the cells. _ Vineyard Sound, on floating sea-weeds attached to Sertularic, Hale- cium gracile, etc.; also in 6 to 10 fathoms, rocky, on Sertularia argentea. VESICULARIA FUSCA Smitt. (p. 420.) Op. cit., p. 502, Plate 13, figs. 37-39, 1866. Avenella fusca (?) Dalyell, Rare and Rem. Anim. of Scotland, vol. ii, p. 65; vol. i, Plate 12, fig. 11, (t. Smitt). Long Island Sound northward; northern coasts of Europe to Great Britain. Off South End, near New Haven, 3 to 5 fathoms, on Alcyon- dium ramosum. FARRELLA FAMILIARIS. (p. 487.) Vesicularia (Farrella) familiaris Smitt, op. cit., p. 502, Plate 13, fig. 36, 1866. Plumatella familiaris Gros, Bulletin Soe. Imp. Mascou, vol. xxii, p. 567, Plate 6, G. figs. 1-10 (t. Smitt). Farrella pedicellata Alder, Catal., p. 68, Plate 6, figs. 1-3; Quart. Jour. Miscrosc. Soc., vol. v, p. 24, Plate 14, figs. 1-3. Long Island Sound to Vineyard Sound and northward; coasts of Scandinavia and Great Britain. Thimble Islands, near New Haven, in tide-pools, on algee; Casco Bay. Saint George’s Bank (S. I. Smith). CHILOSTOMATA. Cellularina. ANTEA ANGUINA Lamouroux. (p. 405.) Soc. Phil., 1812, p. 184 (t. Smitt); Polyp. flex., p. 153, Plate’3, fig.6; Expos. Methodique, p. 9, Plate 65, fig. 15; Smitt, op. cit., p. 280, Plate 16, figs. 2-4, 1867. Sertularia anguina Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. xii, p. 1317. Anguinaria spat- ulata Johnston, Brit. ZoGph., ed. ii, p. 290, Plate 50, figs. 7, 8. | Long Island Sound, northward; coasts of Scandinavia and Great Britain. In Vineyard Sound it was common at low-water mark and in 6 to 14 fathoms, on Phyllophora and hydroids. Off New Haven, 4 to 6 fathoms, on Halecium gracile. KUCRATEA CHELATA Lamouroux. (p. 400.) Polyp. Corall. flex., p. 149, Plate.3, fig. 5, 1816; Expos. Meth., p. 8, Plate, 65, fig. 10; Smitt, op. cit., 1865, Plate 5, fig. 3; 1867, p. 281, Plate 16, figs.7-9 ; Johns- ton, Brit. Zoéph., ed. ii, p. 288, fig. 64. Sertularia chelata Linné, Systema Nat., ed. x, p. 816. Cellularia chelata Pallas, Elench. Zoéph., p. 25, 1766, Martha’s Vineyard northward; northern coasts of Europe to Great Britain. Off Gay Head, 10 fathoms, on hydroids and ascidians. Our specimens differ somewhat from the figures of the European form; the INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, Ere. T711 cells are simple, more slender, and moreelongated; aperture of primary cells somewhat bilabiate; of lateral cells simple and scarcely raised ; no processes were observed on the front of any of the cells; the primary cells taper below into a slender, often crooked pedicel, which is about one-third as long as the cell. (?) CELLULARIA TERNATA Johnston. (p. 496.) British Zodph., ed. ii, p. 335, Plate 59, 1848; Smitt, op. cit., 1867, p. 282, Plate 16, figs. 10 to 26. Cellaria ternata Ellis and Solander, Zodph., p.30. Menipea ternata Busk, op. cit., p. 21, Plate 20, figs. 3 to 5. (?) Celiwlaria densa Desor, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. iii, p. 66, 1848 (description inadequate). Cape Cod to the Arctic Ocean; northern coasts of Europe to Great Britain. Off Gay Head, 10 to 20 fathoms; common in Casco Bay, Bay of Fundy, and at Saint George’s Bank, 6 to 100 fathoms. South Shoals, 22 fathoms, (Desor). CABEREA ELLISID Smitt. (p. 420.) Op. cit., 1867, p. 287, Plate 17, figs. 55,56. Flustra Ellisiti Fleming, Mem. Wern. Soc., vol. ii, p. 251, Plate 17, figs. 1 to 3 (t. Smitt). Flustra setacea Fleming, Brit. Anim., p. 536; Johnston, Brit. Zodph., ed. ii, p. 346. Cellularia Hookeri Johnston, Brit. Zodph., ed. ii, p. 338, Plate 60, figs.1, 2. Caberea Hookeri Busk, op. cit., p. 39, Plate 37, fig. 2. Martha’s Vineyard, northward to the Arctic Ocean ; northern coasts of Europe, from Finmark to Great Britain. Mouth of Vineyard Sound, off Gay Head, 8 to 12 fathoms; off Buzzard’s Bay, 25 fathoms; very common in Casco Bay, Bay of Fundy, and Saint George’s Bank, 6 to 100 fathoms. Labrador (Packard). BUGULA MURRAYANA Busk. (p. 496.) Catal. Mar. Polyzoa, Brit. Mus., part i, p. 46, Plate 59; Smitt, op. cit., 1867, p. 292, Plate 18, figs. 19 to 27. Flustra Murrayana Bean Mss., Johnston, Brit. Zodph., ed. i, p. 347, Plate 63, figs. 5,6. Flustra truncata Descr, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. iii, p. 66 (non Linné). Martha’s Vineyard to Spitzbergen; northern coasts of Europe to Great Britain. Off Gay Head, 10 to 20 fathoms; very common in Casco Bay, Bay of Fundy, and Gulf of Saint Lawrence, 1 to 100 fathoms. Saint George’s Bank, 20 to 65 fathoms, (S. I Smith). Labra- dor (Packard). BUGULA FLABELLATA Busk. (p. 389.) Catal. Marine Polyzoa, Brit. Mus., part i, p. 43, Plates 51, 52. Bugula avicularia, forma flabellata, Smitt, op. cit., 1867, p. 290, Plate 18, fig. 11. Flustra avicularia Johnston, Brit. Zodéph., ed.i, p. 286, Plate 36, figs. 3,45; ed. ii, p. 346, Plate 63, figs. 3, 4. Vineyard Sound, 6 to 8 fathoms ; Wood’s Hole, abundant on the piles of wharves. Coasts of Great Britain and Belgium. 712. REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. BUGULA TURRITA Verrill. Plate XXXIV, figs. 258, 259. (p. 311.) Cellularia turrita Desor, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. ili, p. 66,1848. Cel- lularia fastigiata Leidy, op. cit., p. 142 (non Linné, sp.). North Carolina to Casco Bay. Very abundant in Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey ; Long Island Sound; Buzzard’s Bay; and Vineyard Sound, low-water to 15 fathoms; Portland, Maine, on piles of wharf. Flustrina. MEMBRANIPORA PILOSA Farre. Plate XXXIV, figs. 262, 263. (p. 496.) Phil. Trans., 1837, p. 412, Plate 27, figs. 1 to 5; Johnston, Brit. Zodph., ed. i, p. 280, Plate 34, figs. 10, 12, 1838; ed. ii, p. 327, Plate 56, fig. 6, 1847; Smitt, op. cit., 1867, p. 368, Plate 20, fig. 49. Flustra pilosa Linné, Fauna Suec., ed. ii, p. 539 (t. Smitt). Hschara pilosa Pallas, Elench, Zodph., p. 50, 1766. Hippothoa rugosa Stimpson, Invert. Grand Manan p. 18 (variety catenularia). Tubipora catenularia Jameson, Wern. Mem., vol. i, p. 561 (t. Smitt). } Long Island Sound to the Arctic Ocean; Finmark to the Mediter- ravean. Very abundant near New Haven, at Savin Rock, Thimble Islands, ete., in 1 to 6 fathoms, and in tide-pools, on Chondrus crispus, Phyllophora and other algze, stones, etc.; Watch Hill, Rhode Island, 4 to 5 fathoms, on alge, abundant; Vineyard Sound; Massachusetts Bay ; Casco Bay; Bay of Fundy, and northward. The variety catenularia is common in Casco Bay and Bay of Fundy, from above low-water mark to 50 fathoms. It occurs on the coasts of Northern Europe at various depths down to 300 fathoms. Fossilin the Post-Pliocene of Canada and Labrador (Dawson). MEMBRANIPORA LINEATA Busk. (p. 406.) Catal. Mar. Polyzoa, part ii, p. 58, Plate 61, fig.1; Smitt, op. cit., 1867, p. 363, Plate 20, figs. 23 to 31. Flustra lineata Linné, Systema Nat., ed. xii, p. 1801; Johnston, Brit. Zooph., ed. ii, p. 349, Plate 66, fig. 4. Hscharina lineata Leidy, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philad., ser. ii, vol.iii, p. 141, Plate 10, fig. 22, 1855. Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, to the Arctic Ocean; Spitzbergen to Great Britain, low-water mark to 50 fathoms. Commonnear New Haven, from low-water mark to 6 fathoms, on stones, oysters, alge, etc.; Watch Hill; Rhode Island; Vineyard Sound; Casco Bay; Bay of Fundy, and northward. Fossil in the Post-Plioceue of Canada. MEMBRANIPORA TENUIS Desor. (p. 420.) Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. iii, p. 66, 1848. Long Island Sound to Cape Cod. Common near New Haven and in » Vineyard Sound, low-water to 10 fathoms. Muskeget Channel, in 5 fathoms, (Desor). INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 713 Escharina. ESCHARIPORA PUNCTATA Smitt. (p. 424.) Op. cit., for 1867, Appendix, p. 4, (separate copies, p. 4), Plate 24, figs. 4-7, 1868. Lepralia punctata Hassal, Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. vii, p. 368, Plate 9, fig. 7; vol. ix, p. 407 ; Johnston, Brit. Zodph., ed. ii, pp. 312 and 478, Plate 55, fig. 1. Vineyard Sound, northward ; northern coasts of Europe to Southern Norway and Great Britain. Vineyard Sound, 6 to 12 fathoms, on shells, etc., common. Saint George’s Bank (S. I. Smith). (2) Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of Canada (Dawson). ESCHARELLA VARIABILIS Verrill. Plate XX XIII, fig. 256. (p. 419.) Escharina variabilis Leidy, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, ser. ii, vol. iii, p. 142, Plate 11, fig. 37. Lepralia variolosa Desor, op. cit., p. 66, 1848 (not of Johnston). South Carolina to Cape Cod and Massachusetts Bay. Very abundant in Great Egg Harbor; Long Island Sound; Buzzard’s Bay; Vineyard Sound; Nantucket Harbor; low-water to 25 fathoms. Saint George’s Bank, 20 fathoms, (S. I. Smith). Fort Macon, North Carolina (coll. Dr. Yarrow). MOLLIA HYALINA Smitt. Plate XXXIV, fig. 264. (p. 420.) Op. cit., for 1867, Ap., p. 16, (separate copies, p. 16), Plate 25, figs. 84-87, 1868. Cel- lepora hyalina Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. xii, p. 1286. Lepralia hyalina Johnston, Brit. Zoéph., ed.ii, p. 301, Plate 54, fig. 1. Cellepora nitida Fabricius, Fauna Greenl., p. 435, 1780. Long Island Sound to Greenland; Spitzbergen to Great Britain. Common near New Haven and at Thimble Island, in tide-pools and from 1 to 6 fathoms, on alge; Watch Hill, Rhode Island, 4 to 5 fathoms; Buzzard’s Bay and Vineyard Sound, abundant; Casco Bay; Bay of Fundy, and northward. Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of Canada (Daw- son). (?) LEPRALIA PALLASIANA Busk. (p. 496.) Catal. Mar. Polyzoa, Brit. Mus., part ii, p. 81, Plate 83, figs. 1, 2; Smitt, op. cit., for 1867, Ap., p. 19, (separate copies, p. 19), Plate 26, fig. 93, 1868.: Eschara Pal- lasiana Moll, die Seerinde, p. 64, Plate 3, fig. 13 (t. Smitt). Lepralia pediostoma Hassal, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. vii, p. 368, Plate 9, fig. 4; vol. ix, p. 407; Johnston, Brit. Zodph., ed. ii, p. 315, Plate 55, fig. 7. Hscharina pediostoma Leidy, op. cit., p. 141, Plate 10, fig. 23, 1855. Rhode Island, northward; northern coasts of Europe to Southern Norway and Great Britain. Watch Hill, Rhode Island, 4 to 5 fathoms, on alge; Vineyard Sound, 6 to 14 fathoms, on Phyllophora and other alge, shells, ete. Our specimens do not agree perfectly with the European form. Close to the proximal border of the aperture there is a large, but not very prominent, broad-based spine, or subconical process, which is not conspicuous in a view from above, but is prominent in a side-view. In 714 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. Some specimens a few of the cells have several slender spines around the margin of the aperture. This may prove to be a species distinct from S. Pallasiana, but at present I regard it as a variety. (2) DISCOPORA COCCINEA Smitt. (p. 496.) Op. cit., for 1867, Ap., p. 26, (separate copies, p. 26), Plate 27, figs. 162-176. (?) Celle- pora coccinea Abildgard, Zo6l. Dan., vol. iv, p. 30, Plate 146, figs. 1,2 (t. Smitt). Lepralia Peachii Johnston, Brit. Zooph., ed. ii, p. 315, Plate 55, figs. 5, 6. Long Island Sound, northward; northern coasts of Europe to Great Britain. Watch Hill, Rhode Island, 4 to 5 fathoms, on red alge; Vine- yard Sound and Quick’s Hole, on alge, ete., in 4 to 12 fathoms. Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of Canada (Dawson as DL. Peachit). The specimens from our coast, referred to the above species, differ considerably from the typical European forms, and may eventually prove to be a distinct species when a careful direct comparison with a large series of European specimens can be made. The aperture is usually surrounded by a circle of stout, conical or elongated spinules, variable in number, the one nearest the angle of the aperture, on each side, often stouter; but the spines are often absent. A small semicircular avicularium is often seen near one side of the cell, and distant from the aperture. The tooth or spine at the proximal edge of the cell is elongated and more or less bifid at the end. Celleporina. CELLEPORA SCABRA Smitt. (p. 419.) Op. cit., for 1867, Ap., p. 30, (separate copies, p. 30), Plate 28, figs. 183 to 197, 1868. Eschara scabra Fabricius, Nye Zool. Bidr., Vid. Selsk. Phys. Skr., Haunie, vol.i, p. 29 (t. Smitt). Millepora reticulata Fabricius, Fauna Greenl., p. 433, 1780 (non Linné). Vineyard Sound to Greenland; Spitzbergen; northern coasts of Europe. Vineyard Sound and Quick’s Hole, 5 to 10 fathoms, on Phyl- lophora, etc., not uncommon. CELLEPORA RAMULOSA Linné. (p. 312.) Syst. Nature, ed. xii, p. 1285, 1767; Johnston, Brit. Zodph., ed. ii, p. 296, Plate 52, figs. 4,5; Smitt, op. cit., for 1867, Ap., p. 31, (separate copies, p.31), Plate 28, figs. 198-210. Cellepora verrucosa Fabricius, Fauna Groenl., p. 434 (variety) Cellepora pumicosa (pars) Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. xii, p. 1286; (?) Johnston, Brit. Zoodph., ed. ii, p. 295, Plate 52, figs. 1-3 (variety). Long Island Sound to Greenland; Spitzbergen; northern coasts of Europe to Great Britain. Very common near New Haven, off South End, at Thimble Islands, and Faulkner’s Island, in large tide-pools, low-water to 8 fathoms, chiefly on Sertularie and other hydroids, and slender red algie, (mostly the variety tuberosa, or verrucosa); Watch Hill, Rhode Island, 4 to 5 fathoms; Buzzard’s Bay and Vineyard Sound, 1 to 15 fathoms, on hydroids, common; abundant in Casco Bay; Bay of Fundy; and at Saint George’s Bank ; low-water to 145 fathoms. INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 715 RADIATA. ECHINODERMATA. HOLOTHURIOIDEA. THYONE BRIAREUS Selenka. (p. 362.) Zeitschrift fiir Wissenschaftliche Zoologie, vol. xvii, p. 353, 1867. Holothuria Briareus Lesueur, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, ser. i, vol. iv, p. 161, 1824. Sclerodactyla Briareus Ayres, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. iv, pp. 6, 7, 101-3, 1851; Verrill, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. x, p. 342, 1866. Ana- perus Bryareus Pourtales, Proceedings American Assoc. for Adv. of Science, for 1851, p.10, 1852. Anaperus Carolinus Troschel, Miiller’s Arch. fiir Anat., 1846, p- 62; Pourtales, op. cit., p. 10. Texas to Cape Cod. Long Island Sound, at West Haven, Connecti- cut, Thimble Islands, etc., not common; Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay, 1 to 10 fathoms, not uncommon; Gardiner’s Bay, Long Island; Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey ; Fort Macon, North Carolina, common (coll. Dr. Yarrow); West Florida (coll. E. Jewett). STEREODERMA UNISEMITA Ayres. (p. 503.) Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. iv, p. 46, 1851; Selenka, op. cit., p. 344, Plate 19, figs. 96,97. Anaperus unisemita Stimpson, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. iv, p. 8, 1851; Verrill, op. cit., vol. x, p. 357, 1866. Cucumaria fusiformis Desor, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. iii, p. 67 (non Forbes). Off Martha’s Vineyard, 22 fathoms, sand; Banks of Newfoundland (Stimpson). South Shoals of Nantucket, 22 fathoms, (Desor). PENTAMERA PULCHERRIMA Ayres. (p. 420.) Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. iv, p. 207, 1852; Selenka, op. cit., p. 346. South Carolina to Vineyard Sound. Off Holmes’s Hole, 4 to 5 fathoms ; Nobsea Beach, after storms, abundant; Fort Macon, North Carolina (coll. Dr. Yarrow). Fort Johnson, South Carolina (Stimpson). ? MOLPADIA OOLITICA Selenka. (p. 510.) Op. cit., p. 257 (in part), 1867. Chirodota odlitica Pourtales, Proc. Amer. Assoc. for 1851, p. 13, 1852. Embolus pauper Selenka, op. cit., p. 359, Plate 20, fig. 132 1867. Off Block Island, 29 fathoms, sandy mud; off Boon Island, 95 fathoms, muddy, (A. 8. Packard). Massachusetts Bay, in fish stomachs, (Pour- tales). Selenka gives “‘ Cape Palmas (?)” as the locality for his ‘* Hm- bolus pauper,” which was based on specimens sent from the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy—perhaps the original ones described by Pour- tales; the locality given is evidently erroneous. The single specimen from off Block Island is small and imperfect, and may not be this species. CAUDINA ARENATA Stimpson. (p. 362.) Marine Invert. of Grand Manan, p. 17, 1853; Selenka, op. cit., p. 358, Plate 20, figs. 129-131 ; Clark, Mind in Nature, p. 187, figs. 114-116; A. and E. C. Agassiz. 716 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. Sea-Side Studies, p. 97, fig. 126. Chirodota arenata Gould, Invert. of Mass., ed. i, p. 346, (figure), 1841; Ayres, op. cit., p. 143; Pourtales, op.cit.,p.13. Caudina (Molpadia) arenata Verrill, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. x, p. 345, 1866. Vineyard Sound to Chelsea, Massachusetts. Sometimes abundant on Chelsea Beach, after storms. Wood’s Hole (H. E. Webster). Selenka gives “Grand Manan” (? from specimens in Mus. Comp. Zodl.), but after very careful search during several excursions to that island, I have never been able to find it there, and believe this to be anerror. Stimp- son knew it only from Massachusetts Bay. LEPTOSYNAPTA GIRARDI Verrill. Plate XXXYV, figs. 265, 266. (p. 361.) Synapta Girardii Pourtales, Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Science, for 1851, p. 14. Leptosynapta tenuis Verrill, Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. i, p. 325. Synapta tenuis Ayres, op. cit., p. 11, 1851, (non Quoy and Gaimard); A. and H. C. Agassiz, Sea-Side Studies, p. 95, figs. 124, 125; Verrill, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. x, p. 342. Synapta Ayresii Selenka, op. cit., p. 362, 1867. (?) Synapta gracilis Selenka, op. cit., p. 363, Plate 20, figs. 123, 124. New Jersey to Massachusetts Bay. Common in Long Island Sound, at Savin Rock, and other localities near New Haven, in sand at low- water; abundant in Vineyard Sound, on Naushon Island, ete.; Cape Cod; Chelsea Beach, Massachusetts. Sag Harbor, Long Island, (Ayres). Selenka erroneously gives “Cape Florida” as the locality for S. Girardi. It was based on Massachusetts specimens. LEPTOSYNAPTA ROSEOLA Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 362.) Body long, slender; integument translucent, filled with pumerous minute, scattered, opaque, light-red spots, oval or sub-circular in form ; perforated plates smaller than in the preceding species; anchors rela- tively much longer, with a very slender, elongated shank. General color, rosy or pale red, due to the minute red spots. Length 100™™ to 150™™; diameter about 5™™ to 6™™. Long Island Sound, at Savin Rock, near New Haven; Vee Sound. at Naushon iiseach: in sand at live water mark. ECHINOIDEA. STRONGYLOCENTROTUS DROBACHIENSIS A. Agassiz. Plate XXXV, figs. 368. (p. 406.) Revision of the Echini, Parts I and II, pp. 162, 277, Plate 4°, figs. 2-4, Plate 9, Plate 10, 1872. Hchinus Drébachiensis Miiller, Zool. Dan. Prod., p. 235, 1776, Toxopneusies Drébachiensis Agassiz, Catal. Rais., in Annal. des Sci. Nat., vol. vi. p. 367, 1846. Euryechinus Drébachiensis Verrill, Proc. Boston Soe. Nat. Hist. vol. x,-pp. 341, 352, 1866; Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. i, p. 304, 1867; American, spnen ee. vol. xlix, p.101. Zchinus pepestis Lamarck, Anim. sans vert., p. 49,1816. Echinus granularis Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., vol. v, p. 225, 1827 (non Lamarck). Hchinus granulatus Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 344, 1841. Huryechinus granulatus Verrill, Proc. Boston Soc., vol. x, pp. 340, 352. Strongylocentrotus chlorocentrotus Brandt, Prodr., p. 264, 1835. Circumpolar: New Jersey to the Arctic Ocean; Spitzbergen to Great INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 717 Britain; Behring Straits to Gulf of Georgia; Northern Siberia to Okhotsk Sea and De Castrie’s Bay. Very abundant in the Bay of Fundy, from low-water to 109 fathoms ; Casco Bay; Massachusetts Bay ; mouth of Vineyard Sound and off Gay Head, 10 to 20 fathoms, common; off Holmes’s Hole; off Watch Hill, Rhode Island, 4 to 5 fathoms, not un- common; off New London, Connecticut, plenty, (coll. Prudden) ; Faulk- ner’s Island, Thimble Islands, and near New Haven, 4 to 8 fathoms, un- common and small. Off New Jersey, ona bank, in 32 fathoms, (Captain Gedney). Off Saint George’s Bank, 430 fathoms, (S. I. Smith).: Fossil in the Post-Pliocene of Portland, Maine; New Brunswick ; Canada ; and Labrador. ARBACIA PUNCTULATA Gray. (p. 406.) Proc. Zool. Soc. of London, 1835, p. 58; A. Agassiz, Revision of the Echini, Parts Tand II, pp. 91, 263, Plate 2, fig. 4, Plate 5, figs. 1 to 18, 1872. Echimus punc- tulatus Lamarck, Anim. sans vert., p. 47,1816. Echinocidaris punctulata Des- moulin, Syn., p. 306, 1837. - Echinocidaris Davisii A. Agassiz, Bulletin Mus, Comp. Zodlogy, vol. i, p. 20, 1863; Verrill, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. x, p. 340, 1866. Vineyard Sound to the West Indies and Gulf of Mexico. Common at Wood’s Hole, and in Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay, 1 to 12 fathoms; off Watch Hill, Rhode Island, 4 to 5 fathoms; Long Island Sound, near New Haven, and at Charles Island, not common; Fort Macon, North Carolina (coll. Dr. Yarrow). Off Tortugas, 13 to 125 fathoms, (Pour- tales). West Florida (EK. Jewett). ECHINARACHNIUS PARMA Gray. Plate XXXV, fig. 267. (p. 362.) Ann. Phil., p. 6, 1825; A. Agassiz, Revision of Echini, Parts I and II, pp. 107, 316, Plates 114, figs. 4,5, 11°, figs. 4, 5, 12, figs. 1-13, 1872. Scutella parma Lamarck, Anim. sans vert., p. 11, 1816. New Jersey to Labrador. According to Mr. A. Agassiz,itoccursin the North Pacific, on the west coast of America, from the Aleutian Islands to Vancouver Island, and on the coast of Asia at Kamtchatka, 30 to 70 fathoms; and also at New Holland; India; Indian Ocean; Red Sea, etc. Common along the entire coast. of New England and Long Island, from low-water to 100 fathoms, sand. Off New Jersey, on a distant bank, in 32 fathoms, (Captain Gedney). Very abundant at Saint George’s Bank and vicinity, 15 to 430 fathoms, (S. I. Smith). MELLITA PENTAPORA Liitken. Bidrag til Kundskab om Echiniderne, p. 107, in Vidensk. Middelelser, 1864; Ver- rill, Trans. Connecticut Academy, vol. i, p. 345, 1867. Echinus pentaporus Gmelin, Syst. Nat., p. 3189, 1788. Encope pentapora Agassiz, Monog. Scut., Plate 3, 1841. Scutella quinquefora Lamarck, Anim. sans vert., p. 9,1816. el- lita quinquefora Agassiz, Mon. Scut., p. 36, 1841; Catal. Rais., in Ann. Sci., vol. vii, p. 138, 1847. Mellita testudinaria Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1851, p. 36 ; Verrill, this Report, pp. 427, 429, (see errata). Mellita testudinata Agassiz, Mon. Scut., p. 40, Plate 4, figs. 7-9, 1841; A. Agassiz, Revision of the Echini, 718 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISIT AND FISHERIES. pp. 141, 322, Plate 11, figs. 13-22, Plate 124, Plate 12°, figs. 1, 2, (name adopted from Klein, 1734, accidentally binomial). New Jersey to Brazil; very abundant along the whole eastern coast of the United States, south of Cape Hatteras, and along the entire coast of the Gulf of Mexico; rare and local north of Cape Hatteras. Vineyard Sound, 5 to 8 fathoms, rare and dead; outer beach at Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, dead. Nantucket (Agassiz). ASTERIOIDEA. ASTERIAS ARENICOLA Stimpson. Plate XXV, fig. 269. (p. 326.) Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. viii, p. 268, 1862; Verrill, vol. x, p. 339, 1866. Asteracanthion berylinus Ag. MSS., A. Agassiz, Embryology of Echinod., in Proce. Amer. Acad., 1863; Embryology of the Starfish, in Agassiz Contributions, vol. v, p.3; Sea-Side Studies, p. 108, figs. 141-145, 1865 (t. Agassiz). Massachusetts Bay to Northern Florida and the northern shores of the Gulf of Mexico; rare and local, in sheltered localities, north of Mas- sachusetts, as at Quahog Bay, east of Portland, Maine; but not known from the eastern part of the coast of Maine, nor in the Bay of Fundy. Very common in Long Island Sound; Buzzard’s Bay; Vineyard Sound; and along the shores of Long Island, from low-water to 15 fathoms. Not uncommon in Massachusetts Bay, at Nahant, Beverly, Se. ASTERIAS FORBESII Verrill. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. x, p. 345, 1666. ; vol. iv, pp. 10, 160; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 42, figs. 65, 66. . Aurelia aurita Stimpson, Invert., of Grand Manan, p. 11, 1853. . Buzzard’s Bay to Greenland. Common inthe upper part of Buzzard’s. Bay, in spring; off Gay Head and in Vineyard Sound, in August ; abundant in Massachusetts Bay; Casco Bay; Frenchman’s Bay; Bay of Fundy; and Gulf of Saint Lawrence. CYANEA ARCTICA Péron and Lesueur. (p. 449.) Ann. Mus., vol. xiv, p. 51, 1809; Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iii, Plates 3, 4, 5, 53; 10, 107; vol. iv, pp. 87, 162; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 44, fig. 67. Cyanea Pos- telsii Gould, Invert., ed. i, p. 347; Stimpson, op. cit., p. 11 (non Brandt). Long Island Sound to Greenland. Common near New Haven: in Buzzard’s Bay ; Vineyard Sound; very abundant in Massachusetts Bay ;. Casco Bay; Bay of Fundy; and Gulf of Saint Lawrence. Fire Island., -Long Island (S. I. Smith). Cyanea fulva Agassiz. Contributions, vol. iv, pp. 119, 162, 1862; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 46° (no de- scription). Long Island Sound (L. Agassiz). Vineyard Sound (A. Agassiz). I have been unable to distinguish more than one species among the Cyanec of our waters, although they vary considerably in color, just as 724 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. they do farther north, as in the Bay of Fundy. This is probably only a color-variety of C. arctica. DACTYLOMETRA QUINQUECIRRA Agassiz. Plate XXXVI, fig. 272, (p. 449.) . Contributions, vol. iv, pp. 125, 166, 1862; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 48, fig. 69. Pelagia quinquecirrha Desor, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. History, vol. iii, p. 76, 1848. Bermudas to Cape Cod. Long Island Sound, near New Haven; com- mon in Buzzard’s Bay and Vineyard Sound. Pelagia cyanella Péron and Lesueur. Ann. du Mus. Hist. Nat., vol. xiv, p. 37, 1809; Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iii, Plates 12, 13,132; vol. a pp. 128, 164; A. Apassiay Catalogue, p. 47, fig. 68. Off Saint George’s Bank (S. I. Smith). This species inhabits the Guif of Mexico; Caribbean Sea; and coasts of Florida and North Carolina. It is carried northward by the Gulf Stream to the vicinity of Saint George’s Bank, and is, therefore, like the two following, likely ie occur occasionally at anime and Martha’s Vineyard. Stomolophus meleagris Agassiz. } Contributions, vol. ili, Plate 14, 1860; vol. 1v, pp. 138, 151, 1862; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 40. Coast of Georgia (Agassiz). Off Saint George’s Bank (S. I. Smith). 2 Charybdea periphylla Péron and Lesueur. Ann. du Mus. Hist. Nat., vol. xiv, p. 332, 1809; Edwards in Cuvier, Régne Anim., Pl. 55, fig. 2 (from Lesueur); Lesson, op. cit., p. 265, 1843; Agassiz, Contribu- tions, vol. iv, p. 173. This species was originally described and figured from mutilated specimens taken under the equator in the Atlantic Ocean, and seems not to have been seen by later writers. Mr. 8S. I. Smith has apparently rediscovered this interesting species off Saint George’s Bank. The specimen obtained by him, while on the United States Coast- Survey steamer Bache, in 1872, is not quite perfect, but agrees pretty nearly with the descriptions and figure cited. The body in the alcoholic specimen is elevated, bell-shaped, rounded above, with a marked constriction toward the border; transparent, the inner cavity showing through as a large, conical, snes reddish brown spot, with the apex slightly truncated. Border deeply divided into six- teen long, flat lobes, which are of nearly uniform breadth throughout, and slightly rounded, or sub-truncate, at the end; the edges and end . thin and more or less frilled; the inner side with two sub-marginal caring. Eyes inconspicuous, but small bright red specks are seattered over the marginal lobes. The intervals between the lobes are narrow and, generally smoothly rounded, without distinct evidence of the exist- ence of tentacles, except that, in one of these intervals, there is a sinall and short papilliform process, with brown pigment at the base. The INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 125 ovaries are mostly wanting, but portions are to be seen as slightly con- voluted organs in the marginal region, opposite the intervals between the lobes. TRACHYNEMA DIGITALE A. Agassiz. (p. 454.) Catalogue, p. 57, figs. 81-86,1865. Medusa digitale Fabricius, Fauna Greenl., p. 366, 1780. Vineyard Sound to Greenland. Wood’s Hole, July 1, young speci- mens. Massachusetts Bay (A. Agassiz). HYDROIDEA. Sertularina. TIAROPSIS DIADEMATA Agassiz. | (p. 404.) Memoirs Amer. Acad., vol. iv, p. 289, Plate 6, 1849; Contributions, vol. iii, p. 354, Plate 31, figs. 9-15; vol. iv, pp. 308,311, figs. 45-48; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 69, figs. 91-93. . Vineyard Sound to Bay of Fundy. Massachusetts Bay (A. Agassiz). Greenland (Mérch). Wood’s Hole, April, 1873. OCEANIA LANGUIDA A. Agassiz. (p. 404.) In Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iv, p. 353, 1862 ; Catalogue, p. 70, figs. 94-102, 1865. Buzzard’s Bay to Bay of Fundy. Common in Vineyard Sound; not uncommon in Eastport Harbor. EUCHEILOTA VENTRICULARIS McCready. (p. 454.) Gymnophthalmata of Charleston Harbor, in Proc. of Elliott Society of Nat History, vol. i, p. 187, Plates 11, figs. 1-3, 12, figs. 1, 2, 1857; Agassiz, Contr butions, vol. iv, p. 303, 1862; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 74, figs. 104, 105, 1865. Charleston, South Carolina, to Vineyard Sound. EUCHEILOTA DUODECIMALIS A. Agassiz. (p. 454.) In Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iv, p. 353, 1862 ; Catalogue, p. 75, figs. 106-1074. Buzzard’s Bay, Naushon Island (A. Agassiz). CLYTIA JOHNSTONI Hincks. (p. 408.) Hist. British Hydroid Zodphytes, p. 143, Plate 24, fig. 1, 1868. Campanularia Johnstoni Alder, Northum. and Dur. Catal., in Trans. Tynes. F. C., vol. v, p- 126, Plate 4, fig. 8 (t. Hincks). Sertularia uniflora (pars) Pallas, Elench. Zooph., p. 121, 1766. Campanularia volubilis Johnston, Brit. Zoéph., ed. ii, pp. 107, 108, fig. 18 (mot of Linné and Pallas). Clytia volubdilis Lamouroux, Expos. Meth., p. 15, Plate 4, figs. E, f, F, 1821. Clytia bicophora Agassiz, Con- tributions, vol. iv, pp. 304, 354, Plate 27, figs. 8,9; Plate 29, figs. 6-9, 1862 ; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 78, figs. 108-111. Long Island Sound to the Arctic Ocean ; northern coasts of Europe to Great Britain and France. Common near New Haven and at Thim- ble Islands, in tide-pools and 2 to 6 fathoms; Watch Hill, Rhode . 726 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. Island, 3 to 5 fathoms; Buzzard’s Bay; Vineyard Sound, 1 to 14 fathoms, common; off Block Island, 29 fathoms; abundant in Casco Bay and Bay of Fundy, low-water to 40 fathoms. Saint George’s Bank (8. I. Smith). This species is undoubtedly the one described by Pallas, and accord- ing to the strict rules of priority it should be called Clytia uniflora. CLYTIA INTERMEDIA Agassiz. (p. 408.) Contributions, vol. iv, p. 305, Plate 29, figs. 10,11, 1862; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p- 77 (no description). Vineyard Sound, 6 to 8 fathoms, on Phyllophora. Massachusetts Bay (Agassiz). . PLATYPYXIS CYLINDRICA Agassiz. (p. 408.) Clytia (Platypyxis) cylindrica Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iv, pp. 306, 354, figs. 42-44 (not 41, nor Plate 27, figs. 8, 9), 1862. Platypyxis cylindrica A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 80, figs. 112-114. Campanularia volubilis Leidy, Jour. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sciences, ser. ii, vol. iii, p. 188, 1855 (not Linné, sp.). Long Island Sound to Massachusetts Bay. Near New Haven, 4 to 6 fathoms, on Halecium ; Thimble Islands; Watch Hill, Rhode Island ; Vineyard Sound; off Buzzard’s Bay, 25 fathoms. ORTHOPYXIS CALICULATA Verrill. (p. 408.) Campanularia caliculata Hineks, in Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. ii, vol. xi, p. 178, Plate 5, B, 1853; Brit. Hydroid Zoédph., p. 164, Plate 31, figs. 2-24 Clytia ( Orthopyxis) poterium Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iv, pp. 297, 302, fig. 40, Plate 28, Plate 29, figs. 1-5, 13862. Orthopyxis poterium A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 81, 1865. Vineyard Sound to Labrador; northern coasts of Europe to Great Britain. Off Gay Head and in Vineyard Sound, 4 to 15 fathoms; com- mon in Massachusetts Bay ; Casco Bay; and Bay of Fundy, low water to 30 fathoms. Mingan Islands, Labrador, 6 fathoms, (A. E. VY). Henley Harbor, Labrador, 20 to 30 fathoms (A. S. Packard, as Clytia volubilis). CAMPANULARIA VOLUBILIS Alder. (p. 408.) Catal. Zoéph. Northumb. and Durham, in Trans. Tynes. F. C., vol. iii, p. 125, Plate 4, fig. 7, 1857 (not of Johnston); Hincks, Brit. Hyd. Zodph., p. 160, Plate 24, fig. 2. Sertularia volubilis Linné (pars), Syst. Nat., ed. x, sp. 19; ed. xii, p. 1311; Pallas, Elench. Zoéph., p. 122, 1766. Clytia volubilis A. Agassiz, Cata- logue, p. 77 (not of Lamouroux). Vineyard Sound to Greenland and Iceland; northern coasts of Europe to Great Britain ; low-water to 100 fathoms. Common in the Bay of Fundy, low-water to 60 fathoms. CAMPANULARIA FLEXUOSA Hincks. (p. 327.) Brit. Hyd. Zodph., p. 168, Plate 33. Laomedea flecuosa Hineks, Devon. and Corn- wall Catalogue, in Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. iii, vol. viii, p. 260, 1861. INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 727 Laomedea amphora Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iv, pp. 311, 314, fig. 50, p. 352, Plate 30, Plate 31, figs. 1-8, 1862; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 93. Long Island Sound to Gulf of Saint Lawrence; northern coasts of Europe, Isle of Man. New Haven, on piles of Long Wharf; Thimble Islands, near New Haven; Vineyard Sound, off Gay Head; ‘abundene on the timbers of the ee at Eastport, Maine. OBELIA DIAPHANA Verrill. (p. 327.) Thaumantias diaphana Agassiz, Mem. Amer. Acad., vol. iv, p. 300, figs. 1, 2, 1849 (? non Mirch). Eucope diaphana (pars) Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iv, Plate 33, fig. 2, 1862; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 83, figs. 115-125. Long Island Sound to Massachusetts Bay. Abundantin New Haven Harbor and Vineyard Sound, on Zostera, Fucus, ete. OBELIA GENICULATA Allman. (p. 407.) Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. xiii, May, 1864 (t. Hincks); Hincks, Brit. Hyd. Zoéphytes, p. 149, Plate 25, fig. 1, 1868. Sertularia geniculata Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. x, sp. 23; ed. xii, sp. 21, p. 1812; Pallas, Elench. Zooph., p. 117, 1766. Laomedea geniculata Lamouroux, Pol. Flex., p. 208; Johnston, Brit. Zodph., ed. ii, p. 103, Plate 25, figs. 1,2. Hucope diaphana (pars) Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iv, p. 322, Plate 34, figs. 1-9, 1862. Hucope alternata A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p- 86, 1865. Long Island Sound to Labrador. Northern Europe, from North Cape to Great Britain. Common near New Haven; at Thimble Islands; Watch Hill, Rhode Island; Vineyard Sound, 4 to 15 fathoms; Massa- chusetts Bay; Casco Bay; Bay of Fundy, and northward, low-water to 40 fathoms, on Laminaria, hhodymenia, ete. OBELIA POLYGENA Verrill. Eucope polygena A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 86, fig. 126, 1865. Off Gay Head, 4 to 5 fathoms, not common. Nahant, Massachusetts (A. Agassiz). OBELIA DIVARICATA Verrill. Laomedea divaricata McCready, op. cit., p. 195, 1859. Eucope ? divaricata A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 91, 1865. Charleston, South Carolina (McCready, Agassiz). A few specimens were found on floating alge in Vineyard Sound, which appear to belong to this species. It is closely allied to O. fusiformis (A. Agassiz, sp.). OBELIA PYRIFORMIS Verrill. (p. 390.) Catalogue, p. 88, figs. 127-129, 1865. Laomedea gelatinosa Leidy, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., ser. ii, vol. iii, p. 138, 1855 (not Pallas, sp.). Long Island Sound to Bay of Fundy. Very abundant on piles of wharves, etc., at Wood’s Hole. This species is closely allied to the following ; in the latter the young medusz have sixteen tentacles when set free, and the reproductive capsules differ slightly in form. 728 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. OBELIA DICHOTOMA Hincks. (p. 407.) Brit. Hydroid Zoéphytes, p. 156, Plate 28, fig.1,1868. Sertularia dichotoma Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. x, sp. 24; ed. xii, sp. 22, p. 1312. Laomedza dichotoma, var. a, Johnston, Brit. Zodph., ed. ii, p. 102, Plate 26, figs. 1, 2. Vineyard Sound, northward; northern coasts of Europe to Great Britain. Off Gay Head, 8 to 10 fathoms, on ascidians; Eastport, Maine. OBELIA LONGISSIMA Hincks. Brit. Hydroid Zodph., p. 154, Plate 27, 1868. Sertularia longissima Pallas, Elench. Zooph., p. 119, 1766 (excl. synonymy). Laomedea longissima Alder, Trans. Tynes. F.C., vol. iii, p. 121 (t. Hincks). Laomedea dichotoma, var. b, Johnston, Brit. Zodph., ed. 11, p. 102. Campanularia gelatinosa Van Beneden, Mém. sur le Campan., p. 33, Plates 1, 2 (t. Hincks). Gay Head; Cape Ann, Massachusetts; Bay of Fundy. Coasts of Belgium and Great Britain. OBELIA FLABELLATA Hincks. (p. 390.) Brit. Hydroid Zodph., p. 157, Plate 29, 1868. Campanularia flabeliata Hineks, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. iii, vol. xviii, p. 297. Off Thimble Islands, 4 to 5 fathoms, on Astrangia ; Watch Hill, Rhode Island, on Laminaria ; Wood’s Hole, on old wreck, in the passage. Coasts of Great Britain. The hydrarium of this species very closely resembles the Obelia com- missuralis of Agassiz, and may prove to be identical with it. But the original O. commissuralis of McCready, from Charleston, South Carolina, is, perhaps, distinct from that described by Agassiz. OBELIA COMMISSURALIS McCready. Plate XX XVII, fig. 281. (p. 327.) Proc. Elliott Soc., vol. i, p. 197, Plate 11, figs. 5-7, 1859 ; (?) Agassiz, Contribu- ‘tions, vol. iv, pp. 315, 351, Plate 33 (except fig. 2), Plate 34, figs. 10-21, 1862 ; (?) A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 91, fig. 134. Laomedea dichotoma Leidy, op. cit., p- 138, Plate 11, fig. 36 (not Linné, sp.). ? Laomedea gelatinosa Stimpson, Invert. of Grand Manan, p. 8, 1853 (not Pallas, sp.). Charleston, South Carolina (McCready). New Jersey (Leidy). New- port, Rhode Island, and Nahant, Massachusetts (A. Agassiz). New Haven Harbor, on piles; Vineyard Sound, on floating alge. Grand Manan (Mills, t. A. Agassiz). The northern specimens possibly belong to the preceding species. OBELIA GELATINOSA Hincks. (p. 391.) British Hydroid Zoéphytes, p. 151, Plate 26, fig. 1, 1868. Sertularia gelatinosa Pallas, Elench. Zooph., p. 116, 1766. Laomedea gelatinosa Lamouroux, Polyp Flex., p. 92; Johnston, Brit. Zodph., ed. ii, p. 104, Plate 27, fig. 1 (var. 5). Campanularia gelatinosa Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., ed. ii, p. 134 (t. Hineks). Laomedea gigantea A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 86, 1865. New Jersey to Massachusetts Bay; northern coasts of Europe, from North Cape to Belgium and Great Britain; low-water to 20 fathoms. Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, on oysters; New Haven, on piles of Long Wharf, abundant. Mouth of Charles River, near Boston (H. J. Clark, t. A. Agassiz). INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 1729 RHEGMATODES TENUIS A. Agassiz. (p. 404.) In Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iv, p. 361, 1862; Catalogue, p. 95, figs. 136-138. Buzzard’s Bay and Vineyard Sound. ZYGODACTYLA GRGNLANDICA Agassiz. Plate XX XVII, fig. 275. (p. 449.) . Contributions, vol. iv, p. 360, 1862; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 103, figs. 153-156. Aiquorea Grenlandica Péron and Lesueur, Ann. du Mus., vol. xiv, p. 27, 1809 (t. A. Agassiz). Buzzard’s Bay to Greenland. Common in Vineyard Sound, in June and July. ANQUOREA ALBIDA A. Agassiz. (p. 404.) In Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iv, p. 359, 1862; eae. p. 110, figs. 160-162. Buzzard’s Bay (A. Agassiz). TiIMA FORMOSA Agassiz. (p. 449.) Contributions, vol. iv, p. 362, 1862; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 113, figs. 164-172. Vineyard Sound, February and April. Massachusetts Bay (A. Agassiz). EUTIMA LIMPIDA A. Agassiz. (p. 454.) In Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iv, p. 363, 1862; Catalogue, p. 116, figs. 173-178. Buzzard’s Bay, Naushon (A. Agassiz). LAFOEA CALCARATA A. Agassiz. (p. 408.) Catalogue, p. 122, figs. 184-194. Lafwa cornuta Agassiz, Contr., vol. iv, p. 351 (not of Lamouroux). Laodicea calcarata A. Agassiz, in Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iv, p. 350, 1862. Campanularia dumosa Leidy, op. cit., p. 138, 1855 (not of Fleming). South Carolina to Vineyard Sound; Buzzard’s Bay and Vineyard Sound. The hydrarium was abundant on floating Zostera and alge in Vineyard Sound, creeping over Sertularia cornicina; also at low-water, and in 6 to 8 fathoms on Phyllophora ; Thimble Islands, in tide-pool, on Vesicularia. Charleston, South Carolina (McCready, described as a constituent part of his Dynamena cornicina). HALECIUM GRACILE Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 328.) Stems slender, flexible, clustered, compound, consisting of many very slender, united tubes, light brown or yellowish, pinnately much branched ; branches alternate, ascending, long, slender, tapering, similar to the main stem, and usually similarly subdivided; the branches and branchlets mostly arise from opposite sides of the stem, so that they stand nearly in one plane; ends of branches and the branchlets simple, very slender, translucent, whitish, divided into rather long segments; the articula- _ tions not very conspicuous, somewhat oblique; each segment usually with a prominent cylindrical process, arising from near the upper end, which, on the older branches, bears the hydroid cell, but on the young branchlets are themselves hydroid cells, furnished with a thin, slightly ; 730 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. expanded border, having a circle of dots near the edge; the older or secondary cells, arising from these, are rather elongated, narrow, cylin- drical, with slightly expanded rim, more or less bent and crooked or geniculate at base, and usually with one or two irregular constrictions. Many of the older cells are much elongated, and have two or three old rims below, separated by distances equal to two or three times the diameter. The hydroids are long, slender, with numerous long tentacles, much exsert from the cells. The branchlets and gonothece (reproduct- ive capsules) arise in the axils of the hydroid cells, and, like the latter, the gonothecz are often secund on the branchlets. The male and female capsules are different in form. The male gonothece are oblong, sub- fusiform, about three times as long as broad, obtusely rounded at the end, more gradually tapered to the base; the female gonothece are broader, somewhat flattened, usually a little shorter, gradually expand- ing from the narrow base to near the distal end, which is emarginate ; the outer angle broadly rounded and slightly produced ; the inner angle prolonged into a short cylindrical hydroid cell, with the edge slightly everted, from which two hydroids usually protrude. Height, 75™™ to 150™™; diameter of stems, seldom more than 1™; length of female Beaeitenss about 1™™; breadth, 0.40™ to 0.45™™; lengen of male gono- thece, 1™™ to 1.10™™; breadth, 0.30™™ to 0.40; diameter of hydro- thece, about 0.12™. Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, on oysters, just below low-water mark; Long Island Sound, near New Haven, in 2 to 6 fathoms, abundant, and also in brackish water on floating timber; Thimble Islands, 2 to 6 fathoms; Buzzard’s Bay and Vineyard Sound. This species is more nearly allied to H. halecitnum of Europe and Northern New England than to any other described species.. It is a much more slender and delicate species, with longer joints, and narrower and more elongated hydrothecz and polyps. ~The female gonothece, although similar, differ in having the distal ends decidedly emarginate, with the outer angle somewhat produced, though much less so than in those of H. Beanit. ANTENNULARIA ANTENNINA Fleming. (p. 497.) Brit. Anim., p. 546; Johnston, Brit. Zodph., ed. ii, p. 86, Plate 19, figs. 1-3; Hincks, Brit. Hydr. Zodph., p. 280, Plate 61. Sertularia antennina Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. x, 1758; ed. xii, p. 1310. Antennularia indivisa Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert. , ed. ii, vol. ii, p. 156. Martha’s Vineyard to Bay of Fundy; northern coasts of Tenope to Great Britain and France. Off Gay Head, 8 fathoms; Casco Bay, 6 to 30 fathoms; Bay of Fundy, 10 to 60 fathoms, not uncommon. AGLAOPHENIA ARBOREA Verrill. Plumularia arborea Desor, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. iii, p. 65, 1848; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 140. The original specimen of this species is still preserved in the collection INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 731 of the Boston Society. It consists of a large number of long, mostly simple, but occasionally forked stems, forming a dense plume-like cluster, united at base by an intricate mass of creeping stolons, which cover what looks like the dead axis of a Gorgonia, but is most probably a dried-up black alga, and is certainly not, as Desor supposed, a part of the hydroid. The stems are mostly 4 to 6 inches long, more or less re- curved, composed of short joints, and densely covered with the secund pinne, which increase in length from the base toward the tips; the pinne arise from every joint, and form two close alternating rows along the inner side of the stems ; they are directed upward, and more or less curved inward, toward each other, near the tips, and mostly 5™™ to 8™™ in length, composed of short, stout, oblique joints, not twice as long as broad. Hydra-cells deep, slightly flaring, rising at an angle of about 45°, attached only at base, the upper side less than half as high as the lower, border strongly dentate : one slender median denticle on the up- per edge; four lateral ones on each side, of which three are subequal, triangular, rather wide, obtuse, with rounded intervals; the lower or outer lateral one is twice as long, rather acute; the single odd median one, on the outer margin, is equally long and more slender, and usually bent upward. A single large tubular median nematophore is attached to the outer side of the cell, along most of its length, but separated at the end, which is obliquely truncate, with the aperture on the inner side, its tip nor extending beyond the long lateral denticles of the hydra- cell. Lateral nematophores small, sessile, not so long as the upper or inner side of the cells. The large, closed, oblong corbule are irregu- larly scattered among the other pinne; they occupy the terminal part of - the modified pinne, but there are usually three or four unaltered hydra- cells on the basal portion, below the corbula; the pinne bearing cor- bule are somewhat shorter than the others. Shoals of Nantucket, ten miles east of Sancati Head, 14 fathoms, (Desor). PLUMULARIA TENELLA Verrill, sp. nov. (p. 407.) Stems clustered, simple, slender, 1 to 2 inches high, horn-colored ; branches alternate, very slender, not very long, mostly unbranched, placed toward one face of the stem, inclining forward, and ascending at an angle of about 45°, and originating from the alternate joints of the stem, the internodes being longer than the joints that bear branches ; at one side of the base of each branch there is a hydrotheca and accom- panying nematophores; the internodes of the stem also bear one or two nematophores. The basal segment of each branch is short; the rest are of three kinds ; every third one is usually stouter, and bears a hydro- theca; just in front of each hydrotheca there is usually a very short segment, scarcely longer than broad, and sometimes indistinct, destitute of nematophores; then follows a much longer, slender segment, five or six times as long as broad, articulated by a very oblique joint at its dis- 732 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. tal end with the thicker and shorter polypiferous segment, and bearing one or two nematophores on the median line, which may be either near the middle or toward the proximal end. Hydrothece broad, sub- cylindrical, a little longer than broad, with a slightly flaring, even rim ; the axis forms an angle of about 45° with the branches; the free part of the distal side is about half the length of the proximal side. Ne- matophores relatively large, usually three with each hydrotheca: one on — each side, shorter than the hydrotheca, trumpet-shaped, with a round, cup-like opening, narrowed below, nearly sessile; another, similar in form, placed toward the proximal end of the segment, inclined forward, and nearly reaching the base of the hydrotheca. Gonothece not ob- served. Off Gay Head, 8 to 10 fathoms, among ascidians; Vineyard Sound, 8 fathoms. This species is related to P. Catharine Johnston and P cornucopie Hincks, from the English coast. The former differs in having opposite branches, smaller and more elongated nematophores, etc.; the latter agrees in having alternate branches, but the nematophores are smaller, longer, and more slender, and the joints of the branches are different. This is the first genuine species of Plumularia that has been discov- ered on the New England coast. SERTULARIA ARGENTEA Ellis and Solander. Plate XX XVII, fig. 280. (p. 408.) Zoophytes, p. 38; Johnston, Brit. Zodph., ed. ii, p. 79, Plate 14, fig. 3, Plate 15» figs. 1-3; Hincks, Brit. Hydr. Zoéph., p. 268, Plate 56; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 144. New Jersey to the Arctic Ocean; northern shores of Europe to Great Britain and France; low-water to 110 fathoms. Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, in April; common and of large size in Long Island Sound, near New Haven, Thimble Islands, and at Faulkner’s Island, 1 to 8 fathoms; Watch Hill, Rhode Island; Vineyard Sound, 1 to 15 fathoms, very common; abundant in Casco Bay; Bay of Fundy; Nova Scotia coast; and Gulf of Saint Lawrence, low-water to 110 fathoms. Saint George’s Bank (S. I. Smith). SERTULARIA CUPRESSINA Linné. (p. 408.) Syst. Nature, ed. x, 1758; ed. xii, p. 1308; Pallas, Elenth. Zooph., p. 142, 1766; Johnston, op. cit., p. 80, Plate 16, figs. 1, 2; Hincks, op. cit., p. 270, Plate 57 ; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 143. New Jersey to the Arctic Ocean; northern coasts of Europe to Great Britain and France. Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, with reproductive capsules, in April; Vineyard Sound, not common; Massachusetts Bay ; Casco Bay; Bay of Fundy, in tide-pools and from 1 to 110 fathoms, common. Saint George’s Bank (S. L Smith). Absecom Beach, New Jersey (Leidy). | SERTULARIA PUMILA Linné, Plate XX XVII, fig. 279. (p. 327.) Syst. Nature, ed.x, 1758; ed. xii, p. 1306; Pallas, Elench. Zooph., p. 180; Johnston, op. cit., p. 66, Plate 11, figs. 3,4; Hincks, Brit. Hydr. Zoéph., p. 260, Plate 53, INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC 733 fig. 1. Dynamena pumila Lamouroux, Bulletin Soc. Phil., vol. iii, p. 184. 1812; Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iv, pp. 326, 355, Plate 32, 1862; A. Agassiz, Cata- logue, p. 141, figs. 225, 226. New Jersey to the Arctic Ocean; Finmark to Great Britain and France. Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, on Fucus; abundant on the shores of Long Island Sound, Vineyard Sound, and northward, between tides. ’ SERTULARIA CORNICINA Verrill. (p. 408.) Dynamena cornicina (pars) McCready, op. cit., p. 204, 1859; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 142, 1865. | Charleston, South Carolina, to Vineyard Sound. Not uncommon in Vineyard Sound, 1 to 8 fathoms, often on Halecium gracile ; also on float- ing Zostera, etc., and covered with Lafoéa calcarata. This species somewhat resembles the preceding, but the hydra-cells are more distant, longer, more prominent, and freer, while the end is distinctly bent outward, making the lower side concave in the middle ; aperture strongly bilabiate, often appearing tridentate. HYDRALLMANIA FALCATA Hineks. (p. 408.) Brit. Hyd. Zodph., p. 273, Plate 58, 1868. Sertularia falcata Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. x, 1758; ed. xil, p. 1809; Plumularia falcata Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., ed. ii, p. 160; Johnston, Brit. Zodph., p. 90, Plate 21, figs. 1, 2. Sertularia tenerissima Stimpson, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, p. 8, 1853. Long Island Sound to the Arctic Ocean; northern shores of Europe to the British Channel. Common near New Haven, and off Thimble Islands, 4 to 8 fathoms; Watch Hill, Rhode Island; Vineyard Sound, and off Gay Head, 6 to 20 fathoms; Massachusetts Bay, abundant; very abundant in Casco Bay and Bay of Fundy, low-water to 110 fath- oms; Mingan Islands, Labrador. Saint George’s Bank, very abundant, 20 to 150 fathoms, (S. I. Smith, A. 8. Packard). Tubularina. NEMOPSIS BACHEI Agassiz. (p. 454.) Mem. Amer. Acad., vol. iv, p. 289, figure, 1849; Contributions, vol. iv, p. 345; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 149, figs. 227-231. Nemopsis Gibbesi McCready, op. cit., p- 58, Plate 10, figs. 1-7, 1859. Charleston, South Carolina, to Nantucket. BOUGAINVILLIA SUPERCILIARIS Aggasiz. Plate XXXVII, fig. 276. (p. 328.) Contributions, vol. iv, pp. 289, 291, figs. 37-39, Plate 27, figs. 1-7, 1862; A. Agas- siz, Catalogue, -p. 153, figs. 232-240. Hippocrene superciliaris Agassiz, Mem. Amer. Acad., vol. iv, p. 250, Plates 1-3, 1849. Newport, Rhode Island, to Bay of Fundy ; ? Greenland. MARGELIS CAROLINENSIS Agassiz. (p. 450.) Contributions, vol. iv, p. 344, 1862; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 156, figs. 241-248. Hippocrene Carolinensis McCready, op. cit., p. 164 (separate copies, p. 62), Plate 10, figs. 8-10. Charleston, South Carolina, to Vineyard Sound. Wood’s Hole, at surface, evening. 734 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. EUDENDRIUM DISPAR Agassiz. (p. 408.) . Contributions, vol. iv, pp. 285, 289, 342, fig. 36, Plate 27, figs. 10-21, 1862; A Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 159, fig. 249. Vineyard Sound to Bay of Fundy ; 1 to 20 fathoms. EUDENDRIUM TENUE A. Agassiz. Catalogue, p. 160, fig. 250, 1865. Buzzard’s Bay to Bay of Fundy, low-water to 15 fathoms. This is closely allied to the English H. capillare Alder, but the latter seems to be a smaller and more delicate species. EUDENDRIUM RAMOSUM Ehrenberg. (p. 408.) Corall. roth. Meer, p. 72, 1834; Johnston, Brit. Zodph., ed. ii, p. 46, Plate 6, figs. 1-3; Hincks, Brit. Hydr. Zodph., p. 82, Plate 13; ? A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p- 160. Tubularia ramosa Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. xii, p. 1302. Martha’s Vineyard to Labrador; northern coasts of Europe to Great Britain. Off Gay Head, 8 to 20 fathoms; Casco Bay, 10 to 60 fathoms; Bay of Fundy. 6 to 100 fathoms. Off Saint George’s Bank, 430 fathoms, (S. I. Smith). DYSMORPHOSA FULGURANS A. Agassiz. (p. 448.) Catalogue, p. 163, figs. 259, 260, 1865. Buzzard’s Bay, Naushon, and Massachusetts Bay (A. Agassiz). TURRITOPSIS NUTRICULA McCready. (p. 454.) Op. cit., pp. 55, 86, 127, Plates 4, 5, 8, fig. 1, 1857-9 ; Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iv, p. 347; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 167, figs. 269, 270. Charleston, South Carolina, to Vineyard Sound. STOMOTOCA APICATA Agassiz. (p. 455.) Contributions, vol. iv, p. 347, 1862; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 168. Saphenia apicata McCready, op. cit., p. 129, Plate 8, figs. 2, 3, 1859. Charleston, South Carolina (McCready); Newport, Rhode Island (A. Agassiz). CLAVA LEPTOSTYLA Agassiz. (p. 328.) Contributions, vol. iv, pp. 218, 222, fig. 32, Plate 20, figs. 11-16, Plate 21, figs. 1-10, 1862; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 170, fig. 274; Hincks, op. cit., p. 6, Plate 2, fig. 1, 1868. Clava multicornis Stimpson, Invert. Grand Manan, p. 11, 1853 ; Leidy, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philad., vol. iii, p. 135, Plate 11, figs. 33, 34, 1855 (not of Johnston). Long Island Sound to Labrador; coasts of Great Britain. Near New Haven Light; Thimble Islands, in tide-pools; Beverly, Massachusetts ; Casco Bay, on rocks and Fucus, abundant; Hastport, Maine, on piles. Point Judith, Rhode Island (Leidy). Nahant, Massachusetts (Agassiz). Morecombe Bay (Hincks),. CORDYLOPHORA, species undetermined. Syncoryna, sp., Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iv, p. 339 (no description). Newport Harbor, Rhode Island (Leidy, t. Agassiz). In 1860 I ob- tained a species of this genus from the vicinity of Cambridge, Massa- INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 735 chusetts, in water that was fresh, or nearly so. It grew to the height of two inches or more, with long slender branches. WILLIA ORNATA McCready. (p. 409.) Op. cit., p. 149 (separate copies, p. 47), Plate 9, figs. 9-11, 1859 (Willsia) ; Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iv, p. 346, 1862; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 171, figs. 2748, 275. Charleston, South Carolina (McCready). Buzzard’s Bay (A. Agassiz). CORYNE MIRABILIS Agassiz. Contributions, vol. iii, Plate 11°, figs. 14, 15, Plates 17-19; vol. iv, pp. 185-217, figs: 9-31, Plate 20, figs. 1-9, Plate 23, fig. 12; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 175, figs. 283-287. Sarsia mirabilis Agassiz, Mem. Amer. Acad., vol. iv, p. 224, Plates 4,5, 1849. ? Tubularia stellifera Couthouy, Boston Jour. Nat. Hist., vol. ii, p. 56, 1839. Coryne gravata Wright, Edinb. New Phil. Jour., Apr., 1858, Plate 7, fig. 5 (t. Hincks). Syncoryne gravata Hincks, Brit. Hydr. Zodph., p. 53, Plate 10, fig. 1. The species described by Couthouy may, possibly, have been this ; but his species was described as unbranched, and as if it had two dis- tinct circles of tentacles. Martha’s Vineyard to Greenland. Common in Massachusetts Bay; Casco Bay; and Bay of Fundy. Scotland (Hincks). DIPURENA CONICA A. Agassiz. (p. 455.) In Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iv, p. 341, 1862; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 181, figs. 301-305. Buzzard’s Bay, Naushon (A. Agassiz). GEMMARIA GEMMOSA McCready. (p. 405.) Op. cit., p. 151, Plate 8, figs. 4,5, 1859; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 184, fig. 306. Zanclea gemmosa McCready, op. cit., p-151, 1849; Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iv, p. 344. Charleston, South Carolina (McCready). Buzzard’s Bay (A. Agassiz). PENNARIA TIARELLA McCready. Plate XXXVII, figs. 277, 278. (p. 327.) Op. cit., p. 153, 1859; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 187, figs. 311-315. Globiceps tia- rella Ayres, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. iv, p. 193, 1852. Hucoryne elegans Leidy, op. cit., p. 136, Plate 10, figs. 1-5, 1855. Globiceps tiarella Agassiz, Con- tributions, vol. iv, p. 344, 1862. Charleston, South Carolina, to Massachusetts Bay. Great Egg Har- bor, New Jersey ; near New Haven; Vineyard Sound, common, low-water to 10 fathoms, and on floating alge. | ECTOPLEURA OCHRACEA Agassiz. (p. 455.) In Agassiz, Contributions, vol. iv, p. 343, 1862; Catalogue, p. 191, figs. 320-323. Buzzard’s Bay, Naushon (A. Agassiz). 736 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. CORYMORPHA PENDULA Agassiz. Plate XXXVI, fig. 273. (p. 510.) Contributions, vol.-iv, pp. 276, 343, Plate 26, figs. 7-17, 1862; A. Agassiz, Cata- logue, p. 192, fig. 324. Corymorpha nutans Stimpson, Invert. of Grand Manan, p. 9, 1853. Block Island to Gulf of Saint Lawrence. Common in Casco Bay and Bay of Fundy, 8 to 30 fathoms; off Block Island, 29 fathoms. Off Cape Cod (A. 8. Bickmore). HYBOCODON PROLIFER Agassiz. Plate XX XVIII, fig. 282. (p. 328.) Contributions, vol. iv, pp. 243, 343, Plate 234, figs. 10, 11, Plate 25, figs. 1-15, 1862; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 193, figs. 325-328. Vineyard Sound to Massachusetts Bay. PARYPHA CROCEA Agassiz. Plate XXXVI, fig. 274. (p. 390.) Contributions, vol. iv, pp. 249, 342, Plates 23, 234, figs. 1-7, 1862; A. Agassiz, Cata- logue, p. 195. ? Tubularia cristata McCready, op. cit., p. 156, 1859=Parypha cristata Ag., op. cit., p. 342. Brooklyn, New York, to Boston, Massachusetts. Very abundant near New Haven, on piles in harbor, and in 2 to 6 fathoms, off Thimble Islands; Wood’s Hole, on piles, abundant. Warren Bridge, Boston (Agassiz). This is probably not distinct from P. cristata, which is abundant at Charleston, South Carolina, and Fort Macon, North Carolina. THAMNOCNIDIA TENELLA Agassiz. (p. 407.) Contributions, vol. iv, pp. 275, 342, Plate 22, figs. 21-30, 1862; A. _ piss Cata- logue, p. 195. Rhode Island to Bay of Fundy. Off Watch Hill, 4 to 5 fathoms; Vineyard Sound, 6 to 10 fathoms; common in Casco Bay and Bay of Fundy, low-water to 40 fathoms. HYDRACTINIA POLYCLINA Agassiz. (p. 407.) Contributions, vol. iii, Plate 16; vol. iv, pp. 227, 339, figs. 33-35, Plate 26, fig. 18, 1862; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, vi 198, figs. 329,330. Hydractinia echinata Leidy, op. cit., p. 135, Plate xi, fig. 35, 1855 (? not of Johnston). New Jersey to Labrador. Very abundant in Long Island Sound, Vineyard Sound, Casco Bay, and Bay of Fundy, low-water to 60 fath- oms. Saint George’s Bank (S. I. Smith). Labrador (Packard). Green- Jand (Morch). ? Charleston, South Carolina (McCready). The identity of this with the European species is somewhat doubtful, though united by Hincks and others. The latter extends southward on the EKuropean coasts to Great Britain and France. Physophore. NANOMIA CARA A. Agassiz. (p. 455.) Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. ix, p. 181, 1863; Catalogue, p. 200, figs. 332-350. Newport, Rhode Island; Massachusetts Bay ; Nahant (A. Agassiz). INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 737 Porpite. PHYSALIA PELAGICA Lamarck. (p. 450.) Syst. des Anim. sans Vert., p. 356, 1801 ; Lesson, Acaléphes, p. 545, 1843. Physalis pelagica Osbeck, Itin., p.284, Plate 12, fig. 1, 1757 (t. Lesson). Holothuria physalis Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. xii, p. 1090, 1767. Medusa caravella Miiller, Besch. der Berl. Naturf., vol. ii, p. 190, Plate 9, fig. 2 (t. Lesson); Gmelin, Syst. Nat., p. 3139,1789. Physalia caravella Eschscholtz; Lesson, Hist. Nat. des Zooph. Acaléphes, Plate 11 (explanation). Physalia arethusa Tilesius, in Krusensterns Reise, vol. iii, p. 91, Plate 23, figs. 1-6, 1813 (t. Lesson); Agassiz, Contributions , vol. iv, pp. 335, 367, Plate 35, 1862; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 214, figs. 351-354 ; this Report, p. 450. Physalia aurigera McCready, op. cit., p. 176, 1859. Warmer parts of the Atlantic Ocean and Gulf of Mexico, coming north- ward in the Gulf Stream to the southern coast of New England and Long Island; and off Saint George’s Bank and Nova Scotia. Not un- common, in good condition, in Vineyard Sound and Buzzard’s Bay. Watch Hill, Rhode Island (D. C. Haton). East of Saint George’s Bank (S.I. Smith). Fort Macon, North Carolina (coll. Dr. Yarrow). VELELLA MUTICA Lamarck. (p. 435.) Syst. des Anim. sans Vert., p. 355, 1801; Bosc, Hist. Nat. des Vers., vol. ii, p. 158; Lesson, Voy. de la Coquille, Zool., vol. ii, pp. 2,52, Plate 6, figs. 1,2; Aca- lephes, p. 571, Plate 12, figs. 1,2; A. Agassiz, Catalogue, p. 216, figs. 355-357. Medusa velella Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. xii, p. 1098. Tropical parts of the Atlantie and Gulf of Mexico, coming northward in the Gulf Stream as far as Nantucket and off Saint George’s Bank. Aspinwall (coll. F. H. Bradley); coasts of Florida (Agassiz); Long Is- land Sound (A. Agassiz). POLYPI or ANTHOZOA. ALCYONARIA. ALCYONIUM CARNEUM Agassiz. Plate XX XVIII, fig. 283. (p. 497.) Proc. American Association for Adv. of Science, 1850, p. 209; Verrill, Revision of Polyps of Eastern Coast U. S., in Memoirs Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. i, p. 4, 1864; Verrill, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. x, p. 343, 1866. Halcyonium carneum A. and E. C. Agassiz, Sea-Side Studies, p. 19, figs. 21-23, 1865. Rhode Island to Gulf of Saint Lawrence. Off Watch Hill, Rhode Island, 4to 5 fathoms; off Cuttyhunk Island, 10 to 15 fathoms; off Gay Head, 8 to 10 fathoms ; common in Massachusetts Bay, Casco Bay, Bay of Fundy, and coast of Nova Scotia, low-water to 80 fathoms. Gulf of Saint Law- rence (Whiteaves). Saint George’s Bank (S. I. Smith). Leptogorgia tenuis Verrill. Memoirs Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. i, p. 8,1864. Gorgonia tenuis Verrill, Proc. Boston Soc. N. H., vol. x, p. 339, 1866. Leptogorgia teres (error typ.) Verrill, Amer. Jour. Science, vol. xlviii, p. 420, 1869. ‘* Bay of New York.” Specimens in the museum of Yale College are supposed to have come from Long Island Sound, but the exact locality is not known. S. Mis. 61——47 738 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. ACTINARIA. METRIDIUM MARGINATUM Milne-Edwards. (p. 329.) Hist. Nat. des Coralliaires, vol. i, p. 254, 1857; Verrill, Revision of Polyps., in Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. i, p. 22, 1864; Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. x, p. 337, 1866; American Naturalist, vol. ii, p. 252; Tenney, Natural History, p. 523, figs. 515-517, 1865; A. and Mrs. E. C. Agassiz, Sea-Side Studies, p. 7, figs. 2-7, 1865. Actinia marginata Lesueur, Journal Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philad., vol.i, p. 172, 1817; Gould, Invert. Mass., ed. i, p. 349, 1841; Leidy, Journ. Acad. N.S., Philad., ser. ii, vol. iii, p..140, 1855 | Agassiz, Contri- butions, vol. iii, p. 39, fig. 8, 1860. Actinia dianthus Dawson, Canadian Nat- uralist and Geologist, vol. iii, p. 402, figs, 1, 2, 1858. New Jersey to Labrador. Common in Long Island Sound, Buzzard’s Bay, and Vineyard Sound, but mostly smaller than farther north; abundant in Massachusetts Bay, Casco Bay, and Bay of Fundy, low- water to 90 fathoms. SAGARTIA LEUCOLENA Verrill. Plate X XXVIII, fig. 284. (p. 329.) Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. x, p. 336, 1866; American Naturalist, vol. ii, p. 261. North Carolina to Cape Cod. Common in Long Island Sound, Buz- zard’s Bay, and Vineyard Sound; Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey. Fort Macon, North Carolina (coll. Dr. Yarrow). SAGARTIA MODESTA Verrill. (p. 330.) Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. x, p. 337, 1866. Long Island Sound to Vineyard Sound. Savin Rock, near New Haven; Goose Island; Stony Creek; Naushon Island; low-water, buried in sand or gravel. PARACTIS RAPIFORMIS Milne-Edwards. (p. 363.) Hist. Nat. des Coralliaires, vol. i, p. 249, 1857; Verrill, American Journal of Science, vol. ili, p. 436, 1872; Dana, Corals and Coral Islands, p. 23, figure, (in ed. i, as Sagartia modesta V.). Grows in large tuberous masses, on alge, like the last, but has a | smoother surface and finer and firmer texture. (See p. 498.) HALICHONDRIA ?, species undetermined, b. (p. 334.) Long Island Sound near New Haven; Vineyard Sound. Forms broad, uneven incrustations on the under side of stones, at low-water mark. Color when living, bright yellow. Oscules rather large, conspicuous. HALICHONDRIA ?, species undetermined, c. Vineyard Sound, on the under side of overhanging banks, on the salt marshes near Waquoit; on the piles of wharves at Wood’s Hole. Forms large, irregular, thick masses, often containing much foreign matter; surface uneven, rising into irregular prominences. Soft and brittle. This is, perhaps, a species of Reniera Schmidt (Hymeniacidon Bow- erbank).* RENIERA ?, species undetermined, a. (p. 334.) Vineyard Sound, 1 to 10 fathoms. Forms large, irregular, soft masses, 3 to 5 inches in diameter, of a light yellow color when living. RENIERA ?, species undetermined, b. Vineyard Sound, 3 to 10 fathoms. Forms large, irregular, thick masses, with numerous acute, irregular, often ragged, conical promi- nences, rising from its upper surface. * It was not studied carefully when recent ; and I have no specimens of this and sev- eral of the other species at hand, for most of the sponges were sent elsewhere for com- parison with named types, and have not yet been returned. 744 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. HALISARCA?, Species undetermined, a. Watch Hill, Rhode Island, 4 to 5 fathoms. Forms small, soft, some- what gelatinous masses, on red alge. (See p. 498.) SUBERITES COMPACTA Verrill, sp. nov. This species is remarkable for the compactness of its tissues and the smallness of the canals and pores permeating its substance, as well as for the large size of the plates and crest-like lobes in which it grows. A transverse section of the dried sponge shows very numerous irregular canals, most of them not larger than pin-holes (or less than 0.15™™ in diameter). The tissue is very compact throughout, but is more dense close to the surface, which is nearly smooth, the oscules being small and inconspicuous. The spicules are very abundant, crowded, very slender, mostly pin-shaped (spinulate), with the point very acute and the “‘ head” but little enlarged, and often largest a slight distance from the end, so as to give the head a slightly ovate form. Color, when living, bright yellow. Off Martha’s Vineyard, 10 fathoms, sand; Nantucket; Eastern Shore of Virginia. This is the species described as a ‘firm siliceous sponge,” on page 503. In general appearance it somewhat resembles Suberites suberea Gray (Hymeniacidon suberea Bowerbank). CLIONA SULPHUREA Verrill. (p. 421.) Spongia sulphurea Desor, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. iii, p. 68, 1848. South Carolina to Cape Cod; local farther north. Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey; very abundant in Long Island Sound and Vineyard Sound, on oysters and various other shells, 1 to 15 fathoms. Portland Harbor, Maine, in sheltered localities (C. B. Fuller). ? POLYMASTIA ROBUSTA Bowerbank. (p. 497.) British Spongiade, vol. i, p. 178, Plate 29, fig. 358; vol. ii, p. 62, 1866. Off Gay Head, 18 to 20 fathoms; common in Casco Bay and Bay of Fundy, 8 to 70 fathoms. Coast of Great Britain (Bowerbank). The American specimens do not agree in all respects with the descrip- tion, and may prove to be distinct when a direct comparison can be made. In our specimens the surface is finely hispid; the dermal tissue is firm, and filled with small, slender, often curved, needle-shaped (* acuate”), and pin-shaped (“‘spinulate”) spicules, which project from the surface. The latter form is the predominant one, but the ‘ head” is very small, and they pass gradually into the former kind, in which the * head ” is obsolete, or not larger than the shaft. The spicules of the large, radi- ating fascicles in the body of the sponge are long and large, needle- shaped, with the central portion thickest (‘‘ fusiformi-acuate”). The large spicules in the longitudinal fascicles of the cloacal fistula are of the same form; the secondary fascicles of the body and the transverse secondary spicules of the fistula also have the same form, though much INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 745 smaller. The “cloacal fistule” are numerous, and, when living, are round and tapering, but when dry become flat and bent, or curved to one side. They are mostly 20™™ to 40™™ long, and 4™™ to 6™™ in diameter near the base. Several other species of sponges were collected, which have- not been examined. I have been unable to identify any of our specimens with the Spongia urceolata of Desor (Proceedings Boston Soc. Nat. History, vol. iii, p. 67). Possibly it was based on a peculiarly-shaped young specimen of Micro- ciona prolifera. FORAMINIFERA. Numerous species were collected, especially in the deeper parts of Vineyard Sound and off Martha’s Vineyard, but they have not been identified. ADDENDA. Crustacea. CANCER BOREALIS Stimpson. (p. 546.) A small specimen of this species was dredged off Watch Hill, Rhode Island, in 4 to 5 fathoms, among rocks and alge,in April. Jt was found in abundance, and of large size, at Peak’s Island and Pumkin Knob, in Casco Bay, Maine, in August, clinging to the sea-weeds, and in tide- pools, above low-water mark. OCYPODA ARENARIA Say. (Megalops stage.) (p. 337.) The megalops of this species was found in large numbers, swimming at the surface of Vineyard Sound in September, by Mr. Vinal N. Ed- wards. HOMARUS AMERICANUS Edw. (Lobster.) (p. 492.) Subsequent observations have shown that the breeding-season of the lobster extends over a large part of the year. In Casco Bay female lobsters were found carrying eggs in August andSeptember. Mr. Vinal N. Edwards has forwarded two living females, of medium size, taken in Vineyard Sound, December 12th, both carying an abundance of freshly laideggs. He states that he finds about “ one in twenty” carrying eggs at that season. THEMISTO, species undetermined. A species of this genus was taken in large quantities in Vineyard Sound, in September, by Mr. Vinal N. Edwards. It occurred swimming at the surface in vast numbers, and was thrown up by the waves in windrows, extending several miles along the shores of Martha’s Vine- yard. ; 746 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. CONILERA CONCHARUM Harger. (p. 572.) This species, previously quite rare, was taken this year in large num- bers, in Vineyard Sound, both in spring and autumn, by Mr. Vinal N. Edwards. Annelida. PROCERAIA ORNATA Verrill, sp. nov. | Autolytus (2), banded species, this Report, p. 398. Head short and broad, bluntly rounded or sabtruncate above, slightly bilobed or emarginate below. Eyes moderately large; the anterior pair wider apart. Median antenna white, very long, slender, variously curled, reaching to about the twelfth body-segment; posterior tenta- cles also very long and slender, reaching to about the ninth segment, white at the tips; inner antenne about one-fourth as long as the median one; the other two pairs of antenne and tentacles about one- fourth as long as the mediau one; tentacular cirri of the second (post- buccal) segment short, about equal to the diameter of the body. Dorsal cirri short, about one-third as long as the breadth of the body; setiger- ous lobe short and broadly rounded; sete short. Gizzard small, short, elliptical, situated at about the eighth segment. Caudal cirri two, slen- der, tapering, their length about equal to the diameter of the body. — Color of the body white or pale yellowish, annulated with bands of bright red at unequal distances. Length, about 15™™; breadth, 0.5™™. | Long Island Sound, off New Haven; and at Thimble Islands, 1 to 5 fathoms, among hydroids and bryozoa. ETEONE ROBUSTA Verrill. (p. 588.) This species, previously known only from a single specimen, was taken at Wood’s Hole, in abundance, and of large size, in November, by Mr. Vinal N. Edwards. : Turbellaria. RHYNCHOSCOLEX PAPILLOSUS Diesing. Revision der Turbellarien, op. cit., vol. xlv., p. 245, 1862. Rhynchoprobolus papil- losus Schmaida, Neue wirbell.' Thiere, i, p. 1, 11, Plate 2, fig. 25 (t. Diesing). Hoboken, New Jersey, in brackish water, (Schmarda). POLYCELIS MUTABILIS Verrill, sp. nov. Body much depressed, thin, changeable in form, often elliptical or oval, frequently broad and emarginate in front, and tapered posteriorly. Marginal ocelli minute, black, forming several rows along the front border, but only one row laterally. Dorsal ocelli larger, forming three pairs of rather ill-defined clusters; the outer clusters are largest, con- vergent backward; a pair of smaller elusters are situated a little in advance, and nearer together; the third pair is a little farther forward INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS OF VINEYARD SOUND, ETC. 747 and closer together, often more or less confused with those next behind them. Color, yellowish brown, darker centrally; or pale yellowish, thickly specked with yellowish brown. Length, about 7™™ to 9™™, breadth, 5™@ to 6™™, Thimble Islands, 1 to 2 fathoms, among alge. Bryozoa. GEMELLARIA LORICATA Busk. Catal. Mar. Polyzoa, Brit. Mus., part i, p.34; Smitt, op, cit., p. 285, Plate 17, fig. 54. Sertularia ioricata Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 285 (t.Smitt). Gemellaria loriculata Johnston, Brit. Zodph., ed. ii, pp. 293, 477, Plate 47, figs. 12, 13. Nantucket to the Arctic Ocean; northern coasts of Europe to Great Britain. Very common in Casco Bay and Bay of Fundy, low-water to 110 fathoms. The specimens from Nantucket differ somewhat from the ordinary form. They consist of rather dense tufts of stout stems, two or three inches high, and rather sparingly branched. The cells are larger than usual, elongated obovate, five or six times as long as broad; those of the same pair are not exactly opposite. Aperture deeply crescent- shaped, facing a little outward. Many of the cells, toward the base of the stems, give rise to one or more curious processes from near the base of the cell; these are, at first, slender tubes, rising from a thin roundish spot on the cell, but soon they divide at the tip into two, three, or four forks, which are at first regularly recurved; later these become much elongated, and are converted into slender rootlets or stolons. q a ee } PY eve, { Ay ¥ v4 i r ui { i f a. 4 z he Fi 4 ERRATA. Page 307, line 23, for cavaluted, read convoluted. Page 310,line 8, page 401, line 12,and elsewhere, for Ostrwa, read Ostrea. Page 383, line 23, for Molidia, read Montagua. Page 383, line 26, for Cavolina, read Coryphella. Page 392, line 23, for micropthalma, read microphthalma. Page 393, last line, for Sargatia, read Sagartia. Page 399, line 21, for Leptochiton, read Chetopleura. Page 399, line 32, for Leptochiton, read Trachydermon. Page 405, line 27, for Hucrate,read Eucratea. Page 407, line 38, for reproducsive, read reproductive. Page 415 line 25, for Unicola,read Unciola. Page 427, line 15, and page 429, line 28, for Melitta testudinaria, read Mellita pentapora. Page 433, line 34, for Amphipholis, read Amphiura. Page 444, line 12, for tidentata,read tridentata. Page 457, line 39, for Pandaru,read Pandarus. Page 459, line 36, for Echthrogalus, read Echthrogaleus. Page 487,line 10,for A. planaria,read A Planaria. Page 483, line 4, for cantenula, read catenula. Page 496, line 28, for A. ternata,read C. ternata. Page 498, line 5,for Tedania, read Halichondria panicea. Page 498, line 30, for Augustus, read angustus. Page 504, line 41, for page 433, read 432. Page 508, line 5,for Acutum,read A. acutum. Page 509, line 18, for levigata, read discors. Page 509, line 32, for thraci-formis, read thraciformis. Page 509, line 33, for Simpson, read Stimpson. Page 547, line 15, for Panopius, read Panopeus. Page 561, line 43, for pingus, read pinguis. Page 619, line 16, for Cosco, read Casco. Page 619, last line, for Cisco, read Casco. Page 640, first line, for fig. 127, read fig. 124. Page 666, line 15, after Montagua pilata, insert Plate XXV, fig. 124. Page 680, line 18, for 185, B., read 184, B. Page 695, line 34, for fig. 238, read 243. Page 716, line 35, for fig. 368, read 268. atheays “4 - y i ea! " ¢ : r re An ' UJ ‘e \ | ‘ N = \ “ i Poa) : i nt dr I ’ . a e , 5 ’ ‘ Co. & pean ; 5 vi . ‘ ° « aet ® . (fase . U ¥ ~~ 7 2 T » r - = er u % Ma? ta , 1) / ‘tek , } i + i i | we ‘ Py i ’ { » ; 4 ‘ . y ) . ‘ i ‘ - ¢ i } ‘ y j ‘ j 4 = : e : ; ‘ ’ Z . 5 ’ 7 { _ i a i a ASA 4 ma te a a aes ; } ue ah 4 agit * > int Ae ae ah ‘ i aie lin 1 f } : Pe | \ } f bi « 0! vo ‘ ‘ ¥ e U \ ' 7 ry tL o . : 1 . er? is “y ¢ Sythe k sea AAD: > Ae Bree Pee tae! a2 1 va: . s’ i ne , =| te vy ia ele ’ F ' ’ L . "I ; ‘ . 3 ey cree vip 14 A ie beats if 1 oh aR a) a pink b aitt, eS eee ae PSOE oan alt TON te shee nr eee! val eRe hit eS Ray te) +} t j ; : te if if ji r \ hi (lias \ J foi rab (i git dy pies “bn ak Oy hab Co RRL ous? ¢ A ’ eis ee eres oe has TaN bday eS : 4 j « 5 ¥: 4 fiat be wens joer ye bh ee : ms : i RR oN ee a Ws : Ley sh F brie, ps Fa} fe ¢ yA 4% ror esp ¢ ar i be 1 _ e ‘ ‘ - : s - ive. . e " ; ! weytari ers) | ' , ! 0 i « ~ : ‘ 7 TABLE OF CONTENTS. A. Habits and distribution, (of the invertebrate animals) ---.............2222. i eticr te TOMAQEKS 26 25005 eet ee a looser ence ebbees caoces 1. Animals of the rocky shores between high and low water marks.... General remarks: 6 -sa5 tae poe sate ae soe osS wosece chek eke Articulates : Insects .-=-.-: eee rs a icin eather Seperate sts. Annelids: Crslopods, 2522. ss sucks eee Gn sa poser ee hs Sse Oi eeche bares <5. :--on coor eee aa BOS se tea Sate EEL GIDC AIG) So.) a cme ciate RS ae anale Ave oatties, SOE Serica RICE aes oa wank elk yee, Se ee eS oS INNS TIT ROMES cys eso hao ici iain. nae ee ee Sc Mollusks: GastrOpoads -socccken fo Sec). biel: Sabo e Sete eee sees aisle ase rank MaDEAICHGe yn sca 5 cate ie Oe Nec eho eek IL Oh Radiates: I GhinOGEMNSEsaH5e ess Sesh eee St S22 hake 42 Cok s bk ck ees TiS, Gh SpeCiesa oss. ee aaa ee wichnnrereronenctsicr st ees Uae So. 2. Animals of the sandy shores of the bays and sounds.............--. Gaveval remarked: ce ecareee eet ht oi eo re eta Articulates: MGISCEES «Saco aoa So athe eee ee eele au oo ae erent inn, Sete ee em ee he ae @ Annelids: CH-BtOuods 2c och sae aes ea Sieaa'ainie-c oc newer eee see Ohipoghetan. 2 coc eeeeel see soe eae sani cceete eee eee nals INGHHOGHE ISVS cc, co Sree enn oie a tare e aror b apniehal Sean mmeiclersbe ete scree! Srpunculewmes. 5. sore oor os SESS ae ee eee 376 Apalephs)scncecsre coos sete castes ewe eee lee Cnaeeee Saleem 76 MistOf SPECIES . 2c. Haid wie aici Suictals Atlee GEER SSG. aoe eee 377 4, Animals inhabiting the piles and timbers of wharves and bridges, bottoms of vessels, buoys, and other submerged wood-work......-.. 78 General. remarks: if. . 22 Io. CO eee eee 378 Articulates : Insgeets.. 2o2gctw. Sk Sask sabes SUS ee a ee 379 CLUSEA CCD a a.cie jain cose yevosene un Bere omens pase iednu any stay dlalgye Ca ee Annelids,and..Nemerteans. ..1...4.cecsds)acteeGa seen ee eee 382 Mollusks: Gastropodsiis-22, toe mcenea hed dens cb eos eee ee 382 Lamellibranehs ...0 on icclcmilcccisn «cus opecmeeie betel ee ae 383 ASCICIANS wit cles Costco tee ek soe sce oe =p eee 388 BryOZ08 - 2.) ool ck es ce coe heee = eek ee ed eae 389 Radiates : _ ichinederms'; .. <<. > -22s3 seems 4. ea pe eee eee 389 Pale ay 0) xs SP ae eye ae oS AR eg ney a cdinewe, het eee eee 389 POLYPS sc caioe octet eien scp de cea Wises ss Cece e ane eee 391 LLiSt:Of SPCClES 03200 oid ee cep ee owners a ee oe 392 . Animals inhabiting the rocky bottoms of the bays and sounds -.-... 394 General remarks,.< cps ceccoeearermeceneu nena ubieee eee 394 Artieulates.:. -oZewdeces cher cx catpedacantikene ee dele 395 MOUS ES i goin eicinye Rempege coe trcle wed Be Ereiegeeney ole a ee Ee ee 399 WPAGIADES cod. bSte si wa Sa cin cd Hos Sa ce oe new ee « coke ae: eee 406 PETOULOZOR See accel tetera cet eee ee 409 Listiof Species: .\.. (2) il. ie tie Be oe Si ee oe 409 . Animals inhabiting gravelly and shelly bottoms........-.-...-.---- 412 General remarks 2225 oo ee eee Pe 412 Arbiculates:. J... oe Lie a oc See ease ae ct claire ok 415 Molise te is coe Sak tae en elee ce ues eater eee ec aed ons 416 FRVATALOS eee oe eee ee es ER Pe a 420 ProtoZOa eB Mere mw eee ce ee SRE BINS © cosisl ine iyel oc 421 ist! Of (Spécies. 2. et Obs saws none eeeiemeeetee ec ch > we oc eg ie en 421 ; Aftiimals inhabiting sandy bottoms..-.-.. ~~... ..-. .c- ves meee 425 Gemeral Perris Lee tee ew manic nite cate co re wcrc i cee 425 ATUL C ULES. os 2 aioe Mele eter tnteeete tersin elo eee ony ae aL ES Se ge. a atca tees 485 ACS eet oe eee ees eh as! wo we ca amee Wukaecind 4387 S. Mis. 61 48 T54 CONTENTS. Page List-of species... occ nomeere es occ en 8 Seen so ene ee ee ee 487 2. Animals inhabiting the sandy, shores )::—-.e12 see ee eee eee 489 General remarkes)..0 fee eee. ek oles See ee ee Oe ee ee ATHCULATOS (26. See Reis oss a sae’ we SSE CE Re Eee ee eee eee 489 Moblusks +. ke eee eee cs ce wis bas Senta e ORR IL OD Dene aoe 490 Radilates::... ste Pee eee eimai’ Voce oe de nee eee eee eee ee 490 Tist Of SpeCles se seer ec sc .ccjck on cbt cee ee ee 490 3. Animals inhabitine rocky bottoms... 28. cease eee eee oe eee AOL Generalsremarkeee ooo. Sa oe i Oe ee eee 491 DG Gino NE Geis ae ay 4 ee en emees iar eM Enea t bali s et 492 Molitisikgen eee occ occ ale ob ce carci ears pie oy Se ere actos reer? aie. si. oo\s dawn ae ee wee oe. eee ht Gee 496 InIsbiOraspecies {a2 e500 2 Ll o5. See eek Shee eee Se ee 498 4, Animalsiuhabitine. sandy bottoms ...--.25-5-.-2-25-- ee +=) ae eee 500 General remarks. .'. lee wc nce eee a ace ne ete cote oe 500 ATHACWIOLOS seis s Js J odik.ac ese Secs EES Se eee ee 22 ee eee 501 MMolmskg 225. 2G tie Lo eS ee 502 TVACMaeS 220.55 5 oles nade ee Sek ke ke SEP eee nen ee ee 502 ROLOZ OAs 4.2.2. 5 Se See ee a, ee ee eae 2 503 List of species Jos... -.6ccee wen Skee e~ conc soe 5. Animals inhabiting muddy. bottoms..£22°-252.-¢22 225 =---- =e 506 General remarks... 25 505 es tee cee eee kn OE a ee 506 Artiienlates.. 4.2240. Ge 2208 eee SIR Eee’ See ee 507 MOMAUISKS cece ed Lo we: Loko Cee oe ee ee ee eee 508 Radiates = 22 es ee ee ee ee eG OS en 510 ILISt) Of SPCCLES 22 strereeaekigte lao os See ee ek Shee ee oll B. Lists of species found in the stomachs of fishes...........---....----------- 514 C. Habits and metamorphoses of the lobster and other crustacea....-.--------- 522 D. Systematic Catalogue of the invertebrates of Southern New England and adja- Comb WAUEIS 23. ee82 oss chs cegadees bee see ee ee 537 ATHICMPAT AT Evel Ve snaee ale nd ewe ae eee ee: Be oe rr 539 MSOC Dnveier eeitenic fan ao aio ic cis kee ee ee Ee SA MH CS 5 = 539 Crustacea’. a2. cans. spec teklc ous ee etek ee ee eee eee a 545 Amnehiday 2822 la). sin ue ER SS Se ee | 580 Scoleeida jo. 3. Cele k sicecer UA BR 627 Mrolinscar. ise. 2a aah eA Sek i 634 Cephalopoda icc cle cc ccce en oGocleWck bao see es OS Ee Beene ee eee 634 Gastropoda. 2's 222 cel ene c aoe eae hee ee eee eee 636 hamellibranchiatas:: 0S. 4. J. see ee eee ee ee 6¢9 AUN (C2) ee meee a Mn e Game tk eee ea | 698 Bryozoa ....--- SoS Sg ae oe ae ee adiatan’. 2's «sak © oc ele eee miei eet e eS Le ce cies ee. oe 2 een Echinddermiata. 222.0008 Ue ee ee ee via by Acvlephia’..'.o. eae ecWce ee me eh e ese aeene nach 66s Ucn ean 722 Anthozoa,'or Poly. tevin cis faces ide eee he 0a One 737 PETOEG ZOE» & kb, cerns onia eae Re BTR TED GIRS SIRE Ric een tk wide nee 740 NAL OTICLA 0c ain ww de ee bee MAR SEER RERCRE beam bbe Cladelbe eee 745 SUEDE ais em moines kw MRI WES BIE ees Ci eed le cna ee aes 755 Aiphabetical index... fo. ence ee nem sued dv teal oe Aas an 757 ERRATA. Page 10, for “there is no bottom, read “there isa bottom.” Page 261, for “ Sea- bass, 2,500 barrels,” read ‘2,500 pounds ;” “ flat-fish, 1,000 barrels,” read “1,000 pounds ;” “ tautog, 500 barrels,” read 500 pounds ;” “ bass, 700 barrels,” read ‘£700 pounds ;” ‘‘ mack- erel, 200 barrels” read ‘‘ 200 pounds.” LU (Tey) Ohi , Cyn iee PEATE ec) ee rn LY Tbe fhe VE ARTA alee sien, Gage Med eeela 9 MAME nT ae * Ri = é 4 oe 3 7 ZA ak SiS TOE 3 ; : + : : ial cs Ps \ ; : : o Vg 6 : oe . " os Meee ben Ley et an vi erditll oe aie dale Beer i * F ; n * } ine 2 ie eee Rearend | \ Pras Os Ca “! eee ae Oy ae ag ee A WV RRR REE 1) Poe Oe Stake eek eel See ee ‘ bad y} . s ’ < = = owe a ar . ry Tie ae . ‘ / i an 44> : ' - — he oy ‘ 4 aL? Syren?’ iy ; ‘ " rand Looe Jt OT eae ~ ee bee hoy’ ee gat Belk he) : ' 2 Joe na We fi eae cases Vas ! re . . ; 1 fo eee ay ’ ae ee ee Feri * Y Be a i 7 ‘ a] “ey = aie fe — ‘ 1) ; 3 * * Cd oe Pare boat 7. Tah Le i ape jae : ae ; ree 4: - ° e ¢ 4 be oie <>» #5 ie aN hs: , ) . 4 - 43 Ore i i E é car ‘- 3 ; . i Ne \ ‘ pon By : . ’ J . s : * im ; ; ‘ , oe . wa | ‘ bi ¢ But, © a in \ Aimy bars ne ‘ , n = f coe «*# i M . oh me lays i ae esa be mons ' W a> + sas - . bicy rs Pe n i Fey U yi q ; ¢: : { ; f ati 2 hex age eae f a ° . ; nn " ., } ~*~ = : P 3 ~ " ‘ a *\ i ‘4 — rd Vigitt 2 4 4 ” , ‘ * . i y : | pee ee ’ : : . ky ot t ‘ ( t ‘ » 7 j ’ . ‘ =e : rea ¢ ‘) AAD aoe , Pe 1 Field , i . a . a i ‘ fe i 4 ’ aa ‘ sa) ae IO E BEDS ' ri s J} i . = — =<. . . w . a - - s ol . : ye epee Leas e reg rOprs . iJ ! eS : ; ia n xa iv : i , ‘ i ‘ i hi 5 Spit 7 : { " - : o!4 TT; * $9) 44 as a 5 ; Lend y oe ie i ‘ : ‘ . Ay 4} | Guy i rity ~_ . ‘ b Pye a . - id 7 wats ’ - : on eae . "Lr 4° i - ° ' yi) : ‘ ' ‘ re a ve ‘ . f % 4 ) Pee'y ‘ jan { Weed wel es 4 ry a \ a - teehee | . ny, ee ie fet Ol S'S ete, od ale aonit i .. a 2, Ce = , wr = wp cea ee Tan ab iae chit id a, We ee iif, F ,), RUSTE ae . ry dy'f PORT. ee f fr ( . : ‘ ALPHABETICAL INDEX TO THE REPORT ON THE INVERTEBRATA OF SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND. {In the following index the first reference, for the names of genera and species, is to the systematic catalogue, where the synonymy, descriptions, and references to plates may be found. In many cases references to the nominal lists have beeu omitted.] Page. Pita uu alis. = <2 5. ts 22s eee 679 Pmreateqmre. 2055. . loll ices coe eee 122 MeMmpnocepualas 25 i...S cece ee- =< 456 Meclenerenmlaia. . 2. Lo. scesee eee = -3)) ek Acmea testudinalis.....-661, 307, 333, 485 Acmostomum crenulatum..-..--.-. 631 MeGrd- Snell {252 2a5 Hoes soe Fess 304 Acton puncto-striata -----..-.-- 664, 518 HEHONIS: "35 S224 aes eee oT eS 656 PRG EAN IC atu tebe oa ts oe wee 738 MCuMict, Gtanb MUS. 2-520 22.225 lk 738 PCE CNG tk ee ere Sn 738 PROUUCEHD) 22255 s2 Sacco os os 738 TAPUOENTIS C22) o5. 2 cs < S- 738 Actinobolus’ borealis.--.--...---.-- 683 Wovanichie..c2- 222... 684 PEIN ens Hos BR en DNs. | AD ear Goneharail 2.2 s2-/-2-+--s-= 072 Holidia pilata.......-.- -666, 383, 393, 749 AXolis farinacea.-....--.- eit ees = 666 papillosa....css.- melee ayn eere ee 548 Antedon dentatus..-.-..-------.-.-- 122 Antennularia antennina.....-.-----730, 491 Indivisayssestese.--- 730 Anthosoma crassum ..-..-.-.------ 577, 460 Smit 2k eeecee ioe 577 Anthostoma acutum -599, 416, 422, 428, 501, 508 fea Onlle ker eee eet 598, 344, 365 robustum - ..597, 343, 348, 365, 428 species....-.- 600, 416, 422, 508 Anthono diay efi cccsoa et Bate ete. 737 AiG hia wbLAac miata aerate seta ee 573 pbrunnea.......----.972, 426, 428 Anurida maritima..-.-.--- 544, 331, 464, 482 Aphrodita ACueAUa seis cere = =n 26 580, 507 CiRCA TA se sieteieimes Boat ce 582 TMA OTUCAtA take e eee l= Sela 582 punctata ..--...----.--- 521 squamata.......+--.---- 581 dafpendiguleria: species..-..-.707, 446, 454 Arachnactis brachiolata....-.-.--- 739, 451 PACHTER oc ». LoS. WLR 579 | Bicidium parasiticum ...--. eeu as 739 ovularis - 222. iene eee dao) |) Bittium:Greentiis. i... 552989. . 2.2 647 ATO QS ae El eres 579 nigrum. 648, 305, 333, 355, 365, 372, tintinnabulum ....-- 578, 381, 392 377, 383, 393, 410, 417, 423, 428, Mariviaele seid iam che ne tere tn 455 463, 479, 515 Prarachud taut eo 2 so 5225 hbo 2 toes bs Faheteelic Waste ee Nps ETA OM 514 Bays and sounds, fauna of......--. SOO eiiaelews ht oh) eee. hk ee ome als Bays and sounds, fauna of gravelly Bledius cordatus..--....-543, 364, 462, 464 and shelly bottoms...........-.- > 412 pallipennis...... 543, 364, 462, 464 Bays and sounds, fauna of muddy SPCCleS 0... Ue 335 DOtIOMG 532022225 «2 59 430° | Blood-drop sen. .c2o2 BESTS. 371 Bays and sounds,fauna of muddy Blood y-clams (44.25 22..8UHA TRE 309 SOREN =o te pt 5 causes NI & 366% 5 lre-Giab! eee ans ene ee 367, 468 Bays and sounds, fauna of piles, tim- Dlte-fish en. osce ete ee. 516, 339 bert vessels, bucye 5.02554. 378) \yBlae-sharls «cnt PMN SS al: 521 Bays and sounds, fauna of rocky Bolina alatara Anca SI OOS os 451 Mibnomser ss se cesses PSTN aes 094 | Boitenia reniformis ....22....----- 702 Bays and sounds, fauna of rocky BONITO! 8 nneaeneo PO BEee S 516 SCV ESE CE ee er eae: Cee SOs) | BOPYTUS: 2 25257 +rrteiaodM elm erae = Sin/< bes 4357 Bays and sounds, fauna of sandy Borlasia- oliwaGeac =. 460 pellucida: 422235 222s ee 663 Brackish waters, fauna of muddy solitaria.. -662, 371, 377, 435, 469, 520 _ shores and bottoms.........---- 465 triticea sl: 2. sac) 663, 518 Brackish waters, fauna of oyster- Busycon canaliculatum....--.-.--. 640 INC CG pete Stes eae oe, wie AT2 GATICS.... i=... .eo-e Ree 640 Brackish waters, fauna of piles of Byblis serrata s..--..-.-22chepl op ee wharves, bridges, floating timber, Caberea HNISi 0222520 711, 420, 424 SEG 5, ices Ge Remy aaa yer Aw SEs 481 Hookeri.........<)- 222 -2eeeee + deal: Brackish waters, fauna of sandy Czeeum, Cooperi .. 0. 2s pete nes 4) shores and bottoms....-......... 462 costatum ........649, 417, 423, 428 Brackish waters, list of species of pulchellum....-- 649, 417, 423, 428 eel-grass..-.....---.------------ 480 | Calcareous sponges.--------------- 740 Brackish waters, list of species of Caligus Americanus...---. .-- pe 575 muddy shores and bottoms ....-.. 470 Gurius. oll eee 575, 459 Brackish waters, list of species of erassus 00 te 577 oysher- beds7n eter teneee ccs. e 476 Wiulleri .)...2)) eee 575 Brackish waters, list of species of rapax..........- 575, 452, 457, 459 piles of wharves, bridges, floating Species so. a. Aaeee inet 439 timber, &¢ .........--.--------- 482 | Callianassa longimana .-----.----- 549 Brackish waters, list of species of Stimpsoni. - . 549, 369, 377, 434, sandy shores and bottoms....-..- 464 530 Brachyura......-...---.---------- 949 |'Galiope leviuseulas.-. .16-eeeeeeee 557 Brada setosa..-..-.--.-- 606, 431, 434, 508 | Calliopius leviusculus... .557, 315, 331, 439, Branchellion Orbiniensis -......... 3624 452, 455, 519 Branehiella Vhynuni .2--. 22-22. -- - 578 | Callinectes hastatus.548, 367, 377, 431, 434, Branchiobdella Ravenellii... 624, 458, 460 Brevoortia menhaden .........-... 520 Trittle sharswshs 22 0 whee wee 363 PSE MOZMAe Eee ak. URE tak Sn ow ge 707 Buccimuny cinereum, -...seh2.e2- a: 641 Labradorense.......-...- 638 Lapis tt eee ecece 642 Tunabini’s oe eb iee eee 645 obsoletum | oAtorlerct week 641 plicosuni +2... eis 641 pyramidale.:t)i.ast steer 637 TOSACCUIN . nicueeive esses 645 DIA TCADU I... ce ees ee 641 undatum ...... 638, 494, 508, 521 GUC MIAEUM .....- eeeee 638 Wiirentleyh: ss... see Gb te 645 ZOMG Valais piaidh nals weal 645, 518 DURGA AVICTIOTIE: somes s>.ccns pace 711 438, 451, 458, 468, 479, 516 Callista convexa.. . ..681, 432, 435, 470, 513 Calyptrea_striatac../ it csonee eee 651 Campanularia caliculata...-....-. 726 CUINOSH |! i. 4) Meee 729 fabellata,... 02. Gae 728 flexuosa.. 726, 327, 334, 393, 411 gelatinosa ....-..... 728 Johnston, (SPs ho se 517, 399 | 1/2) sip hhe beteag ag SEAL ok Se 662 Chironomus halophilus.. .539, 409, 415, 421 oceanicus.. -.539, 331, 379, 392, 519 Chondracanthus cornutus.......-. 578 Chondrus; erispus: +2222 ip ee LN 404 Chrysodomus pygmeus............ 639 Cicindela alitghirtant:etsse) tus 7 364 dorsihice:® sts te! 4» Aus 541, 364 duodecimguttata ....---- 541 senerusae teste 29 541, 336, 364 hirticollis....- ht tyeateremtey op 541, 364 egrivciy 1 Ce. Se RO RS 464 mareiratia PSSUUL Tes 541 Fepapda 22 5.0 LU 541 Cineras, Vittabas 2024.42 580 Ciigula aculeus.:s2 see 654 STeUEIAL Hs eee As 654, 517 loovint.i oy eS 653 WDTGWG: Fete eee ew 5 653 mddestu, sess ones... 653 Ciona tenella, :. 42 smeneeeees ee. 319 | Corymorphs nutats.::: - 335222 2 sees Clava leptostyla..2.-22 e424 734, 328, 334 pendula... -242ce.eeee 736, 510 mauUlticorniseecereineeeo. ss. 704 | Corynactis albida. 2s. -2eeeeee sens 738 Clidiophora trilineata.. .673, 418, 423, 429, | Coryne gravata............-.----. Phat: 432, 435 mirabilis... 22220. eee 735 @ho ‘boreailisueee sarse shivers... tekc 668 | Coryphella gymnota....----------- 667 Ninian oe seas ferse Me: oc 668 | Cosmocephala ochracea. .630, 325, 332, 365, Miguelonemsis.= =.=. .-...--2-' 668 410, 423, 434 Oiionamemisan. eh ieen oes ele ee 668 | -Grab, Due...) .2 D5. eee 367 Glionethorealist: = 2... 3. eee Bee, 668 edible... .... ... See 367, 458 mene ima: 222.0 2. se cee 668 fiddler... ...2.. 3. papillonacea......-... 668, 444, 453 Green ....-2...4-) 2. . 312 sulphurea...-- 744, 430, 409, 412, 421, Merit... .os-seeceee 313, 339, 368, 415 425, 427 horseshoe .... .....2eesseeeee 340, 370 Clitellio irrorata.... .623, 324, 332, 365, 463 lady... 2.5) .2. 0. ceeeeeeeeee 338 Ompea cloneata........22.-ccjepses- 520 land... sace 422) ee 337 Oly tia, bicoplora.-2 ==: 2ekeess.-- 729d MUG 22: 21220 ee 312 evilumdnicae ses ees eer. 726 Oyster. <2. ..s.-o- see eee 367 tnhermecaapy se sees Ae 726, 408, 411 TOCK) i. co. 2s. 2. eee 312, 415 ToMustonlesse eee 725, 334, 408,411 Sand :.<2.2 lt we ce ee PoOKenMmIp PEED is 2 00. 726 soft-shelled :.. 2... Ee eeeeeeee 362 TINIMORD see wee eee 726 spider... 256 =. eee 339, 368, 395 VOM UMM ASAE cletna a -\2/= 726,720 |-Craneon boreas..--. 5! 222 eeeeeeee 400 Ciymenella.—---- 222. -)---t ------ 607 septemspinosus..... .--.-- 550 torquata<9 See eis 2 &.< O0s vulgaris... .550, 339, 364, 369, 377, Clymene torquatus- . -608, 343, 365, 422, 428 WCCCOMUAL teehee earns = a= 610 Cochlodesma Leanum. .. .673, 418, 423, 429 CUETiU y= 5 hes ns et Ea Coen nea 516 Cod-tish, mollusks found in....---. Sil) Cold waters of the ocean shores, PANIUE, OL oa Se eect = MSIE ee tase = == 484 @oleopteraseseeewa-. <= =n te === 540, 335 Calisella Wass Se he.c5 See aie cwr 661 Solan bella *awara te? se Ccocee oon 643 (ISsimilisoncasseeeiee sy a Cae Gouldianas..2--.ses.ee— 645 hUMATH.o See n goreeeiteete 645 TOSACOA: 22 Sec esc eeee. | Oae branslirata (oo 2Ueens. a. 644 Commom muacle..c. 2.0 see 307, 361 Common prawil. ..-- sos. kee 339 COMMON ate. be... .'. cue cee ay Mie Conchoderma aurita.........-..- 580, 392 PAPO AA... os se niekn 580, 392 Conilera concharum .572, 746, 426, 428, 459, 521 395, 400, 409, 415, 422, 428, 434, 451, 455, 463, 464, 479, 490, 493, 501, 514, 515, 516, 518, 519, 520) 521, 529 Crassina ¢astanea.....2 . dose 6285 latisulea .< .> _.<)ooce ene 684 Crassivenus mercenaria. .......-..- 681 Crenella glandula. ..695, 418, 424, 435, 518; 519 Crepidula acuta... ... ~...oeee eee 650 — convexa...650, 333, 355, 365, 371, 377, 423, 429, 435, 463, 479 fornicata..649, 333, 355, 365, 410, 412, 414, 417, 423, 429, 435, 475, 515 glauca... is. k.bosee ee plana... 2... ssa eee unguiformis. ..650, 333, 355, 365, 410, 417, 423, 429, 435, 475, 515 Cribella oculata..... ... 719 Cribrella sanguinolenta.719, 407, 411, 420, 424, 433, 447, 485, 496 INDEX. 163 Page. Page. ueMiNeay ahs... 2. ee deo } Diaphana debilis ... ---<. 3-2 eeeeee 294 grandifolia .... ...-.. 591 | Imphimedia vulgaris.-.-.........- 557 Heterofusus Alexandri ..-.-....--. 669 | Inish moss22..22 20.22. 404 baleazess 2. iewene O09 | Isodictya palinata .- eee 2, = cif ee iekory--52-eeeeeee 591 Lyonsia hyalina---. 672, 358, 365, 423, 426, 429, 435 Lysianassa, species....---.-- 556, 434, 452 iy Sianassinee’.. 9-.. -- pee 431 Dlacha divisa_-. 2 :.--.= see eeeeee 676 Machzera costata..---- =.=. eee 675 Mackerel... .o-. J.---.'s3- 2-5 see 442,516 Macoma calcarea...-..-.-..------- 677 fravilig: 5... 2-33. 52=eeee 676 fusca. . .676, 359, 365, 372, 378, 429, — 435, 463, 469, 508 Grenlandica,..2225 esses 676 Proxima, ---. -2-~.--- eee 677 sabolOsa 2-626. -- eee 677 IMacroura,.--.----< --—-—8)e=e ee 549 Mactra arctata:-.--..-- --ceeeeee 679 gigantea: ...--. .---=- eee 650 lateralis *<...'-o2.iep eee 680 similis3". . 2 6c eee 680 solidissima.. 680,358, 365, 412, 418, 423, 426, 429, 490 tellinoides. ..... st--ceeeeee 79 Madreporaria .--......----=--seens 740 Malacobdella grossa. ..----.-------- 625 mercenaria .-.. 625, 458, 460 ODeSA.. .- Seine 625, 458, 460 Mikdane elongata... 609, 343, 365, 371, 377 Mamma immaculata .......<.-.-0= 646 Mammaria Manhattensis ....-..----. 445 Mangelia bicarinata...-.. -- 638 COPMBUI Joo seeeee ee 636 pyramidalis.....-------. Gem Margarita Greenlandica ......----- 519 INDEX. 769 Page. Page. Margarita obscura ...-....-- Gor. 508,518 | Modiola nexai:2i2< seis. 2... 004, FB at vaba 3.2 22S) SOL DICTA eh assoc eee 694 ‘Margelis Carolinensis ... 733, 334, 450, 454 Papua’ PCOS See 693 Marphysa Leidyi -.. 593, 319, 332, 347, 364, plicatula -.. .693, 307, 333, 374, 378 ; 410, 422, 434, 517 469, 475 Marshes, fauna of the......--.-.---- 460 semicostant 205.7 Sec Svs 693 Martesia cuneiformis..-.--.---.---- 671 | Modiolaria corrugata ............ 694, 509, Meckelia ingens. 630, 324, 352, 349, 365, 423, GHSCGOES 252525 a eee 649 428, 432, 434, 453 levigata .....---. 694, 509, 749 LG Gy a ee 630, 350, 365 fronts. = S25. “eee 630, 502, 508 Poenhortas. 2224-22). 630 rosea.. 630, 324, 332, 350, 365, 428 Medusa ticitale.. 2... 5... 5322. ee. 725 SabaAVelia... oo. sce seers « 737 Mele My RSS ou 225 sue eee 737 Megalops and zoea....-..---.------ 451 Melampus bidentatus -.. 662, 463, 469, 520 Melanogrammus eglifinus -.....--- 518 Melinna cristata ---.----- 613, 432, 434, 507 Melita nitida.560, 314, 331, 382, 392, 434, 479 Mellita pentapora ......--..------. 717 GUMGBETOTa 2.55. 2.2.2.5 TT testudinaria. .-.- 717, 427, 429, 749 Pesala. oe es chy Membranipora lineata’. . 712, 333, 406, 411, 424, 427, 429 pilosa.... 712, 333, 393, 406, 411, 424, 496 tenuis -.--- =. 712, 420, 424 Menestnoe alpuld .....:2.-5.-.=--3 670 PPMP MNES © no er OG oe aay Sats Se 520 Menipea fernata ....-...--.-.-. De catait 7 Menticirrus nebulosus.----.-.----- 515 Mercenaria mercenaria ....-..----- 681 Wrolicea: oo. Jee 522 681 Mesodesma arctata..........--..- 679, 518 Mesopieura bidentata -..-.....---. 676 Metamorphoses of the lobster and other crustacea. By S. I. Smith. 522 Metridium marginatum. 738, 329, 334, 391, 393, 412, 425 Microciona prolifera .........----- 745, 741 Microdeutopus minax - ..-.-. .562, 479, 519 Microgadus tom-codus...-..-..---. 519 Millepora reticulata ..-........--. 714 2 OG Pe ee eo 520 Mnemiopsis Leidyi. - .722, 449, 450, 454, 457 NMeieéria, Species’... 2-2-2256 2t.--. 454 Modiola discrepans.-.-....---...-. 694 slandula:s: 2.2 22.222 22-695, S18 hamatus . -. .693, 374, 378, 472, 475 levinata: 30-2 -- i322 oe 694 modiolus.- -- 693, 309, 333, 401, 410, 418, 424, 495, 515 S. Mis, 61——49 nigra .694, 418, 424, 433, 435, 518 Meera levis..559, 315, 331, 409, 422, 452, 519 Molannia., SpeCies. 2... 22225. 543, 379, 392 Molgula arenata-699, 419, 424, 426, 429, 502 ‘Manhattensis .. 699, 311, 333, 361, 366, 378, 388, 393, 375, 401, 411, 424, 427, 429, 435, 445 Palos ccc e le 699, 495 pellucida fe 2228 699, 426, 429 Clues ers See sl. 700 produchays.52s5.5.54 699, 502, 510 Mollia hyalina..--..-- 713, 405, 411, 420, 424 Mio Hinse ar 54s hee PE. HOES hes a 634 Mollusks found in stomach of cod- BIG 5 hes oo! 2 a Go AE a. a Wy Mollusks found in stomach of had- GoGo ys SoS 22 ods 5 RO at. 518 Molpadia oolitica ......---..---.- 715, 510 Monoeelis agilis ...=22 - 22:2 631 325, 332 Monoculodes, species....-...- 596, 492, 455 Monoculus Polyphemus..-...-.--. 580 Monops.asihs. 22s. Sceses Lat... 631 Montacuta bidentata...-..-..-.--. 688, 518 elevata -- .688, 418, 423, 435, 518 Monmtagzua Gouldil. 222.422. -2-2-. 667 gy mimeota sie at eect see 667 Pilate 2 ssebs syeo as 666 Vvermufera. 372-2682 666 Monomyariawe kt oo tC. oe See 695 Morone Americana..-..-----.----. 514 Mud-erabs: = 45.24.2320 tpaess ' 468 Muddy bottoms of bays and sounds, list of species inhabiting. 434 Muddy bottoms of the open coast, fauna: Of. 2222 2.c8, ie NS SIT, 506 Muddy shores and bottoms of brack- ish waters, fauna of.......------ 465 Mulinia lateralis ---. 680, 373, 378, 423, 429, 432, 435, 470 Murex canaliculatus ......-----..- 640 CATICA TIS See es Poe ce oe ot 640 ) TT Gl Ee ne oe Se ae eT 540 JAtVee se stad 364, 421, 464 Srunole; COMMUGH eR 2 oe ast Ss 432 NORA Resets 2s wd ete sok 432 pal) io Se en eae ere 432 770 INDEX. Page. Page. Mustelts canis. 5205422. tou. 696 Odostomia bisuturalis . ..656, 307, 353, 383, Virginiana .- . -697, 748, 310, 333, 374, 393, 423 378, 388, 393, 401, 410, 424, 435, 453 deal bata: 2322-2 ace 656 Vitsmmies, 2-2 > .- saeeees. -- 697 Gertie... --0. Seas ti 655 | Obion Cuvier... <2.) dese we. 580 fusca .656, 307, 333, 393, 423, 435 | Outer coast, fauna of, on rocky impressa-. 660, 656, 333, 418, 423 RONEN ss 2 Pe a eee 485 impel pla y2c6 .2 2s dose 656 | Outer coast, fauna of, on sandy limnoides~see-02-2222- 653 Se Ree a eee ee 489 producta ....- 656, 333, 418, 423 | Outer coast, fauna of, on gravelly seminuda .657, 418, 423, 428, 435 nN 2222 =... .semeeets on 500 trifida 656, 307, 333, 393, 418, 423 | Outer coast, fauna of, on rocky | ee eee 622 RSET 5 he A eee ae 491 Ommastrephes Bartram... 6 soe 635 | Outer coast, fauna of, on sandy illecebrosa- - ..634, 441, 453 eahemasity. Ah oe eS a Og 500 - Sagittatus.......--- 634 | Outer coast, list of species of Onchidoris pallida ..-..-.. See en 665, 495 muddy botioms .-2.-..5.2:8232: ao Ee I oe se aie 2 ee a a 399 | Outer coast, list of species of Open coast, fauna of gravelly bot- Feeky betiding ... .cosedsesseor -. 498 PLD Aes ee eee eee 500 | Outer coast, list of species of rocky Open coast, fauna of muddy bot- BROLES oc ota a eg eee 487 [LES Se eee 506 | Outer coast, list of species of sandy Open coast, fauna of rocky bot- and gravelly bottoms ........-.- 504 6S, ieee a 491 | Outer coast, list of species of sandy Open coast, fauna of sandy bot- BHOEGS ~~~ 5. nesses Co 490 RN ee etnies — nn aU Oester.. aoe ih 5 ee eta aae » 472, 355 Open coast, fauna of rocky shores-. 485 | Oyster-beds in brackish waters, Open coast, fauna of sandy shores... 489 animals inhabiting -.--.-....--.- 472 Ophelia simplex ....-.-.-..- 603, 319, 332,410 | Oyster-beds in brackish waters, list Ophidium marginatum ............ 338 of species inhabiting... .--...... 476 Gphiocoma bellis...-...-<.-.<=. 2. 29) |) Oyster-crab 235 es. - | - j2bease -o he 367 neplect@..:.+54-525a4452" 720 | Pagurus Bernhardus .......-.-.-.--- 548 Ophioderma olivaceum...-...----. 719 lon SiCArpUs 5.4 6s eas 549 Ophiolepis scolopendrica .......-... #19 POlICREIS Nowe an ee soe 348 72 INDEX. Page. 6 f Page. Pagurus pubescens..---...--...... 549 | Periploma papyracea.673, 429, 435, 509, 517 Palemon- vVUlearisi: 22-6 -e 5 eee 550 | Perophora viridis... ..702, 388, 393, 401, 411, Palemonetes vulgaris -. .550, 339, 364, 369, ; 424 377, 452, 463, 464, 466, 479, 516, 519,520, | Petricola dactylus ......:......... 680 529 forni¢ata 2 ere 21, Cos 680 Palinurichthys perciformis -....... 515 pholadiformis - .680, 372, 378, 435, Pallene, species.-.---.--.2-: 544, 409, 421 470,515 Pandalus annulicornis - ..550, 493,511,519 | Phaleria testacea................- 543, 464 Paundarus, Species s22eee eee eee ee 457,409 | Phascolosoma Bernhardus-........- 627 ptajne eee eee 576, 459 cementarium ... ..627, 422, BiInWahUS eeeeee = -o--.D11, 409 428, 434 Pandora tWHilimediaea= se sees shee ee 673 Gouldii .-. .627, 353, 428, 521 Panopeus depressus -547, 312, 331, 367, 377, | Phasianella bifasciata............. 652 382, 392, 395, 409, 415, 422, cornea 7.) ae - 652 431, 434, 468, 479, 514, 515 fasciata 20 0).se ee 652 ERIS eo. 6.047, J1o,a01, 400 striata ..--.. ie 652 en OSbil 52 So. ol 547, 472 suleata .- Si aaeeee 651 Saji --547, 312, 331, 367, 377, 382, | Philhydrus perplexus .........-.-- 542 392, 395, 409, 415, 422, 431, 434, reflexipennis: 222.2052 542 468, 479, 514, 515, 516, 749 | Philoscia vittata....-.-.---..----. 569 Parasites, external, observed on Pholas costata.... 2222225 670, 433, 435 SISHIES uC seem eee ee eee ee 459, 455 CLISPALA: «cic 00 ee 671 Paractis rapiformis ...-.. 738, 363, 366, 430 cunetormis'... 222 soe seaeee 671, 517 Pary pha Cristdtass: 22222cee 045. .ee 736 truncata. .670, 372, 378, 433, 435, 470 ClLOCCAve tee ee ee 736, 390, 393, 482 | Phoxichilidium maxillare -...544, 415, 421 Pasithea nigra... .2-.-2-22.--0-22.. 9 648,|"Phoxus: Kroyerl..-_... - 2..556/4ad) 50 ieee Patella alveuse. 228s sehr noose © 661 | Phronima, species..-...-..... 567, 439, 452 LORTMME ADs mis eee eee eee 649 | Phylactolemata .... 2.252.050 228 707 testudimalig -Stetsso. L222 - 661 | Phyllobranchus Ravenelii......--- 624 Peachia parasitica ....-05-----..-- 739 | Phyllodoce catenula....-.....--.- 587, 494 Peaked-nosed skate ..---...---..-- 521 gracilis... 2.32.25 see 586, 494 Pecten -brunneus $72). 's-'an ce 696 maculata .. 2 {./cSee ee 586 CONCENITICUIS 22. Suse ee 695 species. ..332, 349, 382, 397, 410, HOTS GUTS Raet Ae eed on opal Md © oda 696, 518 422, 434, 452 irradians’.---695, 361, 365; 372,374, | Phyllopodac.2.s2222-"- see eee = =P ae 378, 418, 424, 426, 429,515 | Phyllophora Brodiei -.-.......... 492, 496 Telaqudiens oe elo eee 696 membranifolia ..492, 496, 404 Mavellanicus 22222252222! 696 | Physalia arethusa............ 737, 450, 455 PE AG ee aie faniavslelers ows ae oe Se 696 AUTIGEPS, ».<2ce/2 se Sean 737 tenuicostatus.... .696, 397, 509, 518 earavella: .2... 022, 0 737 Pectinaria auricoma ...2..-..... -- 612 pelagies..<.... vce 737 Beloied-ccctacncesce econ 612 | Physalis pelagica ................. 737 Pectinibranchiata,- 2224.22. -2..65 636 | Physophore ......-.. 2.0... 30 Pedicellina Americana. ..707, 333,405, 411, | Phytosus Balticus..............-.. 542 424 littoralis............542, 364, 464 Hemme eyvanellg -. 2.25 c.cca.neeee 724 | Pill-bugs.ctce site Le... hoeee 399 quinquecirrha M33 Sa ba eee 794 | Pilumnos Harrisii..o. 0/0 Vsceeee 547 Pelia mutica -..... 548, 395, 409, 415, 422,515 | Pinnixia cylindrica ...... 546, 367, 377, 520 Penzous Brasiliensis..............- 551 | Pinnotheres maculatus.-. .546, 309, 434, 459 ieria aioe «os mw eo de ee 578 ostreum .. ..546, 309, 317, 377, SUMTMROMH as win 'ai sv o'ne ssn eee 578, 460 434, 438, 451, 459 Pennaria tiarella .. ...735, 327, 334, 393, 411, | Pisa mutica .........../22.. 022008 548 425, 455,520 | Placobranchus catulus ............ 668 Pentamera pulcherrima..715, 420, 424, 427, | Planaria frequens .........-......- 633 429 prisea’ ss cst sewecs! Ce enna 633 = FS es INDEX. T13 . Page. Page. pfanaticSNOCICS .. =~ sj sogeese a are |. Bowilerai’: << esses ae 2 ses tae 740 Planaria viridis.........- ee ey ee 628 | Poronotus triacanthus-............ 449 Pe reaniatis oo . 2 = = Ji bee eee Siege |) eCRBD EEO 33. tome cee «Cee oe Cer 737 Planocera nebulosa ......---. faewaea cae | Poriunus pictus. ........-<,.4<<\ 222s 547 Platy carcinus irroratus...--...-.-- 546 | Potamilla podophthalmia......---. 382 Say! ic+.aeae een O20 oculifera .617, 322, 332, 382, 392 Pronielus ocellatus .547 ,338;364,426,428, 438, 457, 490, 501, 515, 516, 533 Platypyxis cylindrica .726, 334, 408, 411, 424 Pleurobrachia rhododactyla-.-.722,444,448, 450 , 454, 455 Pleurotoma bicarinatum -.....638, 418, 423 DEDBNOA:. 2.2 .s2O wee 637 CETINUM 2352 45 eee 637 pli@atal2 + sjoste ses 637 plicosa - + .<)4..62 reser 637 Reamatella familiaris; .....6.44-<,- 710 Emamilaria arborea 2as-ccess552- 730 Catharine... 2663963 2s oe) Te ECOENMEOPIGS.« - 26524 54 - = 732 PGA 525 2 oes Fer oe 733 BNGCISS <2 sus e--400,411 ene Way says She pos fk Podarke obscura . - .589, 319, 332, 382, 392, 410, 440, 453 Podocerus cylindricus ...-.. sea = 566 MECICOlA, 325 haere 561, 493 Hla ODSCULA, - 22! sere eel siete ees 628 Polinia glutinosa..631, 324, 332, 382, 392, 410, 423 Polycera Lessonii -- .665, 333, 400, 410, 423, Reayrrohar Jeb h es = soca 2225.50 BO Polycirrus eximius. 616, 320, 332, 371, 377, 382, 392, 410, 422, 434, 453, 468 POSING ow od ays be th eee e 451 Polydora @UiahUM - 5 3 dan- 603, 345, 364, 453 RMCCIES <2 oe o< sha nbeka 428, 416, 422 Polymastia.robusta -. -1-1<.:+.---- 744 Belyiide citrate... -- 2. tae. Pate 0 INDEX. Page. Page. Tritonia arborescens ......---- ---- GOS: | Turtonia Mintel << ee! E B r vi ai ee =o - or e, h ; j 5 1) ean i J ; aA welt ‘ a a wt s he " ‘ at > £ " Te . i c i ta ¥ CeLROS ey a - Ww pie e i d : ty a bh E 7 © 4 A f } sf ee ? . a ‘ } 4 yy j : r . ‘ : Dr ree . a. ; j ' ' . { , iit T White vie A « * , : i -) : i f iy é ‘ : wih & tod D001) SEA aa } é 4 { A) ( raieyia ¢ . * bs 4 A! 7A i ‘Fr ' 4 ; ; : . ," ‘ H \ / ri i . j ‘ ° f a\ P y . . * « * i *. ‘ ) Ul h i « i4 . - XXIII.—GENERAL INDEX. [For special index to the report of Professor Verrill on the marine invertebrates, see page 757, This should always be referred to in the search for any name. | A. Page. Acanthias americanus. ....--...--. 185 PRPIMERMMEDNS <--- W2 . D> hos sos jcuses 801 LUE 2 ee ee 794, 823 2.1 Pee 812, 826 PPMBMEBISOEVOCE 2 55 son aom sca ou oo S25. 35 3 -o 811, 826 LT TS Gt Se 790 PAGbOMALIS ....-- .--~-. Sa eee ita 812 Agencies of decrease, disease, and atmosphere. -..-.-.-.. xxii MORAN: oS. cc SM, SX bie tisllee So XXXli Peemreere ei. Ere. 22. 2. oe ee. | XV wll eee 7865, 800 aT ae ee 736 22) Jibs eee 800 Pbiiclite plicrig....+.---...------ 290 Aid rendered by Departments of the SU VGS TD i Vv J D7 UTE a0) a ic os oy eee PEIMEDEG- >= 505. 5-8. eee 26, 35, 802 S15E UL 2 2 ne ee 26 este 8 8's Se 26, 35 . SS SEG re 8, 182 a. LDS 2b eet 810 2 PULLS heat a 789, 810 a PHL: oe rr 813 Pues 2 oS. we aoe 811, 826 2 02h. eu ee ee ea eae 293 Alewives, abundance of ..-..------ 67 movements of........... 30, 67 economic value, &c.-.---- &, 67 col BA) re eee xii ou BETS Te ae me see al 802 REM SEM Eh oO SSS Visas ee 790, 813 LS 813, 827 = 1) 2 ee ee ee es) Tite T 1 CED RB See era ene: > 793, 823 memerican angler ___.-...!_..2.--~<- 792 MRE E LEAS 5 aie 2 2 cia os eee 796 Page. AMMINGECEOOS 2...) 5. = he a ee 814 MMMNHBEnY HES os... s56 Sat~s4qeee 807, 824 ANOIMIOGy GIGee 2 = 36. 2s oS 5-2 eon FOO te PURMGUYRONEeE - 2.2055. 2So 52 eos 788 ASMA NNER es 2055 2 a oe te we 3 788 / STAYS IT PIES Se ee oe sae 798 ARIARPIMONAGIO*D 2.5. . 255 oa eee 786, 798 JEN ATT. 3 es Sh 2 ee ee 811, 826 AMGEN TS aw 2 6) Sao o-oo 188 Andrews Sylvanus. =>. ..-..-.---- 41,188 Angel-fish ---.:-.-...-... 802, 807, 8£3, 827 Veh E Td aoe ee ee ee ee 811, 826 AME ee ea se 781, 789 Pegi (S85 U0) See oA 797 Aninetrenius (25s 25 2 ao 3 soo <= 806 Atitentiariteiess. = 2s oh oo 704, 792 AUTEN CEDURE mes ees fate, oe Sl 784 ATfeBNAPIOMes 2.325 desc eons 784 Apeltes;.22-- eg ene ee Tari ae 794, 825 Apotonickihtys: 2225-1. 2355.42 42-6 =a, Og APOGEE © oo GUS Soot 3 Said 788 Apparatus used in capturing fish .. 253 Aprmonoden. = 2.5.2. 5 = - DE See ete 13 AECNAPONUS 22255 os sakes ee a £00 PORNO SEE URE cette ok Sate 805 BF CeNi ME 52 os0 2-2) sn set Sone 789 Arguments for regulating the fish- GNGS yao see = Sas ee Xxxiv, 73 ALO VULOSUS 22 hn ons 5 Sa wes eee ae 803 AES Pb. 2 ak Se Saas Sa ae 807 Ag YT ORERINGS oc cn 5 aa cannes Joe 788 Pent Sh ta eS eens 729 ATIOUSIS 225 333 -30226 saan peters 811 Avaold. Mircea Seek yee 11 Aspidophoroides. -~... .22.. = a5. -.- 800 Associates in the inquiry .--..----- XV ASternOpLer ye a> .-)2~- 52 3~ ean = <> ae 798 ASPEOSCO DUS yao sele foc ia cote m wens > orem , pO Blenniidse SPP ey (oko! iris co ehee ceed bina n> wen, GENERAL INDEX. Page. Blennioidea .-....2.--. 2.222.225 en eee Blonnius 222s ee oe ee ee 798 Blenny 233252222222 798 Blephariehthys >..---....5.22225-e0asees Block Island -. 2.1... 122.23 2p Blower 793 - Blue-fish . 42, 235, 250, 801, 804, 806, 807, 825 distribution of 55, 66 abundance of -xxxii, 8, 11, 12, 14, 15, 18, 27, 28, 32, 33, 38, 39, 40, 41, 43, 44, 45, 48, 50, 53, 55, 66, 69,71, 77, coy nee 127, 128 size of. .8, 14, 20, 35, 38, 40, 41, 42, 55, 66 movements of --20, 35, 38, 40, 41, 43, 44, 45, 47, 49, 55, 66, 78, 120, 126, 129 relations of ..xxxii, 53, 55, 56, 70, 79, 98, 114, 120, 127, 129, 130 food of 18, 25, 26, 28, 33, 35, 41, 42 44, 45, 49, 52, 66, 126, 246 spawning of ....38, 41, 43, 44, 48, 66, 72 capture of .. ..13, 56, 66, 126, 176, 177, 183, 187, 188, 193 periodical appearance of. 238 economic value, &e -8, 11, 19, 44, ere ececr ee eee ec eee eee eee ee ewe -eercees cece 48, 50, 52, 56, 66, 68 Blue-back ...22¢ 22022. 811 Blue-perch .....- 2 22 -- eee 801 Boca dulce SA. -).2 2.3. - -- 2 ee 813 Bone-dog .---- noe hss cee =o 814 Bonito a= i-2aceas 291 IBOFECEI. ... - 26 os eee 291 byssoideum .....--- 292 corymbosum -.----- 292 seirospermum ..---. 292 Pilumpila 222 .°.226 08 292 eruciatum ....----- 292 RITROLT < . xsi dele p ete 292 Waxurians ....---l of! weae Calothrix confervicola ..---------- 293 scopulorum ....---.----- 293 Cape Cod .....--. ---------+------ 51, 67 Capelin ...--. .--------+-----+ ++ 810 Carangide .....-.---.-----------787, 802 Carangin® ..---.----------+------ 787 Carangops....---------+-----+---- 803 Carangus...--..-------+-++-+-++---- 803, 825 Carcharodon .....--------------: 813, 827 Careproctiné ..---.-------------+- 786 Careproctus ...--.----+--+-+------ 799 DE feeb, LOWID wav i2 wallets sain Pe aae Carolina coast, researches on. ...... Casabe. 22. csecekeshz odes el were ee Catalogue of the fishes of the east coast of North America .......:. 779 Cntaish) 0.05 tee ates aa ees See 36, 798, 826 SOAS ceete Chase Cee eee Sli Causes of decrease of fish.....--..- ed Wav ale: 353.0 ts baw Sh po eeed aaeee eee 803 Wertpisemelae: 1k 20 5 ee eee on 784,793 Gentriscoisdlea). . . 5... wes ke ee oe oe 784 eNbTISCUSc..-.-s..n chemo 15,793 PentrOwlenweIs 2.25.2 sndacceaoeee - - “SF Wentrolophingw....-...-..22). 25-222 7187 WentrOnahinew. 2.25... ce0c weceaeds 787 Centropristis, .......-..-... +... -. 806)826 Centroseyllium -....--..i.siesiesee = 814 Cephalopteride ......--...- 12, 34, 790, 812 Geranilacee ceoecewe sos. wesk oe Soes 291 Ceramium rubrum .........----..- 291 arachnoideum ...... .... 291 diaphanuny ....-.2) ui5 ea ainbth 789 Coachman...-.+ »e=* por bedniniitn ake 806 GRAS seg aeet vwieen rem » he attached 795 Coal-tar, effect on fish of ...-...... 18 | GENERAL INDEX. Page. CODIE Sinus, tsicin ao nce ieee 825 Cotciine®. (2.0. po eb at eae 789 Coek-paddlé......-/4..-..22 eee 799 Coddington’s,Cowe...... <... ..- 5" seer 10,29 God-fishis..-.wWiekeo ccm ieee 524,795 Cod-fish, abundance of ..... 45, 69, 152, 157 : 160, 163 movements of- . .40, 45, 67,78, 135 _ 8126.08, 2. .cieowe nd eee 45 distribution of ........321 67,7 food Of ..c.c nthe eee 78, 135 capture. of, .. 52222222 ee 67 Spawning of.-.......-+--- 45, 135 diseases-of . 250:4 2 s.83eeee 15 Codhn@, 222. sseocc end scree 795, 796 Coffin, Capt. George. .:.. 15 Reenee 37, 189 Cohasset. Narrows. 22. 222 ss222202 u 72 Cojinua .65 2 @onorhynchus -.......c4..26c--eeee 826 Conner. ...-. --..s... 403203 801 Connecticut inquires as to decrease ~ of food-fishes......)...2 dese ix Corallinacess ....--./.32-.. ASS Corallina officinalis, .......222238e2 288 Cornuda,......-22-..2 44 ,. ee Correspondence and communica- tions, miscellaneous. ........-... 135 Coryphena .... ... <2 .5.%. -- see Coryphenide...o. ceed eeu eee 787, 803 Cory phanite.. -stetd-ic 2. . so ae Cory phenoidlesi- i: . Sscs-cs)eaeisdes 161 Mer APHEENS 2252-2 252s 22 HE 803, 825 Decrease of fishes of New England -vii,xvili inquiries as to-..- Vii testimony as to. xXiv,xvili causes Of......-. ON injuriouseffectsof xx Wealesseria sinuosa.--....-----.<- 289 Mommie. William ..-.-...--¢-sb4 13 _. SURI Serer et 813 Desmarestia aculeata......-..-.-- 285 Vitidis: 1.255.450 5258ee 285 Melos 5 2c toe oe 792, 812 Dictyosiphon foeniculaceus -...-..-- 285 MPG VOSEACED: .----. 26s Jase Soe 285 POONA . < o/ahs\ area's wt wan a 784, 793 839 Page. Diodowtinwe.2-:.25._<<- gisele, hee 784, 77 Bp leche wing os ras aes. aceed ae ae 806 Disappearance of the food of fishes. xxiv Disease a cause of decrease....---- xxii Distributing specimens.......--.. xx Biectorfish Jh5 4-45 i432) Sees 801 Dog-fish, picked or horned--...--- 814, 827 abundance of..-.-..- 35, 47 SIAR OF Sas 47 food: efesse 4 sas 3c 28 reproduction of... .- 35 Simn0Gbhh i 56/5 acs 813, 827 Meas remiss ks ws ee 804 Nee NT eye iey ee 2) Sin a Geni ey pe 803 GEM ALOE 5.20- 352 4’, +=. ciesiet's 799 WearOs Once ers ios =,<)- =) Sines ee 811 Werosomigioyta525 2-2... daskeve 789, 811 Dudley, governor Thos., letter of... 154 Wales eee eso se sig omits deel 5% 806 Dunham; Capt. Goes q:--2')-2-.- 14 188 Fy Aes RN Se eee 47 Dunwell, Bemjamiis << \-.-\52< a =< 85 Durkee, Mr-....-.. Ue Be cre teeter 18 Diussumieridiaes ss. sos 35.1. S.kt 789, 810 Dutch-Island Harbor... .-/4..-5 2 11 DwanneliwGeorse. 2.555522.) 94 154 30 Dyer. Reuben eso. Gs stele 33 E. atom, ELot. Dy-C 2225 .S8sh hoe. » semv, zed Hayres,; Winslow P.. 225222205223 136 Meheneidide s.225255.-222..52.2484 788, 808 Hecheneidoideass 26.5555. ..55-3085 788 PGWENEIS! <5 '55.N2 5 Fo5aHoy 5 46eegaeUs 808, 824 Botocarpacess. .- 2.2. - 2.1 h 4359 4e 286 | Ecetocarpus littoralis -.......-.---- 286. fascienlatusy 442652422 286 Durkeensis hiss M Sse Ss 286 : WATRLCAGY 2 hl ca SENS aes 286 Edgartown, Martha’s vineyard. ...- 37, 189 Edwards, Capt-.--.--.-...-..xii,xxv,53, 193 Minal Nuaiin seats 2: xvi,182, 194 PEPOrtOfso 45st Fee 187 Fels, distribution of.......---.-.--- 78 abundaneeiof < dese socseueess 18 TOO. Ofxs.- sSESE Sa a. Paes Leds AT COMMONS 2 Sd os sesese 811, 826 Congermises soe. eI ae ls ashes 811 Helspwat sees s goes Cee 797 Mlacate ct wesseete oe Gemeisin/densettes 807, 825 Pigeatidas. soo see ees ehigscc a3 Sa 788, 807 Elachista fucicola.)....-. ..--0. so24 286 Elasmobranehily .g.55.i62soc0 ceeded 790 Hleotridina cies eect Ootes tote 786 840 Page. MeN, LD), i < wen cewkenwercmiemae 117 Milo pideco.cos see cwew ce peeeee toes 789, 810 Hlopoidea ..-.-...---. dR ae ited 789 RODS | www co ce ceberecce mb ae bidhercte 810, 826 Enchelycephall ... .i20:-:2202 Senenmete 789 English herring (see herring).-.-... 67, 68 BG raWlidee oo. cisccemace aici Sela in 789, 811 Bamriulis. . .22-surdieenes- dees 811, 826 Enteromorpha compressa ..-.---.-- 292 clathrata....-..---- 292 heplankii) 225-220... 292 intestinalis.....--.. 292 PPL PPG. wees new epecwen es alckiele 788, 806 Papinephelus, oo occce sees wore e Jeske 807 ZO. 22 oe gene eee een, - on = ce 793 TP MMCNS, oie Siete sng ns cence mee 810 Muchalarodus.....--.- - <<. semcide 794 MUMECINOSCOMUS .-- 2c Se aelew eo = 805 Hugomphodus ...---:-----.----. - 813, 827 MM AEE. eos Cia a een eat eee ee 813, 827 Hnleptorhamphis,..-..-..-2as2--) 19809 Humesogrammus. ......-5.------- 9 F97 HMIMicrothemus ...<. 1. <4 2-5 hee 799 European.authorities on fishery-laws 139 WMxoc@tinm co eo. - - - tow mee oe eHee 788 PE xOcoetms. ..-. +--+ --- +r wine + 808)809;:826 ¥. Airmail mesos beers lo cin sleeie © 805 J BPUDIES) CPG = A Sa A acon ie ge 811, 826 Parlow, x. W..0G, pion ano 2 XV,Xvi,281 Parmer, Dr. .Joln po). 2. s'--\ciee <2 <5 154 Mt ack Pe eerie eae ee 811 PAS a penne weak Siaciein lm 781 OTA OMS ott toh= vote elon Ste ee when hie 814 P1185 Migs cto ae i adatese Ferien ater hie gino 793, 823 RUSHES, GYMC2 occ ~ 2 ue Se income weenie 784 Fish-culture, patents relatingto.... 279 Pisher, Dre. Lee plo 190 Fisheries. of the gulf of Naples.-.. 189 on the coast of Massachu- CORISSe waa eet ee eee 117 Pishimortroc) 22. jn sek a -2 tee 792 ishing, mode.of--...j..8%-.-\-lo2. 200 Fish on the New England coast, abundance in former times.. 149 patented methods, &c., for preservation and utilization 279 UES UL CUA a neo ee 794 Fistulariids ...... ode ernie pene 784, 794 Fixed apparatus for capturing fish. xxiv regulation of..... XXXili location of in Mass- achusetts and Rhode Island..... XxXvV GENERAL INDEX. Page. Elamderg Eo. sie jcenioh eee aes ee 191 Masher. <2 +o gale. anions see 807, 525 Matedighio... 22.2... .. ee 794, 823 abundance... 2. =. li migrations, 0..-..-222eee 11 distribution of... .- ..b2 <2 78 . economical value, &c-..... 8,11 | Floats, sinkers, &c., list of patented. 277 Flounder, abundance of -----.-...-. 11 COMMON .. .. 5.55. 22eeee 795, 823 four-spotted ...--.-.--- 795, 824 southern. 5.52.2). fae eee 795 PAN ci docs). ee 795 SUMMEE. 1.6 2h season Bee 795 Mlivmerhishyss20 455s soe 799, 808, 826 Plying-robin. .. «0. .+.<..=5.eeeeee 799 Food-fishes of New England coast. 88 decrease of...-.,..---- XVili Food of fishes... -..-=-<<<--5 see x1ii,75 disappearance of..... XXi ool=fish. ..4., ....<+¢ sce. =e 793 HMork-beand, ..-... o26+ 6+ 5.15 795 Kort Adams .....-..-=--=5peeeee 284 Fucus distichus.......26seeee Lcldnegh 293 vesiculosus......---. amish - 284 DOdOSUS..--.- --.-- === a= eee 284 KManduilus...-<-...++<<:ss5aeeee 809, 826 BykeS. 2. 22020205 2935-55-59 259 Fyke-net of New York and Connec- tichth n<.~. +--+.36sshesee eee 269 G. Gadidiee «6060 tod Weisel sis ene Ree 785, 795 Gadines /.-cenkreicertee aen= kee 785 Cadoidead,..ncin’antiodss tat see 785 AUS onic: sain microm eee nines cere 795, 824 Galeocer denarii cca ane ase eee 813, 827 Galeorhinidss. ..<.-- ..<.=——<< eee 790, 813 Galeorhinin®. ...... ...~-5. Harmon, Philips dp. 25 <. 22 5-2 222 34 AG POUME. © 2s ob is ee el eee Barwick, Weits im... 01-300. 4- 52 bat Vesbaltshius © =. 3 och hes geek dat eee Bia thaweiy, | Atel +. 2) 042. ae 72 PAWS, VET Shee soe, cies we ae Heart-seines and fyke-nets -.-...-. 212 Heart-seine, diagram of_-..-----.- 10 Or pound: .2\5. . 2. > 2256 10,16 17, 21, 42, 52, 70 in Rhode Island. .......... -2.. 2G at Quisset Harbor, Massachu- SEb1S 350, ceispe Sth bans a4 263 Helminthoclade, . LoS] ae oer 182 Lefevre, George Shaw...-..-.--.-. 145 Legislation on traps, suggestions. ..XXXiv, 17, 18, 24, 27, 36, 46, 52, 130, 186, 196 Legislation opposed. ....-.---.----- 223 recommended in Rhode Fslan@... 2. ooo 110 DEMERS 5 2s = se 8 Se 726 MiisePHOMeHs .--... 002-6 -222-2-5 808, 824 Meppeplennius -_..-.5----. ---= 2-=- 797 DeeOe meet. oy oa. ces 22S cae 791 MEmemennun,. 5 oa fa. ls S528 ee aot LL eee ae eee 21 Gs 53) Se XXx1, 254 Lines, and grapples, list of patented 76 = Sse ee cere i 795 Manpieants \-8h2tGSlei. 2.6.2 be Sethe 794 INOMAIA 6 io Sac od So eee 187 US See ee er - 805, 824 MI TEROIGGS coo ce OSE cow ce omens 786, 799 MAIMED oso Sees. ce- = ee eee 786 MESS DO cle See 799 Pasir illustration.-.... .2..45225 833 erershark 2... uc. secs See ee 813 Page. Beak) Joh os 5 2 22ess 2s 192 BOOKS 22s oss eee cae eee Ice 807, 825 Bobovides.< 37225382 sess 788, 207 Location of traps, &c., in the United Babes Pie Se ee oe eee 273 Pombard’s Cove.>-_- 32...) 3555 3D London Field, extract from........ 144 Memes Ee 2. di sscghatiod Ace sete. 47 Ne a it oea ees. See 784, 792 Bepnromes 2.) 2.5 . Sete es lk 23 784 WsetODEAHENt . 2-2 005.2455 455 Re 784 MppapSOhie. 2 -~ ~~ 6 <5 444 ea cas -795, 824 WRC ENEI Sots ar. o 5 ag Se Sam 792, 823 Purine wecepe Ge. 2. -.-- sss 1/9, 1S Pope 2-25. S- - ieee sy eS See 785 Luce, (Jason,) & Co... xiv, XXXVi, XxxVill, 131 WMESRECSOREY)- so 55 254 ekkes 195 Seth and Jeremiah----.-----. 191 PMmnebertprrenby 2-2-2. - 2 2.55 ose 2 53 [OUI UST Se Sr 797 Huttp-fsh, common, 1... 2.5 2... 799, 824 S000 Soe 799 Mann SUCKER nse ocae ~ = = S 22 Sh yee EURAIL eee aes 2. 2 eam 788 PPTs oo od oe te ess SS os = 806 LES TST £25 gli aie eee ee eee en Pe 796, 797 Myenuiates oun ee ete dsckes 783, 796 Mgeeeitr 2. Seas 4 555-69 a58% 785 menitnnete SS. 55 ses sede 785 tyavan, Theodore I. ...--=2=.- xvi, 112 163 Lyngbya majusarla ...-.-..--...--- 293 M. RPTCK Creal: Seo Shes ey ae 2 802, 825 abundance of -.19, 21, 35, 36, 37, 45, 47, 64, 68, 69, 86, 123 movements of ..19, 35, 64, 68, 69 70, 72 distribution of ...-..---- 64 SIZE CBs (5 eos tet rea 19, 64 relationships of..-...-.-.. 64 1000 Of; . 22 ecjeds ee = oe 64 spawning of ....-.-. 19, 44, 64, 70 Caiobare Of 6255 2222 so ess, 64 Vrtne OF fee osARs J 525 37, 64 Dae aoe oe aba eee = se 802 black-spotted Spanish.... 802 Gnu 2. Sees fase ees 802 HORSG rs soe cae As ss &02, 825 Spanish’... 2.: Ee nce 802, 825 spothed’ <>: wae Sante cota wee yellow .255.252-.4sae eee 803 Mackerel-midge.........-.. 796 844 Page. Mackerel-sead) 20225. 2s22-)o-S hee 803 Mackerel-shark 222/372. 2 eses soc 813 Mackerel Cove. oc) 2b Janos Soocee 10 MMacrandeay 2 55. Posteo cee eee 785, 795 MacrirolGea) i... ence ioios Serco 785 WEA CRUTUGS 5, oara ere niey osc ute 1h pean 795 ETCH EMule Ln. eeeten eee ee 7,9, 30, 47, 163 WEG MOS « fa. 5 etek 192 INSERM oie ta» os Sie oe 792 Nostoe spheroides -..5.. 22-255 22.6 294 NWI MES Fees So See eit oi ode ce 812 INBISO yess coos oa. la oe Ske 804 O. OMispor sss eagenest s-)5 sess Ye 42 2. 812 Objects, scenes of special interest. 15 Odontaspidide ........-- Sea 790, 813 Gaetan Ovala se ess 2 ts 8 22s nese o2. 795 Oncocohins 242.5825 555... Bers oRss as 800 @MeuOMe e444 se ee ro eae he 792 Gnosis 354s s eee eee so sys 52 796 Chain me eee: kee reek SoS e Dh 804 Operations, base of sea-coast.----. 12,14 Oyphidhindas 254, See So 88s ne 8 3 She 780,796 Ophidhoided: 22533 4525355525.4 0-00 785 Slants 8a n eee ok ds 796 Owismnmmemay sss 25 3. ds .'n542/ 32402 811 BParpnniicey tes A Sek? 22, Mee og tn 787 Proms 35352 ogg yh s ok SAS 802, 825 Olney, Mir. S: P= 292355 ces alc 4 ssee, 2S Remini: FOI) a2 Se eke we 188 Cxpins, soln, G@ 155. satele522.55. 41,188 Wiihagoriserda. 32425243 22555452. 784, 792 Orihasoriscines 1t.4 252 7252h5 tones 784 Orthagoriscorde .5.225 22-22. /soae6 784 Wrthopristty, S50) 2. <0 nse eae te +=) 4 J 60R Wsborh, Joseplt . 222225552. 2s aces 109 Wecillatoriacec to2254ncse nese baa. 293 WSMCTUS. 2.2 s6 23520 Ses eee eee 810, 826 - Wstractontimear toys sates As ake S225 784, 793 Gxtrachon pic: k ee ee RE eee oc sce 784 WStVACederIMNa 5.6. o> = == s son a to 784 @Obolitlmmee:S S28 cst eeb= 5 eet less 787 Wirverlishine SYsss2 05582 55285822 3 XXIV, Oe Oy stertishs 2fs622 hs 2eans 2age22 2228 798 Oyster gathering, patented appar- HUG: 2setghheeenes tstsete ae. fox 278 EF. Pedi 252 peneneteostecceaaaaaeee 799 Palinurichthys .... --- <2 ie. +s ,Geayoum 846 Page. GENERAL INDEX. Pallorietta. 12 esos let cee oon 803 || Plasiostotai 222.0 eeeee ate ee eee 790 al merOE, MR Ree) ele balk ole eee xvi | Plagusia._... eiettosledeinlatt ait ae 794 Geo. He co omusteke cece e ae Riv, 68 |) Plagustinee .-...--.-26-222-0ceee pee Pampa oe 24021. ck oie seek ee BUS | Place: 5. o¢¢ eee sede eee eee 47. Panhaden (Panhagen) .....--.-c2- 811 BIK6 OL care See Pee en 8 7 Paralepidid2s 2. ti)-.: 22) seen 789, 810 value Of. 22... 5.5.25 oo eee AT Haralepidoidea 2s 2 -cliseet sees 789 smooth ..'.5 -2....222 2:2 oe PALE PIS...-26 Ss s0e(b-s oe beeen 810 | Plan of inquiries, general..-.-.-..-- xiii, 1 Parasites On fish \ sa eeee seh eee Loy Ce abundance of .... 120 Barephippus.:.: 2»... oe cememere Se. 807 Reasquevislame: 22.9) eee ele a 34 Patents granted for inventions re- lating to fishing, &c .--. 275 granted prior to 1834..-.-.. 280 Pac atiek mniViehieae ers cde. cm: sese 31 Pease, Capt. Francis --------.----- 37 Captediosiahi@ 2... 2.0. oa. 37, 189 Captskmins Fo. eee of, 189 We diertlaybl eee encore oo a ae 784 IP GIS 05955 4508 Cee ae eee eoe 808 endieton, Mrs... 62... - soni ees es 31 Pec OUNIS OS oe oh no occ ditley oa ee 804 ERC OSOCOS 2 a ielhe e.cele to ceva od eee 7388 GN ee ne et So an are ete as ee ae 807 JOSIE ie egy ae ae ieee 803 CE Ry ai a Re pl at eS) NWA O MEY corse ee tee eee neh 807, 825 WPORCOMMO A ecne eA kc eew a/c brs ees lay 788 IRE SCAMOD Bot Soak Orit te eh oc temas 792 ROSCA GTNC Ours Siem neat le beeye mies atte 792 OSC O Mere Bla oes Kil ciae me ie ale caus 813 eS hLOMIY ZOOM 228.025.5525) Oeil eka ee 814, 827 Perromyzombidss . 2.66.0 5 oc. a eee 791, 814 CETOMYZOMTINED 0855.5 — Se iets cys aie > 791 1272s TNC ipa Ee aC Sena Cd eee 792 ee eZOLOR a= amie ne ieis ke ae 813 Phinney, Gershom... 2 62. 25-0. 14, 41, 187 MOIS ee ee eee hae eee ener 798 Photograph of fishes........----.-. 15 PA CMNIED 2 aie at eatocc tee ee Coke ai ana D PNGB 2. c hiale se iarelnw eiaie cise win eee eM oee Phyllophora Brodiwi.............. 290 membranifolia .....-. 290 Physical investigations of waters... 13 LEN OCIN() 0 2.) eae pe toa 801 NG ic nee ns clh ea mcs ope 8038, 825 PAG Poe pE nee icinieys <<. = oe as son wie n803, 825 Pimelepteridz......-.--.+. 10, 27, 787, 805 FPA CLODTEDUS «sistema cc nies wes 6 bene 27, 805 PANG-LVOS WOM emus jiaine pin «(0 nie e nie 10 ihe) Rw epee ss 2 ee ee 793, 823 LS DOS 2% nih am nejie eines airs wx © coin >= 9 5 0 Pitman, J; Calnot. canemnne cbs soos Sly ou oblonga, abundance of.-..95, 121 Blectognathi...- ..-...)2-2. eee Pleuronectides .... 2... --<2 =.) 5 ee ee Pleuronectings 22 ...2. ... ss -=s.2ee eee Pogee; or menhaden\.? 2. 2222 ee aes 62 Pogonias....- s2.- 22...26- cee Pogy - 716... ects ot oe ere Point Judith ........ -..-2...2 36 —eae ee Poisoning fish ........... -.¢43-5 23 —e—ee ees Pollachiug--------- -|----,<--=—e eee Pollock ... ..-- +. -.:-.=-). 5eeee eae abundance of.....-.....-. 45,69 value of: ;... ..4..4) cee 45 Pollution of waters..-.----------- Xxiil Polyides rotundus .....-¢--- 522s ee) eee Polynematoidea .....-..-22--seeee 786 Polynemida «....-./_..+.-1222eee@e0neue Polysiphonia urceolata....-.-2--2-)))eee olneyi ... .: «See subtilissima .-.-..---- 25m elongata... = =e hibrillosa ..-...<.2-5s5 eee violacea..2- > -- -2eeeeneea Variecata,.-22-—5 eee 287 atrorubescens -..-.-. 207 nigrescens--2-- «sees 287 fastigiata ...-.. -..0- 287 Pomacentrid®,....-.2.1) 222 eee 786, 801 Pomatomids ...5cs6 242520 cee 788, 807 Pomatomus..- 524). cece eee eee 807 Pomatomus saltatrix<......-. see 235, 825 Pomatopsetta.<.... J. -.b. cee 795 Poniolobus:..caé0..06.5.cge eee 811, 826 Pompano .sic....---4 -. 2 eee 803, 825 Pool, Hitany. ....-...< <2cneeeee en Porcupine-fish ...-... .<.ssccneeeeee 793 POLBY wanes ese c oe snc ene aoe eee Porgies, abundance of............- 49 Foronotus ud «cick. bec eee 804, 825 Porphyra vulgaris ..i2\~ <<. see Pound, description of.......... ass 10 Pound-net at Waquoit, Mass ...-.. 268 at Waukegan, Ill....... 264 GENERAL INDEX. Page. Pound-net at Wood’s Hole, Mass.-- 262 Pound-nets on south side New Eng- fand. loeation -of : 223220 F5422--.« XXV Pound-rent suggested ..-.-.-.----- 36 OHNO: $22.22... cad bSaa eee 259, 262 Powel, Samuel.. -.....-ix, x, xvi, 9,73, 125 Predaceous fishes, ravages of ..---. IT Preliminaries to inquiries by United MNES i 2o2 252529 52 829 Sessa vil Pri AeaMNo hi G20. 2 re tree See 788, 807 Priacanthoidea ----.-.. eters weetee) FES PAC AWGHWS)s S320 S20 225 Sec k Voce 807 PPOMOGUS 20s ecco se es chee 799, 824 ENO so ts oe lo oo beoe Fee. 790, 812 Pristipomatide css. 220222052. 22. 788, 806 Pristrpomabine,:-..222-42254---.-8 788 2 TLE ELS) 4S are ee ee ee 812 Prohibition of fixed apparatus. .... SV Projectiles for capturing fish ..-..-- 253 list of patented ..---.-- 277 MEGMICLOPLELUS, = 2-5 5554 -se2s-0 24s 806 Wrovidence River -: -..2/ 2-22. -...- 19 Pseudopleuronectes -.-....-.--.--- 794, 823 Pseudopriacanthus---.-.-....-.--. | 807 Prorachmitize foo5cscss. tL eesulce 787 Reecmenetinne eye eS Si os ees, | SOF PRCLOPRFYMOC.- So5< - ose eee beast 792 fereeoplabed. 225 .2.1-. 22 2.82 812, 826 Pceroplatemic os... 2-2-2 5o--0% 790 Pillow elevans-.o 550. ~.---- 2 -<---- Zod Puckermouth, abundance of....... Tt economic value . ---. 8 2 CLG eee ee eee 793 Punctaria tenuissima ---..-..----. 285 plantaginea 2. --.0)--.-5- 285 2S STS eee a 794, 826 Q. Questions relative to the food-fishes 3 Pertenece IOLO” so ool 5 ese eee 33, 35 EK 2] 00 ES) meee eS 2S 793 214, soto eee er rey 812 NANO ee = Sa es fe cele ces aeons 790, 812 EMS oir cass osc en's sous 790 REMMI 25-5) a waldo ie se tosses r ioe ee eee Reads: sear ss sxer tyes eee frecord, Mr; Wine s2 222222 532232255 cone elcholt 25 Fa.rhre sh Shee ens see 801, 805 fred-oroupersi ss iseicelescsisl2 =) cue heed MR Sse. Sie. ogkccanaeas eoae 125, 19 Reels, list of patented.......-.-.-- 276 Regulation for use of stationary ap- LAGU 2-5-2043 so5 02 o Uae ein Hane tS. +s. o2.a5> 2 255) SE es Remembrancer, the (London, 1776) 172 TNOMIGEOPSIN = (26.2 Woo 35) soto. od CUS Hee JGUN OSES ere ee nee CS |S Report of Rhode Island committee, 104 State commissions -..--. 104 Researches, plam Of226: 53.0.35.2..5 °° Xi of associates. -.--..-.-.. Xvii Result of inquiries in 1872-.....-... XXXVi Results, summary of........ xvii, Xxxvili Tubinieey see ame ae eke Lc YO Rinmesomusp 2152/08 9s )o.8 sehen 798 FIPINONEMENS Hee sate. Oo ce FOG Whim oteras 2s 25 alas aes Ss 3) e BIOE B26 Rhede Island, act reeommended -.. 110 committee, report of. 104 inqwinies, by, =~ 5252+ Vill legislature, pleadings before the Senate committee-.....--. 196 Fehoomelacere 5-12 $454) 2542s4644.-. 8) 280 Rhodomela subfusea ...-..-.-.-.-- 286 PROMOS PerMe® - 245. 2522022... 28d, 280 Tokodymeniaces: 2202. 22/2) 2222.8 22 Rhodymenia palmata -....-...--.- Fehon bin 2 2335 sts soreness ee Rehombochiras 222. 24225222-. Rhy pticine 222262532252 Ssaseseess 788 Inder Si Ssc2 see iceeas sos eee 72 Rights under the charter and Con- Sit bUbkOD ss 2227) cele eee OE Rimbaud, Mr. J.B .....--- ra 211 Pov Wlartacery F225 esse ates a eee ee 293 Rivularia atrart s+ 23s sess sae cee 293 Roach 3252224 0s este eee ee 805 Ieopinson’s Hole sirs 7 esc2r ess. 22. 33 OcCus, 72225535 Shee Loee cee eee 807, 825 Roek-fish: (55 goaaeseee ee) poe ae 807, 825 Rocklin (3747925 sees. «cosa anes 796 Rock-bass, abundance of .....----. 39, 50 Frock-é@el" 2222. Sse A242 135223 0ee ces 824 Roek well, Witin, Ves 522 Vena SIvya@ Rods, list of patented ..-.-.-...-.. 276 848 Page. Rogers, Captain & Brothers....--. xiv Rogers & Edwards.....-.-.-.. -2.+ 186 hovers, Johm2..--25--e~. sates = eae 263 INOMELOR. 2 oo aesoeecek eo ee eee 803 vose sho. 6 225. ee Ue <2 eee 801 MOOK se cen eae 2s thi eee 7929 udder-fish 25:2 ~...0%% cee 803, 825 S. Saccopharyneid@ 2... )2..22 -o6-.0- 789, 812 MCC OM MALY TN oo semester eatarsreeore 812 Sachuest: Point/jo522222er eee 2 Sall-fishhes 2 Lessee ver 802, 813, 825 SS UMIAT OME plcbre lee eee ei isiniazy cise 810, 826 Salmon. ca) eee ann.) 1 LORS IB Salmon, abundance of...-..--- 30, 161, 169 movements of.......-.... 39, 150 economic value, &c..-.-.- 8 Salanonides se- seco eews Sisesstese 789, 810 SaMeOMMNE saa wee at Ga Sa oak tee 789 SoMMOMOMMCA occ e <0 - se cpecerlae Sane 789 SalMiOn- brow... - sin oes neciaes 804 SHC HOUNCEL tccsce cane we ccveteeee 795 Bamd-eelin.. 20 keceeeese os. Cae 807 Sorat led UDC C jeae ay enya rctmreiencestn cre etestoe 807 Pamd=Shark wets aeccesita ase ota tees 813 Sand-smelt ......----- Rp aa ty ee 808, 825 BLO Eat ceinieici > Meyers a cuore 798 Serr lilicete ge se) Pema eS Le 7 OG Sarandliskeoak- oi2. acess. lente. «695 SECU te eee ol ee. 700) SCA se Ate se oe et cp cee Reel eNOoe Sargassum vulgare ........---.--- 284 Montagne <-.-sice%is..6 284 bacelfertiin ..-2e7 «22 22 284 DANS O ts 2 op eae Sein ee AOS eee ciel Oe 805 Sarovunrodlet ole ecwct occ cchas Anse 802 PAUeMROMEL 2.5.) fcc. - 2 me 11, 12, 16, 49 | SPT TLE Re teste rr I ene ey 809 ROTI Sie ort eles a ate cette Bes 26, 812 Bead, bigreyeds.. a6 Acc oe sete ns 803, 825 POtUhCd A Leer eee sce wee aoe 803, 825 mackerel 125022 ce. aemende alee 825 BeOLOUSTINA. «2 ce6. .-22te cn oe aan 784 BETES ft pain cin bob ccm stareiele, ae 787, 804 Prete oii mst soe, coke 787 PLCC MME ee nin t =\o ane since ad ace Men 787 ORGS Ee bine h sct Siniew es awe amie emia 805 Scientific visitors to Woods’ Hole.. XV Scinaia MITCOWAA ones 2+ dedednns a 290 Scituate, Mass., history of ........- 161 ETH OULOL cea pits wkicises! Sse ks ce ew . )813 Scomber..... NRW ae RINK ine mcnpei ae 802, 825 Scomberesocids .....--...... 788, 789, 808 GENERAL INDEX, Scomberesocine +... wii aes. - 2 ae 789 ScomberesoX. 22. 22. shone ae eases 809, 826 Scom bride .....0.....'. .22/4- 45a 787, 802 Scombring 2... . t-s Pos Shark, thresher, food of ...--.----- 47 28 EiresNeErs 2. 22222 coe eee WEWOUG Sy. 25-2 ~t54 esos 813 RE). <<. == Seca sicsee eee Rigeiy.. .-)208s55223 pee ee mackerel. _.... .- -- =. 45 2.3883, 820 849 Page. Siburidan (occ e ones sees uma 789, 811 SUlnroid 64-2 --srsaes ose d ee eee 789 Silver-en8 24. see ose eee 808, 826 silwer-pereh.. )o02.52528-54 2ae eee 805 SHVEr-SIG@S.. 2s s<8 a5 So3ck se SPN ON BCE. ox ae ccaaeccae ee See 292 mEsson. William. =. 54. cena wees 87 RET ee oat oe ke ee 826 SP AAGKS 5 os osc ae 21, 35, 802, 807, 809 I ReU EN PIRLOS ae o ai 3 wi en ee 810 Se Co nem nce 2 809, 826 = Sg G21 1 ae ee a 814 Slat-weir, East Dennis, Massachu- SERENE Rss o5 ws 5 ss scne cna seg ae 272 SLE (SEC Sel 814 SIGSMeE, ShIpe -._ --- .- 0.2. a5 5-0 799 SLOPESTS |) 2 eae ee ree 814 SENS Ceo cee eer 810, 826 Smith, Capt. John B...-....-. xii, 151, 153 RUNS (LUA Se ee 28, 30 INSPEC) ee 19 Sed agile XLV, SCV cae sETOoOtn-NOMNOs 225052. 2. 2 At 813 Hap -MacCkeret sa 65.2... 5.5555. 807 SWRI Gg eee eye ee ea ohn a Sees 801 PSUS) Test 01S) elena oe Se eee 793 Vo lass-eye@te sacs .2252.. 6's 806 PSTD Ta! es ae neem a Ree! 2 SOT) DEMIS ie ees ere ene - 806 Sede oun Oricaim <25 5... 2.26 2.uo0as5 823, 794 WOWGe Soo. dessin so aeae oo ace 794 STEP 12 eet ee ey See ge ane ee 785, 794 SC LST Es gee Ie cee Pome eon ee ae 785 jseleria chordalis: .2....;---6-.---< 289 SoMIMIOSIS oa see eee Sok SS 36 | Southwick, J.M. K. .--- xiv, xxiv, xxx, 10, 12, 14, 15, 31, 76, 88, 183,261 IE eg pe 87 Sanieles A802. eee 183 Seanish moelkerel:. ~~ 2..5 een aoe 13,16 distribution of... 25, 66 abundance of - .8, 24, 29, 49, 51, 53, 66, 77, 118, 121 movements of .-- 34 capture of......+ 25, 49 food, OF » .- 4%: = nue 66 SIZ Of 5) ae 66 economic value, price, &c....-- 8, 53 Sparide .. cas oen-!een oa~ eee h aoe 788, 805 Sparin® <2... «2.0.22 260 ---- == as 788 Sparus .....--.------------------- 805 Spawning .....----- -----+s+---+-- 205 Ree 5 20. 2 2.2 eee Pe S88 oe oa om ae 813 eel rea on. 222 3 ees 813 NGSKY oe so eas. eee 813 hammer-head .-..---.-.----- 813 iAN-CAUCE- <4 .--<<06-52=nees 813 shovel-head ...... .=<-see¢ 813 shovel-nose .. =. .5..- saci dude cuss 798 State commissions, reports of...... 104 LERISIDULOIN s wine's oeicein'- es eeae XXXIV Stationary apparatus, regulating PIL MAG 2 pet te esto jweln eine 132 DPECMLONIG tet Cee Teee ve en ve bp whee 805 PIOMOLDMIDN: -cecwekaweeds onwe.c Oda 806 ALLZVIOPS ticles snd. d.. ec) oee GENERAL INDEX. Page. Stephanolepis we ce ne an oes Stevens, Lieutenant-Governor Par- don W 2.222 cee. eine 2 Stevens, Mia; To... ee 87 Stichesigie:. veel se eee 785, 786, 797 Stiebeus_ 2.22 Lt. Soe eee 797 Stiekle-back-s222-" eee eee 794, 825, 826 Stilophora rhizodes —..2 2... (heeeee 285 Stimpson, Doctor. 4. eee -. ene Stingaree.. +... ee eee 812 SlMe=ray..-- 25. be 812 tomas 222.20. eee ee 809 Stomiatidke 2: 722.522 02240 789, 809 Stomiatinee v.02 2. 2.3522 ee eee Stomiatoidea ¢.... 0.0/2. 2h2 2 eee Storer, Dr-2.55.24.%)/52 Jee 74 Stowe, Mr. 122.755: 3450233 18 Straw used for catching fish.-.--- 273 Striped bass, distribution.........- 66, 67 abundance --...13, 14, 23, 29, 30, 33, 34, 35, 38, 45, 46, 50, 51, 67,72, 78; 85; 87, 68, va, 117, 121 movements... -- 31, 38, 40, 48, 66, 67, 78, 79, 85, 87 size..... 15,16, 30; 3ijao. Gi. 78,79 food <::..4-.42-23eeeee 87 Sspawnllg .-- see .- 38,72 capture. - .23, 26, 67, 69, 78, 89 economic value of-38, 67, 825 (See, also, Bass, striped.) Stromateidie S26... 1.2 eee 787, 804 Stromateing ..-.---- - ss cee ee Sturgeon, sharp-nosed ......--..- -.812, 826 short-nosed ..-.-...-.--.--812, 826 Sueker £2 0o. 220.6... ok. cee Summer-skate ..-..-- 812 Sun-fish .. 22.2. .2.-/ 552 en Supplementary testimony..-...... 182 Supply, cause of diminishing the... 209 Surgeon, black-<:2 4-222... eee 801 Surgeon-fish-4. ce. 0-2-2. ose 801 Swan, Jolin do12 2 s.5 12, 14, 15 Sweet, Joseph W--.-../.22 eee 109 Swellefish ovo... 0.6.4 oe 793, 823 Swingle-tail 2... 2. ...0.¢..06 ae 813 Sword-fish, common: -.. 22-2. cee 802, 825 Synentoonathi ..! 0s... .0een eee 788, 789 SYyNPNAth. os sasneoduuccc one 784 Symgmathide. iu couse ccsee woe 104, 793 Syngnathinge ...<.senccees ceeemene 784 Syngnathus . ici. csssoumaeeee eee 793, 823 Symocdontide .... 55 ceecaseeeeenee 789, 810 GENERAL INDEX. Page. PIRERNMNES SS 2 = «se de ne oe 810 Systems of fishing,considerationson 139 pi Table of temperatures of the Little Harbor Woods Hole.....-..--+.. 828 LS 5 E 0 ee Ps 0 Seiian: Ben... 5... 12th eee ae oe A) Lgl eae aS Fd 107, 212, 215 Seman tees. S33 4b Nee 793 Os) oe a i et 801, 825 distribution of . 2.22. £52: 56, 64 abundance of. ..7, 12, 14, 20, 22, 23, 27, 28, 30, 31, 43, 44, 50, 56, 65, 72, 75, 78, 85, 86, 87, 88, 93, 107, 117 SAD HOE cS Ue eRe ce 56, 65, 71 movements of..7, 14, 35, 56, 64, 65, ao relationships of -...-.----- 56,65 TG) Bye se ee ee 5, 56, Go spawning of. ..33, 36, 39, 56, 65, 71 capture of .....- 7, 15, 25, 56, 65,79 economic value of, &c -.12, 24, 56, 65, 107 LoD Ee See er ee 801, 825 PamerersNras 2... -..-..-.-.!s22- 801, 825 ert ATS Ss ks ee 178 (anwar By 25-5. S228 ee 26,27 Metereephall 2... 2 a as 785 Ut Eli Hi jo ee eee 784 Testimony, decrease substantiated My 2 522 25 ae eve in regard to the condition of the fisheries in 1871 xiv, 7 Pin ADIBOEAM ES 2022 2 es koa eee 787 PEI PIMEMS: 2 5. os- soc choco 802, 258 EME es ss og ee 793, 823 Re PEOUOHEMED 2. onc eae 3 cose 784, 793 PeMOGGHIIND. 2-2... socecuan 784 meamndontoides ..--.....2-2. .2523 784 LUT UG 22 i eee oe 2 786, 801 MIMIIONGE o.5 6 sw Se 786 LE ee ene EE 85 Peet ME oe oe anerpson, Prof. ©. C:........22288 Xvi iread fish ..-_....-.2-.---.- 801, 803, 825 Sane Ae BOITING — — 5 5 nasa cose Se S11 OLS 1 ee eee 813 eaeentes Et, ©). 2. 2 2 ee sce ee 7 PeeE-ORATK --. 5s one pees eee 813 ities Mr. oo. 22 3) 2 3525-4 cee OE 3 reese 31 LC 3) ee Pe ey i loiter | Be EEO! 22. 254 hs Sree XV, Xvi | 851 Page. Fom-cod? <= 22 Ge 6 Shee gan soe 795, 824 ‘Porpedinides: >: 55.2 see ae 790, 812 ‘Herpediningss 52.2) 2120s eee 790 ‘Porpedimordis:...: +5, [5 tase es 790 Foppedo .. . 225. 5s2aS eae eee 812, 826 BGESIG cS So Ve Se Soe eee 796 Prachinocephalus ...-: .o2ccocuee 810 PraVHNNTEPSs2 x2 32s 803, 825 (Erachynotime.< oo sca icken cee 787 (Erachynopus.. 2:22.28. Sas. t= ~808; 825 Heamnel-neb susie ret ee es 258 Trap at/Pine Point, R.ITo... 2. 22.2 260 Trapping, history of the investiga- LDL PS (10) 2. ge ep Co) 197 Trap-property, value of ..........- 216 Traps, &c., State control proposed. 130 Traps and pounds, destruction of fish by .7, 12, 14, 15, 16, 20, 22, 24, 26, 27, 28, ol, 33, 34, 35, 39, 40, 46, 47, 49, 50, 52, 53, 62, 70, 71, 80, 89, 90, 91, 92, 100, 105, 109, 114, 116, 117, 127, 128, 130. 137, 145 description of .......... 10, 113, 259 method of setting......... 16 location of in the United Dae sae eet oy 273 ‘Traps: versus seupe 022. So 80 Dae 2 3a as pee cts Ss ES 208 ‘Rreaba Cant. Ue S2s2ee 2 se. < 2 ese. 270 (Perehidion soo 52'56 222 Blah eae Ree Cae 801 ANIL 11.00 TG Gs A SR ae cet eee 787, 802 Me mirninee }2o0 255 a2e. oe ao. 2k 787 REPEMP UCU). % 2. os eo obo ek 802 EereHOUIOU ON) sco So sss 222 see ea 793 Repeser fishis 2225220. = ky co ee 823 LES A eee ees mete een IS Dae 6 2.2 oe ses es oe eo ee entenbunnce oS 2ok eS ee a Ae ee 786 REO pss 2s 92s ae eee 800 PR EPO TEU i) 4s Se ea ee a 806 eeupler, Thomas H.- o2-2 222-2 eae 35 SRRISOLEODIS oni-2 2) Soe eee 806 PONE GH 52S Sn aia te ee eee 804 SEY oon a ee eee 804 Sli-weaihere. 54 sac eee 804 Trumbull, J. Hammond_.........- Xvi, 165 Trumpet-fish, tobacco ......-.---.- 794 spottediges. .25. 23s = 794 Trunk-fish 3.01823. 4355 205 3 eee Truro, topographical description of CLT9A Yet Sa gs ie ee Bl eee 162 PEYTON). seen ea een eee 812, 826 Tey SONGS Soon a el en eee 790, 812 (EY YS ONUNaY coe e5 9 haem ee ait 790 Trygonemlea. 5-62. 522th eee 790 852 Page Mnckermwnelk 5 so22.ca.06 tse cae ere 45 PADI G32) ais oiatclinw a’ o smie = ees eee 802, 825 BER OG Sait eh ee sae sate ee ae eee 795, 824 MS oe eS ee re 793 U. BROCE B as coe ee ose ... 22.252. -- eee 805. shore xoeerb/2shis5. 5 eee 805 Whitney, W. D_.-.-.-.-. --2aeeeeee XV Wife, oldis.-2) 22.222.2-2-2e ee 823 Williams, Roger... ..--<+ s---seeee 164 Window-pane...-.---< ye) : s AeSbece YAR iy 8 Mp) “Aina Penden? PA whan 7,300 ayy carota RAIS 790 he ‘ eae. 40) « a. Vis iby hg se * Par ? peabReke Sila HT REL ola bx'y.? ia sieeeanis “estas softy - “avabatong) res deel 4 bs ne Fite ™ EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIL FIGURE 30.—Lerneonema radiata Steenstrup and Liitken, (p.578;) female, enlarged two ‘ diameters. 31.—Pandarus, (p. 576;) female; dorsal view, enlarged five diameters. 32.—Nogagus Latreillii, (p. 576;) male; dorsal view, enlarged five diameters 33.—Sapphirina, (p. 573;) male; dorsal view, enlarged ten diameters. 34,—Lepas fascicularis Ellis and Solander, (p. 579;) lateral view of a single animal from a large cluster, slightly enlarged. 30.—Phoxichilidium maxillare Stimpson, (p.544;) male; dorsal view, enlarged two diameters. (Figure 33 was drawn by 8. I. Smith; all the others by J. H. Emerton.) Plate VI: . Fig. 30. ‘ MCHA CTGL UTES SEEETLIUT essere OT : . UO arene a ef - EE : a cre s err Peercnrnpernsrannustii300 00a i] | gag “ON at : | : WY “D 2 UV “ ; No. 536 CCC No. 537 Fig. 34 CQ CCC No. 540 =" EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIL FIGURE 36.—Squilla empusa Say, (p. 5365) lateral view of the free-swimming larve in one of its later stages, enlarged ten diameters. _37.—Zoéa of the common crab, Cancer irroratus, (p. 530;) in the last stage just before it changes to the megalops condition; lateral view, enlarged seventeen diameters. 38.—Megalops stage of the same, just after the cian from the zoéa condi- tion ; dorsal view, enlarged thirteen diameters. (All the figures were drawn by J. H. Emerton.) | Plate VIII. No. 505 ‘No, 506 < Re gel tg st eh ae ae Sie ee Oe EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX, - Larval young of the Lobster, Homarus Americanus Edwards, (p. 522.) FIGURE 38.—A. Lateral view of the larval young in the first stage observed, enlarged. seven diameters. B. The same in a dorsal view, the abdomen held horizontally. C. Antennula, enlarged fourteen diameters. D. One of the thoracic legs of the second pair, enlarged fourteen diam- eters; a, exopodus; 0, epipodus; ¢, branchie. 39.—H. Lateral view of the larval young in the third stage, enlarged five and one-half diameters. F. Terminal portion of the abdomen seen from above, enlarged ten diam- eters; a, one of the small spines of the posterior margin of the terminal segment, enlarged fifty diameters. G. Basal portion of one of the legs of the second pair, showing the epip- odus and branchiz, enlarged fourteen diameters. (All the figures were drawn from alcoholic specimens, by S. I. Smith.) Plate IX. any, i } i een ik \ y OX. = \ ee \ \ by > SUNG ee NY Y Day Hie D AVES y Wj » SY (| e Ui e x Ss Wy Ay f NIRS] es F i} v = SS Y/}; y Y | 1 aro nguns herrabast Se a a dr. yeas} Poniaogtion py: ay , ey : nirvoit gh ih Re Sete ee ee ee ay i es its be ‘ee at = ae aya. : ; ive e- gt * st? ew EXPLANATION OF PLATE X. Figure 40.—Lepidonotus squamatus, (p. 581;) anterior part of the body, head, and proboscis; dorsal view. . 41.—The same; end of the proboscis; front view, showing the jaws and papille. 42.—Lepidonotus sublevis, (p. 581;) dorsal view. 43.—Rhynchobolus dibranchiatus, (p. 596;) anterior part of body, mouth and head ; lower side. 44.—The same; lateral appendage, showing the dorsal cirrus, the upper and lower branchiz and the setigerous lobes between them. 45.—Rhynchobolus Americanus, (p. 596;) anterior part of the body and ex- tended proboscis; dorsal view. 46.—The same; lateral appendages, showing the dorsal cirrus, the branched gill, the setigerous lobes, and the ventral cirrus. (Figures 40, 41, 42, 45, were drawn from nature by J. H. Emerton; 44 by A. E. Verrill; 43 and 46 “were copied from Ehlers.) Plate X. | As Auyy PT yar + ANY —— ae No. 560 er 9 i | oO 4% ahd al Ryne ae toon? ae CG INS 2 Ay a “ Pree : AR. + i. ae ¢ 4% ¥ a | ) re ' ? ; at | ct Oe aks , ; a c i / 4 T . a ‘ aie “ oy et . 7 “4 P X ™ *. ? ; Pai f) . Xe : 3 \ te 4 mor . ~—, Xs - f ? . ind Ce ve Se a alse an Ee ; 7 ie J he 1 ; " : Af . al Bs PAL iA Nr ES A . iw = we ec4 aigavn ts ee Me ee ee pare Fi a sad Bis Ne Berl ined heh pad kiss ‘ aud i : “ot Ver hoe ae oa ine recta vile cl oe? ay iT ige j : ‘ < “mel . ; = 7 ne a . ae ohare ae pei Vy hawtiaerd Leip Me ehh, i = Saale biviunays it hb Ne SAL, A Wit SE HAY ag Aor haha Mirrinte Ree Petia Paowlh, sw oe its én tenn: Se PPO) Ol til gabon ws yo ) hyve eat fw ag shane 3 Tenaga 2 yy 1 of eenits 5 ors wn a ‘ patel oe es ye Laban lar unotes ie ie PK RRL 5 rb pennery a: awit sof ‘3 Peintat. Sean es o Te | i Me Jib cla ot fu wie eat hen) tela wise ascp. Ye a co ee ae 2 ee be tetitady (4 Ay! rik chat ae ee pi +o aie By Peat wick ee ¥ . , way ¥ a % a R I x \ rf fa oe ‘ = » . ~~ : ~ ee | = . . i \ ‘ * Le + | ; a4 a ! a , ! ‘ P E j o i * : - is ee - ar} ae ~ a . ‘" 7 i a — aa ‘ ip ~ ‘ i . ‘ ‘ 1. ae } ae. <9" ay Pe’ vy IM > st ‘ i > Aaa va shal is ae + ‘ ‘ of fr tal ee Sea i A ese, Way Sa" aye v ’ 7 ‘ af } ire oy 7 bc mat nh ie ee a a am a “a ‘ ba ite , TO ial sO! ba My ‘ao r al Pala 4 ‘ acy iy or, i re win eee 4 a ie ye gh wei ie re ; ne rth hei wh ‘ij . oe eta oe Nt eA Re ae te ee Rien aid sh ae Pi i 7a WaT oe ARP ¥ 1.5 ARS «ane a le po EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI. FiGurE 47.—Nereis virens, (p. 590;) head little more than natural size ; dorsal view. 48.—The same; extended proboscis; dorsal view. 49.—The same; probosci; sventral view. 50.—The same; lateral appendage. 51.—Nereis limbata, male, (p.590;) a few segments of the middle region of the body, anterior region, head and extended proboscis; dorsal view. 52.—Nereis pelagica, female, (p. 591;) natural size; dorsal view. 53.—The same; male, natural size; dorsal view. 54.—The same; head more enlarged ; dorsal view. 55.—The same; proboscis; ventral view. 56.—Phyllodoce gracilis?, (p. 586;) head; dorsal view. (Figure 51 was drawn from nature by J. H. Emerton; 47, 48, 49, 50, 52, 53, wore copied from Ehlers; o4, 55, from Malmgren; 56, from A. Agassiz.) iN AA MAALA \\\\\ gh hd milly Plate XI, \f 5 Ww C8 = RY = SAY os SS = = Ore. — Be : Oa AGS p> \F lA we ~ iS a » . Ss a ~—< ‘ee ae Wi. Ss) S, ee 4 tie > ae 77 an es aby Ate Hy, HON pl ‘ ¥ ‘ PCr / f > Aereatt igen is gia: faieg Se Gotha Rey sib wisi es : aR az ; eee, epg vs 3 es: a a is i * 4 ae ¢ EXPLANATION OF PLATE ane FIGURE 57.—Nephthys picta, (p. 583;) anterior part of body and head, much enlarged ; dorsal view. 58.—Nephthys bucera, (p. 583;) anterior one of body and head, enlarged; ven- tral view. 59.—Nephthys ingens, (p. 583 2 anterior part of body and otondal proboscis 5. ventral view. 60.—The same; dorsal view. f 61.—Podarke obscura, (p. 589 ;) dorsal view, from a specimen preserved in alchohol and much contracted in length. 62.—Nectonereis megalops, (p. 592;) ventral view. 63.—The same; anterior region of body and head; dorsal view. 64.—Marphysa Tent (p. 593 ;) anterior part of ody and head "ile about three diameters; dorsal view. (Figures 57 and 58 were copied from Eblers; all the rest were drawn from nature by J. H. Emerton) Plate XII. 62 0. =f < \ A\\ vee \ Fig. 52. N Fig. 61. {eS ss Es es are: EEGs, ' ih HAAN, Dy) NW) RUN -—$_$__$____.___, Win \y \\ \ ! A AVA) \l Hi HA) eh annedarins \\) NON NN N i | Aelia 7 fi Wi y i oa ih iy ip) WN IN ANA MM iy Die No. 567 y, ‘ ° Sry ¢, 1EESS LS, 5 A 4 oO a A > S Layee yee eee + bat fe: fi, 981 an ALD) Baa f 4 ; on ue é ah: , ie ha SR ai, : lone 7% # nein hh Ohary WE Ne a i} C oh i “32 ~ G rie t a es by eek Y J of : : E ; AEC . Bins ei beds be iideon re abe? oa iP épeien fiileoh a RAGA Seven ex ple iy Forel Fates hie: deo) med trey eagle ive phate We ys EAS AN 3) pina Die CO aE a an a frien zed 2 Ae cast pebrnuke ot Herta ete he Wis iech is a ite & puntecrwult ¢ oe vend Beart dy dans, tine oe | MTC coterie ae ary omy Upehin sinh vt renaty, ct os PN), | peel Pi AA REA a egy eT : ‘ ie ey > aaa faery seneheit Stes nad ite punohitn a ae io ai hae) CORA ie Rie wbtgont <9 12 ei Ser Rs Lie oe nilevs Sevier, let et ae ee) : Shi Witla 4 % * SRE ENS HL ON, eae Bia pit weet. tek Reece seh Tua, be: oy ; dae Re gakon chat ' sai: sual eee RP ‘i Eee: Ise Web sv) maiiat Lye iaalad | taf (oes EXPLANATION OF PLATE XUL FIGURE 65.—Autolytus cornutus, (p. 590;) an asexual individual, from which a male is about to separate; dorsal view, enlarged about six diameters; A, A, A, antenne of the former; C,C,C, C, two tentacles and one tentacular cirrus on each side, followed by the dorsal cirri; F, the intestine; d, the long setz and dorsal cirri of the male. 66.—The same; anterior part of a female, more enlarged; the letters as before ; b, the eyes; e, the eggs; jf, the intestine; 3, one of the appendages of the anterior region of the body; c, the dorsal cirrus; h, the setigerous tubercle, supporting hooked sete. 67.—Diopatra cuprea, (p. 593 ;) head and anterior part of body, showing part of the branchiz ; side view. 68.—The same; ventral view, showing the mouth open and jaws thrown back. 69.—Lumbriconereis opalina, (p. 594 ;) anterior part of body ; dorsal view. 70.—The same; lateral appendage and set. (Figures 65 and 66 were copied from A. Agassiz; 67, 68, 69 were drawn from nature by J. H. Emer- ton; 70, by A. E. Verrill.) Plate XIII. A a NV 4, \ \\, \ ee wi) S\ \\ \ WW < S ced FS Cee scstaccccceniticcsicem ne es eee at : 3 S 3 bh iP Teal A eH > fo) iD ; ‘3 “1 A} Al EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV. FIGURE 71.—Clymenella torquata, (p. 608;) natural size; lateral view. | 72.—The same; head and extended proboscis; front view. 73.—The same; posterior and caudal segments; dorsal view. 74.—Sternaspis fossor, (p. 606 ;) dorsal view. 75.—Trophonia affinis, (p. 605;) anterior portion ; dorsal view. 76.—Anthostoma robustum, (p. 597 ;) anterior portion of body, head, and ex- tended proboscis ; dorsal view, natural size. 77.—Spio setosa, (p. 602;) anterior segments and head; side view; only one of the two large tentacles is represented. 78.—Polydora ciliatum, (p. 603;) anterior and posterior parts ; dorsal view. (Figures 71, 72, 73, 75,76, were drawn from nature by J. H. Emerton; 74, by A. E. Verrill; 77, 78, were: copied from A. Agassiz.) Plate XIV. No. 576 ea (ut im | | et yy “_A her na nin} 570 EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV. + FIGurReE 79.— Ammotrypane fimbriata, (p. 604;) ventral view. _ 80.—Cirratulus grandis, (p. 606;) natural size, from a living specimen ; lateral view. 81.—The same; natural size, from a preserved specimen ; dorsal view. (Figures 79 and 81 were drawn from nature by J. H. Emerton ; figure 80, by A, E. Verrill.) Plate XV. | J Y z Gi L 4 ZA WE oe Satie ae ‘ \ 6 RSV u tion AG, o + NAY, Were SSS iy DAS ININ ze Woh a > 7 5 K Z Noted Wiis 7|\ HK WK = KN oS — ZS 5296 Fas Sate NOE Satire f\ Pee es Ai is ry, ) a af A ip, ies GY i) 0) ne NN : Ve pede ble at ; i é wee S44 t) 2) cba * Wty es , SESSLER Tings TKN) CMA eS pre 3 eG eee nh A a a a ek mae | oo esa — fh 7 ad ‘ neti alivcngeetaheZ : 4 K My , 2 : a" 2 . 4 ee 7 iit ? Aen Sick Wy ares ee wate Seni: riak rab Be Gasset a | ; , aa el! hE Ge “wile Lib ap len, is . oeby Retiyl . 7% easy, aap glides -— 42 Rive ye - webe damtids {87 2) “wai tert a> eerntaiglr< Ai x. vite beta tigs jena aed uno aay ug ae i . a =e part ones a - rk a 1y thst ets EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX. FIGURE 95.—Cosmocephala ochracea, (p. 630;) anterior portion, enlarged nearly three diameters, dorsal view. 95a.—The same; ventral view. 96.—Meckelia ingens, (p. 630;) anterior portion of a specimen not full grown, natural size. 96a.—The same; ventral view of the anterior portion and head of a larger ' specimen, in a different state of contraction, natural size. 97.—Polinia glutinosa, (p. 631;) dorsal view, enlarged two diameters. 98.—Tetrastemma arenicola, (p. 629;) dorsal view. 99.—Stylochopsis littoralis, (p. 632 ;) dorsal view. 100.—Planocera nebulosa, (p. 632;) dorsal view. (All the figures were drawn from living specimens, by A. E. Verrill.) Plate XIX. Fig. 97, Fig. 98. Fig. 96. No. 593 Fig. 100. No. 595 Fig. 95. Fig. 99. No, 596 No. 591 Fig. 96a. No. 592 EXPLANATION OF PLATE XX. FIGURE 101.—Loligo pallida, (p. 635;) dorsal view, about one-third natural size. 101a.—The same; the “pen” dorsal side. 102.—Loligo Pealii?, (p. 635;) acluster of the eggs. 103.—The same; an embryo just before hatching, much enlarged; «,, a’, a’”,. a’, the right “ arms” belonging to four pairs; c, the side of the head; e,the eye; f,the caudal fins; h.the heart; n,the mantle in which color-vésicles are already developed and capable of changing their colors ; 0, the internal cavity of the ears; s, the siphon; y, the portion of the yolk not yet absorbed. 104.—The same; an embryo in an earlier stage of development, more highly magnified ;.the letters are the same as before. 105.—The same; a young specimen, recently hatched, found swimming at the surface, dorsal view. . (Figures 103,104 are camera-lucida drawings made from the living specimens, by A? E. Verrill; all the others were drawn from preserved specimens, by J. H. Emerton.) a Plate XX. Fig. 101. Fig. 103. | o°3 (ey) ES acre a Rae! EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV. FIGURE 137.—Littorina rudis, (p. 651 ;) natural size. 138.—Littorina palliata, (p. 652;) natural size. 139.—Lacuna vincta, (p. 652;) enlarged. 140.—Littorinella minuta, (p. 653;) enlarged. 141.—Rissoa aculeus, (p. 654 ;) enlarged. 142.—Skenea planorbis, (p. 655 ;) enlarged. 143.—Odostomia producta, (p. 656;) enlarged. 144.—0. fusca, (p. 656 ;) enlarged. 145.—O. trifida, (p. 656;) enlarged. 146.—O. trifida, var., (p. 656;) enlarged. 147.—O. impressa, (p. 656 ;) enlarged. 148.—O. seminuda, (p. 657 ;) enlarged. 149.—Eulima oleacea, (p. 655;) natural size. 150.—Cerithiopsis terebralis, (p. 648;) enlarged. 151.—C. Emersonii, (p. 648;) enlarged. 152.—Triforis nigrocinctus, (p. 648 ;) enlarged. 153.—Cerithiopsis Greenii, (p. 647 ;) enlarged. 154.—Bittium nigram, (p. 648;) enlarged. 155.—Turbonilla elegans, (p. 657 ;) much enlarged. 156.—Margarita obscura, (p. 661;) natural size. 157.—Vermetus radicula, (p. 649 ;) natural size. 158.—Czecum pulchellum, (p. 649;) natural size and enlarged. 159.—Acmea testudinalis, (p. 661 ;) natural size. 159a.—The same; lower side. 159b.—The same, variety alveus; natural size. (Figure 155 was drawn from nature, by A. E. Verrill; the others are from Binney’s Gould, mostly drawn by E. S. Morse.) Plate XXIV. Fig. 143. Fig. 144. Fig. 148. Fig. 149. CLUC yr ee \ = se y eon EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXV. Figure 160.—Utriculus canaliculatus, (p. 663 ;) enlarged. 161.—Bulla solitaria, (p. 662;) natural size. 162.—Amphisphyra debilis, (p. 663 ;) enlarged. 163.—Cylichna alba, (p. 664 ;) natural size. 164.— Cylichna oryza, (p. 664;) enlarged. 165.—Actzon puncto-striata, (p. 664;) enlarged. 166.—Trachydermon ruber, (p. 662;) natural size. 167.—Chetopleura apiculata, (p. 661;) natural size. 168.—Alexia myosotis, (p. 6625) natural size. 169.—Melampus bidentatus, (p. 662;) natural size. 169a.—The same ; banded variety, (p. 662;) natural size. 170.—Doto coronata, (p. 6655) a, dorsal view, enlarged; b, head, from above ; c, one of the branchiz. . 171.—Elysiella catulus, (p. 668;) enlarged three diameters. 172.—Elysia chlorotica, (p. 667 ;) enlarged two diameters. 173.—Doridella obscura, (p. 664;) a, dorsal view; b, ventral view, enlarged. 174.—Montagua pilata, (p. 666;) natural size. 175.—Hermea cruciata, (p. 667;) enlarged. 176.—Doris bifida, (p. 664;) enlarged three diameters. 177.—Cavolina tridentata, (p. 669;) natural size. 178.—Styliola vitrea, (p. 668;) enlarged three diameters. (Figures 171, 172, 173, 174, 178 were drawn from nature, by A. FE. Verrill; 169a@, 170 by E. 8. Morse; 175 by A. Agassiz ; 176, by J. H. Emerton ; 177 was copied from Cuvier, (last ill. ed.) The rest are from Binney’s Gould, mostly by E. S. Morse.) Plate XXV. Fig. 160... Fig. 161. No. 770 =f | Rabon ‘ a=. d al ent: & oy eee, F - tee - a EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVI. FIGURE 179.—Mya arenaria, (p. 672;) with animal in extension, reduced to one-half the natural size. 180.—Angulus tener, (p. 677;) animal reduced one-half. 181.—Tagelus gibbus, (p. 675;) with animal, the siphons not fully extended, one-half natural size. 182.—Ensatella Americana, (p. 674;) with animal extended, one-half natural size. The figure at the right shows some of the terminal papille en- larged. ; 183.—Teredo navalis, (p. 669;) enlarged two diameters. 184, AA—Venus mercenaria, (p. 681;) natural size. 184, B.—Mulinia lateralis, (p. 680;) natural size. (The figures were all drawn from nature, by A. E. Verrill.) Plate XXVI. Fig. 179. Fig. 180. No. 686 Fig. 184. yee VN Me Me edna) WL. a ets Bs fi i A Logrga wih ; a Mt i) ' ut aM EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVII. FIGURE 186.—Teredo navalis, (p. 669;) shell and pallets. 187.—Teredo Thomsoni, (p. 670 ;) shell and pallets. 188.—Teredo megotara, (p. 670;) shell and pallets. 189.—Xylotrya fimbriata, (p. 670;) shell and pallets. 190.—Gastranella tumida, (p. 678;) shell, enlarged six diameters. 191.—Corbula contracta, (p. 672;) natural size. 192.—Saxicava arctica, (p. 671;) natural size. 183.—Clidiophora trilineata, (p. 673;) natural size, with animal. 194.—Lyonsia hyalina, (p. 672;) natural size. 195.—Thracia truncata, (p. 674;) natural size. 196.—Thracia myopsis, (p. 673;) natural size. 197.—Periploma papyracea, (p. 673;) natural size. 198.—Cochlodesma leanum, (p. 673 ;) natural size. 189.— Petricola pholadiformis, (p. 680 ;) natural size. 200.—Pholas truncata, (p. 670 ;) natural size. (Figure 190 was drawn by A. E. Verrill; all the rest are from Binney’s Gould, mostly drawn by E. S. Morse.) Plate XXVII. Fig. 197. Fig. 194. Fig. 187. Fig. 199. ANVENDSRRAS EARNS j) Fig. 186. Fig. 193 * EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVIII. FIGURE 201.—Cyprina Islandica, (p. 683 ;) natural size. 202.—Mactra solidissima, (p. 680;) natural size. (The figures are both from Binney’s Gould, drawn by E. 8. Mcrse.) 201. g. 202 XXVIII. te , » ne ‘ipo abe i ; ' peed i ee wm) A pee Pos ap: rl : a byes ee my -¥ eal re ott teat} EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIX. Ficguru 203.—Astarte undata, (p. 684 ;) somewhat reduced. 204.—Astarte castanea, (p. 685;) natural size. 205.—Astarte quadrans, (p. 685;) natural size. 206.—Gouldia mactracea, (p. 685;) natural size. 207.—The same, inside of one valve, enlarged. 208.—Leevicardium Mortoni, (p. 683;) natural size, with animal. 209.—Cardium pinnulatum, (p. 683;) natural size. 210.—Solenomya velum, (p. 688;) natural size. 211.—Cyclas dentata, (p. 686 ;) natural size. 212.—Lncina filosa, (p. 686;) natural size. 213.—Cryptodon Gouldii, (p. 686;) enlarged two diameters. 214.—Cryptodon obesus, (p. 687 ;) enlarged three diameters. 215.—Cyclocardia Novanglie, (p. 684;) natural size. 216.—Cyclocardia borealis, (p. 683;) natural size. (Figures 203, 207, 214 were drawn by A. E. Verrill; 215 by E.S. Morse ; the rest from Binney’s Gould, and mostly drawn by E.S. Morse.) VELEOIINTETR opi Fig. 206. Plate XXIX. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXX. FIGURE 217.—Tagelus gibbus, (p. 675;) natural size. 218.—Tegelus divisus, (p. 676 ;) natural size. 219.—Callista convexa, (p. 681 ;) natural size. 220.—Tottenia gemma, (p. 6&2;) enlarged. 221.—Cumingia tellinoides, (p. 679;) natural size. 222.—Macoma fragilis, var. fusca, (p.676;) natural size. 223.—Angulus tener, (p. 677 ;) natural size. 924, Angulus tenellus, (p. 677;) natural size. 225.—Tellina tenta, (p. 678;) natural size. 226.—Kellia planulata, (p. 688 ;) enlarged. 227.—Argina pexata, (p. 692 ;) natural size. 228.—Scapharca transversa, (p. 691;) natural size. 229.—Nucula delphinodonta, (p. 691;) enlarged. 230.—Nucula proxima, (p. 691;) natural size. 231.—Yoldia sapotilla, (p. 689;) natural size. 232.—Yoldia limatula, (p. 689 ;) natural size. (Figure 224 was drawn by A. E. Verrill; the rest are from Binney’s Gould, by E. S. Morse.) Plate XXX. Fig. 221 Fig. 220. Fig. 219. ig. 223. Fig. 224. | . he bh cm i) wi a ‘7 sade ss e fy i “On ree EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXI. FIGURE 233.—Crenelia glandula, (p. 695.) 234.—Mpytilus edulis, (p. 692.) 235.—Modiolaria corrugata, (p. 694.) 236.—Modiolaria nigra, (p. 694.) 237.—Modiola modiolus, (p. 693.) 238.—Modiola plicatula, (p. 693.) (All the figures are of natural size, and from Binney’s Gould, drawn by E. 8S. Morse.) —————————— eee OEE EE Plate XXXI. Fig. 235. 33. « « Fig. 2 Fig. 236. . a ees a ; Gate aed 7) ‘ ie a Nd Raa MIR Bip . Fj My ‘ fi}, ‘a i ee f ’ a ' r f h ( : fi . 4 EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXII. FIGURE 239.—Anomia aculeata, (p. 697 ;) lower side, natural size. 240.—The same, upper side. 240a.—The same, portions of the upper side magnified. 241.—Anomia glabra, (p. 696 ;) profile view, natural size. a 242.—The same, (p. 696;) lower side 242a.—The same, (p. 696;) young, natural size. 243.—Pecten irradians, (p. 695;) natural size. 244,.—Siliqua costata, (p. 675;) natural size. 245.—Ensatella Americana, (p. 674;) natnral size. (The figures are from Binney’s Gould, drawn by E. S. Morse.) Plate XXXII. Fig. 244. Fig. 240. ig. 239. Fig. 242a. . 245. Fig g Ngai: whplrats td: ; 13 AN 540 A). CMR A 2" ww 0 By ore) | ; 7 EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIITI. FIGURE 246.— Cynthia partita, variety stellifera, (p.701;) natural size. 247.—Cynthia carnea, (p.701;) natural size. 248.—The same, (p.701;) younger specimens, natural size. 249.—Eugyra pilularis, (p.700;) natural size. 250.—Molgula Manhattensis, (p. 699;) smooth variety, natural size. 251.—Molgula arenata, (p. 699 ;) natural size. 252.—Botryllus Gouldii, (p.702;) colony incrusting the stem of Tubularia, somewhat enlarged. 253.—The same; one of the zcodids, enlarged ten diameters; a, anal tube and orifice ; s,stomach; g, groove and vessels along the edge of the branch- ial sac, inside; o, left ovary; 6, bud, attached by a slender stolon. 264.—Salpa Cabotti, (p. 706;) solitary individual, from the dorsal side, enlarged ; h, heart; s,small chain of salpze budding within the old one. 255.—The same; one of the individuals from a mature chain, three-quarter view enlarged; a, posterior or anal opening; b, anterior or branchial opening; c,processes by which the individuals of the chain were united; h, heart; n, nervous ganglion; 0, nucleus; 7, gill. 256.—Escharella variabilis, (p.713;) few of the cells, much enlarged. (Figure 256 was drawn by A. Hyatt; 254 and 255 were copied from A. Agassiz; the others were drawn by A. E. Verrill.) Plate XXXIII. —-~ Fig. 248. Fig. 247. Fig. 246. Fig. 251. Fig. 249. Fig. 2 S Ye) Nn ce of I~ 3 S ws) Ge} Q fi J e 38 : ON = . 8 3 5 var 4 SF > 751 11> 750 \ \ Genz. ty) O22 EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIV. FIGURE 257.—Alcyonidium ramosum, (p. 708;) a young unbranched specimen, enlarged two diameters. 258.—Bugula turrita, (p. 712;) extremity of a branch, enlarged. 259.—The same; a branchlet more highly magnified. 259a.—The same; a branchlet bearing ovicells. 260.—Crisia eburnea, (p.707;) a cluster of branches, enlarged. 261.—The same; a branch bearing an ovicell, more highly magnified. 262.—Membranipora pilosa, (p.712;) a few of the cells, seen from above, mag- nified. 362a.—The same; a single cell, seen in profile. 263.—The same; one of the zodids expanded. 264.—Mollia Evalue, (p.713;) one of the zodids in expansion, highly maeni- fied. (Figures 257, 259, 259a were drawn by A. E. Verrill; the rest were furnished by A. Hyatt.) Plate XXXIV. Fig. 258. ig. é ig. 259a. Fie. 261. A ANH W\ Wt WY) SN SW AN yf Xl ANE AW VY py Q NN NG We V4 \ N uF Wp VA A XY NI We p AN RAN L OW } Uy \ \ NW 4 We of Bas! IASG \ 1 We) ft, f YQ AS \\ \\ Wh f Ni i p SR 7A SS XY i iy a4 SSS a Wie | WSs, SQ MV, i W AON Soe, Nal a. SSA. ‘it i y } i Va aS iy Vie MWe y \ Vf Wy Vi iy I ly, No. 766 Fig. 263. Fig. 260 om SV 7] W) Q B Q AX, WY IR Lo, Be SW UY WIZ, , SUN AP Re A SUNY a 7 JA Axe ae ie. Sd Fit Sap INS STS, SS Sx AK aN o WDD ING = xc AAG I DO OPAR \ “FA ge INGE al ss No. 771 Fig. 262a. : Fig. 264 No. 773 ; i Se = j ; is Pe 5 , Ae a "i Re et Ee tir he tne | * ‘ ; cotyas Te ah aa sd prby tiie, CPTRAES, ey a D Rau a Laer, eee ua Ren ftths a vs y br et (var Wide i iM (eye yt orl ts eM er “es ne ay ms L' y , EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXYV. FIGURE 265.—Leptosynapta Girardii, (p. 716;) anterior part of the body, enlarged one- half. - 266.—The same; perforated plates from the skin, and the “ anchors,” highly magnified, 267.—Echinarachnius parma, (p. 717;) upper surface with the spines partly removed, natural size; a, ambulacral zones; 0b, interambulacral zones. 268.—Strongylocentrotus Drébachiensis, (p. 716;) side view, natural size. 269.—Asterias arenicola, (p. 718;) dorsal view, somewhat reduced. 270.—Ophiopholis aculeata, (p. 719;) dorsal view, about one-half natural size. (Figures 265, 266 were drawn by A. E. Verrill; 267, 269 were copied from A. Agassiz; 268, 270 were drawn by E. 8. Morse.) Plate XXXV. Fig. 270. No. 615 617 ay 7 Rugg: S S33} ne ho: ie i wiv se i WANN =o ¥ = : i = 3 = Sp = ee = 3 z s : = ee ZEEE BS cee a AA 7 DESERTS SPOS 2 Mia oa ee aa Scena es =" es Z hips xP eee aA OT Reg Ca 2 =; y . nr iy nN NY aN iM atin ui 616 Fig. 266. che cere ea Be ie eyes * - mater . EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVI. FIGURE 271.—Aurelia flavidula, (p. 723;) upper side, about one-fourth the natural — size. 272.—Dactylometra quinquecirra, (p. 724;) lateral view, one-fourth the natural size. ; 273.—Corymorpha pendula, (p. 736;) natural size. 274.—Parypha crocea, (p. 736;) natural size. (Figure 272 was copied from A. Agassiz, Catalogue Acalephs; the others were copied from L. Agassiz, Contributions to Natural History of United States.) é Plate XXXVI. No. 608 No. 613 _- Fig. 274. Fig. 272. No. 607 No. 614 3 a bay 4 ae : 4 ie ie) na ee me why Bonita So eal . on bnoel tie OMT: Alanine! aan pawedy os eee GNSS ey eS eater Se eae ie wares PAE Bi) podeioitd x He eeiiing | " Be one Be. aie Yes cm ‘ane Anh: ea ham ie ee Mi? age 3 Be aight * i “ibe rid se eh mak (i i Sees ‘Main Maar pd he 2 days i ‘anaes ba at oy r my ald PF fet pac” Pree ait Hones wba eat eh oe ‘ Dasee hh! ™, mere adh i aol pele mt ae ae at bf ‘¥ rT cad EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVILI. FIGURE 275.—Zygodactyla Greenlandica, (p. 729;) profile view, one-half natural size. 276.—Bougainvillia superciliaris, (p. 733;) a branch, much enlarged. 277.—Pennaria tiarella, (p. 735;) a branch, natural size. 278.—The same; one of the hydroids, with medusz, buds developing at the base of the proboscis. 279.—Sertularia pumila, (p. 732; part of a colony on a frond of sea-weed, natural size. 280.—Sertularia argentea, (p. 732;) a branch bearing reproductive capsules, (gonothece,) with the soft parts removed, much enlarged. 281.—Obelia commissuralis, (p. 728;) a branch bearing hydroids and one female gonotheca, much enlarged. (Figures 275 and 279 were copied from A. Agassiz; 276 and 281 from L. Agassiz; 278 from J. Leidy; 7 and 280 were drawn by A. E. Verrill.) Plate XXXVII. — No, 612 Fig. 279. No. 606 eae No. 604 Fig. 278. No. 610 611 a2 ee or a7 > oa a, Pose 5° o= ——_ si ar fle . — —- so —— os ‘ pee “a rs * 3) Ai: a Hk, Ba ae = i i : apr ; Ny aa ie toed + iit inured ‘2 i Dine aan 4 EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVIII. FIGURE 282.—Hybocodon prolifer, (p. 736;) natural size, the head seen from the back side. 283.—Alcyonium carneum, (p. 737;) three of the Be fully expanded, much enlarged. 284.—Sagartia leucolena, (p. 738;) natural size, in expansion, but the tentacles are not fully extended; the * indicates the long odd tentacle. 285.—Halocampa producta, (p. 738;) natural size, well expanded, but the body may be much more elongated. 286.—Epizoanthus Americanus, (p. 740;) a colony which had completely cov- ered and absorbed a shell occupied by a hermit-crab, (Eupagurus pubescens,) which still lived within the cavity; the polyps are not expanded, natural size. 287.—The same; one of the polyps in fuil expansion, natural size. (Figure 282 was copied from L. Agassiz; 286 is from the American Naturalist, drawn by E. 8. Morse ; the rest were drawn by A. E. Verrill.) Plate XXXVIII. No, 09 N Fig. 285. Fig. 286. = ere see oe Plate XXXIX. PLYMOUTH Plate XXXIX. PLYMOUTH WELLFLEET 19 » 18 AD mM 18 0) W Ww Map of Cape Cod Bay, Showiug the situation of Fish Pounds in 1871, % Capt. PRINCE CROWELL, See page 274. BARNSTABLE ZS ulm. ) fs ES i SEE 1 ze on. oe em na ghee yrs a) Ble” - f Oe Ost. martingta. Qn, 87 3/ nr Ca ee es A : - Gy 10 ip oe ‘Ta. CQ BoeTats. a A Si IOV Ss 8 3 a wi 4 eRe OS? Lew ay ‘ y/ aN 4 et) ; 5 vet ¢ wee ff Zz ys Zz D7 1 , Na \ Baz -, gC eee ae 7 \g Fa o 50 e872; MenomineG} / i , Manitou AN h oes 0 a 2 13 Z fe EA 100 le Peshtigo’ Lan ay 4, Bail ys Ar. ( 7 1 Ids =f / } r DD = Oconte,Y ~~ Whitefién Bay /° { / a ee Oconto R.£F S10. Rae 3/ A F \ va i Naas Pensaukee 9 He a “ie “ i 1 - ro = yi ' a i { oS = fe at te \ } / ial / i { k / ip 7 i \ SS Ahnepee of / H ge i : Hf a an ! i ea i / f \ ' EH WANE of 1 ! / eral Green Bay ; ees H / 4 / : Of. 1 pou ¥ 50f. 100f. 50 F109 Portage Lake 0 0 § . © is Two Rivers, & ; Pee erg Manitowoc@q@”” Tha nitowe ec RR. Sheboygan? Sheboygan - =, & ih § o Benona Pt. Washingtony XX 5 A = | Wy Milwaukee Racine o c Holland o Saugatuck Kenoshao » ei, Watkegano 5 oS. Haven. L. Foresto® f°) Evanston ol, Re Joseph. Re 6 New Buffalo °Michigan City DIAGRAM SHOWING THE LOCATION OF FISH-PONDS ON LAKE MICHIGAN IN 1871 i | Fis, 20; | ‘ . ing Id. J Washingtox Id, ys. <& peshtigo Lag ;! “ A y, Whitefish Bay _- yi oe < > Oconto canto Te Naoe-~ Pensaukee J) So Bee I Portage Lake aot : Manitee Two Riy ° Manistee ae | Manitowoce S ’ = Giinitowoe R. bi eLineoIn i Sheboygan? bPentwater “O \ a ~Sneboygan 1. iS o Benona : SP Cay dank i Pt. Wushingtono q lo White River { | rp te \ { « Muakeson q { eS ‘ 2 7 seuuogon : | y | Milwaukee SQrd. Hwen i> and P Racine Se Iolland o Saugatuck Aenoshao} - Wankeganof fo 8. Haven, L. Forest Franston ol, ASt, Joseph. ty a ’reDK Re. Chicagp Ha New Bufilo * Satunete e, Michigan City. t ~ Catun® % vIn 18iL. DIAGRAM SHOWING THE LOCATION OF TPISH-PONDS ON LAKE MICHIGAN IN 187 ; 1 —. eee gies = “pur tn si |